HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract 43125• � C1TY �ECRkiARY � ;� _,...!
CONTRACT td0. � -�
THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS
Chisholm Trail Community Center
City Project Number 00129
Project Number TPW2011-20
���� �����
�. _ _ .
_
_ ��
0
BETSY PRICE
MAYOR
THIS i.VPY I:: FJF.:
CONTRACTOR
� CITY SECRETARY
SPONSORING DEPT
PROJECT MANAGER
TPW FILE COPY
TOM HIGGINS �
CITY MANAGER
Douglas W. Wiersig, PE
Director, Transportation & Public Works Department
Richard Zavala
Director, Parks and Community Services
Prime Construction Company
Brinkley Sargent Architects
March 2012
Chisholm Trail Community Center �
March2012 p4-1g-12 PO<<�15 IN
OFFICIAL RECORD
CITY SECRETARY
�T. WORTH,'�X
. y
4
City of Fort Worth, Texas
Mayor and Council Communication
COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 3/27/2012
DATE: Tuesday, March 27, 2012
LOG NAME: 80CHISHOLMTRAILCC
SUB.TECT:
REFERENCE NO.: C-25537
Authorize Execution of a Construction Contract in the Amount of $3,900,225.00, Including a$185,725.00
Allocation Allowance with Prime Construction Company to Construct the Chisholm Trail Community Center
to Be Located at 4680 McPherson Boulevard (COUNCIL DISTRICT 6)
RECOMMENDATION:
It is recoinmended that the City Council authorize the e�ecution of a canstruction contract in the amount of
$3,900,225.00 including a$185,725.00 allocarion allowance with Prime Construction Company to construct
the Chisholm Trail Communiry Center to be located at 4680 McPherson Boulevard.
DISCUSSION:
The purpose of this Mayor and Council Communicafion is to award a construction contract in the amount af
$3,900,225.00, including a$185,725.00 allocation allowance to Prime Constructidn Company to construct
the Chisholm Trail Community Center.
The 2004 Capital Improvement Program (CIP) Proposition Two: Parks, Recreation and Community Services'.
I��l�rcvements allocate� $2,SOO,OOO.00 for a commurity center in Far Saut�west Fort �,�Jarth. A�ditianal
funding consisting of $598;746.00 of 1986 CIP funds, $40,250.00 of Crowley Independeni School District
funds, $348,119.00 of gas well bonus funds, $176,000.00 of 2002 Certificates of Obligation and
$1,000,000.00 of a Texas Parks and Wildlife Department Indoor Urban Recreation Grant, together increases
the project funding amount to $4,663, ll5.00.
On December 7, 2010, (M&C C-24630) the City Council authorized execution of an Agreement with ';
Brinkley Sargent Architects, Inc., in the amount of $316,996.00 for design and construction administrarion '
services for the Far Southwest Corrununity Center (renamed Chisholm Trail Community Center). '
On August 23, 2011, (M&C C-25128) the City Council authorized acceptance and execution of a Texas
Parks and V�ildlife Department Indoor Urban Recreation Grant in the amount of $1,000,000.00 for the
development of a new community center and authorized Amendment No. 1 in the amount of $75,000.00 to
City Secretary Contract No. 41240 with Brinkley Sargent Architects, Inc., far design and construction
administration services.
In the interest of nunimizing monetary outlay while still meeting the proposed schedule for completiou, Staff'
determu�ed that the most suitable procurement option was to seek Competitive Sealed Proposals using a Best
Value matrix, which is ane of several contracting and delivery procedures for construcrion projects
authorized by Chapter 2267 of the Texas Govemment Code. The Request For Proposals {for Competitive '
Sealed Proposals, Best Value) for this project was advertised in the Fort Worth Star—Telegram on December
8, 2Q11 and December 15, 2011. Twenty—one Offerers sub�nitted proposals which were opened on January '
'19, 2012 and five of the Offerers submitted the required Post Bid—Preaward documents on January 26, 2Q12. '
The base proposal, alternate and combined total for each of the five Offerers is listed in the following table: '
On February 24, 2012, a Best Value Selection Committee rated each of the five responsive offers based on
the published weighted selection criteria of proposed price (60 percent), proposed schedule (10 percent),
M/WBE participation (10 percent), reputation and experience (10 percent) and past relarionship with the City
(lp percent). If the firm had no previous relationship with the City, tl�en their reputation and experience was
�veighted at ZO percent. The committee members included representatives from the Parks and Community
Services (PACS) Department, Architect/Engineer Brinkley Sargent Architects, Inc., Transportaiion and
PubIic Works (TPW) Department — Architectural Services and the City's MlWBE Office.
The resuIts of the committee's scores are summarized below:
Crossland Prime
3i Construction, enco CS CF Jordan
, valuation Criteria LLC Construction Co� Construction Construction, LLC '
' Com an , Inc. Com an
rice 60 54 57 53 48
i Schedule 5 7 10 10 5 '
' BE 9 4 4 10 4
xperience '
' elationship with 10 16 6 19 ll
i
OTAT. 84 81 77 92 68
, NK 2 3 4 1 5
The Selection Committee analyzed the Comperitive Sealed (Proposals) and determined that while the
proposed price presented by 3i Construcrion, LLC (3i) was $87,683.00 less than the proposed price by Prime
Construction Company (Prime)', Prime scored sib ificantly higher on project schedule and '
experience/relationship with the City. When compared to Crossland Construction Company, Inc. (Crossiand),
�rime scored higher in schedule and experience/relationship with the City, although Crossland scored slightly
higher in proposed price ($48,737.00). Additionally, Prime scored significantly higher in M/WBE
Participation. '
Prime Construcfion Company received the highest overall scare based on the scores for each criteria and the '
��eighring assigned. The Selection Committee concluded that the proposal fi•om Prime Construction '
Company represented the Best Value for the City and recommends awarding the Construction Contract to '
Prime Construction Company. '
The base proposal work includes the construction of a 19,955 square foot con�ununity center facility, site
landscaping, irrigation and a 103 space parking lot with lighting. The community center will include a
gymnasium, multi—purpose rooms, cardio and weight training facilities, child—sitting area and restrooms with
Iockers and showers. AIternate No. 6— a deduct of paving color and finish, Alternate No. 7— an addition of
brick patterning, Alternate No: 8— a deduct of a portion oi stone veneer, Alternate No. 9— the addition of
unit pricing for electrical floor boxes, Alternate No. 10 — the installation of inetal edging in—lieu—of a
concrete mow strip and Alternate No. 12 — the installation of decou�posed granite in—lieu—of concrete walk.
It is recommended that the Base Proposal amount of $3,710,000.00 and Alternates Nos. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 12
in the amount of $4,500.00, together totaling $3,714,500.00, as submitted by Prime Construction Company,
plus $185,725.00 allocation allowance for unforeseen construction conditions for a grand total of '
�..
r -.
$3,900,225.00 be approved for award of contract. The Contract working period is 335 calendar days.
The estimated overall cost of the project is:
Design $391,996.00 '
Construction $3,900,225.00
Utilities, ITS $131,556.00
Contingency, Geotech $239.338.00
Total $4,663,115.00
Prime Construction Company is iu compliance with the City's M/��BE Ordinance by committing to 27
percent M/WBE parricipation on the base bid plus identified alternates. The Ciry's M/WBE goal on this base
proposal contract is 25 percent.
The estimated impact on the annual operating budget for the community center and park will total ',
$488,901.00, with the cost broken down as follows; 'IPW rnaintenance of the physical plant $15,000.00; ',
PACS facility operations and staffing $334,734.00 and PACS annual park maintenance $139,167.00. In '
addition, a one time cost in the amount of $400,000.00 will be required for facility FF&E and park
maintenance equipment in Fiscal Year 2013.
Construcrion is anticipated to commence May 2012 and be completed by May 2013.
The project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 6.
FISCAL INFORA�ATION:
The Financial Managernent Services Director certifies fliat funds are available in the current capital budget, '
as appropriated, of the Park Iuiprovements Fund, the Parks Gas Lease Projects Fund, the Parks and
Recreation Improvements Fund - 86 and the Grant Capital Projects Fund. '
FUND CFNT'EItS:
TO Fund/Account/Centers
FROM Fund/Account/Centers
11 C280 541200 806450012980 $1.443.592.28
1) GR74 541200 080306837010 $2,000.000.00
1) GCOS 541200 080050410030 � 110.459.72
11C282 541200 806450012980 $346.173.00
CERTIFICATIONS:
Submitted for Citv Manager's Office bv: Susan Alanis (8180)
Originating Denartment Head: Richard Zavala (5711)
Additional Information Contact: Mike Ficke (5746)
ATTACHMENTS
1. BrT ^vC05 541200.�di
2. FAR-00O15.pdf
3. FAR-00016.pdf
4. GCOS.pdf
5. Grant 306837 Available Funds.pdf
6. MWBE.pdf
7. Revised Chisholm Compliance Memo.pdf
CITY OF FORT WORTH
TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
ADDENDUM NO. 6
Chisholm Trail Comrnunity Center
Request for Proposals Submittal Date: January 19, 2012 (NO CHANGE)
The Request for Proposals for the above project is hereby revised and amended as follows:
1. The following sheets have been modified or added:
CVR — Cover Sheet
A201 — First Floor Plan
P201 — Plumbing Waste Plan
2. The following Specification sections have been modified or added:
Table of Contents
03 30 00 — Cast-in-Place Concrete
23 09 00 — Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
3. This will be the last Addendum issued
Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No. 6 on your Proposal.
DOUGLAS W. WIERSIG, PE
DIRECTOR, TRANSPORTATION & PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
By:
Ronald Clements. AIA
Project Manager
Facilities Management Division
817-392-8014, FAX 817-392-8488
RELEASE DATE: January 13, 2012
Chisholm Trail Community Center
Addendum No. 6, January 13, 2012
1
ADDENDUM NO. 6
TO
Chisholm Trail Community Center
13 January 2012
Project No: 21010
From: Brinkley Sargent Architects, Inc.
To: City of Fort Worth
This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Bidding Documents.
DRAWING MODIFICATIONS
Item No. 1. CVR — Cover
A. Included to provide a current history of addendums on sheet list
Item No. 2. A201 — First Floor Plan
A. Note for mirror on north end of plan east wall in Cardio 135 removed.
Item No. 3. P201— First Floor Plan
A. The sampling port was removed from the discharge side of the grease trap. A
wastewater access chamber and a two-way cleanout were added to the discharge
side of the grease trap.
SPECIFICATION 1VIODIFICATION5
Item No. 4. . Table of Contents
A. Included to provide a current history of addendums
Item No. 5. 23 09 00 — Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
A. 2) Summary — highlighteci portions of Summary Section removed
End of Addendum
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF FORT WORTH
TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
��� � • �
Chisholm Trail Community Center
Request for Proposals Submittal Date: January 19, 2012 (RIO CHANGE)
The Request for Proposals for the above project is hereby revised and amended as follows:
1. The foliowing sheets have been modified or added:
CVR — Cover Sheet
C401 - Utility Plan
C601 — Civil Details
S100 — Structural Notes
S201 — Foundation Plan
S202 — Low Roof Framing Plan
S203 — High Roof Framing Plan
S204 — Screen Vl/all Framing Plan
S302 — Concrete Details
S505 — Steel Details
S506 — Steel Details
A101 — Site Plan
A112 — Roof Details
A311 — Roof Details
A321 — Mechanical Screen Enlarged Plan & Elevation
A331 — Mechanical Screen Details
A501 — Building Sections
A511 — Wall Sections
A521 — Section Details
A522 — Section Details
A523 — Section Details
A524 — Section Details
A601 — Interior Elevations
A621 — Millwork Sections
A701 — First Floor Finish Plan
E001 — Electrical Riser Diagram & Legend
E201 — Electrical Lighting Floor Plan
E301 — Electrical Power Floor Plan
E401 — Electrical Panel Schedules
E601 — Electrical Daylight Zoning Plan
PE101 — Plumbing & Electrical Site Plan
P101 — Plumbing Supply Plan
P201 — Plur�bing Waste Plan
L1.1 — Landscape
L1.3 — Landscape
Chisholm Trail Community Center
Addendum No. 5, January 12, 2012
2. The following Specification sections have been modified or added:
Table of Contents
03 30 00 — Cast-in-Place Concrete
07 19 50 — Vapor Barrier
07 42 10 — Metal Wall Panels
07 72 00 — Roof Hatches
09 64 00 — Wood Athletic Flooring
09 90 00 — Painting
10 00 00 Miscellaneous Specialties
10 50 00 — Lockers
11 45 00 — Appliances
11 48 00 — Athletic Equipment
12 76 00 — Bleachers
32 17 23 — Pavement Markings
32 31 19 — Metal Fencing
3. The following Contractors have expressed interest in this project:
A. Gene Doss Construction
Bids(a�qenedossconstruction.com
Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No. 5 on your Proposal.
�
DOUGLAS W. WIERSIG, PE
DIRECTOR, TRANSPORTATION & PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
Ronald Clements. AIA
Project Manager
Facilities Management Division
817-392-8014, FAX 817-392-8488
RELEASE DATE: January 12, 2012
Chisholm Trail Community Center
Addendum No. 5, January 12, 2012
ADDENDUM NO. 5
TO
Chisholm Trail Community Center
10 January 2012
Project No: 21010
From: Brinkley Sargent Architects, Inc.
To: City of Fort Worth
This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Bidding Documents.
DRAWING MODIFICATIONS
Item No. l.
A.
Item No. 2.
A.
Item No. 3.
A.
Item No. 4.
A.
Item No. 5.
A.
B.
C.
Item No. 6.
A.
B.
C.
Item No. 7.
A.
CVR — Cover
New Sheet — E601
C401— Utility Plan
Fire Service Vault location rnodified.
C601— Civil Details
03,06/C601 — rebar information modified to match Ol/C601
5100 — Structural Notes
Metal Deck Notes: additional information added for Alternate No. 2 roof decic
5201— Foundation Plan
1/5201 — Clarification dimensions provided for three piers
1/S201 — Fixed leader to column near main entrance
1/S201 — Flag Pole reference provided for clarity.
5202 — Low Roof Framing Plan
1/S202 — Added two short W14�2 beams at edge of main entrance canopy roof
1/5202 — Clarified plan note for Alternate No. 2 roof decvk with reference to
Alternate No. 2 plans.
1/S202 — Top of steel elevations provided for the roof above the main entrance
5203 — High Roof Framing Plan
1/5203 — Clarified plan note for Alternate No. 2 roof deck with reference to
Alternate No. 2 plans
Page 1 of 6
Chisholm Trail Community Center
Addendum #5
10 January 2011
B. 2/S203 — Alternate No. 2 low roof plan added to clarify extents of this roof deck
alternate
C. 3/S203 — Alternate No. 2 high roof plan added to clarify extents of this roof deck
alternate
Item No. 8. 5204 — Screen Wall Framing Plan
A. 1/S204 — Added rod x-bracing at corners of tall screen wall above main entrance.
Item No. 9. 5302 — Concrete Details
A. 9/5302 — Modified column bearing graphic
Item No. 10. 5505 — Steel Details
A. 6/S505 — Added rod x-bracing at corners of tall screen wall above main entrance
Item No. 11. 5506 — Steel Details
A. 6/S506 - Clarified alignment of glazing wall with misc. steel at glazing head
bracing.
Item No. 12. A101— Site Plan
A. Note on East Side of building referencing 8'-0" of sidewalk in lieu of 6'-0" as
Alternate 4 removed. Alterriate 4 is only the portion of sidewalk running along
the property line on the west side of the building
Item No. 13. A112 — Roof Details
A. 19/Al 12 — Gate footing reference to structural removed. Footing information can
be found in specification section 32 31 29 — Wood Fencing
Item No. 14. A311 — Roof Details
A. 3,8/A311 — Metal Flashing
Item No. 15. A321— Mechanical Screen Enlarged Plan & Elevations
A. Provided note to indicate all mechanical screen steel backing structure to be
galvanized.
Item No. 16. A331— Mechanical Screen Details
A. 1,6/A331 — Modified location of the edge of deck. Edge of deck to align with
outside edge of steel beam below.
Item No. 1'7. A501— Building Sections
A. 1/A501 — Top of Steel @ curved entry walls clarified
Item No. 18. A511— Wall Sections
A. 8,11/A511 — Top of Steel @ curved entry walls clarified
Item No. 19. A521— Section Details
A. 3,13/A521 — Flexible Flashing
Page 2 of 6
�
Chisholm Trail Conununity Center
Addendum #5
10 January 2011
B. 16/A521 - Metal Flashing
Item No. 20. A522 — Section Details
A. 6/A522 — Flexible Flashing(above channel)
B. 7/A522 — Flexible Flashing
C. 18,20/A522 — Metal Flashing "
Item No. 21. A523 — Section Details
A. 1/A523 — Metal Flashing, wood blocking also included at this location
B. 2/A523 — Flexible Flashing
C. 5, 8,12,13,17/A523 — Metal Flashing
Item No. 22. A524 — Section Detaiis
A. 7,13,19/A524 — Metal Flashing .
B. 14/A524 — Flexible Flashing
C. 16/A524 — Flashing note changed to J-reglet.
Item No. 23. A601 — Interior Elevations
A. 10/A601 — Revised to show location of Ice Maker, Range Hood revised
B. 10/A601 — All appliances to be Contractor Furnished, Contractor Installed
Item No. 24. A621— Millwork Sections
A. 9/A621 — Removed
B. 14/A621 — Revised to show Range Hood Detail
C. 15/A621 - Removed
Item No. 25. A'701— First Floor Finish Plan
A. Finish Plan, Finish Schedule and Finish Notes revised to clarify wainscot in
rooms 124, 127 and 131.
Item No. 26. E001— Electrical Riser Diagram & Legend
A. Light Fixture Schedule Note 5 modified due to switching revisions
B. Note by Symbol 2 revised to provide estimated length required to be installed by
contractor for consistency purposes
Item No. 27. E201— Electrical Lighting Floor Plan
A. Revised light fixture switching configurations based on city permitting hold comments
Item No. 28. E301— Electrical Power Floor Plan
A. Provided electrical outlet for under counter ice machine in kitchen area, with new circuit
designation
Page 3 of 6
Chisholin Trail Community Center
Addendum #5
10 January 2011
Item No. 29. E401 — Electrica( Panet Schedules
A. Provided electrical outlet for under counter ice machine in kitchen area, with new circuit
designation
Item No. 30. E601— Electrical Daylight Zoning Plan
A. New Sheet, clarification of switching and daylighting zones as required by city permitting
comments
Item No. 31. PE101— Plumbing & Electrical Site Plan
A. Provided ice maker circuit to panel schedule for panel "LB"
Item No. 32. P101— Plumbing Supply Plan
A. Provide washing machine wall box for connection of water line to ice maker
Item No. 33. P201— Plumbing Waste Plan
A. Provide washing machine wall box for connection of drain line to ice maker
Item No. 34. L1.1 — Landscape
A. 30'-0" buffer zone indicated on plan per City Cornments.
B. A few trees were moved slightly to comply with Urban Forestry spacing
requirements
Item No. 35. L1.3 — Landscape
A. J/L1.3 — Concrete stepping stones dimension clarification provided.
SPECIFICATION MODIFICATIONS
Item No. 36. Table of Contents
A. 32 17 23 — Pavement Markings: New Specification Section.
Item No. 37. 03 30 00 — Cast-in-Place Concrete
A. 2.11 — Spec revised to reference architectural specification 07 19 50 for Vapor
Barrier under slab.
Item No. 38. 07 19 50 — Vapor Barrier
A. Several Revisions, indicated with `*'
B. l.Ol.A, 1.02.B, 2.2.A.1, 3.02.A, 3.03.A, 3.03.B,
Item No. 39. 07 42 10 — Metal Wall Panels
A. Type 1 panel modified to have Clear Anodized finish with trim in lieu of mitred
corners. The following sections were revised: (2.1.B.2, 2.1.B.2.a, 2.1.B.2.b,
2.1.B.3, 2.4.2.b, 2.4.2.f, 2.4.2.g, 2.4.2.h, and 2.S.B
Page 4 of 6
Chisholm Trail Community Center
Addendum #5
10 January 2011
Item No. 40. 07 72 00 — Roof Hatches
A. 2.1.D — Lane-Aire listed as approved manufacturer
B. 2.3.A — Lane-Aire listed as approved manufacturer
C. 2.4.A.3 — Lane-Aire listed as approved manufacturer
Item No. 41. 09 64 00 — Wood Athletic Flooring
A. 2.2.C.1 — Gym floor modified to "Number 1" from "Number 2 or better"
B. 2.2.C.2 — Aerobics floor modified to "Number 1" from "Second or better"
Item No. 42. 09 90 00 — Painting
A. 3.3.H — at locations above wall to wall ceilings fire taping [tape and one bed coat]
is acceptable
B. Second 3.3 section renamed 3.3X
C. Second 3.4 section renamed 3.8
D. Second 3.5 section renamed 3.9
E. 3.9.E.2 — Dryfall paint to be allowed for exposed structure.
Item No. 43. 10 00 00 — Miscellaneous Specialties
A. Bid numbers provided for the following items, location to be determined by
owner:
a. Bulletin Board: 2 (24x36)
b. Marker Board: 5 (24x36)
c. Safe: 1(model modified to Model C 2418)
d. Louvers: zero
e. Motorized Shades: zero
B. A2.10.A — Projection Screen to be Owner Furnished Contractor Installed
Item No. 44. 10 50 00 — Lockers
A. 2.O1.A&B — Summit Lockers added as an approved equal
Item No. 45. 11 45 00 — Appliances
A. 2.O1.A — Ice Maker revised to Summit BIM44ADA
B. 2.O1.D — Oven/Range information provided
C. 2.O 1.E — Range Hood information provided
Item No. 46. 11 48 00 — Athletic Equipment
A. 2.1.A.4 — ADP/Lemco included as acceptable manufacturer
Page 5 of 6
Chisllolm Trail Community Center
Addendum #5
10 January 2011
Item No. 47. 12 76 00 — Bleachers
A. 2.1.0 — Irwin Telescoping Seating Company, M 4500, included as acceptable
manufacturer.
B. 2.1.D — Hussey Seating, Maxam26, included as acceptable inanufacturer
Item No. 48. 32 17 23 — Pavement Marl�ings �
A. Pavement Markings specification provided for clarification
Item No. 49. 32 31 19 — Metal Fencing
A. 2.02.A.1 — Sizes revised to match di•awings
B. 2.02.A.2 — Sizes revised to match drawings
C. 2.02.A.6 — Second rail at top of fence removed, bottom rail to be positioned per
drawings
D. Second 2.02 section renamed 2.02X for clarification
E. 2.02X.A.4 — Sizes revised to match drawings.
End of Addendum
Page 6 of 6
� � �
`�,
e�,�.,,�
Y
�
0
� �
U W
U
J �
m �/ z
= W O
�' � 1�-
� J J
Q � m
� V H
�
� = m
O V
� �
�, a
Z
�
F-
0
�J O
Q �
Z o
O ,�
� M
U
�
�
U
> � cv
S, ci 'vi
� R =
�, E .o
� N �
� W a
a D
F c Q
W
�
�
Z
W
U
�
Z
�
� 1
OJ
U m
J z
Q 0
r" W !-
� S �
� V O
2 � �
N o �
V�O
u
'o
a
O
N
N ttf
� �
N a'S
�
N � �
W
o Q �
m N � W
o a � 0
#6
«
d �
#6 'o oi N
d a � w
•` ''s .D >
a � m ¢
a
J
N
O
U
�
N VYj
C
0
U
�
U
1�
�
C
O
7 A
; c
� �
Q.
� U o
�U
�
a`
'O O C
�
� � C
co U o �
U �
U
a
`o
U
N U
�
f.i
c
d
�
�
Q0000000000000 0
0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 � o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
u od000000ai0000 ai
`o 00000000v000�o m
� O O O� O O ln N N�� O N V� 1D
� r�m �-�- 0�0 V� N � � ry � N
> o � ` c-
LL �
3 x N m U M
m°�� �
wF-yN � 00
0 o�Y `�
O !� � N aU
v a m c
Q �
T
X
N
E �T (i� fA 4i fA V� (!i (A M ffl fA V3 EA Vi Iq
N
QN� N� N O N O O O N O O �
�
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
E o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
� o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
U O O O O O O O O O N O O N O O
� o 0 0000000u�
V cY N O� N N
�� o � � n� rn�� ry � � ry � N
N�N �'� � N
� ��nv 2 h
> X N � � �
� ~ � N U f�
N
� o^�? E
jm eo t� n
m
o Q � �
�
� o
0
E
, �s F» F» v� e� vr F» f» f» �a en F» F» f» Fn
N
o Q o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
c �
g p o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
'� 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
°^° � a oi co ' c�i (� to v<f �ri o co ui
N rn 1� N N I� oD d' 1� N� lO
�� �� C O h ch oD rn rn m h'Q M O V�(D V
Eyc�omu � �n�v��ovioio m�l:`.v o
� t0 N N'O N � N
U m �t�0 N � !�D
Z F M i� Ni m M
� N M o
m o.m N �
o �
rn
a` c
m
� � �» �n e> v� � tn t» f» Ea vi �n e� �n w
O (n
EQ O O O M O O� O O O O O O �
0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
� O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
� XE o0 00000000�n0000 �n
N v�i Q u Yj � r.�- t�o .�- � N� ��"' �`� e�-
���LL� n
N � N (�O V �
o v c(�o � c � c'�
T I- N (�D �a' m
� � � N E
� h
� � �v�v�f»F»vjv>fn�n�»e»En» ra
N
Qo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
V � o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
E 000000cJoui000 �
J v a o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
J �o u O moc0000�ooito�N m
� C C l(j l(j N�fi O c'� oD O W v '�t
C muNi�l,. o p �n � I� V� a- N� N �
Q �� t0 N U tA `�
c•�i `� X 4� 2 0 �°
�' > > a� ro 9 � m �"�
w a~ N m c�i
Vi T N M
G � � N �
� y � N o�i
�
U Z �
M o
v VT EH f9 (/i fA N3 fA fA t9 v) t9 t9 fA (y
�
iW»
F
2 Z
p � W
m Q w
a w ��N�v�����,�`��� �.
� � d o d d d o d d d o d d d a
W Q �zzzzzzzzzzzzz u-
p 00 a� m m a� d d m w a� m d w a; O
m m m m% m m m m m m m m Q
E E E E E E E E E E E E E
m a� :: :� n: :? :? m^? :? °: m a; F'
¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ Q a Q �
0
� N
ID M
M
� N
�O N
f")
0
� N
�
iii pQ
��
Q
ow
Q U
N
�
�
Y
�
0
� �
U W
U
J j
= W Q
'a�H
� J Q
Q � m
0 V H
� ~ m
� _
O V
a�
�, a
z
�
�
O
O
� O
J O
O
z o
O �
0 M
U
�
Y
U
> � m
� M N
� � �
d a
jp y C
� W d
�
�
H G a
W
�
�
z
ll.�
V
F"
Z
�
� � a-
U m N
J z r e�„
� � = N �tS
F. l!J F- pj o0
�a� N� w
S � � m N Q �
� � {lA
�� ��'yZ U
U a� oFa-� �
�c
w v
7k O y y
� � a` o �
•o^ 'o �y .°o ">
a` a � m ¢
�
aO N o t7 N O N O O O N N O �
O
p o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ci h o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
� �� t� o0000000r0000v� w
(n � xx � O � r� m�� N v M Ci rn� v o
f0 I� N� U � M
` � � � N � W
� G) J y� W V � M
e� � �F-M � �? m
oiY� dU
O � > m N �
U � •� � �
U m�
� �
� viu,rnv>viv,f»u�v,v�v,va� w
�
Qo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
�
p o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
cj o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
= E O o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
j � V O O o tn O O O o O i� o o N ln N
N c�o V � � n�� N� N� �. N��. T
N � C Q
� � ratL �n O
U � X O N O �
O> � NI- NON N � M
� (.� O
C >, r m
O � O ^ <`1 @
U z 2 m � rn
c6 `t r <O E
d °' ii �U
� �
fR vi fAK7 tAv> vifAtA»»u>e> fA w
�
QO O O O O O O O O O O O O O
�j � o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
L � � O O o O o O O O o O O O O O
Q N O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Y � p X U O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
U >�p � Q` O N O O O O O O O(7 O O O O o0
fQ I� N V" � I� O O N V) �A a- (v V t0 v� O
,� � N(o in C � I� QO V`� s- �y
C V N X N � � � � �`7
co U� a�w�u� o m ti
` o 0^'^7@� M
a N 0 � ^ O
m `° m
o •�
� � Fn Fn v� »(» t» vs s� �a F» En vi v3 Fa
N
Qo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
�
p o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
c o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
� o 0000000 on0000 t��.
0 00000roo ovcoo�oo a
VV �� o � ai t� oo I� N'�Y ai oo in � v.-
j N O�� (�j (D h. M`-' N �-' � �
N ¢ � � � � ~ N
� w y n� v h
�,, O J'> X rn � � O �ti
C J � y� a� m
� � m �
�p '�Nh=
m
O c�o � N c
' m U
�
U � V! FA ffi V! FIi Vi 4H Fii d1 f!i :ii f9 fA fA
y
QM o 0 0 0 o t o 0 0 0 0 o n
�
p o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
V p � V I� O(V c0 O co (V oi cV ai
C O m M N o�0 N� M N M� O oD
u� p X � V' N I� d'
� d N� Q� � 1� V' ��{ O� � O Oi (D o0 N'- �'
G. � a0 �'�' O r` h a0 N`-' N � N
� � y � � `01 Cii fV
O` O X�� N Q I�
� i� ��mu4i o LL7 C'1
d O U
� � N O1
.O N � N � �
�, o m m
O � � N m
U a°'i
f� �� M b9 fl7 uY b4 Eli V3 EA tA 69 fA fA
N
W
F-
z 0 F �
O
F pp Q w
n' �t�� ~
� W Z � N M V' � t0 1� 00 � ,J
N � �W O O O O O O O O O O O O O a
W Q F Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z LL
p m a�N„ N� N Y� N N N� N N N �
m m m m m m m m m m m m m Q
E E E E E E E E E E���
ma�:?vw::a�a:«'.::;:a::! F"
aaa¢aaaaaae¢a °
t0 N
M
N
N
� J
O
2
m �
0
� N
� M
}
�ii o
��
Q
o?
Q U
`o
N
Y
�
�
N
U W
U
_ � �
W
Z � _I
a�m
O�Fa_'
� � m
�' _
O V
a�
�, a
z
�
0
O o0
ao
z o
O ,�
0 �
c.i
�
Y
U
> � �
� y iii
'0 � 3
�, E .�
m $� y
� W .p
�
� � a
W
�
�
Z
w
U
~
Z
�
� � �
U m N
� Z � !N,"
� u7 N �S
,�SZR� Nr' �
�a.p r.} w
_ � � m N Q �
� W
vv� oa� o
ik
avi d
xt o^ yy' �
a�i w �' 0 a�i
'o 'o y' v �
a a` H 'm a
U
C
C
N
N d
�- li
�
N
d
N
r�+
�
Q �
al
U �C
�
N V
y � 3
� O" �.1 0
�a•.
W ��
�o
U •y
N ,'
Q �
ti
C
v c
O �
M � V
` V L
� N
c
0
U
U
J
J
a
_
N �
r �
d
Of
m
^L
0
E �
O
,0 ` U O
m <o � � O
o r N LL N
K X � � � p
o vv�,� d�
3 F M m w �
N = N N � m
� O � N �
o�cor�
�
C m �c
o m
� o
Y
Ui
o p
N
�, E o
N � O
> N U O
> � N � p) �
O y K �- N �%
? m m o E m
� � p � Q�p p M
�QQ�}{ u m
m r N N N
o �
a����
UC aD N �
0
LL �
0
m �
U O
� o
v� X o
o m Q u o
rn�rnu' � o
co N `�m � O
� X N m V � Q�
� I- M N'O m Ci
U � N � o
r C n �
r
v^i�j �rn a
� �
0
O
0
"= E o
� u o
�� x4d o
Y� o"- � O
(0 y � � N C1
� � N � � m M
p N � N V
� N V �`
Z � N U
m
E
o E
<n rq
C � o
c� ,c c o
r
� D � � � �
' Ci U � � � O tO
m C Y Q% Q X�� C O)
e� C C G V Q��� a�i ❑ M
� m d O Z � m
m EC> a� a��ti.c"
� o CW 000�WU
N rn � `
C d(q N a m
ai > m � ..
R p S
�
Qo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
00000000u�0000 �n
O O O O O O O O d' cr N O O M
o tn o O c0 V' N(O (V m V' �A c0
I� �.-- d' � N � ap
� N
fA (9 f9 vf vi tfl fA fR ff3 Vi ff1 tfl Eli Vf
N
QO O O O O O O O O O O O O O
0
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
000000000i0000 oi
O o O O o O o o N O o O o N
f� O'�j' O O M N U) aj' d' [t N� M
r� cn o� vi� e� vN N � a
N
»vsv�v�v�EaFav>viFnv�t»f» vr
�
ON O O a O o� O O o O O O N
0 0 0 o O o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
O O O O h V' t`� N lf) �� O N M
� lfi ad'-, rn O� ���' � N v �
�
������������� �
N
Q000000000.0000 0
� o 0 0 0 0 0 o s o o^ o 0 0^ c
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
000000000i0000i o
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o m o 0 o rn m
�no 000000cvo�nc•in io
m o oi o to to 0 1� ri h N.- N"
N ti a v V v � v �
Fn f» » v� v� F» es t� f» v> v> �ts vr vi
y
ao 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
�
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
aD (D � � V(O i� CO O OD N O t")
t'�i f0 O M V M N M T N(O M(D
W M N lD N M(D 1n N N N O v tD
�^ 6i � M� N(v M OD v OD
N
= FR fn f» v� en » vi us v� (» �rs r» vi vi w
W
F
Z � F �
� W ��' N M O U7 (O I� aD �� s�- � � �
N N o000000000coo <
W ¢ �'zzzzzzzzzzzzz �.
p m Qw w m d a� a; a� m w d w w a� �
N i6 N N!0 N N N N N N N W -�
E E E E E E E E E E E� ¢
w:: u? °.' a: w».' °: u'. � a��i u? �? F'
Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q �
c0 M
M
10 t�(1
�
0
� M
0
� M
0
� M
}
� p
��
Q
�W
Q U
0
M
�
Y
�
�
�
U W
U
�.! �
� (JJ 0
n' u� F-
� J �
QQ.'m
0 (~j Fa-
�
� = m
a�
�, a
Z
�
0
O
� o
J O
O
z O
O ,�
� M
UC
G
Y
U
> � cn
i� Gi N
� � �
d � �
jp N C
� w °1
� a
� � Q
~ W
�
�
z
W
U
F�-
Z
�
� � �
O J N
m
J Z � �
0
S` 2 �' N `� �''
-i n. O � � m
��� �'�Z V
U �v� ola-� �
�
d d
# �O y y
N W a Q W
° ° a o 9
a ai--m a
�
ao 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o a o 0 0
O
` o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
O � o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
vo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
� io E o 00000000r�n000 cr
p> `- X O � N WI� O� h'V � v N N v N O
` � � Q U � N
�j � mov � r�i
x N N � �
N ��'�LYm� m
N
,d^ ln > �p � j�'
v � � � N
O C
� LL N
�
�
� �
v��ruiF»F»�»F»fnE»e>viVaV> w
�
Qo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
O
c o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
O p o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
•'' o G� o�D rn� V N o�- •- N 4�7 ,�� n
V u �ti N N N a0 N i� M N� c0 � M
� o o N Oi (O � 1� N M O V' c- tn �
a�+ N(o �._ r, cD c0 O`-' N tD
1// N i� o LL ? .d. � N
� (n m v v ,-`� N
� xo�N d'
m V U��c'v� g 0
� w J� � N � d]
y U = op
C � Z'`o � � v
C
d N � ao @�
❑ o a
.,"'... LL °u
O "
U
. . (/� � �� Ei1 fA FA f9 Vi ffi ffl fA f9 fA�Efi fR
N
Qo 0 0 0 0 o m o 0 0 0 0 o m
�
U p o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
,J � o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
a o � (h M� V' (V (D (O o O o�- N o M
-� m" X o o com�ncn��nu�oNo r��n
V N`O Q d o c�chov_ chco�nvv_nmv m
^� IL 01 Y7 O O f(O N� Oi � (O (O � v �(7
a�+ ti X m ro N aj I� co Y� N `-' N
c� w `r " �
� C zrrm',m m' m v .
N J
U n�mr� E
�r �_
� LL V
Q � e» f» f» vi F» En �» F» �a v> F» » v� w
�
Qo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0
� O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
� O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O t(j O O O O N
� O O O O o� O O O N o O O O h
O M t� N O t0 N M O c0 N c'� 01
� � M X � M a0 M^ ai �� O N v (� h�-- <{ N
¢
C Q� Vu- U c- N
mXN� � �
r, o o��� � o �s'
�" �1 � L th � m
' O � o ^ � �
� � � � � C
u�i li °D 16 �
N �
� 'fA V! FA 4) fA fA fA fA f9 ffT (/i f9 Vi M
�
` Q O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
�
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
� O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Q� o � O O O O O O O O O N O O O N
U O O O O O O O O O O I� O O O h
`�`p Y o OO O N N O O(O c0 O V O> O cD iA Q1
� to (V c- vi 1� (O � Oi oD a� N o0
C� N w� LL d %. 1� a- O d' �" N
� � O c0 � O � CO
lD C� c0 � aXi �� w ❑ �
r, L w� F- V O. 'C�'
G O° O c� N u m
o V W orn^�
U °' o'
N �j c
�
ER f» v� r» (» vi » vi F» v� » En rn v� v�
w
Q
z p � z
�
Q
a W ��" N t� 7�n c0 h oo rn�`� aN- .M- j
N N W O O O O O O O O O O O O O a
Q �zzzzzzzzzzzzz �+-
p 00 -� a� a� m d a� d d m a� d a� d a� �
a m m m m m m m m m m m m m �
�� c c c c c c c c c c c d
d w a� v`w a� a� v m` `m m` w` a� �
aaaaaa¢aa¢a¢a �
� M
m o
M
rn
� M
�
� N
t0 �
�
�o
��
00
0 J
� Q
Q U
�
a
�
Y o
p.' o
� cn Q o
V V O �
C��Z U �'
� W O �
0 Ja Q U
Q LL' > > � <n
L m
O r �
U T w N
�N ~ m d � L
LL = R N N
O V 7 W .�
� a a
N Q I•° uc Q
Z
�
F-
R'
F"'
Z
W
C�
�
z
rL �
0 J
U m
J Z
O
� W F�=-
� _ �
JVO
2 � �
N o �
V `°v 0
V
�O
a`
0
N
N tn
� �
N aS
ai °O
O �
�
r } m
o Q �
� � Z U
o F�a- � O
#
a�i v
�k O CI y�j
V d N 'L'
W
y N
�p S .a >
a � m ¢
� o
C � � N O O
a „ o
o E �� �� o
O d .
� �.i 'O � O � �. �
N � O m�v`riM 3 � �;
y, c`�.t .c r ��@) o0
� H � m � aa
(j +-�'� o E
� C N � � L
O Q LL D
U
N
ao 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
O
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o a o
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 o O o 0 0 o O ' o C
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(0� 0 0 0 0 0 0 o r o 0 0 �.
N W� W N V c0 Qi 7(O N Oj
fV n
N
tH fn v> ei �s �ts e> `» �ts fa v� rn f» da. w
NW
� F
a a F �
a m
U .� ��- N M V N(O t� oD W� s<- � � ~
J
N Q �z°z°zz°z°z°zz°z°z°z°z°z LL
W m -� a� m a� a; a� a� v a� a� w a� d w 0
o Q
io m m m m m% m m m i'a m m -i
E E E E E E E _ = a
°' :.' :: m°: u> :> m m m a; w,a`�i o
aaaaaa¢a¢aa'aa �
1O M
M
}
�o
� �
z Z
W {y�
Q U
N
N
January 13, 2012
Ronald Cleinents, AIA
City of Fort Worth
401 W.13� Street
Plano, Texas 76102
Bid RFI Log
1, Hov,r many cppies of the prapos�l �re required to be turneci in?
Response: Per Ronnie Clements, one copy of your proposal can be turned in.
2. Wilf a fira alarm �e required'� We cannot locate a spec section. -
Response: The Fire Alarm Specification and sheet FA101 were included in.
Addendum #3
3. Tf-�e specs indicate fhat stated din7ensians govern over sc�led dim�nsions. t3n Sheet
C401, the fir�, domestic and landscape w�ter Eines state (engths of 393, 388 and 2C1 feet
��espectively. Sca{ing these lines �haw ler�gths 4f 445, 440 and 75 respectiv�ly (scaling
from fhe exi�fiing waier line}. Given there is �uch a large disparifiy, plea�� confirm these
stated dimensions ar� correcf.
Response: Use distances provided in drawings.
4. On the finish schedule c�n Sheet Ai01, the Gym (Rm 119} shaws the flooring to be ,
�cslished concrefe and v�ood flooring "PClWAF". Does the wood flooring extend fram
wa!( to vsrall? Please cl�rify.
Response: Addendum #4: "PC" removed. No Polished Concrete on project.
�. The gym shows io instai{ a walking track Iine araund the perimetar af fhe gy��n. ls the
flooring �urface for the walking track also the wood athletic fiooring?
Response: Yes.
6, Drilied piee bearing stratum bid depth?
Response: See S201 and S301
7. See note #8 under "F'ackage Unit Schedule with Natural Gas Heating and Energy
Recnvery uentilator" It cafls far duct detectors on the supply and refurn af the unifs but
code anly requires the detectars on the return side.
Response: Feature of the Engineering, price as shown on drawings
8. See Ncst� #9 under °Package Unit Schedule with Natural Gas Neating" it caiis far duct
detectars an the raturn (only} af each unit but code only requires it an units over
2000cfm which wouid only be RTU 3 and 7 no# #4 
Response: Feature of the Engineering, price as shown on drawings
9. Is the mechanicaf or the fire alarm contractor to supply th� duct detectors?
Response: Addendum #3: Refer to spec 28 31 00 issued as part of Addendum #3
10. fire ar�y public ��tilify e�sEn��i7fs pl�nr��d far the gas; eiectricai and v�at�r servic�s? i"he
n�efers/tr�nsf�rm�rs vvill need fo be located in an easem��it. Th� location o� fhe met�rs
will determi�7� th� ex#ent of fhe e�sem�nts and alsa the scope of work/cast �or fhe
cansirucfion of tt7e gas and electric services. According ta the it�structions fio Off�rors,
nun7b�r 14, v�e n�ust includecl fihe cost for fhe gas and electric service. If th� g�s r�rret�r
is located at fhe bui(ding, it v�rill require a design frar�n Atn7as for fhe gas i���i►� extansio��
so thafi the ap�roved conf���ctors mdy submit a bid. If if is located jusfi inside ihe prapeifiy
line, then no design �tiould be required.
Response: Utility easements will be handled by the city's construction managers,
per Ronnie Clements.
'1 i. What product is to be use� b�iow the slak�s �rid av�r the c�rton forms: v�por retarder�
E�er �ectic�n 0� 30 00 pai� �.11 or v�por faarri�r per section 07 19 5b pai�t 2.2
Response; Addendum #5: 07 19 50.
12. The crickets �s depicted on the roof dr�wings ar� not af adequat� size �a direct the
water to the roof scuppers. The crickefi fihat is below gridline "H° on the m�in raaf is
dravvn uvith a small reverse slope cric{<et and a secund cricket sloping e�st �nd west an
top of fihe reverse slope. �he "eastiv�rest" crickef as dravvn would have 25° tall edc�e
between the ridge �nd the roof. This needs to be a stand�rci cricket in lin� with the
cric{«t cirawn on gridline `6' but with fhe peak reaching ouf 19 f�c�t anto fihe rcaofi. The
cenfer crickets an gridline `6' r��ed to reach out 8.5 feet and center cricket on gridline `B'
needs to reach aut G.3 feet in order to dir�ct drainage to the scuppers and prevent
ponding. I paint this out bec�use this is significantly mare fiapered insulation �hat will t�e
address�d in .the comparisan of the bids. If you have questions, or l did not malce myself
Glear, please call
Response: The drawings and specifications work in concert with each other, the
crickets are schematic references and not dimensioned, the specifications
provide slope information that allows the contractor to interpolate the amount of
tapered insulation.
13. Hnw does the roof deck at the i�n�in �nfrance slop (area between fii7e n7etal screr�n
walls}? Ther� are nn notations on the drawings to indic�te if this area is I�vel or slo�aing.
Response: Entire low roof is sloped, the slopes are in two directions and
consistent. Roof plan indicates tapered insulation crickets to address drainage.
14. Do th� r�dius beams along grid line R,1 slope or are they I�vel?
Response: Beams slope as indicated on plans
15. What is the specificatian for th� stainless steel perforat�d metal p�nel screen at the
patio?
Response: Reference Addendum 4
16. The drauvings call for 5' of rigid insufation while sectian Q7 52 16 part 2.q3(�ddendum 3)
calls for an LTTR value of 19.1, which equals �.1" af palyiso. This sectian also
references '/2" thickness coverboard in part 2.03 and for a gypsum board (ayer in part
3.03 C. Sectian Q6 16 53 specified a 1/2" layer of Dens Deck Prime, 4" layers of polyiso
(LTTR af 25.0), with a'/" layer of caverbaard for a total base thickness of 5"
Response: Reference Addendum 4. The minimum roof insulation is to be 5"
17. Ar� th� mei�l pa�e9� for tl�s �i�ech�r7ic2! �creen in �l�v�tion 3/�,�,-t�1, I�et�nre�n c�rid line� 2
and 3, to E�e type 3 p�nels, not typ� 1? Tfiis scre�n uv�ll is indicated �s Ty�ae 3 p�nels ii�
oiher elev��ions on this sheet and �his �n�auld be cansister�t vvith the ath�r s�r�igl�t
ir�echanical scre�n v�+all on the south end.
Response: Yes, Type 3. Reference Addendum #4
'i8. �ihe I�gend on sh�et A�00 indicat�;s Walker Duct. is �ny required ar�d ��h�t is th�
ioc�tion/ext�nt?
Response: No Walker Duct, reference drawings for fioor box locations. Walker
Duct reference removed in Addendum #4
� 9. Wl�at are the extents ai�d defaiis fc�r fil�e concrete ��ad at tf�e site sign/ii�gpol�?
Response: Reference Architecturai (A112) and Structural (S303) drawings.
20. What is the fhickness ofi th� cor�crete ste��ing pads at the rain garden?
Response: Reference Addendum #5, 4"
21. The details for th� concrete n�c�w sfrip for far�dsape beds �o nof �gree be�ween
architectuf�al details (A112) and landscape det�ils (L1.3). Please clarify rec�uiren�ents,
details, elevation, etc.
Response: Reference Addendum #4, use Landscape detail.
22. The Landsc��e �lan indic�ies a concrete i�novd sirip k�etween the sife sign p�� and
buiiding vvhich is not shown an A101.
Response: Reference Addendum #4, mow strip added to A101
23, Ar� aH the vvindov� shades itidica#ed ii� rooms 147 and 113 tc� be manual shades.
Response: Reference Addendum #4, all shades are manual
24. Is the correct fla�pole specification section 10 75 �0 and not 10 35 1Q?
Response: Reference Addendum #4, difference between specifications is the
specified LED light, use 10 35 10, 10 75 00 to be removed.
25. ls the correcfi bike rack sp�;cified in section 11 48 00(addendum 3) and �at section 10 00
p(j7
Response: Reference Addendum #4, 11 48 00 is correct and was revised again in
Addendum #4 per city comments.
2C�. Is the climbing wall specified in s�ctian 11 48 00 (addendum 3) intended fo be in the
base bid now or is the climbing w�ll to be cav�red by the $30,OOq allawance?
Response: Climbing Wall to be in base bid, but as defined by the allowance in the
Project Manual, Section 01 02 00 — Cash Allowances
27. Are tnralk aff mats required? There are none specified; but refeeence to them is made on
sheet A701 in fihe finish legend. .
Response: "Walk-Off Mat" refers to the carpet tile used in these areas.
?�, Will �heet A701 t�e reissued wiili distinctions m�de bet�veen fhe varinus floor finisl���?
M�ny are indicat�d with th� same syi�lbai �nd tlie extent5 c�nnofi i�e deterr��in�d.
Response: Architect requested more specific question. A701 patterns are color
coded, it may be easier to view the drawing in color. Color .pdfs are available on
the city's Buzzsaw website.
29. Wh�� is floor finish aesign�ted by `TR' in fihe ��oom finish schec9ufe — ronn�s 125 �nd 12G.
Response: Reference Addendum #4, `TR' removed from schedule.
30. 5�ction 10 00 OQ caN� far Tur�le Tiles v�here indicated on drawings. There is i�o
ir7dicatian an fihe dr�wings for thes�. Please clarify fihe intent and exte�fs, if req�air�d.
Response: Reference Addendum #4, utilize specification description of extent of
Turtle Tiles
�1. Section 10 00 QO s�ecifie5 corner guards and sheet A701 has them noted but th�y are
naf indicated on the finish plan. Please cl�rify locations if fhese are required.
Response: Reference Addendum #4, corner guards are shown on A701 already,
but symbol was added to legend.
32. Interior ele��ation 10/A�01 indicates a range 17ood, This ifiem is not specified nar noted
as to who f�9rt�ishes and who installs this item, f'lease clarify and pravide specificatian if
necessary.
Response: Reference Addendum #5
33. Section 11 45 00 specifies an ice maker. Where is fihis item to be located?
Response: Reference Addendum #5
34. Sectinn 10 00 00 specifies the follawing
Please c(arify focatians or indicate they
Boards, Saf�, Louvers, Motorized Shadesj
Response: Reference Addendum #5
items which c�nnot be located on the plan.
are not required. [Bulletin 8oard, Marker
35. Is fire tape �cceptable for gyp baard ��alls above the ceilings or is a full bed required?
Response: Yes
3G. Is the steel structure for fihe raof screens to be field painted?
Response: Reference Addendum #5, galvanized
37. Gan a dryfall paint sysfiem be used for exposed sfiructure scheduled to be painfed?
Response: Yes �
38. N'i�sc�r�ry Questions
a. !� #he��e � coloe- coded drawing for the bric� �afiterns? ihe drawi�igs refer�nce
�ray, blue, arange, c�reen �nd p��r�le. Dc� afl c�f �he p�fte�ns have recessed ar
F�rojected bi�ici<? Tf7e �l�ns do nc�t clearly irzdic�ie.
Response: As indicated on drawing notes, A411 should be viewed in color.
The .pdf shows color and is available on the Buzzsaw website.
b. Is �he brick ��a�ierr� at the b�se af the gyrr� u�ai1� fio �e type 3�rick, recessecJ '�:�
fflr fh� headers?
Response: Reference note on 6/A411 —"All gym brick Type 2 except
recessed bricks, which are to be Type 3"
c. is the brick pattern �etail (61A411) intenc�ed ta a�p(y o«iy fo the �rea noted as
,:ba�e bid" ir� elevatic��� �/1�411 `�
Response: Reference Addendum #4, detail 6/A411 "...is for reference on
brick projections as a guide/legend,. and is not meant to be a specific
portion of the building." ALSO, PLEASE NOTE THAT THE COLOR CODING
IS REFERENCING BRICK PROJECTION AND NOT ACTUAL BRICK COLOR.
39, 7here are notations for "flashint�°, :`ni�tal flashing„ �?r�d "flexible €lashing" on the �ral!
sections �nd section detai(s. Please clari�r if the specified stain{ess steef flashing
(sections 0�+ 21 C7Q and 04 �2 QQ) is to b� used ai all (oc�tians noted as "fiashing„ ar
"���fa( f�ashing„ and the specified rubi�er mem�ara��e fiashing �section Q4 22 OQ) is to k�e
used at locations nated as "flexible �I�shing,,,
Response: Reference Addendum #5, "Flashing" is a generic term used in the wall
sections, reference details for flashing type, the drawings have been revised to
clarify whether the flashing is metal (stainless steel flashing) or flexible (rubber
membrane flashing).
4Q. The reflected ceiiing plan �hows a ceiling mounted C�rojectQr to be contractor furnishEd
and cantr�ctar in�talled. Please pravide a specifica�ion far this projector.
Response: Reference Addendum #4, projector and projector screen to be owner
furnished/contractor installed.
41. Mechanical drawing M00� has a nate to quote fabric ductwork as Alternafe �fi10. There
is na aiternate listed far this in sectian 01 03 00 ar oi1 tf�e bid form. Is this ta be quoted?
Response: Reference Addendum #4, note was removed.
42. {s there an estimafie of a}�proxim�te(y lang the conduits need to be r��n far TXU's primary
feed? If not; shauld an arbifrary feng�h (such as 200') be used to insure all bidders are
providing a compara�3e bid?
Response: Reference Addendum #5
�3. Detai{s 9A621, 14A621, and 15A621 appear to be the kitchen area (111 }, btat it is not
clear as to tnrhere fihese details are shc�wing. 15A621 says p.lam but is drawn �s salid
surface. Es the kifich�n (111), tn be done in so}id surface or not?
Response: Please review the interior elevations, none of the details mentioned are
referenced from the drawings.
�4. Wil! fhe sh�des for f�aom � 13 be n7afor-iz�d or rnanua!? S�ecs indicate t;�ere are both a��
tl7e projecfi hav�ever or�ly fihe r�anu�l shade locafions �re clearly design�ted, �I�a if fiie
sl�acles ara n7aforized the specs inr!ic�te th�t both sol�r screen �nd blackout are to bP
prQvided, 17o�vever tlle specs al�o 5tate that one or the r�th�r may be pi�ovid�d. Whicii 4�vi(I
be need�d'?
Response: Reference Addendum #4, all shades will be manual.
�5. i c�nnnt lacate a Cancr�fie b�am �chedule. Please advise.
Response: The concrete beam schedule is on S601. Please confirm you have a
complete set.
�6. What is the si�e and spacing of fihe rekaar irr fhe concret.e paving? Detail 1/C601 and
61CG01 coi�tflict.
Reference Addendum #5
47, On Sheet A101 fh�re is a nate on the east side af the building stating Alt �4 8' sidewalk
in lieu oi` C�' siclewalk. Aftern�f� spec states Add 2500' of 5" concrete j��ving �' vtiride.
Pleas� advise.
Response: Reference Addendum #5, note on west side of building removed.
48. Is there a Sidewalk detail availabie showi��g any reinforcem�nt aild if fihera is a�iy fiype of
bas� course?
Response: 01/C601
49. Could there be a nofe added ta the paving pian sil�wing wh�re the calored and
sandblasfed cancrefie far Alt # 6 is locafed?
Response: Reference L1.1
50. Ple�se pi�ovide specifications for pavement marking and accessories.
Response: Reference Addendum #5
51. Wefded carn�rs are called for in th� spec but det�ils an the drawings eali for extruded
tri�n. (ihe finish will really defiermine which type of corner shouid be used. You cannot
rrveld coii coafied n��terial �nd get a quality praduct, ) Trim would be better and cheaper
but we need to know which you prefer.
Response: Reference Addendum #5, section 07 42 10. Corners will be extruded
trim, as shown on drawings
52. Paint warranty called for in spec will nofi al(ow fnr cnil coated �naterial . The pane(s are
perforated. The painfi mfr will noY warrant perforated maferial. We can provide caif coated
panels, howev�r, there wili be no vdarranfy.
Response: Reference Addendum #5, Type 1 panel to be Anodized Aluminum
53. Paneis c�n be post painted which cauld get a little expensive, however, the spec also
calls for single length lorrg panels that can't be past p�inted (too Long}
Response: Reference Addendum #5, Type 1 panel to be Anodized Aluminum
54, Are panels fo be painted an two sides.....spec says that panels wil[ be visible on both
sides?
Response: Reference Addendum #5, Type 1 panel to be Anodized Aluminum
55. WoL�(c1 ���radi�ed �.�a�-�el� �ie a�� o��fiion? There is a warra�ity �nd ti�� p�nels wauld bG
finished both sides. Cosfi �n�auld �ie fess than post painting.
Response: Reference Addendum #5, Type 1 panel to be Anodized Aluminum
56. Posi p�inted paneEs (bnti� sidps) co�ild !�e provicled with a t�arr�nty; howeuer, they
cannot tae r>or7tin��ous ier7gth5. Ther� must €�e a seam. We nEed to I�now which fir�isl� yau
pr�o�r.
Response: Reference Addendum #5, Type 1 panel to be Anodized Aluminum
57, T11�i�e is �n alternat� that refers fc� skyligl�ts and a specification, bt�t tlze��e is ��o i€�dication
on gym roof plan of size, lac�tian, a��d quantity. I hav� lonked at l�ddendum ;�4. Cou(d
you }ale�se direct nnie fo where f c�n detee�r�nine qu�nfities a��d sizing fc�r biddi��g
pur�oses, anc( a drawing det�il of fhe skylight as weli.
Response: The number, size and general location of skylights is adequately
described in the Alternates section of the specification. There is also a typical
roof opening detail on the structural drawings. This should be adequate enough
for pricing. If alternate is accepted, additional information and detailing may be
provided.
58. The finish piari aii A""l01 shows fuli-heighf w�ll til� as a s�lid line and wainscat as d�shed
fine. Theee �re elevations for the solid line ful! height tile an A211. t can find izo
eleuafians c�r any other inforrnatian which i��dicat�s the wainscot wall #ile heighf at �rvalls
which are shown ��shed on A701. WPiat will be the height of wall fiife at walls shown
dashed on A701, and w�lls other than tt�ose depicted in elev�tinns an sheefi A211
Response: Reference Addendum #5
59: We c�nnot find any af [the falloWing items] located on the pl�ns, please provide
clarification as to the locations fare these i#ems, or the quantities vve are to bid by.
Response:
TA-2 — Combination Waste/Towel Dispenser
Response: There are none.
TA-16 — Shower Grab Bar
Specification indicates that these are for 60" wide showers, there are no
60" wide showers in the project.
TA-50 — Mop Rack
Specification indicates locations
TA-51 — Hose Rack
Specification indicates locations
60, The drawing and fihe s�ecification for the 5' Iron fencing around the patio do not rnatrh.
Which way should we bid this praject? Shauld we bid per the plans ar per the sE�ecs?
Response: Reference Addendum #5, per drawings, specs revised.
61. Ducts on �e�hitec#uraE drawings are shown between joists and within joist web, 1lM302
sha�nrs ducts below joists, please clarify,
Response: Between joists per architectural and note by symbol 11 on M101.
62. Qn sheet /�2Q1 f=irsf Floor F'lan room 935 there i� �n elevafiion call aut 2/AG02, �nd o��
fhis �he�t at the w�il there is a cali au� for "«lirror' alpng fihe sanie vw�ll as fh� two
windaws, yet wh�n you ga ta pian sheet.A602 Ir�teric�r Eleu�tit�ns na�e 2135-i7 th�re is na
mirror alang fihat section of fihe waii. Pleas� clarify that there is only one s�ric�s of w�li
r�iirrcars in this rooir�.
Response: Reference Addendum #5, there should oniy be one set of mirrors, per
the interior elevation.
63. li�siructions fio offierer�, iie�-� #14 indic�te� Yhe contracfor is ta inciud� e(ectrical and gas
Gon���ny fees in the base bid, l"hese service �roviders fyF�ical(y will not prauide �a
pra�os�l far such fEes until fl�ey have a work arder fi�orn an �wner or Cor�tractor. WE
i�espEctfully i�equest thaf Yhes� fees be indicated as �n Owi�er responsibilify nr that an
aAawance be estabiished for these fees if fihey ar� ta be carried by the Caiitractor.
Response: Contractor will be responsible for utility fees as stipulated and will
have to make their best effort to estimate cost based on experience.
64. The bid form indicates a"General Allocatian A(lawai�ce (5°Jo)^ ", but
Specific�fiioil 01 02 Oq Cash Allo�rances stipulates a$60,000 �wner Cor�tigency
allov,rance, and a$30,000 allowance for the climbing wa(I. Please revievtr �rrd ac�vise
allowance r�quir�ments.
Response: Contractor to consider Cash Allowances in 01 02 00 as, "In addition to"
those stipulated by the city.
� F i — o _j i�;�, �� _t.�:,
�.._.� a �'�� �� L219L%1'4VaMVoj'P��ne�no8�oua4daW0V9b
—.. �e <V 11 xorp,o�
a�= k r�_ � a.s�,=, � a�U�� �^� ialua��liiuniuwa� .
m � � _ � 1�`��=~'- �� �;u�, , E� ��H, � „', .�,� i�e,��wroys�ya
�
Z
W
�
�
—
Z
� y
� � � � � ,
� �^
� � ES '��pE ���E q E B�E
..e""' Z ����� ���� ���g� ���� ���� � �
nrf•--' u s��:� � p�^ 3a@� 4���: ��a�: g ��
o g g � �
�
L.J =� ������� <
� z �
_, ���E� � ioaoQez O3r
Q�� � i U "q
—� wSp o
2 �
Q Z ��Y ����5 _ 4
� 5^y p� � fi
p � �a�
I�r�
� Eg � e � n
� c �y :° � a � ;' -� �" @e� ,
�i F e � v� oED
� $ €�� �S � � � �p3 � �.p, F�=
� . 6 ' �� E � �p a$5
� d 2n_ is 9 � � a a9 E� �6 ���
O ° s �'' �`' � � �°s e :� o�F
�� b r= R� e3 �,f =
s 4� u§a �; �� E� �e E� r9� ;
� z ` � y' � 9 � � � 's§ eg ` s � '�..
e�rr � q�K 8�S 4 S 6�3 a� �t ��= S
@ 3 [
� �n �S 354�i3� `e ? �[� es � � �Q �+$ $e �g} ��g .
�� � u� FF � r 3a s� s'r zS�g S'
— O va�� �� � �$y4� Fs � 4 @e n� �a
Z °e�s@ �3�5� � @- ip y�+ Y E����u�a
� Q � :������� 7' � ��3 ��p-a tl �_ g� :�p �e5 �" � .
n' $'"&EBb� tl'a � ivY �?E �e 4`e aP 6e� id 3%4 �i�F 3'�.
Z a a'cEi�x:�� $ a 4 7� H�4 � e #[ 4 E
" u _ �6Bk6@§.Bd - - - - - - - - - .
Q
z ;� J � F��
�� :f �� S.
� �- g@3
og �� �s = �^�
6� �� K° S 3"�k
;$ 8s y` € a�`�
�; �� � ����
E� 0� '
s� ��� e�y � ����
y g $9 ' }9�
o' °¢ �` '�' �'S
€� � Y 3 � Y�„
:��■ ��pa � � �� =�°�
Q£ 6p� �t � E =S.�
E 4 Y 4 f
Z
U �
4�
O �a
� �:
� f=
8
U
C
o-
o-
�
. o-'
0
�, F �.., o ' t,``,.�i.
y�Sv�.._d:i�
� i CW'J � � � �. ,,.
� � C 67 V ������ilF -
,� maaoar � 3,�v�
t � -- — �
. a
E i i aa�i
� e r a ° : '�� ��Br
�4:eYis� `�€tlPj
��so�A2�; ����`q�
� � � � tl � � li �I • CY��„SE�i�S
� �;€�'�6z1�
i[Itlol .� Cx19tX1'4VoM4oj'P�vne�noguaue4dalYOB9b
a�„�o, ,< ia�ua��i.ianmiva�
�,,,,�, ,
o,�w�,�,��,
s�„� ,,, en�,�ao�� �,, � 9 n, ,,�,r �ie�11�u/vqsiy�
' � ��d�.,�€�
i �
,
� :���
, ' .I .
'� I
�. G
,
J �
�
.. : �• ..;� . :�
� ���������'�����'�����������������
I � O �
�
�
�
¢
0 4
o �
�
W �
�b
�
-�
_a
--o
,� `/ _,�.; i
,. ._�,.... �
, �=����, �;�� o
��8• � :'� � -� , �d�� , ����
;, � �. �,� a
� CB . �D � � �
b�•.. �
`, C�0 ,,;�
�` '
� O �
:, ,� ��.._
�, � f ��L
��
�
� ! '! - �. � �
i�. � - (� �.-C=
� /�.�t C
�
L•�
II
� :
O , '
' • ,
• .: '
i1' III I
0
N
U �
Z
m
�NZ
�<s
a3a _
�'�����"�""""�'��'�����'����� • , • `a�,�i �.� ..
�`
Z
Q
J
a
w
�
�
Q
�.
� �
z�
m�
�
i<Uie� ion-v� ..
pµ�y����„y�„. o�eTv ata[yy'yVol,yyej•pnn��noguos�e4daryayse
�,���_� o-n"� ia��a��tliuniuruo�/ieilw/aqs/q�
,�� �na
otenAbl[[J ��a�,.v�rvt USN�v.1 .Y awi}4VaN
�
TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOL 1: Divisions 1-14
VOL 2: Divisions 21-33
NO. OF PAGES
City of Fort Worth Bidding Documents and Conditions of the Conhact for Conshvction (Refer to Client)
00 22 00 - Geotechnical Data ..........................................................................................................................2
00 22 O1 - Geotecfinical Report [By PSI] ......................................................................................................32
00 80 00 - Supplementary Conditions of the Contract for Construction .......................................................29
00 81 00 - Wages .............................................................................................................................................8
00 82 00 - Equal Opportunity Clause .............:................................................................................................2
CHISHOLM TRAIL COMMUNITY CENTER
CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS
PROJECT MANUAL
TitlePage .......................................................................................................................................1
Tableof Contents ........................................................................................................................... 5
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREM�NTS
O1 O1 00
O1 02 00
O1 02 50
O1 03 00
O1 04 00
Ol 04 50
O1 OS 00
O1 06 00
Ol 20 00
O1 32 00
Oi 33 00
014200
014300
O1 45 29
O1 50 00
O1 58 00
Ol 60 00
O1 70 00
O1 71 00
O1 72 00
O1 73 00
O1 74 00
O1 82 00
Summaryof Work ..........................................................................................................................2
Allowances..................................................................................................................................... 2
Measurementand Payment ............................................................................................................4
Alternates.......................................................................................................................................2
Coordination..................................................................................................................................2
Cuttingand Patching ......................................................................................................................3
FieldEngineering ...........................................................................................................................2
RegulatoryRequirements ...............................................................................................................1
ProjectMeetings ............................................................................................................................3
Construction Progress Documentation ...........................................................................................5
SubmittalProcedures ...............................:.....................................................................................9
References.........................................................................................................................:............ 6
Mock-Up Procedures .....................................................................................................................2
TestingLab Services .............:........................................................................................................4
Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls ........................................................:..................5
Project Identification and Signs .....................................................................................................2
Materialsand Equipment ...............................................................................................................5
ContractCloseout ...........................:...............................................................................................4
Cleaning.........................................................................................................................................2
ProjectRecord Documents .............................................................................................................2
Operation and Maintenance Data ...................................................................................................4
Warrantiesand Bonds ....................................................................................................................2
Demonstration and Training ..........................................................................................................5
DIVISION 2 - Not Used
Contents - Page i
NO. OF PAGES
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03 30 00 -*nDs Cast-in-Place Concrete .................................................................................................................27
03 35 00 - Concrete Floor Finishing ...............................................................................................................5
03 35 19 - Decorative Concrete Finishing .......................................................................................................3
03 36 60 - Concrete Floor Sealer .....................................................................................................................3
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
04 OS 13 - Masonry Mortar .............................................................................................................................4
04 21 00 - Brick Veneer Masonry ...................................................................................................................6
04 22 00 -*ADa Concrete Unit Masonry ..................................................................................................................7
� 04 72 15 -*AD4 Stone Veneer ..............................................................................................................................:...5
DNISION 5 - METALS
OSO1 00 - Miscellaneous Metals .....................................................................................................................4
OS12 00 - Structural Stee1 ...................................................:.........................................................................12
OS Z1 00 - Steel Joists ....................................................................
.................................................................. 7
OS31 00 - Steel Deck ......................................................................................................................................6
OS 40 00 - Cold-Formed Metal Framing .........................................................................................................4
1���=�y:[�����.'ZiZ�Ti
06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry ............................................................................................................................3
06 16 53 - Sheathing ..................................:..................................................................................................... l
06 20 00 - Finish Carpentry .............................................................................................................................2
06 40 00 - Architectural Woodwork ................................................................................................................6
DNISION 7- THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
0'7 19 00
07 19 50
07 20 00
07 27 20
07 42 10
07 52 16
0'7 60 00
07 61 20
07 72 00
07 84 00
07 92 00
- Water Repellents ............................................................................................................................5
-*nDs Vapor Barrier .........................................................:.......................................................................4
- Insulation ..................................................................................................................:.....................4
- Fluid-Applied Membrane Air and Water Barrier ...........................................................................8
-*ADS Metal Wall Panels ..........................................................................................................................6
-*nD4 Modified Bituminuou Membrane Roofing ....................................................................................9
- Flashing and Sheet Metal ...............................................................................................................4
- Copper Roofing ..............................................................................................................................4
-*nDs Roof Hatches ..................................................................................................................................2
- Firestopping ...................................................................................................................................6
- Sealants and Caulking ....................................................................................................................5
DIVISION 8- DOORS AND WINDOWS
08 11 20 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames ..................................................................................................4
08 21 00 - Wood Doors ......................................................................................................:............................4
08 29 00 - Access Doors .................................................................................................................................2
08 40 00 - Entrances and Storefronts ..............................................................................................................5
08 63 00 -*aD4 Unit Skylights ................................................................................................................................5
Contents - Page 2
NO. OF PAGES
08 70 00 - Haedwai•e ........................................................................................................................................6
08 80 00 -*ADa Glazing ...........................................................................................................................................6
DNISION 9 - I'INISHES
09 22 10
09 29 00
09 30 00
09 51 00
09 62 60
09 64 00
09 65 00
09 68 00
09 90 00
- Plaster .............................................................................................................................................5
- Gypsum Board Systems .................................................................................................................5
- Tile .................................................................................................................................................6
- Acoustical Ceiling Systems ............................................................................................................3
- Floating Wood and Laminate Flooring ..........................................................................................4
-*nDs Wood Athletic Flooring .................................................................................................................5
- Resilient Flooring ...........................................................................................................................3
- Carpeting ........................................................................................................................................2
-*ADS Painting ........................................................................................................................................12
0
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
ro 00 00
10 15 50
10 22 20
10 35 10
104200
10 43 00
10 44 00
105000
10 80 00
-*AD5 Miscellaneous Specialties ..............................................................................................................3
- Toilet Compartments ......................................................................................................................3
- Operable Partitions ................................................................................................................:........4
- Flagpoles [lighted] .........................................................................................................................3
- Plaque .............................................................................................................................................2
ExteriorSigns .................................................................................................................................3
- Interior Signs ..................................................,...............................................................................2 '
-*ADS Lockers ...........................................................................................................................................4
- Toilet and Bath Accessories ....:......................................................................................................4
DNISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
11 45 00 -*ADs Appliances ......................................................................................................................................2
11 48 00 -*ADs Athletic Equipment ........................................................................................................................'7
DNISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
12 76 00 -*ADs Bleachers ........................................................................................................................................5
DNISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
Not Used
DNISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
Not Used
Contents - Page 3
NO. OF PAGES
DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION
21 OS 00 -. Common Work Results for Fire Suppression ....................
21 10 00 - Water-Based Fire-Suppression Systems ............................
DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING
22 OS 00
22 OS 13
22 OS 19
22 OS 23
22 OS 29
22 OS 53
22 07 00
22 11 16
22 11 19
22 11 23
22 13 16
22 13 19
22 13 23
22 14 13
22 14 23
22 34 00
22 40 00
22 47 00
......................11
...................... 3 0
- Common Work Results for Plumbing .......................................................................................... l 1
- Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment ..............................................................3
- Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping .........................................................................................5
- General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping .................................................................................:22
- Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment ........................................................ l l
- Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment .......................................................................5
- Plumbing Insulation .....................................................................................................................26
- Domestic Water Piping ..................................................................................................................8
- Domestic Water Piping Specialties .................:..............................................................:.............14
- Domestic Water Pumps ..................................................................................................................7
- Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping ..................................................................................................13
- Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties ................................................................................................16
- Sanitary Waste Interceptors ...........................................................................................................5
- Facility Storm Drainage Piping .................................................................................................... l l
- Storm Drainage Piping Specialties .................................................................................................5
- Fuel-Fired Domestic Water Heaters ........................................:......................................................7
- Plumbing Fixtures ....................................:...................................................................................15
- Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers ..........................................................................................5
DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING [HVAC]
23 OS 00
23 OS 13
23 OS 19
23 OS 29
23 OS 53
23 OS 93
23 07 00
23 09 00
23 09 93
231123
23 31 13
23 33 00
23 34 23
23 37 13
23 37 23
23 72 00
23 74 13
23 81 26
- Common Work Results for HVAC ..............................................................................................14
- Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment ..................................................................3
-. Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping .............................................................................................7
- Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment ............................................................11
Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment ............................................................................6
- Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC .............................................................................17
- HVAC Insulation .........................................................................................................................48
-*AD6 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC ......................................................................................13
- Sequence of Operation for HVAC Controls ..................................................................................3
- Facility Natural-Gas Piping ..........................................................................................................16
- Metal Ducts ...................................................................:................................................................9
-. Air Duct Accessories ............................................................................:...................................:..12
- HVAC Power Ventilators .................................................:............................................................6
- Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles ....................................................................................................3
- HVAC Gravity Ventilators ............................................................................................................5
Air-to-Air Energy Recovery Equipment ........................................................................................8
- Rooftop Air Conditioners .............................................................................................................13
- Split-System Air-Conditioners .......................................................................................................8
Contents - Page 4
No. or pAG�s
DNISION 26 - EL�CTRICAL
26 OS 00
26 OS 19
26 OS 26
26 OS 29
26 OS 33
26 OS 43
26 OS 53
26 22 00
26 24 16
26 27 26
26 28 16
26 51 00
26 56 00
Common Work Results for Electrical ............................................................................................4
Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables .................................................................7
Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems .............................................................................7
Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems ................................................................................6
Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems .................................................................................13
Undergcound Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems ..........................................................18
ElectricalIdentification ........................................................................................................:......... 9
Low-Voltage Transformers ............................................................................................................6
Panelboards..................................................................................................................................10
WiringDevices ..............................................................................................:............................... 8
Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers ...................................................................................... l l
InteriorLighting ........................................................................................................................... l l
ExteriorLighting ..........................................................................................................................14
*DNISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
28 31 00 -*AD3 Fire Alarm System .........................................................................................................................2
DNISION 31 - EARTHWORIC
31 10 00
31 22 00
31 22 19
31 23 33
31 23 34
31 23 35
31 31 16
31 32 13
31 63 29
Site Preparation and Demolition ....................................................................................................2
Earthwork....................................................................................................................................... 5
FinishGrading ...............................................................................................................................1
TrenchExcavation ...............................................................................................:.........................2
TrenchBackfill ..............................................................................................................................4
TrenchSafety System ....................................................................................................................2
TermiteControl ..............................................................................................................................6
LimeStabilization ..........................................................................................................................3
DrilledPiers ...................................................................................................................................6
DNISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVMENTS
32 Ol 90
32 13 13
32 17 23
32 31 19
32 31 29
32 84 00
32 90 00
32 91 13
32 92 13
- Operation and Maintenance of Planting ......................................................................................... 8
- Concrete Paving .............................................................................................................................6
-*ADS Pavement Markings ........................................................................................................................2
-*AD5 Metal Fencing ................................................................................................................................4
- Wood Fencing ................................................................................................................................2
- Planting Irrigation ........................................................................................................................11
- Planting ..........................................................................................................................................6
- Soil Preparation ..............................................................................................................................5
- Hydromulching ..............................................................................................................................3
DIVISION 33 UTILITIES
33 10 00 - Water Utilities ................................................................................................................................6
33 30 00 - Sanitary Sewerage Utilities ...:..................................................
...................................................... 6
33 40 00 - Storm Drainage Utilities ................................................................................................................3
Contents - Page 5
Contents - Page 6
NO. OF PAGES
SECTION 23 09 00
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. RELATED DOCUMENTS:
a) Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions,
Division 1 Specifications apply to this Section.
b) Refer to drawings for points list.
2. SUMMARY:
..._..�_._J /�_�t__.1___ _'_ __..�.��.� ' � � �...� �.. �. '..� �.'.. . _� ' . .. �
._..��. ,,..,..,.� .....��..y„�.�.,�
�jEs�e�-1t is the: intent of this project to be a direct interface with the existing FMS a►�d-a�d+t+et�--t�#�i�s
a) It is the intent of this specification to describe the basic architecture and performance
requirements of the Energy Management Control System (EMCS). The turn-key EMCS shall
include all work station software including operator software, programming tools, graphics editor,
all other available software programs, modules, or plug-ins offered by the DDC manufacturers,
hardware, Control Units, Distributed Controllers, Unitary Controllers, Local Area Networks
(LANs), sensors, modems, wiring, connectors, control devices, actuators, installation and
calibration, supervision, adjustments and fine tuning necessary for a complete and fully
operational system.
b) A distributed logic control system complete with all software and hardware functions shall be
provided and installed. System shall be completely based on ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2001,
BACnet. This system is to control all mechanical equipment, including all unitary equipment such
as packaged rooftop units, exhaust fans and fan coil units using Native BACnet-compliant
components.
c) All systems shall be complete true stand alone systems.
d) _ � � ew+seqr-PJetu�,er�
� ' '' ' .' ADM#5 Johnson Controls supervisory controllers such as the Facility
Explorer FX20, FX40, and FX60 are not acceptable.
e) Everything shall be reprogrammed through software without change of any hardware. The owner
shall be provided all the tools necessary to reprogram without any additional costs.
� EMCS shall have backward and forward compatibility.
g) Systems shall be furnished and installed complete in all respects, including any and all
equipment, controls, wiring, instrumentation, enclosures, labor, engineering, training,
commissioning, programming, supervision, calibration, coordination with other trades, etc. No
information given� in (or omitted from) these specifications shall relieve the contractor of this
absolute requirement. Include all associated electrical work except as noted. Work includes
furnishing of all labor, superintendence, materials; tools, equipment and sources necessary
for the complete installation or modification of the following systems as herein specified. It is
the intent of these specifications that the Contractor shall furnish and install the systems
complete in every respect and ready to operate. All equipment, miscellaneous items and
accessories required for such installation and for the correct and convenient operation of the
entire installation whether or not each such item or accessory is shown on the plans or
mentioned in these specifications shall be furnished and installed.
h) Should discrepancies or ambiguities arise within these specifications, the most stringent
condition with regard to cost shali govern the bid. Obtain clarification from the Engineer prior
to purchasing equipment and proceeding with the work�
i) Schedule: Contractor acknowledges that submission of bid constitutes agreement with and
conformance to the completion dates.
j) Codes, Permits, and Fees: This contractor shall comply with all local, state and national codes,
23 09 00-1
and shall secure and pay or all applicable costs, fees, permits, and licenses. No additional costs
shall be allowed for these. items.
k) Other Conditions:
1. Safety: Execute all work with the highest regard to safety. Comply with all laws
governing safety, including the "Occupational Safety and Health Standards" and the
"Safety and Health Regulations for Construction", State and federal. All applicable
power tools used during construction shall have current approval under an approved
Equipment Grounding Program, and shall bear the tag relating such. Contractor is
solely responsible for all means and methods.
2. Coordination and Supervision: Each bid shall include the necessary detail and
interconnection work to coordinate his work with the work of other trades. Contractor
shall keep competent supervisory personnel on the job whenever work is being
performed which affects his trade.
3. Storage of Materials: Each Contractor shall provide temporary storage facilities suitable
for equipment stored at the job site. Storage facilities shall be weatherproof and lockable
as required.
4. Protection of Building and: Materials: Each Contractor shall take necessary precautions to
prevent damage to existing buildings and to work of other trades.
5. Observations: Site observation by Owner or Engineer is for express purpose of
verifying compliance by Contractor with Contract Documents, and shall not be
construed as construction supervision nor indication of approval of manner or
location in which work is being performed as being safe practice or place.
6. Contractor is reminded that he shall also comply with all respects to the Invitation to
Bid, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Notice of Bidders, Instructions to
Bidders, and all other governing parts of these specifications and the contract
documents. These sections are included as part of the contract.
7. Where the term "Contractor" is used within these specifications, it shall be
understood to mean an approved controls manufacturer/contractor, and facility
management systems contractor.
8. The entire system shall be approved and listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., under
UL916 for energy management systems and FCC-Part 15 Subparagraph J Class A
Emissions Requirements.
I) Equipment and Software Updates/Upgrades:
, 1. Equipment: All equipment, components, parts, materials, etc. provided throughout the
period of Work (as governed in the Agreement) shall be fully compatible with all other
equipment, etc, provided at any other time throughout the period of Work. Should
updated versions of equipment be provided which are not fully compatible with
earlier equipment provided, Contractor shall replace earlier equipment with the later
version at no cost to Owner.
2. Software: All software upgrades applicable to system and offered by the
manufacturer/contractor for this system shall be provided at no cost to the Owner
throughout the period of work. This no cost upgrade shall include installation,
programming, modifications to field equipment, data base revisions, training, etc. as
appropriate.
3. The Engineer shall reserve all authority regarding approval, conditional approval, or
rejection of systems not fully complying with these specifications.
3. WORK INCLUDED:
a) The EMCS shall be a totally Native BACnet-based system, based on a distributed controi system in
accordance with this specification. All building controllers, application controllers, and all input/output
devices shall communicate using the protocols and network standards as defined by ANSI/ASHRAE
Standard 135-2001, BACnet. In other words, all workstations and controllers, including unitary
controllers, shall be Native BACnet devices. No gateways shall be used for communication to controllers
instalied under this section. Gateways may be used for communication to existing systems or to systems
installed under other sections.
23 09 00-2
b) The Energy Management and Control System (EMCS) application program shall be written to
communicate specifically utilizing BACnet protocols. Software shall inciude password protection,
alarming, logging of historical data, full graphics including animation, full suite of field engineering tools
including graphical programming and applications. Systems using operating systems other than that
described above are strictly prohibited.
c) Building controllers shall include complete energy management software, including sc.heduling building
control strategies and logging routines. All energy management software and firmware shall be resident
in field hardware and shall not be dependent on the operator's terminal. Operator's terminal software is to
be used for aceess to field-based energy management functions only. Provide zone-by-zone direct digital
logic control of space temperature, scheduling, runtime accumulation, equipment alarm reporting, and
override timers for after-hours usage.
d) All application controllers for every terminal unit (rooftop unit, fan coil unit and exhaust fan) air handler, all
central plant equipment, and any other piece of controlled equipment shall be fully programmable.
Application controllers shall be mounted next to controlled equipment and communicate with building
controller via BACnet LAN.
e) Provide all necessary BACnet-compliant hardware and software to meet the system's functional
specifications. Provide Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) for Wndows-based
control software and every controller in system, including unitary controllers.
fl Prepare individual hardware layouts, interconnection drawings, and software configuration from project
design data.
g) Implement the detailed design for all analog and binary objects, system databases, graphic displays,
logs, and management reports based on control descriptions, logic drawings, configuration data, and bid
documents.
h) Design, provide, and install all equipment cabinets, panels, data communication network cables needed,
and all associated hardware.
i) Provide and install all interconnecting cables between supplied cabinets, application controllers, and
input/output devices.
j) Provide and install all interconnecting cables between all operator's terminals and peripheral devices
(such as printers, etc.) supplied under this section.
k) Provide complete manufacturer's specifications for all items that are supplied. Include vendor name of
every item supplied.
I) Provide supervisory specialists and technicians at the job site to assist in all phases of system
installation, startup, and commissioning.
m) Provide a comprehensive operator and technician training program as described herein.
n) Provide as-built documentation, operator's terminal software, diagrams, and all other associated project
operational documentation (such as technical manuals) on approved media, the sum total of which
accurately represents the final system.
o) Provide new sensors, dampers, valves, and install only new electronic actuators. No used components
shall be used as any part or piece of installed system.
p) Unless otherwise specified, all products shall be of single manufacturer where possible with substitutions
approved by Engineer/Owner.
q) Provide all indicating devices, intertace equipment, and other apparatus required to operate mechanical
system and to perform functions specified and to operate other items specified.
r) Provide protective devices to prevent damage to the EMCS as a result of lightning.
s) The Energy Management Control system shall allow full user operation with minimum of training. It shall
have an English language display, with both user prompts and a"help" user tutorial. It
shall contain management reports for the monitoring of both current and historical energy usage, heating
and cooling degree day, building status and after hours occupancy information.
t) All applications programs shall be pre-engineered and pretested. Program entries shall utilize graphical
templates.
u) Workmanship:
1. Contractor shall use only thoroughly trained and experienced workmen completely familiar with
the items required and with the manufacturers recommended methods of installation. In all
respects, the workmanship shall be of the highest grade, and all construction shall be done
according to the best practice of the trade. Unless otherwise noted, conduit
shall be concealed and installed square to the building lines. Any work not meeting these
23 09 00-3
requirements shall be replaced or rebuilt without extra expense to the Owner
DEFINITIONS:
a) Energy Management Control System, Facility Management System, Control System are to be considered
the same.
REFERENCES:
a) The latest edition of the following standards and codes in effect and amended as of supplier's proposal
date, and any applicable subsections thereof , shall govern design and selection of equipment and
material supplied:
b) American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE).
c) ANSI/ASNRAE Standard 135-2001, BACnet.
d) Local Building Code, including local amendments.
e) UL 916 Underwriters Laboratories Standard for Energy Management Equipment. US.
� National Electrical Code (NEC).
g) FCC Part 15, Subpart J, Class A
h) City, county, state, and federal regulations and codes in effect as of contract date.
i) Except as otherwise indicated the system supplier shall secure and pay for all permits, inspections, and
certifications required for his work and arrange for necessary approvals by the governing authorities.
SPECIFICATION NOMENCLATURE:
a) EMCS Energy Management and Control System
b) WAN Wide Area Network
c) RWS Remote Work Station, .
d) HHIHand Held Interface
e) LAN Local Area Network
QUALITY ASSURANCE
a) Responsibility: The supplier of the EMCS shall be responsible for inspection and Quality Assu'rance (QA)
for ali materials and workmanship furnished.
b) Component Testing: Maximum reliability shall be achieved through extensive use of high-quality, pre-
tested components. Each and every controller, sensor, and all other DDC components shall be
individually tested by the manufacturer prior to shipment.
c) Tools, Testing and Calibration Equipment: The EMCS supplier shali provide all tools, testing, and
calibration equipment necessary to ensure reliability and accuracy of the system.
SUBMITTALS:
a) Drawings
a. The system supplier shall submit detailed complete, engineered drawings, control sequence, and
bill of materials for approval.
b. Drawings shall be submitted in the following standard sizes: 11" x 17" (ANSI B).
c. Eight complete sets (copies) of submittal drawings shall be provided.
d. Drawings shall be,available on CD-ROM.
e. System Documentation
b) Include the following in submittal package:
a. Data sheets for all pieces of equipment.
b. System configuration diagrams in simplified block format.
c. All input/output object listings and an alarm point summary listing.
d. Electrical drawings that show all system internal and external connection points, terminal block
layouts, and terminal identification.
23 09 00-4
c)
d)
e. Complete bill of materials, valve schedule and damper schedule.
f. Manufacturer's instructions and drawings for installation, maintenance, and operation of all
purchased items.
g. Overall system operation and maintenance instructions including preventive maintenance and
troubleshooting instructions.
h. For all system elements - operator's workstation(s), building controller(s), application controllers,
routers, and repeaters, provide BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statements
(PICS) as perANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2001.
i. Provide complete description and documentation of any proprietary (non-BACnet) services
and/or objects used in the system.
j. A list of all functions available and a sample of function block programming that shall be part of
delivered system.
Scheduling
a. The vendor shall provide a detailed project design and installation schedule with time markings
and details for hardware items and software development phases. Schedule shall show all the
target dates for transmission of project information and documents and shall indicate timing and
dates for system installation, debugging, and commissioning.
Drawings and Manuals:
a. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with "record" layouts for
the system. Layouts shall indicate all equipment and the function of each item shall be indicated.
b. Operating instructions and as-built system flow diagrams and drawings shall be prepared, bound
and delivered to the Owner. Each sensor, relay, switch, motor, controller, indicator (when
inside panel), and item of equipment, etc., shall be identified with a number or mark identical to
one which shall be tagged on each item. Large items of equipment may be identified by a
suitable symbol listed in a legend on the control diagram.
EMCS CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS:
a. The Energy Management Control System Installing Contractor must be the manufacture of the
equipment to be acceptable to this project. All supervisory equipment, all field controllers, and
field devices must be by the same manufacture. This office shall have a staff of factory trained
technicians fully capable of rendering training, instruction, calibration procedures and routine and
emergency maintenance service on all system components furnished.
b. Installers shall have not less than ten years experience with electronic controls.
c. The entire system shall be designed by engineers and installed by competent technicians, all of
which are regularly employed by the manufacturer of the control equipment. The
Manufacturer/Contractor shall maintain permanent local facilities for engineering, installation,
and 24 hour maintenance and service. The manufacturer shall provide evidence of the ability to
support and service the work in the Owner's facilities.
d. The Bidder/Contractor shall be certified by the manufacturer of the equipment and have factory
trained and supported installers.
e. Submittals shall fully and explicit describe deviations, if any, from the specified perFormance.
f. Approval of such submittals by the Engineer is provided via an addendum issued not less than
five (5) days prior to bid opening.
g. The written deviations become an additional factor upon which bids may be evaluated, at
the direction of the Engineer or Owner.
e) EMCS shall be as follows:
a. Johnson Controls Inc. Scott McCollam 972-743-8497, Scott.j.Mccollam@jci.com
b. Cohesive Automation
c. Honeywell
d. or approved equal
i. Alternate bidders may be accepted if the following is included: The contractor shall be a
fully supported and authorized branch office. The local branch control contractor's o�ce
in Fort Worth shall be responsibie for the quality of the work, the work being done on
time, and the warranty of the work. The corporate office of the control manufacturer shall
23 09 00-5
be responsible for the financial stability of the installing contractor. Bids without written
corporate and local branch authorization will not be accepted.
e. The Engineer and Owner shall reserve all authority regarding approval, conditional approval, or
rejection of systems not fully complying with these specifications.
":s► �
a) The temperature control contractor shail guarantee all workmanship and material in the installed
temperature regulation system for a period of one (1) year, such guarantee dating from the date of final
acceptance of the entire air conditioning system by the owner.
b) This warranty shall cover the repair or replacement without additional costs to the Owner of any defective
materials, parts, etc. of facility workmanship.
c) During the warranty period, the temperature controls contractor shall respond to calis for warraniy service
within eight (8) working hours. Emergency service shall be obtainable within four (4) hours of notification
by the Owner. Emergency service shail be obtainable on a 24 hour basis, seven (7) days per week.
d) The temperature control contractor's office shall be within a 150-mile radius of the job site.
e) Access to the entire facility control system by the contractor to provide service and diagnostic support.
Service:
a) All service of the system shall be furnished by the Contractor, at no cost to the Owner, for a period of
one (1) year, concurrent with the warranty period specifed above.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERIALS:
a. General: All materials and equipment used shall be standard components, of regular _
manufacture for this application. All systems and components shall have been thoroughly.tested
and proven in actual use.
b. Exceptions to the specification will qualify bid as unacceptable.
: � � •► :• _:
General:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
�
The existing application controllers can remain Metasys N2. Building controller shall incorporate
as a minimum, the functions of a 3-way BACnet router. Controller shall route BACnet messages
between the high-speed LAN (Ethernet 10/100MHz), at least 4 master slave token passing
(MS/TP) LANs, a point-to-point (PTP — RS-232) connection and an on-board modem.
Each MS/TP LAN must be software configurable from 9.6 to 76.8Kbps.
The RJ-45 Ethernet connection must accept either 10Base-T or 1006ase-TX BACnet over
twisted pair cable (UTP).
The direct access port must be a female DB-9 connector supporting BACnet temporary PTP
connection of a portable BACnet operator terminal at 9.6 to 115.2 Kbps over RS-232 null modem
cable.
Building controller shall be capable of providing global control strategies for the system based on
information from any objects in the system regardless if the object is directly monitored by the
controller or by another controller. The program that implements these strategies shall be
completely flexible and user definable. Any systems utilizing factory pre-programmed giobal
strategies that cannot be modified by field personnel on-site or downloaded via remote
communications are not acceptable. Changing global strategies via firmware changes is also
unacceptable.
Programming shall be object-oriented using control function blocks, supporting DDC functions,
1000 Analog Values and 1000 Binary Values. Ail flowcharts shall be generated and automatically
downloaded to controller. Programming tool shall be resident on workstation and the same tool
used for all controllers. ,
Provide means to graphically view inputs and outputs to each program block in real-time as
program is executing. This function may be performed via the operator's workstation, field
23 09 00-6
computer and central monitoring station. The workstation shall be equal to Deil Power Edge
R210, one dual-core (ntel Pentium G6950 with 2 GB ram, 200 GB hard drive and 10/100/100
gigabit network controller. Equip workstation with one Middle Atlantic RM-KB-LCD17 monitor.
Note: The work station and monitor shall be rack mounted in the Data Room (see plans for
location).
h. Building controller shall provide battery-backed real-time (hardware) clock functions.
i. Controller shall have a memory needed to ensure high perFormance and data reliability. Battery
shall retain static RAM memory and real-time clock functions for a minimum of 1.5 years
(cumulative).
j. Global control algorithms and automated control functions should execute via 32-bit processor.
k. Controller installation shall include memory-free gel-cell battery providing ongoing power
conditioning and noise filtering for operation data integrity. It shall provide up to 5 minutes of
powerless operation for orderly shutdown and data backup.
I. BACnet Conformance:
m. Building Controller shall as a minimum support Point-to-Point (PTP), MS/TP and Ethernet
BACnet LAN types. It shall communicate directly via these BACnet LANs as a Native BACnet
device and shall support simultaneous routing functions between all supported LAN types. Global
controller shall be a BACnet conformance class 3 device and support all BACnet services
necessary to provide the following BACnet functional groups:
n. Clock Functional Group
o. Files Functional Group
p. Reinitialize Functional Group
q. Device Communications Functional Group
r. Event Initiation Functional Group �
s. Please refer to section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups, in the BACnet standard for a complete
list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the functional groups listed
above. All proprietary services, if used in the system, shall be thoroughiy documented and
provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with
proprietary information.
t. Standard BACnet object types supported shall include as a minimum: Analog Value, Binary
Value, Calendar, Device, File, Group, Notification Class, Program and Schedule object types. All
proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as
part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary
information.
u. The Building Controller shall comply with Annex J of the BACnet specification for IP connections.
This device shali use Ethernet to connect to the IP internetwork, while using the same Ethernet
LAN for non-IP�communications to other BACnet devices on the LAN. Must support
interoperability on wide area networks (WANs) and campus area networks (CANs) and function
as a BACnet Broadcast Managemenf Device (BBMD).
TERMINAL UNIT APPLICATION CONTROLLERS (ROOFTOPS, AC UNITS, FAN COILS):
GeneraL•
a. Provide one Native BACnet application controller for each piece of unitary mechanical equipment
that adequately covers all objects listed in object list for unit. All controllers shall interface to
building controller via MS/TP LAN using BACnet protocol. No gateways shall be used. Controllers
shall include input, output and self-contained logic program as needed for complete control of
unit. .
b. BACnet Conformance:
c. Application controllers shall as a minimum support MS/TP BACnet LAN types. They shall
communicate directly via this BACnet LAN at 9.6, 19.2, 38.4 and 76.8 Kbps, as a Native BACnet
device. Application controllers shall be of BACnet conformance class 3 and support all BACnet
services necessary to provide the following BACnet functional groups:
d. Files Functional Group
e. Reinitialize Functional Group
f. Device Communications Functional Group
23 09 00-7
g. Please refer to section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups in the BACnet standard for a complete
list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the functional groups listed
above. All proprietary services, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented and
provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with
proprietary information.
h. Standatd BACnet object types supported shall include as a minimum—Analog input, Analog
Output, Analog Value, Binary Input, Binary Output, Binary Value, Device, File and Program
Object Types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented
and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with
proprietary information.
b) Application controllers shall include universal inputs with 10-bit resolution that can accept 3K and 10K
thermistors, 0-5 VDC, 4-20 mA, dry contact signals and a minimum of 3 puise inputs. Any input on
controller may be either analog or digital. Controiler shall also include support and modifiable
programming for interface to intelligent room sensor. Controller shali include binary outputs on board with
analog outputs as needed.
c) All program sequences shall be stored on board controller in EEPROM. No batteries shall be needed to
retain logic program. All program sequences shall be executed by controller 10 times per second and
shall be capable of multiple PID loops for control of multiple devices. Programming of application
controller shall be completely modifiable in the field over installed BACnet LANs or remotely via modem
interface. Operator shall program logic sequences by graphically moving function blocks on screen and
tying blocks together on screen. Application controller shall be programmed using same programming
tools as building controller and as described in operator workstation section. All programming tools shall
be�provided and installed as part of system.
d) Application controller shall include support for intelligent room sensor (see Section 2.9.B.). Display on
room sensor shall be programmable at controller and include an operating mode and a field service
mode. All button functions and display data shall be programmable to show specific controller data in
each mode based on which button is pressed on the sensor. See sequence of operation for specific
display requirements aYintelligent room sensor.
Wall Sensor.
a. Standard wall sensor shall be packaged in aesthetically pleasing enclosure. Sensor shall provide
override function, warmer/cooler lever for set point adjustment and port for plug-in of Field
Service Tool for field adjustments. Override time shall be stored in controller and be adjustable
on a zone-by-zone basis. Adjustment range for warmer/cooler lever shall also be stored in
EEPROM on controller. All programmable variables shall be available to Field Service Tool
through wall sensor port. Sensor shall be capable of providing local temperature readout in Deg.
F.
e) Differential Pressure SwiCches (Air):
a. Provide differential pressure switches across fans and filters for status indication. Differential
pressure switches shall have an adjustable setpoint from 0.05" w.c. to 2" w.c. with a switch
differential that progressively increases from 0.02" w.c. at minimum to 0.8" w.c. at maximum.
Switch shall be SPDT rated for 15A (non-inductive) at 277VAC.
� Float Switches:
a. Provide float switches in condensate drain pans as required by code. Float switches shail utilize a
magnetically actuated dry reed switch. Float shall be constructed of seamless polypropylene.
Switcli shall be SPDT rated for 16A (non-inductive) at 120VAC. Hook up to send alarm to
operator.
g) Smoke Detectors:
a. Smoke Detectors (duct and area type) shall be provided, installed, and wired into the Fire Alarm
system by the Division-16 Electrical Contractor. The temperature control contractor shall be
responsible for interlock wiring between duct smoke detectors and starter safety circuits.
h) CO2 Sensors:
a. COZ sensors shall be space or duct mounted carbon dioxide sensors as required by the
application. Space COZ sensors shall be mounted next to space temperature sensors. The
sensor shall have a range of 0-2000 ppm with an accuracy of t5%. The response time for the
sensor shall be less than one minute. The sensor shall be capable of providing an analog signal
proportional to the CO2 level sensed. The signal shall be either 0-10VDC or 4-20mA.
23 09 00-8
PART 3 — EXECUTION:
EXAMINATION:
a. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is
complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence.
b. Notify the owners' representative in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely
completion of the work.
c. Do not begin work until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved.
OPERATION:
a. BACnet Object List:
b. The following points as defined for each piece of equipment are designated as follows:
c. Binary Out (BO) - Defined as any two-state output (start/stop) (enable/disable), etc.
d. Binary In (BI) - Defined as any two-state input (alarm, status), etc.
e. Analog In (AI) - Defined as any variable input (temperature) (position), etc.
f. Analog Out (AO) - Defined as any electrical variable output. 0-20mA, 4-20mA and 0-10VDC are
the only acceptable analog outputs. The driver for anelog outputs must come from both hardware
and software resident in the controllers. Transducers will not be acceptable under any
circumstance.
g. Each and every point will be checked out by the Contractor and the Owner's Representative
will inspect each point with the bidder prior to acceptance. Provide complete written
documented inspections, test and checkout report. Calibrate all equipment.
h. DDC Object Type Summary:
i. Provide all database generation.
j. Displays
1. System displays shall show all analog and binary object types within the systern. They
shall be logically laid out for easy use by the owner. Provide outside air temperature
indication on all system displays associated with economizer cycles.
k. Run Time Totalization
1.At a minimum, run time totalization shall be incorporated for each monitored rooftop unit,
fan coil unit and exhaust fan. Warning limits for each point shall be entered for alarm and
or maintenance purposes. �
I. Trendlog
1.All binary and analog object types (including zones) shall have the capability to be
automatically trended.
m. Alarm
1.A11 analog inputs (High/Low Limits) and selected binary input alarm points shall be
prioritized and routed (locally or remotely) with alarm message per owner's
requirements.
Database Save
1. Provide back-up database for all stand-alone application controllers on disk.
INSTALLATION:
a) General:
a. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
b. Provide all miscellaneous devices, hardware, software, interconnections installation and
programming required to ensure a complete operating system in accordance with the sequences
of operation and point schedules.
c. Provide a complete and operational temperature controi and building automation system based
on the following points and sequence of operation. The system shall be complete as to
sequences and standard control practices. The determined point list is the minimum amount of
points that are to be provided. If additional points are' required to meet the sequence of operation,
they will be provided.
b) Location and Installation of Components:
a. Locate and instail components for easy accessibility; in general, mount 48 inches above floor with
23 09 00-9
minimum 3'-0" clear access space in front of units. Obtain approval on locations from owner's
representative prior to installation.
b. Enclosures and hardware or wiring shall not block or limit accessibility to service compartments
of any other equipment.
c. Ali items shall be terminated in the DDC controllers in a predetermined order as indicated in
the submittal drawings.
d. Ail instruments, switches, transmitters, etc., shall be suitably wired and mounted to protect them
from vibration, moisture and high or low temperatures.
e. Identify all equipment and panels. Provide permanently mounted tags for all panels. Refer to
spec for identification requirements.
c) Interlocking and Control Wiring:
a. Provide all interlock and control wiring. Ail wiring shall be installed neatly and professionally, in
accordance with Specification Division 26 and all national, state and local electrical codes.
b. Provide wiring as required by functions as specified and as recommended by equipment
manufacturers, to serve specified control functions. Provide shielded low capacitance wire for all
communications trunks.
c. Control wiring shall not be installed in power circuit raceways. Magnetic starters and disconnect
switches shall not be used as junction boxes. Provide auxiliary�junction boxes as required.
Coordinate location and arrangement of all control equipment with the owner's representative
prior to. rough-in.
d. Provide auxiliary pilot duty celays on motor starters as required for control function.
e. Provide power for all control components from nearest electrical control panel or as indicated on
the electrical drawings. Coordinate with electrical contractor.
f. All control wiring in the mechanical, electrical and telephone rooms to be installed in conduit. All
other wiring to be installed neatly and inconspicuously per local code requirements. If local code
allows, control wiring above accessible ceiling spaces may be run with plenum rated cable
(without conduit).
d) Installation Requirements:
a. Any panels associated with the control system shall be furnished and installed under this section
of the work. Panel wiring shall be terminated by connecting to numbered terminals strips. Wire
nut connections shall not be allowed. All wiring shall be color coded and shall be tagged for future
identification.
b. Unless otherwise specified, all devices, panels, etc., furnished and/or installed by the
Contractor shall be located where they can be calibrated and maintained from the floor
without use of a Iadder. These items shall be identified by means of plates made of plastic
suitably engraved, embossed or punched, plastic tape will not be acceptable. At completion of
job, the Contractor shall submit record drawings of any changes made during construction.
This submittal shall be a condition of final payment.
c. Any conduit on roof shall be absolute minimum and shall have prior written approval.
d. All conduit used indoor and outdoor shall be metal and shall be of type and fittings to minimize
corrosion and moisture entry.
e) Cable Installation and Attachments:
a. Control System wiring and equipment installation shall be in accordance with good engineering
practices as established by the TIA/EIA and the NEC. Wring shall meet all state and local
electrical codes. All wiring shall test free from all grounds and shorts. All cable shall be supported
from the building structure and bundled.
b. The support system shall provide a protective pathway to eliminate stress that could damage the
cabling. The cable shall not be crushed, deformed, skinned, crimped, twisted, or formed into tight
radius bends that could compromise the integrity of the cabling. Controls cables shall not be run
loose on ceiling grid or ceiling tiles. Support shall be provided by mounting appropriate fasteners
which may be loaded with multiple cables. Provided that the weight load is carried by the support
rod or wire, the support assembly may attach to the ceiling grid for lateral stabilization. The
required support wires for the ceiling grid or light fi�ures shall not be utilized. Any fastener
attached to the ceiling grid shaii not interfere with inserting or removing ceiling tiles. All cabling
and supports must be positioned at least 12 inches above the ceiling grid.
c. Controls cables shall be run in bundles above accessible ceilings and supported from building
23 09 00-10
structure. Cabling shall be loosely bundled with wire wraps randomly spaced at 30 to 48 inches
on center, wire wraps shall not be tight enough to deform cabling and shall not be used to
support the cabling.
d. Attachments for cabling support shall be spaced at 48 to 60 inches on center. The cable bundle
shall not be allowed to sag more that 12 inches mid-span between attachments. Attachments
shall be sized as follows:
i. Bundles up to 1/2" dia. (Ten 1/4" cables)2" bridle ring, Caddy #4BRT32 or equivalent
e. Do not mix different signal strength cables on the same J-Hook (i.e. fire alarm, 25 volt speaker
cable). Multiple J-Hooks can be on the same attachment point up to the rated weight of the
attachment device.
f. Controls cables shall be run in conduit stubs, where stubs are provided, from wall mounted
devices to above accessible ceilings. Conduit shail be required only within walls and concealed
spaces to provide access. Provide a plastic snap bushing or sleeve on the end of eacli conduit
stub such as Thomas & Betts Catalog no. 443 - 3/4", 424 - 1", 425 - 1 1/4", 427 - 2" or equivalent.
g. Conduit, duct or track shall be used for controls cable in exposed areas.
h. All conduit, ducts, track and raceways shall be supported from the structure at industry standard
intervals for the size specified, utilizing proper anchoring devices and techniques for each type of
cable used.
i. All penetrations through fire rated walls or floors shall feature a short length of inetal conduit. The
hole shall be neatly cut, not oversize or irregular. Seal the interior of the conduit sleeve around
the cables and around the outside of the sleeve on each side of the penetration with fire-stop
caulk or putty, such as Minnesota Mining & Mfg. Co. (3M) - CP 25WB+ caulk, MPS-2+ putty, or
equivalent. Install according to the manufacturers' instructions.
j. All cable shall have a label on both ends utilizing self-laminating, flexible vinyl film and rion-smear
nylon marking pens. Utilize Tyton Corporation Part No. R0175 Rite-On labels and Part No. FTP1
nylon marking pens or equivalent.
k. Each cable run shall include a three foot service loop with wire tie located in the ceiling above the
control unit panel. This is to allow for future re-termination or repair.
I. No terminations or splices shall be installed in or above ceilings. Cable shall be continuous from one
device termination to the next.
m. Mount all equipment firmly in place. Route cable in a professional, neat and orderiy installation.
n. All cabling shall be placed with regard to the environment, EMI/RFI (interference) and its effect on
communication signal transmission.
o. Do not route any controls cable within two feet of any light fixture, HVAC unit service access
area, electric panel, or any device containing a motor or transformer.
p. Low voltage controls cable will not be installed in the same conduit, duct or track with line voltage
electrical cable.
q. Maximum pulling tension should not exceed 25 Ib/ft. or manufactures recommendation,
whichever is less.
r. Any pulling compounds utilized must be approved by the cable manufacturer and shall not
degrade the strength or electrical characteristics of the cable.
s. Cable bends shall not exceed the manufacturers' suggested bend radius
t. Provide wiremold where wiring must run exposed. Obtain advance approval from Architect and
Owner before running exposed. Coordinate with Owner and Architect.
u. For all wiring, provide numbering on all terminations (both ends).
v. Label all panels, cans, enclosures, controllers and correlate with air conditioning units served.
Labeling shall relate to shop drawings and equipment served. Provide wiring diagram inside each
enclosure.
w. Provide a rain-tight enclosure for each rooftop unit controller.
x. Locate outdoor air sensors shielded and on northern exposure.
fl Termination practices:
- a. Strip back only as much cable jacket as required to terminate.
b. Preserve wire twists as closely as possible to point of termination (0.5" maximum) to keep signal
impairment to a minimum.
c. Avoid twisting cable during installation.
23 09 00-11
g) Electricallnterlocks:
a. All electricai interlocks shall be provided as specified. All electrical interlocks shall be made by
means of motor starters or shall be accomplished by separate relays. No motor power lead shall
be utilized in an interlock circuit.
h) Room Sensors:
a. Furnish and install foam gaskets behind all room sensors
SERVICES:
a) Field Services:
a. Prepare and start logic control system under provisions of this section.
b. Start-up and commission systems. Allow sufficient time for start-up and commissioning prior to
placing control systems in permanent operation.
c. Provide the capability for off-site monitoring at control contractor's local or main office. At a
minimum, off-site facility shall be capable of system diagnostics and software download. Owner
shall provide phone line for this service for 1 year or as specified.
d. Provide Owner's Representative with spare parts list. Identify equipment critical to maintaining
the integrity of the operating system.
e. Provide all interface devices and cornputer cards required.
f. Contractor responsible for verifying all quantities of air conditioning units, etc. on existing and
new construction.
g. Provide Owner with compact disk with graphic diagrams and drawings.
h. This Contractor shall provide a Project Manager with a minimum of 3 years experience with
installation and set-up of the equipment of the Bidder/Manufacturer they represent.
b) Training:
a. Provide application engineer to instruct owner in operation of systems and equipment.
b. Provide on-site training above as required, up to 8 hours as part of this contract.
c) Demonstration:
a. Provide systems demonstration under provisions of Section 15010.
b. Demonstrate complete operating system to owner's representative.
c. Provide certificate stating that control system has been tested and adjusted for proper operation.
d) Programming:
a. Prior to completion of the control installation, schedule time with Owner's designated
representatives to evaluate and select programming options and recjuirements. Contractor shall
provide engineer for such meetings and consultations on an as-needed basis. Preparation time
for the conference shall be in addition to the "in conference" time, and shail be provided on an
as-needed basis without additional cost to the Owner.
b. The Contractor shall also provide additional coordination as needed with the Owner's
representative and Engineer to formulate and determine functions, reports, graphics, and alarms
most desirable and suitable for the owner and writing the software capability. Programming of
these items shall be provided. The Contractor shall program the system using coordinated
Owner provided schedules for time of day and holidays.
c. No hardware change shall be required for program changes.
e) Documentation:
a. The Contractor shall provide a complete documentation package to the owner which shall include
floor plans indicating location of EMCS equipment, wiring diagrams, bill of materials, data base
information, and sequences of operation. The sequences of operation shall be submitted and
approved by the owner in writing prior to installation and programming.
� Coordination:
a. For construction project installations where electrical and mechanical contractors are responsible
23 09 00-12
for their respective trade, the electrical contractor is to provide line voltage to required equipment
and the mechanical contractor is to install any devices that are to be included in mechanical
systems. It is the controls contractor responsibility to provide all devices with diagrams for
location and coordinate with mechanical contractor prior to mechanical contractor starting
installations. For installations where controls oniy, work is provided, all necessary work shall be
performed by the controls contractor. Controls Contractor shall coordinate and provide all
interface with smoke detectors and fire alarm.
END OF SECTION
23 09 00-13
January 10, 2012
Ronald Clements, AIA
City of Fort Worth
401 W. 13th Street
Plano, Texas 76102
Bid RFI Log
1. Hav,� many copies of ti�e }�ro��osa! �re required fo E�e turned in?
Response: Per Ronnie Clements, one copy of your proposal can be turned in.
2. Wi(i a fire �lar�rn be required? W� cannat ic�cate a spec section.
Response: The Fire Alarm Specification and sheet FA101 were included in
Addendum #3
3. Tl�e specs indicate that stafed dimensians govern over sc�led dimensions. On Sheet
C401, the fire, domestic and I�ndse�pe t�ater li�ies state Eengtl�s of 393, 388 and 20 feet
respectively. Scafing these fines show lengths of 445, 44Q and 75 respectiuely {scaiing
frc�m the existing water line). Given there is such a large disp�rity, please confirrri fhes�
st�ted dimensians are carrect.
Response: Use distances provided in drawings.
4. On the finish schedule an Sheet A701, the Gym (Rn� 119) shows fhe floaring fio be
pofished concrefe �nd wood flooring "PC/WAF", Does the tnrood flooring extend from
w�H ta wall`? Ple�se clat-ify.
Response: Addendum #4: "PC" removed. No Polished Concrete on projecf.
5. ihe gyiz� shc�ws to inst�U a walking track line araund the perimeter af the gym. fs the
flooring surface for the walking track also the woad athletic flooring?
Response: Yes.
5. Drilled pier bearing stratum bid depfh?
Response: See S201 and S301
7. Se� note #8 under "Package Unit Sch�dule with Natural Gas Heating and Energy
Recovery ventilatar" It calls for d«ct de�ectors an the supply and return of the unifs but
code anly ��equires the de#ectars on the return side.
Response: Feature of the Engineering, price as shown on drawings
8. See Nate #9 under "Package Unit Schedule with IVatural Gas Heating" it cai}s for duct
deteefors on the return {anly} o€ each unit but code on(y requires it on units over
20dOcfm �vhich would only be RTU 3 and 7 nc�t #A� 
Response: Feature of the Engineering, price as shown on drawings
9. Is the mechanical ar the fire alarm co��tractor to supply the duct detectors?
Response: Addendum #3: Refer to spec 28 31 00 issued as part of Addendum #3
10. Are an}r p��biic utili�y eas�n7enfs plann�d for thE gas; electric�l arrd �rvater services? The
nleiers/transfoe���ers v�ill need to be locaied in �n easei�iefit. Tl�e lacatian af tlie meters
wili determine the exter�t c�f fhe easements and alsa the scop� of work/co�t fnr the
canstr�uctic�n of the c�as and electric servic�s. Accarding tQ fhe instructians fio aff�rnrs,
n�anib�r 14, we rnust i��tcluded fhe ca�fi for the gas and eiecfiric service. if fihe gas �rreter
is locaf�d at the bui(ding, it wili require a design from Afin�os far fhe g�s main extension
so that the apprraved contracfors m�y suf�mit � bid. If if is located just inside the propei�ty
lin�, then no de�ign would be required.
Response: Utility easements will be handled by the city's construction managers,
per Ronnie Clements.
1�. Wii�t praduct is fio be used belav,r the slabs and over the c�rton forms: v��or retarder
per section 03 30 04 parfi 2.11 or vapor barrier per sectior� 07 19 50 pai�t 2.2
Response: Addendum #5: 07 19 50.
12. Th� crickefis as ctepicted on the roof drawings are nat of adequate size fo direct the
water to the roof scuppers. The cric{<et th�t is belaw gric�line "H" on the main raof is
dr�wn with � sm�ll reverse s(ope cricket and a second cricket slot�ing east �nd tNest on
�op of the reverse slope. The "east/west" cricket as drawi7 v�+ould have 25" t�ll edge
bet4veen the ridge and the raof. ThiS needs to be a sfandard crick�t in line with the
cricket dr�wn an gridlin� `G k�ut with tl7e peak re�cl��ing out 19 fe�t anfio the rc�of. The
center crickefs an gridline `6' need to reach out 8.� feet and center cri�ket c�n gridline `B'
needs to reach aut G.3 f�et i�� order to direct drainage to the scuppers ai7d prevei�t
ponding. I point this,oufi b�cause this is significanfly more fiapered insulafiidn fihafi wi(I be
addressed in the comparison of the bids. If yau have questions, or l did not mak� myself
clear, please call
Response: The drawings and specifications work in concert with each other, the
crickets are schematic references and not dimensioned, the specifications
provide slope information that allows the contractor to interpolate the amount of
tapered insulation.
13. Hovd does the roof deck ai the main entrance slop (area between the metal screen
wa{Is)? There are na notations an the drawings to indic�te ifi this area is level or sioping.
- Response: Entire low roof is sloped, the slopes are in two directions and
consistent. Roof plan indicates tapered insulation crickets to address drainage.
14. Do the radius be�ms along grid line R.1 slope or are fhey level?
Response: Beams slope as indicated on plans
1�. What is the specification for fihe sfain(ess steel perforated metal p�nel screen at the
patio?
Response: Reference Addendum 4
16. The drawings call for 5" of rigid insulation while sectian 07 52 1 G part 2,03(addendum 3}
calls for an L.TTR value af 19.1, �rhich �quals 3.1" af polyiso. This sectian also
references "/z" thickness coverboard in part 2.03 and for a gypsum board layer in part
3.03 C. Sectian 06 16 53 specified a 1/2" layer of Dens Deck Prime, 4" layers of.po{yiso
(LTTR af 25.a), with a'/a" layer af coverboard far a total base thickn�ss af 5"
Response: Reference Addendum 4. The minimum roof insulation is to be 5"
17. A��e tha ���efal p�nefs for the ��nech�nical �creen in elevatio� 3/R401, betwe�n c�rid lin�s 2
and 3, to be type 3 panels, not t�tpe �? This screen w�ll is ir�dicated �s �y�e 3 p�r�els iE�
other elevation� on this si�Pet and fihis v�ould f�e cc�nsistent with the other straight
mechar�ical screeF7 wall an #he soutli end.
Response: Yes, Type 3. Reference Addendum #4
� 8. i'he legencf c�n sl��et A200 indicates Walker Duct. i� any re�uired and what is fh�
ioc�ation/ex#�nfi?
Response: No Walker Duct, reference drawings for floor box locations. Walker
Duct reference removed in Addendum #4
19. t�f}�at �re the �xfients and defails for tl�e concre#e p�d �t #he site signlfl�c�pole?
Response: Reference Architectural (A112) and Structural (S303) drawings.
20. VVhaf is th� thickness of the cancrete step�ing pads at fi�e r�in g�rder�?
Response: Reference Addendum #5, 4"
21. The defiaiis for the eonerete mo��r strip fior landsape beds do nof agree befween
, arcl�ifecfural detaiis (A112} and landscape details (L1.3). Plea�e c4arify require��nents,
dataiis, �{evation, etc.
Response: Reference Addendum #4, use �andscape detail.
22. The Landscape plan indicafes a cancrete mow strip betv�een the site sign pad arrd
buiidij�g which is nat shown on A101.
Response: Reference Addendum #4, mow strip added to A101
23. Are a[l the v�rindow shades ir�dicated in rc�oms 1 Q7 and 113 tc, be manual �hades.
Response: Reference Addendum #4, all shades are manual
2�. Is fhe correci flagpole specification section 10 75 {�0 and not 10 35 1d?
Response: Reference Addendum #4, difference between specifications is the
specified LED light, use 10 35 10, 10 75 00 to be removed.
25. Is the correct bike rack specified in secfion 11 48 00(addendum 3} and o7ot section 10 QO
QQ7
Response: Reference Addendum #4, 11 48 00 is correct and was revised again in
Addendum #4 per city comments.
26. !s the clin�rbing vvall specified in section 11 48 00 (addendum 3) infiended ta be in fih�
b�se bid now or is the cfimbing wafl to be covei�ed by the �30,oaa aiiow��,ce?
Response: Climbing Wall to be in base bid, but as defined by the allowance in the
Project Manual, Section 01 02 00 — Cash Allowances
27. Are uJalk off mats required? There are nane s�ecified, but reference fio them is made an
sheet A7Q1 in the �inish fegerrd.
Response: "Walk-Off Mat" refers to the carpet tile used in these areas.
?�. Wi€i sheet A701 I�e reissueci v��ith eii�finctioi�s ��iade I�etween the various f(oor finisi�es?
Many are indicated rrvith fhe same symbal �nd tl7e extei7ts c�nnofi f�e defermined.
Response: Architect requested more specific question. A701 patterns are color
coded, it may be easier to view the drawing in color. Color .pdfs are available on
the city's Buzzsaw website.
29. What is filoor finish design�ted by `TI�' in th� rc�c�m finish sch�dule -- raoms 12� �nd 12C.
Response: Reference Addendum #4, `TR' removed from schedule.
30. Sectioil 10 OQ 00 c�lls for T��rtle Tiles where indic�ted on drawi��gs. There is no
indicatioi7 on the dra�Nings �or these. Please clarify the intent and extents, if r�quired.
Response: Reference Addendum #4, utilize specification description of extent of
Turtle Tiles
31. Section 10 (�0 OQ s�ecifies carnsr guards and sheet A701 has therr� noled but they �r�
nat indicafed a�� the finish plan. Please clarify lacations if these are required,
Response: Reference Addendum #4, corner guards are shown on A701 already,
but symbol was added to legend.
32. Interior alevation 10/A601 indicates a range hood. This iierri is nat specifi�d nor i�ated
as to who furnishes �nd wllo ins#alls ihis item. Please clarify and provide �pecification if
neces�ary.
Response: Reference Addendum #5
33. 5�ction 11 45 00 specifies an ice maker. Where is fihis ifiem to be located?
Response: Reference Addendum #5
34. Section 10 00 00 specifies the foflowing
Please cfarify locations or indic�te they
Soards, Safe, Lauvers; �Vlafiorized Shades]
Response: Reference Addendum #5
items 1Nhich cannat be located on fhe pl�n.
are not required. [Bulletin Board, Marker
35. Is fire fape acceptable far gyp baard t�alls above the ceilings or is a full bed required?
Response: Yes
36. Is fhe sfieel structure far the roof screens to be field paint�d?
Response: Reference Addendum #5, galvanized
37. Can a dryfall paint sysfiem be used for exposed structure scheduled ta be painted?
Response: Yes
38. ft!lauc�P��y G�ues#ions �
a. fs the��e � color coded dr���ving for the 4�ric4s p��t�rns? The dr�v�ings r�f�rence
gr�y, blue, orang�, green and p��rpie. Da all c�f the p�fterns hav� recessed or
�rajected %rick? Tl�e pl�ns do ncat cleariy ir�dic�te.
Response: As indicated on drawing notes, A411 should be viewed in color.
The .pdf shows color and is available on the Buzzsaw website.
b. }s the brick {�attern at the base af tf�e gym v��lls to be typ� 3 brick, recasseci 3/:,
far the headers?
Response: Reference note on 6/A411 —"All gym brick Type 2 except
recessed bricks, which are to be Type 3"
c, is the brick ;��tfern det�il {61A�1 i) intend�d ta ap�{y oniy to the area nofad as
;:laase bicl" in elevatia�� 3/A411?
Response: Reference Addendum #4, detail 6/A411 "...is for reference on
brick projections as a guide/legend, and is not meant to be a specific
portion of the building." ALSO, PLEASE NOTE THAT THE COLOR CODING
IS REFERENCING BRICK PROJECTION AND NOT ACTUAI. BRICK COLOR.
39. There �re nntatians iar "flashing° :`i�etal flashir�g" �nd "fiexible flashing° an t1�e �.�ali
sectians and section details. P(ease clari�r if tl�e sp�cified stainless steei flashing
(sectians 04 21 QQ and 04 22 00} is to be used at all location� nc�ted as "flashing„ ar
`<��netal f(ashing,: �iid the specified rubber men�brane fia�hi��g (sectian 04 22 00} is to be
used at lacatians noted as "€lexibi� fl�shir�g,.,
Response: Reference Addendum #5, "Flashing" is a generic term used in the wall
sections, reference details for flashing type, the drawings have been revised to
clarify whether the flashing is metal (stainless steel flashing) or flexible (rubber
membrane flashing).
4Q. The refiected ceiling plan shows a ceiiing mounted projecfior to be confiractar furnished
�nd contractar insfialied. Please provide a specific�tion for this prajector.
Response: Reference Addendum #4, projector and projector screen to be owner
furnished/contractor installed.
41. Mechanical r�rawing M001 has a r�ate to quote fiabric ductwork as Alfiernate #10. Ther�
is r�o alternafe listed for this i� section 01 03 00 or on the bid forn�. Is this to be quoted?
Response: Reference Addendum #4, note was removed:
42. Is there an estimafie of appraxima�ely long the canduits ne�d to be run for TXU's primary
feed? !f nat, shauld an arbitrary leng�h (s�ich as 200') be used to insure al! bidders are
providing a comparable k�id?
Response: Reference Addendum #5
�3. Details 9A621, 14A621, and 15A621 appear to be the kitchen area (111), but it is not
clear as to where these details are shawing. 15AG21 says p.lam but is dra�nrn as safid
surface. is the kifichen (1 � 1}, to be don� in soiid surface or not?
Response: Please review the interior elevations, none of the details mentioned are
referenced from the drawings.
�4. Wili �h� shades far Room 113 �ae motoriz�d or rn�nu�l? Specs indic�te there at�� bath or�
the praject h+�w�ver c�i�ly the manu�l shade loc�fions are cle�rly designafied. Also if the
shades are motor�ized the specs indic�te that bath sol�r screen and blackaut are to be
�rovid�d, ho�nr�uer the �pecs also sfiate tl�at one or the other n�ay be provided. Which vvill
h� needed?
Response: Reference Addendum #4, all shades will be manual.
45. I cannot Cncafie a Cancr�te I�ea��r Schedule. Please advise.
Response: The concrete beam schedule is on S601. Please confirm you have a
complete set.
46. VVhat is the size �nd sp�cing of fihe reba�- ir7 tf7e cona-ete paving? Detaii 1/C6Q1 and
G/C60� conflict,
Reference Addendum #5
47. �n Sheet A101 there is a note on the east side af the building stating Alt #�4 S' sidewalk
in lieu nf 6' sidelvalk. F�lterr�ate spec states Add 2500' of 5" concrete paving 8' v�ide.
P(ease advise.
Response: Reference Addendum #5, note on west side of building removed.
48. Is ihere a 5idewalk detail avail�bie showii�g any reinforcemenfi and if there is aiiy type af
base course?
Response: 01/C601
49. Could there be � note added to fhe paving �lan showing where the colared and
sandblasted cancrete far Alfi � 6 is loc�ted?
Response: Reference L1.1
50, Please provide specificatians for pavement marking and accessories.
Response: Reference Addendum #5
51. Welded carners are call�d far in the spec but d�tails an the drawings c�li for extruded
trim. (The finish will reaily determine �vhich type af corner should be used. Yau c�nnat
weld cail coated i�n�fieri�( and get a quality product. ) Trim woufd be beiter and cheaper
but we need to know which you pref�r.
Response: Reference Addendum #5, section 07 42 10. Corners will be extruded
trim, as shown on drawings
52. Paint warranty cailed for in sp�c wifi not allaw for coil coated material . The pane(s are
perfc�rated. The paint mfr wiil nat warrant perforated ��naterial. We can provide coii coated
paneis, however, there will be r�o warranty.
Response: Reference Addendum #5, Type 1 panel to be Anodized Aluminum
53. P�nels can be post painted which cauid get � little expensive, hawever, fhe spec also
calis for 5ingle length long pan�ls that can't be past painfed (fioo Long}
Response: Reference Addendum #5, Type 1 panel to be Anodized Aluminum
54. Are panels to be painted an twa sides.....spec says that panels rnrilf be visible an bath
sides?
Response: Reference Addendum #5, Type 1 panel to be Anodized Aluminum
55. Wou3d �nodized ��ne(s i�e at� a�tion? There i� a lnrarE-�nty and the p��iels v�rould be
finished botY� �ides. Cost tuauld iae less than �ost pain�ing.
Response: Reference Addendum #5, Type 1 panel to be Anodized Aluminum
56. �'ast p�inte� panels (bath sides) could be provi�ed with a t�arraii#y; however, they
cannc�t k�e cor�tir���o�.as I�nc�fhs. There must f�e a se�m. VVe r�eed to !<nc+� which finish you
pr�fer.
Response: Reference Addendum #5, Type 1 panel to be Anodized Aluminum
57, T4�ere is �n alterr�ate that ref�rs to slcylights and a specification; but there is ��o indication
an gym roof �lan of size, iocation, and quantity. i have InaE<ed at Addendum �4. CouCd
you please direct me to u�here I c�n determine quantiiies �nd sizi�g for biddir-�g
purg�ases, and a dr�wing �etail af the �isyliglit as we{I.
Response: The number, size and general location of skylights is adequately
described in the Alternates section of the specification. There is also a typical
roof opening detail on the structural drawings. This should be adequate enough
for pricing. If alternate is accepted, additional information and detailing may be
provided.
a8. The fir�ish pian an ,47Ct1 si�ows fulE-height v�ail tile as a s+�lid line and w�ir�scat as d�shed
line. There are e{evations for fhe sc�iid iine fuli height tile an A2� 1. I can fin� no
elevations ar any other inform�tioe� which ir�dicates the wainscot wail tile height at wall�
�rhich are shovvn d�shed on A701. What will be the height of wall tile at waUs shoum
dashed on A741, and w�lis other ihan thase clepicted in elevations an sheet A2i 1
Response: Reference Addendum #5
59. We cannot find any af [ihe following i�ems] located an the plans, please pravide
cfarification as to the locations fore these itef�ls, or the quantities Eue are to bid by.
Response:
TA-2 — Combination Waste/Towel Dispenser
Response: There are none.
TA-16 — Shower Grab Bar
Specification indicates that these are for 60" wide showers, there are no
60" wide showers in the project.
TA-50 — Mop Rack
Specification indicates locations
TA-51 — Hose Rack
Specification indicates locations
60. The drawing and the s�ecifiic�tian for the 5' Iron fencing around the patia da nofi match.
Which way shauld vve bid fhis praject? Shau(d we bid per the plans or per the specs?
Response: Reference Addendum #5, per drawings, specs revised.
61. Qucts on architectural drawings are shown behnreen joists and within jaist web, 1/M302
shows ducts belov� joists, pleass cfarify.
Response: Between joists per architectural and note by symbol 11 on M101.
NO. OF PAGES
08 70 00 - Hardware ........................................................................................................................................6
08 80 00 -*AD4 Glazing .........................................................................................................:.................................6
- DNISION 9 - FINISHES
09 22 10
09 29 00
09 30 00
09 51 00
09 62 60
09 64 00
09 65 00
09 68 00
09 90 00
- Plaster .............................................................................................................................................5
- Gypsutn Board Systems .................................................................................................................5
- Tile .................................................................................................................................................6
- Acoustical Ceiling Systems ............................................................................................................3
- Floating Wood and Laminate Flooring ..........................................................................................4
-*ADS Wood Athletic Flooring .................................................................................................................5
- Resilient Flooring ...........................................................................................................................3
- Carpeting ........................................................................................................................................2
-*AD5 Painting ........................................................................................................................................12
DNISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
10 00 00
10 15 50
10 22 20
10 35 10
10 42 00
10 43 00
10 44 00
10 50 00
10 80 00
-*ADS Miscellaneous Specialties ..............................................................................................................3
- Toilet Compartments ......................................................................................................................3
- Operable Partitions .........................................................................................................................4
- Flagpoles [lighted] .........................................................................................................................3
- Plaque .............................................................................................................................................2
ExteriorSigns .................................................................................................................................3
- Interior Signs ..................................................................................................................................2
-*ADS Lockers ...........................................................................................................................................4
- Toilet and Bath Accessories ...........................................................................................................4
DNISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
11 45 00 -*ADs Appliances ......................................................................................................................................2
11 48 00 -*ADs Athletic Equipment ........................................................................................................................ 7
DNISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
12 76 00 -*ADs Bleachers ........................................................................................................................................5
DNISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
Not Used
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
Not Used
Contents - Page 3
NO. OF PAGES
DNISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION
21 OS 00 - Common Work Results for Fire Suppression ..............................................................................11
21 10 00 - Water-Based Fire-Suppression Systems ......................................................................................30
DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING
22 OS 00
22 OS 13
22 OS 19
22 OS 23
22 OS 29
22 OS 53
22 07 00
22 11 16
22 11 19
221123
22 13 16
22 13 19
22 13 23
22 14 13
22 14 23
22 34 00
22 40 00
22 47 00
CommonWork Results for Plumbing .......................................................................................... l l
Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment ..............................................................3
Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping .........................................................................................5
General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping ..................................................................................22
Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment ........................................................ l l
Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment .......................................................................5
PlumbingInsulation .....................................................................................................................26
DomesticWater Piping ..................................................................................................................8
Domestic Water Piping Specialties ..............................................................................................14
DomesticWater Pumps ..................................................................................................................7
SanitaryWaste and Vent Piping ..................................................................................................13
SanitaryWaste Piping Specialties ................................................................................................16
SanitaryWaste Interceptors ...........................................................................................................5
FacilityStorm Drainage Piping .................................................................................................... l l
Storm Drainage Piping Specialties .................................................................................................5
Fuel-Fired Domestic Water Heaters ...............................................................................................7
PlumbingFixtures ........................................................................................................................15
Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers ..........................................................................................5
DNISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING [HVAC]
23 OS 00
23 OS 13
23 OS 19
23 OS 29
23 OS 53
23 OS 93
23 07 00
23 09 00
23 09 93
23 11 23
23 31 13
23 33 00
23 34 23
23 37 13
23 37 23
23 72 00
23 74 13
23 81 26
CommonWork Results for HVAC ..............................................................................................14
Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment ..................................................................3
Metersand Gages for HVAC Piping .............................................................................................7
Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment ............................:............................... l l
Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment ............................................................................6
Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC .............................................................................17
HVACInsulation .........................................................................................................................48
Instrumentation and Control for�HVAC ......................................................................................13
Sequence of Operation for HVAC Controls ..................................................................................3
FacilityNatural-Gas Piping .......................................................................................................... l6
MetalDucts ....................................................................................................................:............... 9
AirDuct Accessories ...................................................................................................................12
HVACPower Ventilators ..............................................................................................................6
Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles ....................................................................................................3
HVACGravity Ventilators ............................................................................................................5
Air-to-Air Energy Recovery Equipment ........................................................................................8
RooftopAir Conditioners .............................................................................................................13
Split-System Air-Conditioners .......................................................................................................8
Contents - Page 4
NO. OF PAGES
DNISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
26 OS 00
26 OS 19
26 OS 26
26 OS 29
26 OS 33
26 OS 43
26 OS 53
26 22 00
26 24 16
26 27 26
26 28 16
26 51 00
26 56 00
Common Worlc Results for Elech•ical ............................................................................................4
Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables .................................................................7
Grounding and Bonding for E(ectrical Systems .............................................................................7
Hangers and Suppoi•ts for Electrical Systems ................................................................................6
Raceway and Boxes for Elect►•ical Systems .................................................................................13
Undei•ground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems ..........................................................18
ElectricalIdentification ..................................................................................................................9
Low-Voltage Transformers ............................................................................................................6
Panelboards..................................................................................................................................10
WiringDevices ..............................................................................................................................8
Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers ......................................................................................11
InteriorLighting ........................................................................................................................... l l
ExteriorLighting ..........................................................................................................................14
*DNISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND S�CURITY
*28 31 00 - Fi►•e Alarm System ..............................................................................................
DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK
31 10 00
31 22 00
31 22 19
312333
31 23 34
31 23 35
31 31 16
31 32 13
31 63 29
.................. 2
Site Preparation and Demolition .................................................:..................................................2
Earthwork....................................................................................................................................... 5
FinishGrading ...............................................................................................................................1
TrenchExcavation .........................................................................................................................2
TrenchBackfill ..............................................................................................................................4
Ti•ench Safety System ....................................................................................................................2.
TermiteControl ..............................................................................................................................6
LimeStabilization ..........................................................................................................................3
DrilledPiers ...................................................................................................................................6
DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVMENTS
32 Oi 90
32 13 13
32 17 23
32 31 19
32 31 29
32 84 00
32 90 00
32 91 13
32 92 13
- Operation and Maintenance of Planting .........................................................................................8
- Concrete Paving .............................................................................................................................6
-*ADs Pavement Markings ........................................................................................................................2
- Metal Fencing ................................................................................................................................4
- Wood Fencing ................................................................................................................................2
- Planting Irrigation ........................................................................................................................11
- Planting ..........................................................................................................................................6
- Soil Preparation ..............................................................................................................................5
- Hydromulching ..............................................................................................................................3
DIVISION 33 UTILITIES
33 10 00 - Water Utilities ................................................................................................................................6
33 30 00 - Sanitary Sewerage Utilities ............................................................................................................6
33 40 00 - Storm Drainage Utilities ................................................................................................................3
Contents - Page 5
NO. OF PAGES
Contents - Page 6
SECTION 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementaiy Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sectious, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials,
mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the following:
1. Foundation beams.
2. Suspended slabs.
3. Concrete toppings.
B. WORK INCLUDED
l. Design, fabrication, erection, and stripping of formwork for cast-in-place concrete including
shoring, reshoring, falsework, bracing, proprietary forming systems, prefabricated forms, void
forms, permanent metal forms, bulkheads, keys, blockouts, sleeves, pockets, and accessories.
Erection shall include installation in formwork of items furnished by other trades.
2. Furnish all labor and materials required to fabricate, deliver and install reinforcement and
embedded metal assemblies for cast-in-place concrete, including steel bars, welded steel wire
fabric, ties and supports.
3. Furnish all labor and materials required to perform the following:
a. Cast-in-place concrete.
b. Concrete mix designs.
c. Grouting structural steel baseplates.
d. Concrete for drilled piers.
4. Division 2 Section "Cement Concrete Pavement" for concrete pavement and walks.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following:
blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica
fume; subject to compliance with requirements.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture submit proposed mix designs in accordance with ACI 318,
chapter 5. Each proposed mix design shall be accompanied by a record of past performance.
033000-1
1. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather,
test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments.
2. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site.
C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: P(acing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement.
Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar
arrangement, splices� and laps, mechanicai connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for
concrete reinforcement.
l. Do not reproduce the structural drawings for use as shop drawings.
2. Embedded metal assemblies: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and placement. Use standard
AWS welding symbols.
D. Steel Reinforcement Submittals for Information: Mill test certificates of supplied concrete reinforcing,
indicating physical and chemical ana(ysis.
E. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer
detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork.
1. Shoring and Reshoring: Indicate proposed schedule and sequence of stripping formwork, shoring
removal, and installing and removing reshoring.
F. Samples: For vapor retarder
G. Welding certificates.
H. Qualification Data: For Installer, manufacturer and testing agency.
I. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance with
reyuirements:
1. Aggregates.
J. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers:
1. Cementitious materials.
2. Admixtures.
3. Form materials and form-release agents.
4. Steel reinforcement and accessories.
5. Curing compounds.
6. Floor and slab treatments.
7. Bonding agents.
8. Adhesives.
9. Vapor retarders.
10. Semirigid joint filler.
11. Joint-filler strips.
12. Repair materials.
K. Submit manufacturer's certification of maximum chloride ion content in admixtures.
L. Fly ash: Submit certification attesting to carbon content and compliance with ASTM C618.
M. Construction Joints: Submit a diagram of proposed construction joints other than those indicated on the
Drawings.
033000-2
N. Floor sin•face flatness and levelness meast�rements to determine compliance with specified to(erances.
O. Field quality-control test and inspection reports.
P. Minutes of preinstallation conference.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI-
certified Flatwork Technician and Finislier and a supervisor who is an ACI-certified Concrete Flatwork
Technician.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and
that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment.
1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete
Production Facilities."
C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to
ASTM E 548.
1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician,
Grade 1, according to ACI CP-01 or an equivalent certification program,
2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician
and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor
shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade II.
D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same
manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from one source, and obtain admixtures tlu•ough one source fi•om a
single manufacturer.
E. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code--
Reinforcing Steel."
F. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract
Documents:
1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," Sections 1 through 5.
2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."
G. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation
tests and to design concrete mixtures.
H. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination,"
1. Before submitting design mi�ctures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for
ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned
with cast-in-place concrete to attend, including the following:
a. Contractor's superintendent.
b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures.
c. Ready-mix concrete manufacturer.
03 30 00 - 3
d. Concrete subcontractor.
; 2. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control,
concrete finishes and finishing, coid- and hot-weather concreting procedures, curing procedures,
construction contraction and isolation joints, and joint-filler strips, forms and form removal
limitations, vapor-retarder installation, anchor rod and anchorage device installation tolerances,
steel reinforcement installation, floor and slab flatness and levelness measurement, concrete repair
procedures and concrete protection.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product
selection:
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified.
3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers
specified.
4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specified.
►� 1L�I7ra 1IC�l�Ct'3�11 Y �I:� /_\ If.9
A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that wilt provide continuous, true, and smooth
concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints.
1. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as
follows:
a. High-density overlay, Class 1 or better.
b. Medium-density overlay, Class 1 or better; mill-release agent treated and edge sealed.
c. Structural 1, B-B or better; mill oiled and edge sealed.
d. B-B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed.
B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide
lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.
C. Forms for C�lindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass-fiber-reinforced plastic, paper, or
fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified
formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads
without detrimental deformation.
D. Void Forms: Shall be the product of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged in the commercial
production of void forms.
033000-4
l. Void form composition shall be of corrugated paper material with a moisture resistant exterior and
an interior fabrication of a uniform cellular configuration, composed of componeirts constructed of
double-faced wvc-impregnated (partially or fully), coil•ugated fiberboard that is laminated with
moisture resistant adhesive.
2. Design and maintain void forms to support all vertical and lateral loads that might be applied
during construction until such loads can be supported by the concrete sh•ucture.
3. Form material shall be designed to lose its strength under prolonged contact with the moisture
which normally accumulates beneath slabs and beams on grade.
4. Void fonns shall be provided to provide voids around the circular edges of all drilled piers at the
intersection of the grade beams and/or structural slabs by using premanufactured, non-field cut,
sealed void forms with curved edges adjacent to drilled piers.
5, Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Worlc
include, but are not limited to, SureVoid Products, Inc., 888-803-8643.
E. Protection Board: For use over void forms under structural slabs. Hard-pressed cellulose fiber board,
1/8 inch minimum thickness.
F. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum.
G. Rustication Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, kerfed for ease of farm removal.
H. Form-Release Agent: Commercially forcnulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or
adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel fonn-facing materials.
I. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off inetal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form ties
designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on
removal.
1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed
concrete surface.
2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete
surface.
3. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofing or
waterproofing.
J. Form Ties for Exposed Finishes: Water seal coil type internally disconnecting ties with tapered plastic
cone spreader designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of
concrete on removal. Plugs to fill tie cone to be in plastic or mortar to match surrounding concrete. Plugs
to be recessed'/4 inch from surface of finished concrete.
Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the pla�e of exposed.
concrete surface.
Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete
surface.
K. Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Geofoam:
1. Lightweight expanded polystyrene with a minimum compressive strength of 2.2 pounds per square
inch (psi) at a 1% deformation.
2. Geofoam shall be in compliance with ASTM D 6817.
3. Geofoam shall be shaped to provide continuous support for raised slabs or to act as a lightweight
fill material at locations indicated on the drawings.
4. Available Products:
03 30 00 - 5
a. Foam-Control EPS Geofoam, AFIv1 Corporation.
b. InsulFoam GF, Insulfoam, LLC.
L. Soil Retainers: Shall be provided where specified and shown on the drawings to prevent migration of
backfill wider suspended foundation elements:
1. Retainers shall be composed of high density polypropylene materials that are not adversely
affected by moisture. They must be flexible, impact resistant and have sufficient strength to resist
lateral loads applied by soil.
a. Thickness:3/8"
b. Soil retainers shall extend six inches above the void forms and a minimum of 3 inches
below the void forms.
2.03 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with an average recycled content of steel
products so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not less
than 25 percent.
B. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. .
C. Low-Alloy-Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 706/A 706M, deformed.
D. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn.
E. Deformed-Steel Wire: ASTM A 496.
F. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, plain, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into
flat sheets.
G. Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497, flat sheet.
2.04 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES
A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, plain-steel bars, cut bars true to length with ends
square and free of burrs.
B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening
reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire,
plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive
strength than concrete and as follows:
1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI
Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports.
2. For epoxy-coated reinforcement, use epoxy-coated or other dielectric-polymer-coated wire bar
supports.
3. For zinc-coated reinforcement, use galvanized wire or dielectric-polymer-coated wire bar
supports.
4. For slabs on grade, provide sand plates, horizontal runners, or precast concrete blocks on bottom
where base material will not support chair legs or where vapor barrier has been specified.
03 30 00 - 6
2.05 MECHANICAL SPLICES
A. Provide mechanical splices designed to develop, in tension and compression, 125 percent of the
minimum ASTM specified yield strength of the smaller bar being spliced. The following splicing
systems are acceptable:
1. Erico "Cadweld T-Series"
2. Erico "Lenton"
3. Dayton Barsplice "Bar-Grip"
4. Dayton Barsplice "Grip-Twist"
2.06 DOWEL BAR ANCHORS
A. Provide dowel bar anchors and threaded dowels designed to develop, in tension and compression, 125
percent of the minimum ASTM specified yield strength of the dowel bars. Unless otherwise indicated,
anchors shall be furnished with ACI standard 90 degree hooks. Dowels shall be furnished by the anchor
supplier. The following dowel splicing systems are acceptable:
1. Richmond Screw Anchor "Dowel Bar Splicer"
2. Erico "Lenton Form Saver"
3. Dayton Barsplice "Grip-Twist"
2.07 EMBEDDED METAL ASSEMBLIES
A. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36
B. Headed Studs: Heads welded by full-fusion process, as furnished by TRW Nelson Stud Welding
Division.
C, Welded Deformed Bar Anchors: Welded by full fusion process, as furnished by TRW Nelson Stud
Welding Division.
D. Reinforcing Bars to be Welded: ASTM A706.
E. Coatings
1. Epoxy coating for metal assemblies shall be "Hi-Build Epoxoline," as manufactured by the
Tnemec Company, Kansas City, Missouri, applied in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
2. Hot dip galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A123, "Specification for Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized)
Coatings on Iron and Steel Products."
3. Cold Galvanizing Compound for field repair of galvanizing: "ZRC Cold Galvanizing Compound"
by ZRC Chemical Products Company, Quincy, Massachusetts.
2.08 INSERTS
A. Provide metal inserts required for anchorage of materials or equipment to concrete construction where
not supplied by other trades:
1. In vertical concrete surfaces for transfer of direct shear loads only, provide adjustable wedge
inserts of malleable cast iron, complete with bolts, nuts, and washers. Provide 3/4" bolt size unless
otherwise indicated.
033000-7
2. In horizonta( concrete surfaces and whenever inserts are subject to tension forces, provide
threaded inserts of malleable cast iron, furnished with fu(( depth bolts, 3/4" bo(t size unless
otherwise indicated.
2.09 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cementitious MateriaL• Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source,
throughout Project:
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I/II gray. Supplement with the following:
a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F.
B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 3S or 3M coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide
aggregates from a single source.
1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: As indicated.
2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.
C. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable.
2.10 ADMIXTURES
A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other
admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in
hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride.
l. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A.
2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B.
3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D.
4. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F.
5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G.
6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II.
C. Set-Accelerating Corrosion-Inhibiting Admixture: Commercially formulated, anodic inhibitor or mixed
cathodic and anodic inhibitor; capable of forming a protective barrier and minimizing chloride reactions
with steel reinforcement in concrete and complying with ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C.
1. Products:
a. Boral Material Technologies, Inc.; Boral BCN.
b. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Eucon CIA.
c. Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co.; DCI.
d. Master Builders, Ina; Rheocrete CNL
e. Sika Corporation; Sika CNI.
D. Non-Set-Accelerating Corrosion-Inhibiting Admixture: Commercially formulated, non-set-accelerating,
anodic inhibitor or mixed cathodic and anodic inhibitor; capable of forming a protective barrier and
minimizing chloride reactions with steel reinforcement in concrete.
1. Products:
033000-8
a. Axim Concrete Technologies; Catexol 1000CI.
b, Boral Material Technologies, Inc.; Boral BCN2.
a Cortec Corporation; MCI [2000] [2005NS].
d. Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co.; DCI-S.
e. Master Builders, Inc.; Rheoc!•ete 222+.
f. Sika Corporation; Fen•oGard-901.
2.11 VAPOR RETARDERS - REFER TO SECTION 07 19 50
�. oi.,�—�-���er-�eta�c����: �S'�'�4 �-�7�1��'lass �. �c���-r..R��R�E4�-�e-�^�-��ee��e-�e�a��� �::��r
�
' •- � � •-
• : . .. ...
_ . . �
�. -�r�d�te-�s:
- -,..
.
: ..
2.12 CURING MATERIALS
A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh
concrete.
Products:
a. Axim Concrete Technologies; Cimfilm.
b. Burke by Edoco; BurkeFilm.
c. ChemMasters; Spray-Film.
d. Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior Company; Aquafilm.
e. Dayton Superior Corporation; Sure Film.
f. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Eucobar.
g. Kaufinan Products, Inc,; Vapor Aid.
h. Lambert Corporation; Lambco Skin.
i. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; E-Con.
j. MBT Protection and Repair, Div. of ChemRex; Confilm.
k. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Sealtight Evapre.
1. Metalcrete Industries; Waterhold.
m. Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Monofilm.
n. Sika Corporation, Inc.; SikaFilm.
o. Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Finishing Aid.
p. Unitex; Pro-Film.
q. US Mix Products Company; US Spec Monofilm ER.
033000-9
Vexcon Chemicals, Ina; Certi-Vex EnvioAssist.
B, Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing
approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry.
C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.
D. Water: Potable.
E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating.
1. Products:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g•
h.
i.
J�
k.
I.
m.
n.
o.
P•
Anti-Hydro International, Inc.; AH Curing Compound #2 DR WB.
Burke by Edoco; Aqua Resin Cure.
ChemMasters; Safe-Cure Clear.
Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior Company; W.B. Resin
Cure.
Dayton Superior Corporation; Day Chem Rez Cure (J-11-W).
Euclid Chemical Company (The); Kurez DR VOX.
Kaufman Products, Inc.; Thinfilm 420.
Lambert Corporation; Aqua Kure-Clear.
L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M Cure R.
Meadows, W. R., Inc.; 1100 Clear.
Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Resin Cure E.
Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Resi-Chem Clear Cure.
Tamms Industries, Inc.; Horncure WB 30.
Unitex; Hydro Cure 309.
US Mix Products Company; US Spec Maxcure Resin Clear.
Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex Enviocure 100.
F. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type l, Class B,
nondissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of floor
covering.
Products:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g•
h.
i.
J�
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
P•
9•
Anti-Hydro International, Inc.; AH Clear Cure WB.
Burke by Edoco; Spartan Cote WB II.
ChemMasters; Safe-Cure & Sea120.
Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior Company; Cure and
Seal WB.
Dayton Superior Corporation; Safe Cure and Seal (J-18).
Euclid Chemical Company (The); Aqua Cure VOX.
Kaufman,Products, Inc.; Cure & Seal 309 Emulsion.
Lambert Corporation; Glazecote Sealer-20.
L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Dress & Seal WB.
Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Vocomp-20.
Metalcrete Industries; Metcure.
Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Cure & Seal 150E.
Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Cure & Seal 18 Percent E.
Tamms Industries, Inc.; Clearseal WB 150.
Unitex; Hydro Seal.
US Mix Products Company; US Spec Hydrasheen 15 percent
Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Starsea1309.
03 30 00 - 10
G. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, 18 to 25
percent solids, nondissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding
of floor covering.
Products:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g•
h.
i.
J•
k.
I.
m.
n.
o.
P•
9•
r.
But•ke by Edoco; Spactan Cote WB II 20 Percent.
ChemMasters; Safe-Cure Clear.
Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior Company; High Seal.
Dayton Superior Corporation; Safe Cure and Seal (J-19).
Euclid Chemical Company (The); Dia►nond Clear VOX.
Kaufman Products, Inc.; SureCure Emulsion.
Lambert Coiparation; Glazecote Sealer-20.
L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Dress & Seal WB.
MBT Protection and Repair, Div. of ChemRex; MasterKure-N-Seal VOC.
Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Vocomp-20.
Metalcrete Industries; Metcure 0800.
Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Cure & Sea1200E.
Sonneborn, Div. of ChemRex; Kure-N-Seal.
Symons Corparation, a Dayton Superior Company; Cure & Seal 18 Percent E.
Tamms Industries, Inc.; Clearseal WB STD.
Unitex; Hydro Seal 18.
US Mix Products Company; US Spec Radiance UV-25
Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Starseal 0800.
H. Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1,
Class A.
Products:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g•
h.
i.
J•
k.
1.
m.
n.
o.
Burke by Edoco; Cureseal 1315.
ChemMasters; Spray-Cure & Seal Plus.
Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton
Sealcure 1315.
Dayton Superior Corporation; Day-Chem Cure and Seal (J-22tJV).
Euclid Chemical Company (The); Super Diamond Clear.
Kaufinan Products, Inc.; Sure Cure 25.
Lambert Corporation; LTV Super Seal.
L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Lumiseat Plus.
Meadows, W. R., Inc.; CS-309/30.
Metalcrete Industries; Seal N Kure 0.
Sonneborn, Div. of ChemRex; Kure-N-Sea15.
Tamms Industries, Inc.; LusterSea1300.
Unitex; Solvent Seal 1315.
US Mix Products Company; US Spec CS-25
Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex AC 1315
Superior Company;
I. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1,
Class A.
Products:
a, Burke by Edoco; Cureseal 1315 WB.
b. ChemMasters; Polyseal WB.
c. Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior Company;
Sealcure 1315 WB.
03 30 00-11
d.
e.
f.
g•
h.
i.
J•
k,
1.
m.
n.
Euclid Chemical Company (The); Super Diamond Clear VOX.
Kaufinan Products, Inc.; Sure Cure 25 Emulsion.
Lambert Corporation; W Safe Seal.
L&M Constn�ction Chemicals, Inc.; Lumiseal WB Plus.
Meadows, W. R., Ina; Vocomp-30.
Metalcrete Industries; Metcure 30.
Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Cure & Sea131 Perceiit E.
Tamms Industries, Inc.; LusterSeal WB 300.
Unitex; Hydro Seal 25.
US Mix Products Company; US Spec Radiance UV-25.
Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Vexcon Starseal 1315.
2.13 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber or
ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork.
B. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene.
C. Bonding Agent: Two component, moisture insensitive, extended pot life epoxy bonding agent equal to
"Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod LPL", by the Sika Corporation.
D. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and
bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to suit requirements,
and as follows:
1. Types I and II, non-load bearing and IV and V, load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly
mixed concrete to hardened concrete.
E. Reglets: Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.0217-inch-thick, galvanized steel sheet. Temporarily fill or
cover face opening of reglet to prevent inh•usion of concrete or debris.
F. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized steel sheet, not less than 0.0336 inch thick, with bent tab
anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris.
G. Dovetail anchor slots: For receiving inserts for anchoring masonry veneer, cast stone, and natural stone to
concrete structure. Slots shall be 22 gauge, galvanized sheet steel and dovetail slotted, with foam filler
equal to No. 305 made by Hohmann and Barnard, Inc., or approved equal. Slots shall be 1" wide and 1"
deep unless noted otherwise.
H. Adjustable wedge inserts: For attachment of masonry shelf angles to spandrel beams. Provide Hohmann
& Barnard wedge inserts by Hohmann & Barnard, Inc., or approved equal. Type, size and capacity shall
be as shown on the Drawings.
I. Sleeves and Blockouts: Formed with galvanized metal, galvanized pipe, polyvinyl chIoride pipe, fiber
tubes, or wood.
J. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as reGuired; of strength and character to
maintain formwork in place while placing concrete.
03 30 00 - 12
2.14 REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Repair Underlayment: Pre-packaged, cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be
applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations.
1. Cement Binde►•: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hyd►•aulic cement as
defined in ASTM C 219.
2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and
application.
3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by
underlayment manufacturer.
4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to
ASTM C 109/C 109M.
B. Repair Overlayment: Pre-packaged, cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be
applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations.
1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as
defined in ASTM C 219.
2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application.
3. Aggcegate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3.2 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as
recommended by topping manufacturer.
4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to
ASTM C 109/C 109M.
C. Repair Mortar — Hand-Applied: Pre-packaged, cement-based, two-component, polymer-modified,
trowel-grade mortar, enhanced with penetrating corrosion inhibitor.
1. Compressive Strength: 1200 psi minimum at 1 day; 6000 psi minimum at 28 days when tested
according to ASTM C 109.
2. Bond Strength: 1800 psi minimum at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 882 (Modified).
3. Product / Manufacturer: SikaTop 122 Plus or SikaTop 123 Plus, SikaCorporation.
D. Repair Mortar — Form and Pour or Pump: Pre-packaged, cement-based, single-component, polymer-
modified, silica-fume-enhanced, cementitious mortar.
1. Compressive Strength: 3000 psi minimum at 1 day; 6500 psi at 28 days when tested according to
ASTM C 109.
2. Bond 3trength: 2200 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 882 (modified).
3, Product / Manufacturer: Sika MonoTop 611, Sika Corporation.
2.15 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL
A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory
trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301.
1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs
based on laboratory trial mixtures.
Required average strength above specified strength:
a. Based on a record of past performance: Determination of required average strength above
specified strength shall be based on the standard deviation record of the results of at least
30 consecutive strength tests in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5.3 by the larger amount
defined by formulas 5-1 and 5-2.
03 30 00-13
b. Based on laboratory trial mixtures: Proportions shall be selected on the basis of laboratory
trial batches prepared in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 533.2 to produce an average
sh•ength greater than the specified strength f c by the amount defined in table 5.3.2.2.
1) Proportions of ingredients for concrete mixes shall be determined by an independent
testing laboratory or qualified concrete supplier.
2) For each proposed mixture, at least three compressive test cylinders shall be made
and tested for strength at the specified age. Additional cylinders may be made for
testing for information at earlier ages.
B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland
cement in concrete as follows:
1. Fly Ash: 40 percent for piers and g►•ade beams and 20% for slabs.
C. Air dry density and splitting tensile strength for lightweight concrete determined in accordance with
ASTM C330.
D. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement.
E. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Do not use admixtures which have not been incorporated and tested in accepted mixes.
2. Use water-reducing, high-range water-reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required,
for placement and workability.
3. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or
other adverse placement conditions.
4. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs and
parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water-cementitious
materials ratio below 0.50.
5. Use corrosion-inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated.
2.16 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS
A. Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as indicated on drawings.
2.17 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT
A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."
2.18 FABRICATION OF EMBEDDED METAL ASSEMBLIES
A. Fabricate metal assemblies in the shop. Holes shall be made by drilling or punching. Holes shall not be
made by or enlarged by burning. Welding shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1.
B. Welding of deformed bar anchors and headed stud anchors shall be done by full fusion process equal to
that of TRW Nelson Stud Welding Division. A minimum of two headed studs shall be tested at the start
of each production period for proper quality control. The studs shall be capable of being bent 45 degrees
without failure.
03 30 00 - 14
C. Welding of reinforcement shall be done in accordance with AWS D1.4, using the recommended preheat
temperature and e(ectrode for the type of reinforcement being welded. Bars larger than no. 9 sliall not be
welded. Welding shall be subject to the observance and testing of the Testing Laboratory.
D. Metal assemblies exposed to earth, weather or moistuce shall be hot dip galvanized. All other metal
assemblies shall be either hot dip galvanized or painted with an epoxy paint. Repair ga(vanizing after
welding with a Cold Galvanizing compound installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
Repair painted assemblies after welding with same type of paint.
2.19 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Conc►•ete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete accoi•ding to ASTM C 94/C 94M,
and furnish batch ticket information.
When air temperature is between 85 and 90 degF, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2
hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, i•educe mixing and delive�y time to
60 minutes.
B. Project-Site Mixing: Measuc•e, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to
ASTM C 94/C 94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate d►•um-type batch machine mixer.
1. For mixer capacity of 1 cu. yd.or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes, but not more
than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any pa►t of batch is released.
2. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cu. yd., increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1
cu. yd.
3. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project
identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixture time, quantity, and amount of water
added. Record approximate location of final deposit in.structure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 FORMWORK
A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral,
static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such
loads.
B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and
position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117.
1. Vertical alignment:
a. Lines, surfaces and arises less than 100 feet in height - 1 inch.
b. Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete exposed to view
less than 100 feet in height - 1/2 inch.
c. Lines, surfaces and arises greater than 100 feet in height - 1/1000 times the height but not
more than 6 inches.
d. Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete exposed to view
greater than 100 feet in height - 1/2000 times the height but not more than 3 inches.
2. Lateral alignment:
03 30 00-15
a. Members - 1 inch.
b. Centerline of openings 12 inches or smaller and edge location of larger openings in slabs -
1/2 inch.
a Sawcuts, joints, and weakened plane embedments in slabs - 3/4 inch.
3. Level a(ignment:
a. Elevation of slabs-on-grade - 3/4 inch.
b. Elevation of top surfaces of formed slabs before removal of shores - 3/4 inch.
c. Elevation of formed surfaces before removal of shores - 3/4 inch.
d. Lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other lines exposed to view - 1/2 inch.
4. Cross-sectional dimensions: Overall dimensions of beams, joists, and columns and thickness of
walls and slabs.
a. 12 inch dimension or less - plus 3/8 inch to minus 1/4 inch.
b. Greater than 12 inch to 3 foot dimension - plus 1/2 inch to minus 3/8 inch.
a Greater than 3 foot dimension - plus 1 inch to minus 3/4 inch.
5. Relative alignment:
a. Grooves:
1) Specified width 2 inches or less - 1/8 inch.
2) Specified width between 2 inches and 12 inches - 1/4 inch.
b. Vertical alignment of outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joint grooves
in concrete exposed to view - 1/4 inch in 10 feet.
c. All other conditions - 3/8 inch in 10 feet.
C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows:
1. Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth-formed finished surfaces.
2. Class B, 1/4 inch for rough-formed finished surfaces.
D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.
E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush
or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined
surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical.
l. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal.
2. . Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material.
F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and
slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off
templates or compacting-type screeds.
G. Construct formwork to cambers shown or specified on the Drawings to allow for structural deflection of
the hardened concrete. Provide additional elevation or camber in formwork as required for anticipated
formwork deflections due to weight and pressures of concrete and construction loads.
H. Forms for Exposed Concrete:
1. Drill forms from the contact face to the outside to suit form ties used. Do not splinter forms by
driving ties through improperly prepared holes.
03 30 00-16
2. Provide sharp, clean corners at intersecting planes without visible edges or offsets. Bacic joints
with extra studs or girts if required to maintain cocners.
3. Provide extra studs, gii�ts, walers, and bracing to prevent bowing of foi•ms.
4. Forni shapes, recesses and projections with smooth finish materials, and install in forms with
sealed joints.
5. Locate foim ties in level horizontal rows, plumbed vertically, and in symmetrical arrangements,
unless noted otherwise.
I. Foundation Elements: The sides of all below grade portions of beams, pier caps, wails, and columns
shall be formed straight and to the lines and grades specified. Foundation elements shall not be earth
formed unless specifically indicated on the Drawings,
J. Provide tempora►y openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwoc•k is
inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to fonns and securely braced to prevent loss of
concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations.
K. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete.
L. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in
the Work. Determine sizes and locations fi•om h�ades providing such items.
M. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other
debris just before placing concrete.
N. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain
proper alignment.
O. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions,
before placing reinforcement, anchoring devices, and embedded items.
1. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces are scheduled to receive subsequent
finishes which may be affected by agent. Soak contact surfaces of untreated forms with clean
water. Keep surfaces wet prior to placing concrete.
3.02 EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is
attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,
inshuctions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in
Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."
a. Spacing within a bolt group: 1/8"
b. Location of bolt group (center): 1/2"
c. Rotation of bolt group: 5 degrees
d. Angle off vertical: 5 degrees
e. Bolt projection: � 3/8"
2. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in outer face of
concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other
conditions,
3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated.
03 30 00 - 17
3.03 VOID FORMS
A. Install void forms in all locations shown on the Drawings. In general, void forms shall be placed below
all structural elements supported by piers to separate these elements from the earth.
B. Seal discontinuous ends of void forms and tape all joints with waterproof tape so that concc•ete will not
enter the void space during placement of concrete. Do not leave gaps between void form sections.
C. Premanufactured void forms with circular edges shail be used around all drilled piers.
D. Do not allow any portion of void forms to fall within the circumference of piers causing a reduction in
the bearing area,
E. Protect void forms from water. Do not install void forms during wet weather or on wet ground. Void
forms which become saturated prior to placement of concrete shall be removed and replaced.
F. Exercise care in placement of concrete to avoid collapse of void form. If void forms collapse, soil
beneath the concrete shall be dug out and a proper void space shall be created by installing precast
concrete soil retainers.
G. Void forms under slabs shall be protected by a layer of one-eighth inch thick protection board followed
by a vapor barrier or retarder per the specifications. Do not install void forms under soil supported slabs
on grade.
3.04 SOIL RETAINERS
A. Install soil retainers in straight, clean trenches at sides of void forms prior to concrete placement. The
gaps between the trench and retainers must be properly positioned or backfilled prior to the placement of
concrete. Do not cast the sides of concrete beams directly against the soil.
B. Affix the soil retainers to the concrete beam with adhesive, pin/washer/load, or concrete hard nails
spaced on 24 inch centers.
[e�1��7��[�]�II�CH��'�1�by1�[e1�i77►��
A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not
support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24
hours after placing concrete, if concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations
and curing and protection operations are maintained.
1. Formwork supporting conventionally reinforced concrete shall not be removed until concrete has
attained 85 percent of its specified 28 day compressive strength as established by tests of field
cured cylinders. In the absence of cylinder tests, supporting formwork shall remain in place until
the concrete has cured at a temperature of at least 50 degrees Fahrenheit (10 degrees Celsius) for
the minimum cumulative time periods given in ACI 347, Section 3.7.23. When the surrounding
air temperature is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit (10 degrees Celsius), that time period shall be
added to the minimum listed time period. Formwork for two-way conventionally reinforced slabs
shall remain in place for at least the minimum cumulative time periods specified for one-way slabs
of the same maximum span.
2. Minimum cumulative curing times may be reduced by the use of high-early strength cement or
forming systems which allow form removal without disturbing shores, but only after the
Contractor has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Architect that the early removal of forms
will not cause excessive sag, distortion or damage to the concrete elements.
3. Wood forms shall be completely removed. Provide temporary openings if required.
03 30 00-18
4. Provide adequate methods of curing and thermal protection of exposed concrete if foc•ms are
removed prior to completion of specified curing time.
5. Obtaining concrete compressive strength tests for the purposes of form removal shalt be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
6. Remove forms only if shores have been acranged to permit removal of fonns without loosening or
dishu•bing shoi•es.
B. Clean and repair sucfaces of farms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise
damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release
agent.
C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and
secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved
by Architect.
3.06 SHORES AND RESHORES
A. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for proper slioring and reshoring.
B. Co►nply with ACI 318 (ACI 318M) and ACI .i01 for design, installation, and removal of shoring and
reshoring.
1. Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is complete.
C. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide
adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive sn•ess or deflection.
3.07 VAPOR RETARDERS — REFER TO SECTION 07 19 50
. . > , 4�---ax�
�axt�€a,.*,...o,.�... ..:,+o„ ..«...,,..:,..,�
1 T �n inintr F jn�H� �a ���� •• '�H µ�., a� A a+ �
' r�_•".., ........ .,.,N ..� ..,..,,., .. u...� � r�
3.08 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement.
Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing
concrete.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would reduce
bond to concrete.
C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support
reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing
reinforcing bars.
D. Installation tolerances:
Top and bottom bars in slabs, girders, beams and joists:
03 30 00-19
a. Members 8" deep or less: t3/8"
b. Members more than 8" deep: �i/2"
2. Concrete Cover to Formed or Finished Surfaces: �3/8° for members 8" deep or less; tl/2" for
members over 8" deep, except that tolerance for cover shall not exceed 1/3 of the specified cover.
E. Concrete Cover
1. Reinforcing in structural elements deposited against the ground: 3"
2. Reinforcing in formed beams, columns and girders: 1 1/2"
3. Grade beams and exterior face of formed wa(Is and columns exposed to weather or in contact with
the ground: 2"
4. Interior faces of walls: 1"
5. Beam and slab bottoms formed with fiberboard void boxes: 2"
6. Slabs:3/4"
F. Concrete Cover: refer to the Structural Notes.
G. Splices: Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends. Comply with ACI 318 for
minimum lap of spliced bars where not specified on the documents. No. 14 and 18 bars shall not be lap
spliced.
H. Mechanical Splices: Use for splicing of bars larger than no. 11 or where no. 11 bars are spliced to larger
size bars and where indicated on the drawings. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for preparation
of bars and installation procedures.
I. Field Welding of Embedded Metal Assemblies: All paint and galvanizing shall be removed in areas to
receive field welds. All areas where paint or galvanizing has been removed shall be field repaired with
the specified paint or cold galvanizing compound, respectively.
J. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not foward exposed concrete surfaces.
K. Install welded wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize
sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining
sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire.
3.09 JOINTS
A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.
B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations
indicated or as approved by Architect.
1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction
joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip
placements of floors and slabs.
2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete.
3. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in
girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam-girder intersection.
4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and
at the top of footings or floor slabs.
5. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near
corners, and in concealed locations where possible.
r�x�ci�z�T����
Use a bonding agent at locations where fi�esh concrete is placed against hardened or pai•tially
hardened concrete surfaces.
Use epoxy-bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or
partially hardened concrete surfaces.
C. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or
asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint.
3.10 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of fonnwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is
complete and that required inspections have been performed.
B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by
Architect.
C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of
ACI 301.
Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mixture.
2. Water content shall not exceed the maximum specified water/cement ratio for the mix.
D. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete
will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section
cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid
segregation.
1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures and in a
manner to avoid inclined construction joints.
2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment accarding to ACI 301.
3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at
uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding
layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At
each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete
embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to
segregate,
4. Do not permit concrete to drop freely any distance greater than 10'-0" for concrete containing a
high range water reducing admixture (superplasticizer) or 5'-0" for other concrete. Provide chute
or tremie to place concrete where longer drops are necessary. Do not place concrete into
excavations with standing water. If place of deposit cannot be pumped dry, pour concrete through
a tremie with its outlet near the bottom of the place of deposit.
5. Pump priming grout shall be discarded and not used in the structure.
E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of
construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete.
1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around
reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.
2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement.
3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations.
4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required.
03 30 00-21
Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to foim a unifornz and open-textured surface
plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further distucb slab surfaces before
starting finishing operations.
F. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical
damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures.
1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for three successive
days, tnaintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by
ACI 301.
2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen
subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical
accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs.
G. Hot-Weather Piacement: Comply with ACI 305.1 and as follows:
1. Maintain concrete temperature below 95 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or
chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to
total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade
uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
fc�i f � �l i�! f.9�l1�C����TI�Z.I`Ii17.11:[�1 �I.�
A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and
defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-
surface irregularities.
Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view.
B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an
orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects.
Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities.
Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view.
C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent
to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces.
Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless
otherwise indicated.
3.12 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after work of
other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-place construction.
Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work.
B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by
steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly
rounded.
03 30 00 - 22
3.13 INSTALLATION OF NON-SHRITIIC GROUT UNDER BASEPLATES
A. Grout under all bearing and basep(ates. Comply with manufacturer's insh•uctions. Do not dry pack.
B. Mixing: Use a mechanical mixer, Add oniy enough water to make grout placeable. Do not mix more
grout than can be used in 20 minutes. Under no circumstances shall grout be retempered.
3.14 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures,
Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 305.1 for hot-weather protection during
curing.
B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy
conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations.
Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or
darbying concrete, b�t before float finishing.
C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and
other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If
removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing far the remainder of the curing period.
D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces,
including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces,
E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods:
Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the
following materials:
a. Water.
b. Continuous water-fog spray.
c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and
edges with 12-inch (300-mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for
curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches,
and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair
any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape.
a. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor
coverings.
b. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive
penetrating liquid floor treatments.
c. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture-retaining cover or
a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will not interfere with bonding of floor
covering used on Project.
3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according
to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours
after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.
03 30 00-23
a. After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete
surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer unless manufacturer
certifies curing compoutid will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project.
4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous
operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas
subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours
later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing
period.
3.15 CONCRETE StJRFACE REPAIRS
A. Surface Defects in Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Engineer. Remove and
replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Owner's approval.
B. Contractor shall submit a detailed, descriptive procedure listing proposed pre-packaged repair materials
and methods for the repair of surface defects prior to the start of repair work.
C. Patching Mortar: Mix, place and finish pre-packaged repair mortar in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
D. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air
bubbles, minor honeycombs and rock pockets with no exposed reinforcement, fins and other projections
on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.
Immediately after form removal, cut out minor honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than
1/2 inch in any dimension in solid concrete, but not less than 1 inch in depth. Make edges of cuts
perpendicular to concrete surface, '/a" deep minimum. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat
holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent
has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding
agent.
Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view using pre-packaged repair mortar so that, when dry,
patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to
verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and
strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface.
E. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify
surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain
for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template.
1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include minor spalls, pop outs,
honeycombs and rock pockets with no exposed reinforcement, crazing and cracks in excess of
0.01 inch wide that do not penetrate to reinforcement, and other objectionable conditions.
2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding.
3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by
cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into
adjacent concrete.
4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare,
mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to
produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor
elevations.
5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to
ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare,
03 30 00 - 24
mix, and apply repair topping and primer accordiiig to manufacturer's written instructions to
produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface.
6. Repair defective areas, except random cradcs and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by
cutting out and replacing with patching mortar. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts,
'/a" deep minimum. Dampen coucrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply
bonding agent. Place, compact, and finish patching mortar to blend with adjacent finished
concrete. Cure in same ma�mer as adjacent concrete.
7. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove
top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concc•ete and. clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles.
Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before
bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep
patched area continuously moist for at least'72 hours.
8. Unapproved and defective repairs shall be removed and replaced in accordance with requirements
provided by the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.16 STRUCTURAL REPAIRS
A. Structurally Defective Concrete: Structural defects include spalls, honeycombs or ►•ock pockets with
exposed reinforcement, hollow-sounding concrete, cracks that penetrate to the reinforcement or
completely through concrete elements, inadequate cover over reinforcement, and other conditions that
affect the structural performance or durability of the concrete as determined by the Engineer.
B. Repair structural defects in concrete in accordance with plans, specifications, details, etc, provided by the
Engineer.
1. The cost of the additional services provided by the Engineer to prepare the repair documents, and
to oversee the repair work shall be borne by the Contractor.
C. Unapproved and defective repairs shall be removed and replaced in accordance with requirements
provided by the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.17 CLEANUP
A. Imperfect or damaged work or any material damaged or determined to be defective before final
completion and acceptance of the entire job shall be satisfactorily replaced at the Contractor's expense,
and in conformity with all of the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. Removal and
replacement of concrete work shall be done in such manner as not to impair the appearance or strength of
the structure in any way.
B. Cleaning: Upon completion of the work all forms, equipment, protective coverings and any rubbish
resulting therefrom shall be removed from the site. After sweeping floors, wash floors with clean water.
Finished concrete surfaces shall be left in a clean condition, satisfactory to the Owner.
3:18 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and inspecting
agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
B. Inspections:
Steel reinforcement placement.
Steel reinforcement welding.
Headed bolts and studs.
03 30 00 - 25
Verification of use of required design mixture.
Concrete placement, including conveying atid depositing.
Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature.
Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and fonns from beams and slabs.
C. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172
shall be performed according to the following requirements:
1. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd. (76 cu. m) or
fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day.
a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive-strength tests for each
concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or
from each batch if fewer than five are used.
2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; bne test at point of placement for each composite sampie, but not
less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when
concrete consistency appears to change.
3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete;one test for each
composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.
4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40
deg F and below and when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample.
5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M.
a. Cast and laboratory cure four cylinders for each composite sample.
1) Do not transport field-cast cylinders until they have cured for a minimum of 24
hours.
2) For High Volume Fly Ash Concrete do not transport fieid-cast cylinders until they
have cured for a minimum of 48 hours.
6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M;
a. Test one cylinder at 7 days
b. Test two cylinders at 28 days.
c. Test one cylinder at 56 days
7. Compressive-Strength Tests for High Volume Fly Ash: ASTM C 39/C 39M;
a. Test one cylinder at 7 days
b. Test one cylinder at 28 days.
c. Test two cylinders at 56 days
8. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive
compressive-strength tests equals ar exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-
strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi.
9. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within
48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification
name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency,
location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture
proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-
day tests.
10. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be
permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete.
11. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test
results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not
been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine
03 30 00 - 26
adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods
as directed by Architect.
a. When the strength level of the concrete for any portion of the structure, as indicated by
cylinder tests, fa(Is below the specified requirements, the Contractor shall provide
improved curing conditions and/or adjustments to the mix design as required to obtain the
required strength. If the average strength of the laboratory conh�ol cylinders falls so low as
to be deemed unacceptable, the Contractor shall follow the core test procedure set forth in
ACI 301, Chapter 17. Locations of core tests shall be approved by the Architect. Coce
sampling and testing shall be at Conh•actors expense.
b. If the results of the core tests indicate that the strength of the structure is inadequate, any
replacement, load testing, or strengthening as may be ordered by the Architect shall be
provided by the Contcactor without cost to the Owner.
12. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
13. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with
the Contract Documents.
D. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 within 48 hours of finishing.
END OF SECTION
03 30 00-27
07 19 50
VAPOR BARRIER
*
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 Section Includes
* A. Furnish all labor, materials, services and equipment required in conjunction with or properly incidental
to the installation of under-slab vapor barriers desci•ibed herein and/or as shown on the drawings.
l. If the specifications of different sections conflict, the contr•actor shall perform to the ►nost
restrictive provision.
1.02 Related Sections
A. Section 03 30 00: Cast-In-Place Concrete.
* B. Division 22: Plumbing.
1.03 Job Conditions
A. Subbase: Smooth and level, free from damaging protrusions that would puncture vapor barrier.
1.04 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM E 1'745-97 (2004) Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in
Contact with Soil or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs
2. ASTM E 154-88 (2005) Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with
Earth Under Concrete Slabs
3. ASTM E 96-95 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials
4. ASTM F 1249-06 Standard Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission Rate Through Plastic
Film and Sheeting Using a Modulated Infrared Sensor
5. ASTM E 1643-09 Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact
with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs
B. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 302.2R-06 Vapor barrier component (plastic membrane)
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B, Product Data: Provide manufacturers printed product literature and description, including tests and
standards that have been performed on the vapor barrier material.
C. Samples: Submit two, 8 1/2 x 11 inch in size, illustrating the vapor barrier and two (2) 8-1J2-in long
sample strips of the joint tape.
D. One each of all accessories that will be used in the installation.
E. Verification by Independent testing labs indicating that materials comply with specified requirements.
F. * Certificates: Certify that products of this section meet or exceed specified requirements; list test results
per paragraph 8.3 of ASTM E 1745.Independent laboratory test results showing compliance with ASTM
07 19 50-1
E 1745 Class A, a permeance less than 0.01 Perms [grains/(ftz *hr * in.Hg)] before and after the
mandatory conditioning tests ASTM E 154 Sections 8,11,12, and 13.
G. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate complete installation instructions.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTUIZERS
A. Stego Industries, L.L.C., Mercer Island, WA, 877.223.4333. www.ste��oindustries.c�m
B. W R Meadows, Inc., 2555 NE 33`d St., Fort Worth, TX., 817.834.1969.
C. Reef Industries, 9209 Almeda Genoa, Houston, TX, 713.507.4200.
D. Polyguard Products, wwwpolyguardproducts.com
E. Strata Systems Inc. '
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Comply with ASTM E1745, Class A, minimum 15 mils thick with less than 0.01 Perms [grains/ ft2*
hr*in Hg] before and after conditioning testing per ASTM 154.
* l. At locations with carton forms provide one of the following, with geotextile fabric to form a bond
with the concrete:
a. Strata- Barrier 16 mil Composite Vapor Barrier
b. Polyguard Products Underseal XT 850.
a Stego Crete Claw Tape system in conjunction with Stego Wrap 15 mil vapor barrier. Provide
tape system at perimeter of all grade beams and at 7' on center. Min. 4" wide tape system.
d. Reef Industries Vaporguard.
2. Vapor Barrier membrane must have the following properties.
a. Permeance of less than 0.01 Perms [grains/(ftZ *hr * in.Hg)] per ASTM F 1249 or
ASTM E 96
b. Maintain permeance of less than 0.01 Perms [grains/(ft2 *hr * in,Hg)] after mandatory
conditioning tests per ASTM E 154 Sections 8,11,12, and 13.
c. ASTM E 1745 Class A
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Seam Tape
1. High Density Polyethylene Tape with pressure sensitive adhesive. Minimum width 4". Tape must
have the following qualities:
a. Water Vapor Transmission Rate ASTM E 96 0.3 perms or lower
2. Seam Tape
a. Stego Tape by Stego Industries
B. Vapor Proofing Mastic
1. Mastic must have the following qualities:
a. Water Vapor Transmission Rate ASTM E 96 0.3 perms or lower
2. Mastic
a. Stego Mastic by Stego Industries
C. Pipe Boots
1. Construct pipe boots from vapor barrier material, pressure sensitive tape and/or mastic per
manufacturer's instructions.
07 19 50-2
D. Spray Adhesive
1. Adhere vapor barrier to gi•ade beams and concrete wal(s with the manufacturers recommended
material; Stego recommends 3MT"' Blue 72 Spray Adhesive.
,
E. Sealant and Termination Bars
1. Provide as recommended by the manufactuer. If not recommended, utilize Firestone
W56RAC3061 termination bar and Dow 795 sealant..
2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTS
A. Reference Standards:
1. Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth under Concrete Slabs: Exceeds Ciass B
according to ASTM E 1745.
2. Water Vapor Transmission Rates: 0.006 gr./ft2 / hr. according to ASTM E 96..
3. Permeance Rating Result: 0.01 gr./ft2 / hr. according to ASTM E96.
4. Puncture Resistance Result: 204.0-1bs/sq, ft. according to GRI-GS-1-86.
5. Puncture Resistance Result: 1972.5 grams according to ASTM D 1709.
6. Tensile Strength Result: 82 Ibs./ MD and 55.5 Ibs./ CMD according to ASTM D 638
7. Low Temperature Brittleness: Pass according to ASTM D1790.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that conditions are acceptable for the placement of the vapor barrier.
3.02 PREPARATION
* A. Vapor barrier shall be installed on top of the carton forms. At carton forms provide a vertical leg down
to grade and adher the vapor barrier to the grade beam at or just below the dirt line. Vapor barrier must
be placed above any carton form slip sheet so it can bond to the concrete.
3.03 INSTALLATION
*A. Install vapor barrier per manufacturer's instructions, illustrations and ASTM E 1643-09.
1. Level and tamp or roll granular base.
2. Place vapor barrier with the longest dimension parallel with the direction of the pour.
3. Lap vapor barrier over footings and seal to foundation walls. Seal all penetrations.
4. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with the recommended pressure sensitive tape.
5. Seal pipe penetrations with pipe boot made from Vapor Barrier and tape.
6. Protect vapor barrier from damage during installation of reinforcing steel and utilities.
7. Repair damaged areas by cutting patches of vapor barrier, overlapping damaged area 6 inches and
taping all four sides with pressure sensitive tape.
*B. Inspect installed vapor barrier system to assure that a continuous vapor barrier system has been installed.
Correct or replace any questionable locations prior to placing concrete.
3.04 INTERFACE WITH OTHER WORK
A. Coordinate with work of all other trades related that penetrates or affects the perfortnance of this system..
END OF SECTION
07 19 50-3
07 19 50-4
SECTION 07 42 10
METAL WALL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Inciudes:
1. Concealed-fastener, lap-seam metal wall panels.
2. All metal panels shall be erected by one installer.
B. Related Sections.
1. Section OS 12 00: Structural Steel.
2. Section OS 40 00: Cold Formed Framing.
3. Section 07 92 00: Sealants.
4. Section 08 40 00: Entrances and Storefronts.
1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design metal wall panel assembly, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified
professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated.
B. Structural Performance: Provide metal wall panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects the
following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated, based on testing according to
ASTM E 1592:
1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on the following minimum design wind pressures:
a. Uniform pressure to comply with the IBC Building Code requirements, acting inward or
outward; min. �0 lbf7sq. ft. (143G Pa1.
2. Deflection Limits: Metal wall panel assemblies shall withstand wind loads with horizontal
deflections no greater than 1/180 of the span.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation layouts of inetal wall panels; details of edge
conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, attachment system, trim, flashings, closures, and
accessories; and special details. Distinguish between factory-, shop- and field-assembled work.
C. Samples: For each type of exposed finish required.
1. Provide a mockup of 2 stacked corner profile panels connecting to two standard perforated metal
panels [4 panel intersection with corner].
D. For metal wall panel assembly indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria,
including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their
preparation.
074210-1
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workeis trained and approved by manufacturer.
B. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site; coordinate to occur just prior or after a
regularly scheduled progress meeting.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Wan•anty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components
of inetal wall pane] assemblies that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Three years fi�om date of Substantial Completion.
B. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard fo►•m in which manufacturer agrees to
repair finish or replace metal wall panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes
within specified warranty period.
1. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PANEL MATERIALS
A. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Restricted flatness steel sheet metallic coated by the hot-dip process and
pre-painted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M.
1. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AG50 coating
desienatioii, Gc�de 40 (Ctass A'.T..,�•1150 coating desi�n�tia��. Grade 2'i�); structural quality.
2. Surface: Smooth, flat fnish.
3. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish:
a. 3-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70
percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat.
b. Note that roof mounted panels will have a rear exposed finish.
4. Concealed Finish: Manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer
finish.
5. Utilize on Types 2 and 3 panels.
B. Aluminum Sheet: Coil-coated sheet, AS7 i��1 E3 ?09 li\S':t'M ]:3 209t��1), alloy as standard with
manufacturer, with temper as required to suit forming operations and structural performance required.
1. Surface: Smooth, flat finish.
2. *Clear Anodized Aluminum Finish:
a. *Aluminum alloy sheet, ASTM B209, aluminum alloy 3004 in accord with manufacturer's
standard to suit forming operations and finish specified
b. Note that roof mounted panels will have a rear exposed finish.
3. *Utilize on Type 1 panels.
C. *AD4 Stainless Steel Sheet: Type 304, 20 GA stainless steel
1. Surface: Smooth, flat finish.
2. Finish:
a. By manufacturer: Mill Finish
3. Concealed Finish: stainless steel to be exposed on both sides
4. Perforations: 3/16" Hole, 5/16" Spacing, 33% Open Area
5. Utilize on Types 4 panels.
074210-2
D. Panel Sealants:
1. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape
with release-paper backing; 1/? inch (13 min} wide and ll8 inch (3 mu7) thick.
2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920 as recommended in writing by metal wall panel manufacturer.
3. Butyl-Rubber-Based, Solvent-Release Sealant: ASTM C 1311.
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FRAMING
A. Miscellaneous Metal Framing, GeneraL• ASTM C 645, cold-formed aluminum sheet..
B. Zee Clips: 0.079-inch {2.t)1-ri�i��1 nominal thickness; u.n.o.
C. Base or Sill Angles or Channels: �.Oi9-itach f3.01-n�tri) nominal thickness.
D. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels:
1. Nominal Thickness: As required to meet performance requirements; min.�.040 inc13 ( L02 mn�j.
2. Depth: As indicated.
E. Cold-Rolled Furring Channels: Minimum 1{2-inc11- ( fi3-n�m-} wide flange.
1. Nominal Thickness: As required to meet performance requirements; min. 0.064 inch (1.63 inni}.
2. Depth: As indicated.
3. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated-edge type of steel sheet with t).040-incii ( i.02-tnm j
nominal thickness.
4. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, O.00>2-itich- t 1.:i7-i��tn-)
diameter wire, or double strand of U.U4S-incir (1.22-nun-} diameter wire.
Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or non-slotted web, face flange of 1-1i4 inches (3� �ntn}, wall attachment
flange of 7!4 inch (22 rnmi, and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated.
1. Nominal Thickness: As required to meet performance requirements.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts, end-welded studs, and
other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Provide exposed fasteners with heads
matching color of inetal wall panels by means of plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide EPDM,
PVC, or neoprene sealing washers.
2.4 CONCEALED-FASTENER, LAP-SEAM METAL WALL PANELS
A. Provide factory-formed metal wall panels designed to be field assembled by lapping and interconnecting
side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching through panel to supports using concealed
fasteners and factory-applied sealant in side laps. Include accessories required for weathertight
installation.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements stated herein, provide products by one of
the following:
a. Kalzip
b. AEP-Span.
c. Alcoa Architectural Products (USA).
d. Architectural Metal Systems.
e. CENTRIA Architectural Systems.
f. Gordon.
g. MBCI; Div. ofNCI Building Systems.
074210-3
h. Metal Sales Manufacturing Corporation.
i. Metecno-Morin.
j. Petersen Aluminum Corporation.
k. VICWEST; Div. of Jenisys Engineered Products.
2. Ribbed Metal Panels: ICa(zip 65/305, by Kalzip prefinished factory foc•med metal panels- Basis-
of- Design:
a. Profile: Ribbed.
b. *Material: Aluminum sheet, 0,04t:)-incl� ( l.0 u�r��} nominal thickness, , al(oy 3004.
c. Panel Dimension: Panels to be single panel full width at areas shown; 12" height; 2%z"
thickness.
d. Texture: Smooth texture.
e. Perforations: Refer to drawings. Note that there are several different perforations
scheduled.
f. *Exterior Finish: Clear Anodized
g. *Color: Type 1: ICalzip Clear Anodized.
h. *Trim: Fabricated trims/flashings to be from same material and gauge as wall panel
system; fabricated in accordance with app►•oved shop drawings and applicable standards
i. Portions of project will require longer than average panels. Contractor to provide the
proper care to insure that these longer panels are properly stored and installed so as not to
allow damage from bending or denting. Architect to approve panels prior to installation.
3. Metal Panel Type 2& 3: Prefinished factory fonned metal panels- Basis- of- Design:
MBCI FW 120; Morin A-12
a. Flush Panel.
b. Material: .032" (.8 mtn) aluminum, alloy 3105-H14.
c. Panel Dimension: 12" wide with 1" (25 mm) seam height. Panels to be single panel full
height of wall.
d. Texture: Smooth texture. �
e. Stiffening Beads: Manufacturer's standard stiffening beads.
f. Exterior Finish: minimum 3-coat fluoropolymer.
g. Colors:
1) Type 2: Morin Bright Silver
2) Type 3 Morin Zinc Gray
4. *AD4 Metal Panel Type 4: Prefinished factory formed metal panels Basis- of- Design:Morin E-30
a. Corrugated, Perforated Panel.
b. Material: 20 GA (.91 mm) Stainless Steel.
c. Panel Dimension: 30" wide, with 1" (25 mm) deep corrugations.
d. Texfure: Smooth texture.
e. Stiffening Beads: Manufacturer's standard stiffening beads.
f. Exterior Finish: Stainless Steel
g. Colors:
1) Type 4: Stainless Steel
2.5 ACCESSORIES
A. Wall Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete metal wall panel assembly
including trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers,
closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of inetal wall panels, unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and rakes, fabricated of same metal as metal wall panels.
2. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material
recommended by manufaclurer.
3. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed-
cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-incl�- (25-mm-) thick, flexible closure strips; cut or
premolded to match metal wall panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary
to ensure weathertight construction.
074210-4
B. *Flashing and Trim: Formed from 0.01b-inch (!).�6-i�ltnj minimum thickness, aluminum sheet
prepainted with coil coating, unless noted otherwise in this specification. Match metal with adjacent
panel; unless noted otherwise. Provide flashing and trim as 1•equired to seal against weather and to
provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, bases, drips, sills, jambs, corners,
endwalls, framed openings, rakes, fasciae, parapet caps, soffits, reveals, and fillers. Finish flashing and
trim with same finish system as adjacent meta( wall panels.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate and finish metal wall panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible,
by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance
requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated proiiles and with dimensional
and structural requirements.
B. Fabricate metal wall panels in a manner that eliminates condensation on interior side of panel and witli
joints between panels designed to form weathertight sea(s.
C. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel.
D. Fabricate metal wall panel joints with factory-installed captive gaskets or separator strips that provide a
tight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact, and that will minimize noise from movements within panel
assembly.
E. Sheet Metal Accessories: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's
"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics
of item indicated.
PART3-EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Miscellaneous Framing: Install subgirts, base angles, sills, furring, and other miscellaneous wall panel
support members and anchorages according to ASTM C 754 and metal wall panel manufacturer's written
recommendations.
3.2 METAL WALL PANEL INSTALLATION
A. Lap-Seam Metal Wall Panels: Fasten metal wall panels to supports with fasteners at each lapped joint at
location and spacing recommended by manufacturer.
1. Lap and apply panels and associated items for neat and weathertight enclosure. Do not allow
"panel creep" or application not true to line.
2. Provide metal-backed washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of inetal
wall panels.
3. Locate and space fasteners in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. Use proper tools to
obtain controlled uniform compression for positive seal without rupture of washer.
4. Install screw fasteners with power tools having controlled torque adjusted to compress washer
tightly without damage to washer, screw threads, or panels. Install screws in predrilled holes.
5. Provide sealant tape at lapped joints of inetal wall panels and between panels and protruding
equipment, vents, and accessories.
074210-5
Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant tape to weather-side surface of fastenings on end laps; on
side laps of nesting-type panels; on side laps of corrugated nesting-type, ribbed, or fluted panels;
and elsewhere as needed to make panels weathertight.
At pauei splices, nest panels with n�inimum C-inch (152-t�1�ii) end lap, sealed with butyl-rubber
sealant and fastened together by interlocking clamping plates.
B. Zee Clips: Provide Zee clips of size indicated or, if not indicated, as required to act as standoff fi�om
subgirts for thickness of insulation indicated. Attad� to subgirts with fasteners.
3.3 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, and provide
for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components.
1. Install components required far a complete metal wall panel assembly including trim, copings,
coi•ners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items.
B. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation
instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal IvlanuaL" Provide concealed fasteners where
possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that
will be permanently watertight and weather resistant.
3.4 CLEANiNG AND PROTECTION
A. Reinove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal wall panels are installed,
unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of inetal
wall panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer.
Maintain in a clean condition during const►•uction.
B. After metal wall panel installation, clear weep holes and drainage channels of obstructions, dirt, and
sealant.
END OF SECTION
074210-6
07 72 00
ROOF HATCHES
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Furnish all labor, materials, services and equipment as required in conjunction with or properly
incidental to the complete installation of roof hatches described herein and/or as shown on the
drawings.
2. Prefabricated roof hatch, complete with integral support curb, operable hardware and
counterflashings.
3. Coordinate with installation of inembrane roofing system and related metal flashings.
B. Related Work
l. Section 07 54 00: TPO Sheet Roofmg.
2. Section 07 60 00: Flashing and Sheet Metal.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300.
B. Clearly indicate general construction, configurations, jointing methods and locations when applicable,
fastening methods and manufacturer's installation details.
1.3 WARRANTY
A. All roof hatches shall be included in roofing guarantee. Manufacturer's standard 5-year warranty shall
be included.
PART 2 PRODUCTS.
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTtJRERS, subject to the requirements stated herein,
A. Milcor.
B. Bilco Company.
C, Backcock Davis.
D. *Lane-Aire
2.2 ROOF HATCH(ES)
A. Metals
1. 11 gauge aluminum cover and liner.
B. Liner Insulation: 1 inch thick glass fiber, expanded polystyrene or expanded polyurethane.
C. Rigid Insulation: 1 inch fiber board.
D. Hardware: Cadmium plated. Latches and lock hasps on interior and exterior, with spring openers and
shock absorber.
07 72 00-1
E. Accessories: Complete assembly with heavy pintle, compression spru�g operators, positive snap latch
with turn handles and neoprene draft seal.
F. Fabrication
1. Construct cover with 3 in. beaded flange, welded.
2. Pully cover and protect insulation with metal liner.
3. Form 12 in. high curb with 3-1/2 in, flange with ho(es provided for securing to deck.
4. Equip curb with integral metal cap flashing, same gauge as curb, welded at corners for
watertightness.
5. Provide rigid insulation on eaterior.
G. Size and Type:
1. Bilco SS-50, size as shown, 4' x 4' if not noted.
23 SAFETY POST: At all roof hatches with ladders provide a Bilco `LadderUp LU1' safety post, centered on
ladder and securely anchored to structure.
* A. Lane-Aire (approved substitute)
2.4 ROOF HATCH SAFETY RAILING
A. Provide a railing system meeting the requirements of OSHA Standards 1910.23 and ANSI A1264.1.
1. Nesea Safety Products Models RHSR-SS or RHSR-FB as appropriate to the installation.
*A3 2. Safety Pro (approved substitute) ,
* 3. Lane-Aire (approved substitute)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install roof hatch in strict accordance with manufacturei's instructions and approved shop drawings.
Coordinate with installation of roofmg system and related flashings. Provide weathertight and
watertight installation.
B. Apply bituminous paint on metal surfaces of roof hatch to be in contact with cementitious materials and
dissimilar metals.
END OF SECTION
0'7 72 00-2
09 64 00
PART1-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING
A. Section Includes:
1. Furnish all labor, materials, services and equipment required in conjunction with or properly
incidental to the installation of wood athletic flooring as described herein and/or as shown on the
drawings.
2. Proyide all tools and services to furnish, deliver and install a complete wood floor system from the
surface vaporproofing of the slab, through the sanding and finishing, including the installation of
' perimeter base molding and thresholds.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section O1 81 10
2. Section 03 30 00
3. Section OS 12 00
4. Section 11 48 00
5. Section 12 76 00
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Sustainable Design Requirements - LEED For New Construction
Cast- In- Place Concrete.
Structural Steel, as appropriate to the project.
Athletic Equipment.
Bleachers.
A. Submit shop drawings and product data to requirements of Section 01300.
1. Submit at least 30 days prior to doing any structural slabs and within 60 days of notice to proceed.
2. Indicate on shop drawings floor joint patterns and termination details.
3. Provide a complete submittal package including, product data on floor material, termination
materials, and finish materials.
B. Samples: Submit two samples approximately 8" x 10" of each flooring system specified illustrating
floor finish, sheen, color range, and materials.
C. Submit information demonstrating that the installer is an approved and accepted installer of
manufacturer's floor system.
D. Submit maintenance instructions as recommended by MFMA and the flooring manufacturer. Provide
recommendations on humidity and temperature parameters for completed space.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer to have minimum three years' successful experience in installation of wood athletic flooring as
described herein.
B. Comply with recommendations of MFMA - Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association.
1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not install wood flooring until wet construction work is completed and ambient air at installation
space has moisture content stabilized.
1. The concrete slab shall be dry, free of foreign materials and broomed clean.
09 64 00-1
2.
3.
4.
Maintain room temperature range of 55 to 75 degrees F. and a relative humidity range of 35 to 50
percent for minimum five days prior to delivery of materials, during and after installation.
Humidity shall not range more than I S% and shall approximate conditions that will prevaii when
the building is occupied.
Condition wood for seven days prior to start of installation or as required for acclimation. Place
opened bundles with flooring materials loosely piled in spaces to receive flooring.
Materials shall not be stored at the installation location if the moisture content of the concrete slab
exceeds 4°/o or vapor transmission exceeds 4.5 pounds per 1,000 square feet (2.20 kg per 100
square meters).
1.05 LEED FSC
A. Certificates for Credit MR 7: Chain-of-custody certificates indicating that products specified to be
made from certified wood comply with forest certification requirements. Include documentation tliat
manufacturer is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited cei�tification body. Include
statement indicating cost for each certified wood product.
1. Demonstrating the manufacturer's and installer's intent to utilize FSC wood at the time of tlie
shop drawing submittal.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANLJFACTURERS, subject to the reyuirements stated herein and MFMA members:
A. Connor
B. Superior rlooring
C. Action Floor Systems
D. Robbins
2.2 WOOD FLOORING
A. Species: MFMA Northern Hard Maple
1. Grade marked per and stamped as produced.
B. Size:
1. Gym: 25/32" thickness x 2'/4" width
2. Aerobics/ Excercis:"7/16" x.818" x 9" (l lmm x 21mm x 229mm)
C. Grade:
1. *Gym: Number l.
2. *Aeroibics/ Exercise: MFMA-PQ Number 1 Kiln Dried Northern Hard Maple Flooring
D. Edging:
1. Gym: Tongue and groove; end matched.
2. Aerobics/ Exercise: Square Edge, Edge Grain
E. Moisture content:l0-12 percent
F. Subfloor:
1. Gym: 15/32" x 4' x 8' APA Rated Sheathing, Exposure 1.
2. Aeroibics/ Exercise: Two layers of 15/32" x 4' x 8' APA Rated Sheathing, Exposure 1.
09 64 00-2
G. Cushion Pads at Basketball Courts:
1. Min. DIN standards witli ball rebound 95% (-2% range); shock absorbsion ±58%.
2. Connor Neo-Shok Red, 3/4" hemishperical, two stage polyurethane
3. Action Proflex, conical pneumatic natural rubber, non- parallel in vertical dimension, and
constructed with alternating air cells. 1%z" diameter at base x 2 3/8" diameter at top with a
stapling lip all around. Durometer 60 plus or minus 5.
4. PVC pads are not acceptable. Contimious pads are not acceptable.
5. Pre-approved systems: Robbins Bio-Channel Classic; Connar PermaFlex.
H. Cushion Pads at Aerobics:
1. Min. DIN standards with shock absorbsion ±70%.
2. Connor Neo-Shok Black,'/a" hemishperical, two stage polyurethane, 50 durometer
3. Action Airflex, durometer. 48 plus or minus; conical pneumatic natural rubber, non- paraliel in
vertical dimension, and constructed with alternating air cells. 1%z" diameter at base x 2 3/8"
diameter at top with a stapling lip all around.
I. Fasteners
1. Subfloor fasteners: 1" staples.
2. Maple Flooring: min. 15 gauge epoxy coated staples.
J. Wall base:4° x 3° x4' heavy molded, vented, rubber or vinyl cove base with premolded outside corners.
Black.
K. Thresholds: 1/4" x 5", beveled both sides, mill finish.
L. Finish Materials:
1. Two component oil modifiad polyurethane seal and finish system. Selected from most recent
listing of MFMA tested and certified products. Court marking paint as recommended by
mariufacturer; compatible with finish.
2. Gameline paint(s) shall be recommended by the finishing materials manufacturer, and must be
compatible with the finish.
M. Vapor barrier: 10 mil polyethylene; with manufacturer's tape seam system.
N. Subfloor Leveling Compound/ Filler: Premix latex cementitious type; Ardex.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify field conditions are read to receive the work.
1. Verify surface to receive flooring is clean from all dust, foreign material and thoroughly dry.
2. Verify concrete subfloor surface is smooth and flat to plus or minus 1/8" in 10'. If surfaces are not
smooth they shall be ground or filled (and cured) to within these tolerances.
3. Verify flooring substate and any filler has cured properly and is within acceptable moisture
conditions.
4. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Cover entire concrete slab with vapor barrier system, lapping edges a minimum of 6" and sealing with
manufacturer's recommended adhesive tape.
1. Seal tight around all penetrations.
09 64 00-3
B. Subfloor
1. Install shock absorbing pads per manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Install the lower subfloor perpendicular to the intended finish flooring direction. All joints shall
be staggered 4' and spaced 1/8" (3mm) apart.
3. Install solid blocking at doorways, under bleachers in the stacked positioi�, and below portable
goals.
4. Install Bleacher Blocking per manufacturer's recommendations.
5. Insta(1 the upper subfloor diagonal to the lower subfloor panels staggering joints 4' and spacing
1/8" (3mm) apart. Secure these panels using adhesive(Double Box X patteren) and 1" (25mm)
staples placed 6" (150mm) On Center (O.C.) at panel perimeter and 12" (300mm) O.C.
throughout interior.
Maple Flooring
l. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for adhesive. Trowel on Sportwood adhesive.
Approximately 50 square feet (4.6 square meters) per gallon.
2. Install Sportwood maple flooring in Sporlwood adhesive, laying in specified pattern end to end.
3. Sportwood shall be laid with fine haii•line joints and not driven tightly. Provide 2" (SOmm)
expansion void at perimeter and at all vertical obstructions.
3.3 FLOOR SANDING
A, Machine sand with coarse, medium and fine sandpaper to a smooth, even and uniform surface.
B. After sanding with a drum sander, buff entire floor using 100 grit screenback or equal grit sandpaper,
with a heavy- duty buffing machine.
C. Remove sanding dust from entire surface by tack or vacuum.
3.4 FINISHING
A. Inspect entire area of floor to insure that surface is acceptable for finishing, completely free from
sanding dust and perfectly clean.
B. Apply two seal and two finish coats per manufacturer's instructions.
C. Screenback or steel wool and vacuum or tack between each coat after it dries.
D. Apply game lines accurately after buffing and vacuuming the seal coat(s). Lay out in accordance with
drawings. For game lines use current rules of association(s) having jurisdiction. Lines shall be straight
with sharp edges in colors selected by the architect. Game line paint shall be compatible with finish.
3.5 BASE INSTALLATION
A. Install vent cove base by anchoring to walls with base cement, screws or anchors. Miter all joints at 45-
degree angles. Nail or screw securely into blocking or last board.
B. Miter inside corners, and use premolded outside corners. Double nail corners carefully.
C. Install thresholds as required, anchoring firmly in concrete floor beyond limits of wood flooring.
3.6 CLEANUP
A. Clean up all unused material and debris and remove from premises.
3.7 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION
r�rs � � -,
A. Provide a DVD of proper maintenance instructions.
B. Instruct Ownec's personnel on proper maintenance including: cleaning, expected duration bet��een
refinishing; recomtnended refinishing material and installation guidelines; and education on potential
problems and effects if space isn't maintained within recommended temperature and humidity ranges.
END OF SECTION
09 64 00-5
09 64 00-6
SECTION 09 90 00
PA INTING
*
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section includes surface preparation and field painting of the following:
1. Exposed exterior items and surfaces.
2. Exposed interior items and surfaces.
3. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to
shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 5 Section "Structural Steel" for shop priming structural steel.
2. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for shop priming ferrous metal.
3. Division 8 Section "Steel Doors and Frames" for shop priming steel doors and frames.
4. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for surface preparation for gypsum
board.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D16 apply to this section.
1. Eggshell refers to a low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 5 and 20 when measured
with a 60-degree meter.
2. Satin refers to a low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and 35 when measured
with a 60-degree meter.
3. Full gloss refers to a high-sheen finish with a gloss range higher than 65 when measured
with a 60-degree meter.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each paint system specified. Include block fillers and primers.
1. Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each
material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify
each material by manufacturer's catalog number and coating material proposed for use.
2. Manufacturer's Information: Provide manufacturer's technical information, including
label analysis and instructions for handling, storing and applying each coating material
proposed for use.
3. Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations
controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOC's).
B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors
available for each type of finish-coat material indicated.
1. After color selection, the Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated.
C. Product Data Sheets for each product to be used as required by the U.S.G.B.C. as proof that each
product meets the requirements of either Green Seal's GS-11 or GC-03 documents.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator that has completed painting system
applications similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of
successful in-service performance.
09900 - 1
B. Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers, primers and undercoat materials for each coating syste�n
from the same manufacturer as the finish coats.
1.5 DELNERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's origina(, unopened packages and contaiuers
bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following information:
1. Product name or title of material.
2. Product description (generic classification or binder type).
3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.
4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.
5. Thinning instructions.
6. Application instructions.
7. Color name and number.
8. ,VOC content.
B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum
ambient temperature of 45 degrees F(7 degrees C). Maintain containers used in storage in a clean
condition, fl•ee of foreigu materials and residue.
1. Protect fi•om freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste
daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from
fire and health hazards resulting fi•om handling, mixing and application.
1.6 REFERENCES
A. "Standard Type 1" as defined by the Painting and Decoration Contractors of America's "Modern
Guide to Paint Specifications".
B. Gypsum Association
1. GA 216, Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.
2. GA-214-96, Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish.
C. American Society for Testing and Materials
1. ATSM C 840, Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air
temperatures are between 50 and 90 degrees F(10 and 32 degrees C).
B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding
air temperatures are between 45 and 95 degrees F(7.2 and 35 degrees C).
C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist, or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, or
at temperatures less than 5 degrees F(3 degrees C) above the dew point, or to damp or wet
surfaces.
1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are
enclosed and heated within temperature limits specifed by manufacturer during application and
drying periods.
PART2—PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
09 90 00 -2
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requicements, provide one of the products in the paint
schedules.
B. Manufacturers Names: The following manufacturer is referred to in the paint schedule by use if
shortened versions of the name, which is shown below.
1. Pittsburgh Paints, PPG Industries, Ina
2. Other acceptable manufacturers include: Sherwin Williams; ICI, Benjamin ivloore.
2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, undercoaters, and finish-coat materials that
are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality "professional" paint material of the various
coating types specified. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product
identification will not be acceptable.
1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate co(ors
or materials is nof intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the
exciusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material
data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions.
C. Colors: Provide color matches indicated by reference to manufacturer's color designations.
2.3 CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT BLOCK FILLERS
A. Concrete Masonry Unit Block Fillers: Factory formulated high-performance latex block filiers
1. Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-7 SPEEDHIDE� Interior/ Exterior Masonry Latex Block Filler (28 g/L
VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 6.0 to 12.5 mils.
2. Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-15 SPEEDHIDE� Int./Ext. Acrylic Masonry Block Filler (47.50 g/L
VOC) Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 7.2 mils.
2.4 EXTERIOR PRIMERS
A. Exterior Concrete and Masonry Primer: Factory-formulated alkali-resistant acrylic-latex primer
for exterior application.
1. Pittsburgh Paints�; 4-603 PERMA-CRETE� Interior/Exterior Alkali Resistant Primer
(110 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils
B. Exterior Wood Primer for Acrylic Enamels: Factory-formulated alkyd or latex wood primer for
exterior application.
l. Pittsburgh Paints�; 17-21 SEAL GRIP� Interior/Exterior Acrylic Latex Stain Blocking
Prirrier (96 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils
C. Exterior Ferrous-Metal Primer: Factory-formulated rust-inhibitive metal primer for exterior
application.
l. Pittsburgh Paints�; 90-715 Pitt-Tech� One Pack Interior/Exterior Primer Finish DTM
Industrial Enamel (250 g/L VOC corrosion protection product): Applied at a dry film
thickness of not less than 3.0 mils
D. Exterior Galvanized Metal Primer: Factory-formulated, galvanized metal primer for exterior
application.
1. Pittsburgh Paints�; 90-715 Pitt-Tech� One Pack Interior/Exterior Primer/Finish DTM
Industrial Enamel (250 g/L VOC corrosion protection product): Applied at a dry film
thickness of not less than 3.0 mils
09 90 00 -3
E. EYterior Aluminum Primer under Acrylic Finishes: Factory-formulated acrylic-based metal
primer for exterior application.
1. Pittsburgh Paints�; 90-715 Pitt-Tech� One Pacic Intecior/Exterior Pc•imer/Finish DTM
Indush•ial Enamel (250 g/L VOC corrosion protection product): Applied at a dry film
thickness of not less than 3.0 mils
2.4 INTERIOR PRIMERS
A. Interior Concrete and Masonry Primer: Factoiy-formulated all<ali-resistant acrylio-latex interior
primer for interior application.
1. Pittsburgh Paints0; 4-603 PERMA-CRETE� Interior/Exterior Alkali Resistant Primer
(110 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils
2. Pittsburgh Paints�; 9-2 Pure Performance� Interior Latex Primer Sealer (0 g/L VOC).
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils.
B. Interior Gypsum Board Pi•imer: Factory-formulated latex-based primer for interior application.
1. Pittsburgh Paints�; 4-603 PERMA-CRETE� Interior/Exterior Alkali Resistant Primer
(110 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils
2. Pittsburgh Paints�; 9-2 Pure Performance Interior Latex Primer (0.00 g/L VOC):
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils.
D. Interior Wood Primer for Acrylic-Enamel and Semigloss Alkyd-Enamel Finishes: Factory-
formulated acrylic-latex-based interior wood primer.
1. Pittsburgh Paints�; 17-21 SEAL GRIP� Interior/Exterior Acrylic Latex Stain Blocking
Primer (96 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils
2. Pittsburgh Paints�; 9-2 Pure Performance Interior Latex Primer (0.00 g/L VOC):
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils.
E. Interior Wood Primer for Full-Gloss Enamel Finishes: Factory-formulated acrylic-latex-based
interior wood primer.
1. Pittsburgh Paints�; 17-21 SEAL GRIP� Interior/Exterior Acrylic Latex Stain Blocking
Primer (96 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils
2. Pittsburgh Paints�; 9-2 Pure Performance Interior Latex Primer (0.00 g/L VOC):
Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1,2 mils.
F. Interior Ferrous-Metal Primer: Factory-formulated quick-drying rust-inhibitive alkyd-based metal
primer.
l.. Pittsburgh Paints�; 90-715 Pitt-Tech� One Pack Interior/Exterior Primer/Finish DTM
Industrial Enamel (250 g/L VOC Compliant due to anti-corrosive properties): Applied at
a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils
G. Interior Zinc-Coated Metal Primer: Factory-formulated galvanized metal primer.
1. Pittsburgh Paints�; 90-715 Pitt-Tech� One Pack Interior/Exterior Primer/Finish DTM
Industrial Enamel (250 g/L VOC Compliant due to anti-corrosive properties : Applied at
a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils
2.5 EXTERIOR FINISH COATS
A. Exterior Flat Acrylic Paint: Factory-formulated flat acrylic-emulsion latex paint for exterior
application.
1. Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-610 Series SpeedHide� Exterior House Paint Flat Latex (85.2 g/L
VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils
09 90 00 -4
[3. Exterior Low-Luster Acrylic Paint: Factory-formulated low-sheen (eggshell) acrylic-latex paint
for exterior application.
1. Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-2045 Series SpeedHide� Exterior House & Trim Satin--Acrylic
Latex (128 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil
2. Pittsburgh Paints�; 90-474 Series Pitt-TechO One Pack High Performance Waterborne
Satin DTM Industrial Enamels (227 g/L VOC corrosion protection product): Applied at a
dry filin thickness of not less than 3.0 mils
C. Exterior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: Factory-formulated semigloss waterborne acrylic-latex
enamel for exterior application.
1. Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-900 Series SpeedHide� Exterior House & Trim Semi-Gloss
Acrylic Latex Paint (133 g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5
mils �
D. Exterior Full-Gloss Acrylic Enamel for Concrete, Masonry, and Wood: Factory-formulated full-
gloss waterborne acrylic-latex enamel for exterior application.
1. Pittsburgh Paints�; 90-374 Series Pitt-Tech� One Pack Interior/Exterior High
Performance Waterborne High Gloss DTM Industrial Enamels (191 g/L VOC corrosion
protection product): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils
E. Exterior Full-Gloss Acrylic Enamel for Ferrous and Other Metals: Factory-formulated full-gloss
waterborne acrylic-latex.enamel for exterior application.
l. Pittsburgh Paints�; 90-374 Series Pitt-Tech� One Pack Interior/Exterior High
Performance Waterborne High Gloss DTM Industrial Enamels (191 g/L VOC corrosion
protection product): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils
2.6 INTERIOR FINISH COATS
A. Interior Flat Acrylic Paint: Factory-formulated flat acrylic-emulsion latex paint for interior
application.
1. Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-70 Line SpeedHide� Interior Wall Flat-Latex Paint (30.0 g/L
VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil
2. Pittsburgh Paints�; 9-110 Series Pure Performance� Interior Flat Latex Paint (0.0 g/L
VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils.
B. Interior Flat Latex-Emulsion Size: Factory-formulated flat latex-based interior paint.
1. Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-70 Line SpeedHide� Interior Wall Flat-Latex Paint (30.0 g/L
VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil
2. Pittsburgh Paints�; 9-110 Series Pure Performance� Interior Flat Latex Paint (0.0 g/L
VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils.
C. Interior Low-Luster Acrylic Enamel: Factory-formulated eggshell acrylic-latex interior enamel.
1. Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-411 Series SpeedHide� Eggshell Acrylic Latex Enamel (70.80 g/L
VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.25 mils
2. Pittsburgh Paints�; 9-411 Series Pure Performance� Interior Eggshell Latex Paint (0.0
g/L VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils.
D. Interior Satin Acrylic Enamel: Factory-formulated satin acrylic-latex interior enamel.
1. Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-3511 Series SpeedHide� Satin Acrylic Latex Enamel (82.49 g/L
VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils
E. Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: Factory-formulated semigloss acrylic-latex enamel for
interior application.
Cilf' � � � �
Pittsburgh Paints �t ; 6-500 Series SpeedHide� Interior Semi-Gloss Latex (97.9 g/L
VOC): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil
Pittsburgh Paints�; 9-510 Series Pure Performance0 Interior Semigloss Latex Paint (0.0
g/L VOC): App(ied at a dry film thickness of not less than 13 mils.
Interior Full-Gloss Acrylic Enamel: Factory-formu(ated full-gloss aciylic-latex interior enamel.
1. Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-8534 SpeedHide� Interior Latex 100 Percent Ac�ylic Gloss
Enamels (120 g/L VOC): Applied at a diy film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil
2. Pittsburgh Paints�; 90-374 Pitt-Tech� One Pack Interior/Exterior High Performance
Waterborne High Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel (199.0 g/L VOC. Compliant as an anti-
cori•osive product): Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils
2.7 TAPE AND BED MATERIALS
A. Putty, Fillers, Spackling and Other Surface Preparation Materials: First line quality,
product of reputable manufacturer, specifically formulated for particular applications.
B. Joint Tape: ASTM C 475 or FS SS-J-570, Type II, perforated tape.
C. Joint Compound
1. ASTM C475 or FS SS-J-570, Type I.
2. Acceptable Product
a. Taping Compound: Durabond Joint Compound-Taping, USG.
b. Topping: Joint Compound-All Purpose, USG.
E. Trim Accessories
1. ASTM C 1047 - Rust resistant steel reinforcing components with strong paper tape
factory laminated to its surface to provide superior adhesion of joint compound, textures
and paints while reducing edge cracking, chipping and rusting of drywall trim edges and
corners. Provide "nose coating" on paper tape to resist scuffing and fuzzing from lcnives
and sanding.
2. Products: SHEETROCK Paper Faced Metal Drywall Bead & Trim by USG.
a. Outside Corner Bead: B1W, BLXW or BLXW EL
b. Offset Outside Corner: Bl OS
c. Inside Corner Bead: B2
d. Offset Inside Corner: B2 OS
e. L-Bead: B4 (3/8", 1/2" or 5/8")
f. Reveal : SL (1/2" or 5/8")
g. Bullnose Outside Corner Bead: SLO�
h. Bullnose Offset Outside Corner Bead: SLOC OS
i. Cove Inside Corner: SLIC
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that site environmental conditions are appropriate for application of coatings specified
B. Immediately prior to coating application, ensure that surfaces to receive coatings are dry.
C, Ensure that moisture-retaining substrates to receive coatings have moisture content within
tolerances allowed by coating manufacturer, using moisture measurement techniques
recommended by coating manufacturer.
D. Immediately prior to coating application, examine surfaces to receive coatings for surface
imperfections and for contaminants which could impair performance or appearance of coatings,
09 90 00 -6
including but not liinited to, loose primer, rust, scale, oil grease, mildew, algae, or fungus, stains
or marks, cracks, indentations, or abrasions.
E. Correct the above conditions and any other conditions which could impair performance or
appearance of coatings in accordance with specified surface preparation procedures before
proceeding with coating application.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Do not start work until surfaces to be finished are in proper condition to produce finished surfaces
of uniform, satisfactory appearance.
B. Stains and Marks: Remove completely, if possible, using materials and methods recommended by
coating manufacturer; seal with shellac or other coating acceptable to paint manufacturer stains
and marks that might bleed through paint finishes which caimot be completely removed.
C. Remove or protect hardware, electrical plates, mechanical grilles and louvers, lighting fixture him,
and other items not indicated to receive coatings which are adjacent to surfaces to receive
coatings.
D. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of trisodium phosphate and
bleach. Rinse with clean water and aliow substrate to thoroughly dry.
E. For specific substrate preparation, see individual specifications.
33 GYPSUM BOARD JOINT TREATMENT APPLICATION
A. Prefill
1. Fill "V" grooves formed by abutting rounded edges of board with prefill joint compound.
2. Fill "V" joint flush.
3. Remove excess compound beyond groove and leave clear depression to receive tape.
B. Taping or Embedding Joints
1. Apply compound in thin uniform layer to joints and angles and immediately apply reinforcing
tape centered over joint and seat tape into compound.
2. Leave 1/64" to 1/32" compound under tape to provide bond and skim coat.
3. Fold tape and embed in angles to provide true angles.
C. Filling
1. Apply joint compound over embedding coat and flush with surface.
2. Feather out fill coat beyond tape and previous joint compound line.
3. Do not apply fill coat on interior angles.
D. Finishing
1. Spread joint compound evenly over and beyond fill coat on joints and feather to smooth
uniform finish.
2. Apply finish coat to taped angles to cover tape and taping compound.
3. Sand final application of compound to provide surface ready to decoration.
E. Filling and Finishing Depressions
1. First Fill Coat: Apply joint compound to bead and trim and feather out from ground to plane
of surface.
2. Second Fill Coat: Apply joint compound over dry surface in same manner as first fill coat
extending beyond first coat onto face of board.
3. Finish Coat
a. Apply joint compound over dry fill coat to bead and trim extending beyond second fill
coat.
b. Feather finish coat from ground to provide flat surface ready for decoration.
F. Ridging
09 90 00 -7
i. Do not repair ridging until condition has fully developed.
2. Sand ridges to reinforcing tape without cutting through tape.
3. Fill concave areas on both sides of ridge with topping compound.
4. After fill is dry, blend in topping compound over repaiced areas.
G Fill cracks with compound and finish smooth and flush.
H. * At locations above wall- to wall ceilings fire taping [tape and one bed coat] is acceptable.
*3.3X SURFACE PREPARATION
A. General
1. Clean and dry surface before painting. Remove dirt and dust by brushing with stiff bristle
brush, Remove oil or grease by solvent cleaning, using solvent such as mineral spirits and
wiping with clean rags. Apply rinse of clean solvent.
2. If area to be coated has been subjected to chemical contamination, thoroughly rinse with
water.
3. Apply pi•imer or first coat immediately after surface preparation to prevent contamination of
surface.
B. Wood
1. Clean knots, pitch streaks or visible sap spots free of residue and treat with Knot Sealer.
Apply second coat of sealer no less than two hours after application of first coat.
2. Fill nail holes and other indentations with wood filler after first coat of paint or stain;
matching color of stain or paint. Finish flush with adjacent surfaces. Apply sanding sealer
and allow to dry overnight.
3. Sand surfaces smooth with succession of grits, each one removing sanding marks left by
previous one; finish with 6/0 grit on exposed surfaces. Sand with grain in all instances. Sand
wood surfaces smooth with No. 00 sand paper.
4. Back-Priming: Back-prime wood installed against steel concrete, plaster and masonry and
one coat primer.
C. Gypsum Board
1. Fill narrow, shallow cracks and small holes with spackling compound.
2. Rake deep, wide cracks and deep holes.
3. Dampen with clear water.
4. Fill plaster with thin layers of patching plaster.
5. Fill gypsum board with thin layers of drywall joint compound.
6. Allow to dry.
7. Sand smooth; do not raise nap of paper on wallboard.
D. Zinc Alloy or Galvanized Metal Work: Clean with mineral spirits and wash with acetic acid.
E. Shop-Coated Metal Work: Remove foreign matter and clean thoroughly. Spot prime abraded
areas with proper primer. Verify compatibility of coating with primer prior to application.
F. Ferrous Metal Work: Clean metal surfaces not provided with prime coat or rust, mill scale, grease
and foreign matter. Aggregate blast or wire brush rusted areas to base metal.
G. Concrete and Concrete Block
1. Cure: Concrete must be cured prior to coating application. "Cured" is defined as concrete
poured and aged at a material temperature of at least 75 degrees F. for at least 30 days.
2. Moisture: Concrete must be free from moisture as much as possible. Check the moisture
content in concrete by taping an asphalt tile on the surface, sealing all edges. After 48 hours
09 90 00 -8
remove and e�:amine the backside for moisture condensation and inspect the concrete surface
for darkened areas. The source of the moisture, if present, must be located, and the cause
corrected prior to coating.
3. Temperature: Air, surface, and material temperatures must be at least 55 degrees F. for 24
hours prior to, during and after coating application.
4. Contamination: Remove all grease, dirt, paint, oil, tar, glaze, laitance, efflorescence, loose
mortar and cement by power or hand tool cleaning, or by solvent cleaning. Vacuum or blow
down and remove dust and loose particles from surface.
5. Surface Condition: Hollow areas, bug holes; honeycombs, voids, fins, form marks, and all
protrusions or rough edges are to be ground or stoned to provide a smooth continuous surface
of suitable texture for proper adhesion of the coating, Imperfections may require filling with
Masonry Patch and Filler.
6. Concrete Treatment: Verify that coatings are compatible with hardeners, sealers, form release
agents, curing compounds and other concrete treatments before beginning work.
3.4 APPLICATION
A. Do not mix open containers until required for use. Thoroughly mix paint before application to
maintain pigment in suspension.
B. Do not thin paint in excess of printed directions of manufacturer. Do not allow caking or setting of
pigment into hard mass.
C. Apply paint uniformly without visible labs, sags, curtains, holidays or objectionable brushmarks.
Exercise area so that paint does not splatter on surfaces not to be painted. Mask and cut in
between different colors.
D. Insure that primer and intermediate coats of paint are unscarred and completely integral at time of
application of each coat. Allow sufficient time between coats to ensure proper drying.
E. Sand between coats on wood and metal surfaces prior to application of succeeding coats.
F. Spray all doors and door frames.
G. Remove doors for painting tops and bottoms. Finish top and bottom edges of doors same as faces,
after fitting. Paint edges of doors same as faces, after fitting. Paint edges of doors occurring
between rooms or spaces having different finishes same as room or space from which they are
visible when door is in partly opened position.
H. Mechanical and Electrical Items �
1. Paint exposed items, including pipes, conduits, panels, boxes, grilles, registers, diffusers and
rooftop items, unless factory prefnished.
2. Paint items same color as adjoining surface, unless otherwise directed. Use color as directed
where adjacent surfaces do not require painting.
3. Do not paint nameplates, tags or other identifying devices which will be needed for future
equipment identification.
4. Paint surfaces inside ducts, diffusers and other mechanical openings flat black to at least 12"
back from opening.
I. Match final coat of paint in color, tint and hue with color samples approved by Architect.
Architect reserves the right to make revisions within standard color range of each type paint prior
to final coat being applied.
09 90 00 -9
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. When painting is to be started, manufacturer whose materials have been approved for use shall
furnish competent technical assistance to ensure that mate►•ials at•e being applied properly.
Manufacturer's assistance shall be available at all times until completion of work.
B, Each coat must be inspected and approved before application of succeeding specified coat.
C. Clean application equipment at least daily and more frequently if conditions warrant.
3.6 CLEANING AND TOUCH-UP
A. Make detailed inspection of paint work and touch-up abraded, stained or otherwise disfigured
surfaces or refinish as required.
B. Carefully remove splatterings, spots and blemishes caused by painting fi�om surfaces throughout
project.
C. Remove extra material from jobsite and leave building and grounds in neat, clean finished
condition.
3.7 APPLICATION
A. Apply paint products in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Do not apply
coatings to surfaces that are not dry.
B. Apply each coat to uniform thickness and finish in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,
with each coat slightly darker than preceding coat. Allow each coat to dry thoroughly before
applying next coat.
C. Remove dust and other foreign materials from substrate immediately prior to applying each coat.
3.8 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE
A. Concrete, Stucco, and Masonry (Other Than Concrete Unit Masonry): Provide the following
finish systems over exterior concrete, stucco, and brick masonry substrates:
1. Flat Acrylic Finish:
a. Primer: Pittsburgh Paints�; 4-603 Perma-Crete� Ind Ext Alkali Resistant
Primer (110 g/L VOC); 1.2 to 1.5 Dry Mils.
b. Intermediate: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-610 Series SpeedHide� Exterior Flat Acrylic
Latex (85.2 g/L VOC); 1.0 to 1.2 Dry Mils.
� c. Finish Coat: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-610 Series SpeedHide� Exterior Flat Acrylic
Latex (85.2 g/L VOC); 1.0 to 1.2 Dry Mils.
B. Concrete Unit Masonry: Provide the following finish systems over exterior concrete unit
masonry:
1. Low-Luster Acrylic Finish:
a. Primer: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-7 SpeedHide� Int/Ext Masonry Block Filler
Latex (28 g/L VOC); 4.8 to 14 Dry Mils.
b. Intermediate: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-2045 Series SpeedHide� Exterior Satin
Acrylic Latex (128 g/L VOC); 0.8 to 1.1 Dry Mils.
09 90 00 -10
a Finish Coat: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-2045 Series SpeedHide� Exterior Satin
Acrylic Latex (128 g/L VOC); 0.8 to 1.1 Dry Mils.
C. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior feirous metal. Primer is not
required on shop-primed items.
1. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish:
a. Primer: Pittsburgh Paints�; 90-715 Pitt-Tech� Int/Ext Primer/ Finish DTM
Industrial Enamel (250 g/L VOC compliant as anti-corrosive
product); 2.0 to 3.0 Dry Mils.
b. Intermediate: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-900 Series SpeedHide� Exterior House and
Trim Semi-gloss Acrylic Latex (133 g/L VOC); 1.0 to 1.2 Dry Mils.
c. Finish Coat: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-900 Series SpeedHide� Exterior House and
Trim Semi-gloss Acrylic Latex (133 g/L VOC); 1.0 to 1.2 Dry Mils.
D. Zino-Coated Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior zinc-coated metai surfaces:
1. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish:
a. Primer: Pittsburgh Paints�; 90-715 Pitt-Tech� Int/Ext Primer/ Finish DTM
Industrial Enamel (250 g/L VOC compliant as anti-carrosive
product); 2.0 to 3.0 Dry Mils.
b. Intermediate: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-900 Series SpeedHide� Exterior House and
Trim Semi-gloss Acrylic Latex (133 g/L VOC); 1.0 to 1.2 Dry Mils.
c. Finish Coat: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-900 Series SpeedHide� Exterior House and
Trim Semi-gloss Acrylic Latex (133 g/L VOC); 1.0 to 1.2 Dry Mils.
3.9 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE
A. Concrete and Masonry (Other Than Concrete Unit Masonry): Provide the following paint systems
over interior concrete and brick masonry substrates:
1. Low-Luster Acrylic Finish:
a. Primer: Pittsburgh Paints�; 4-603 Perma-Crete� Ind Ext Alkali Resistant
Primer (110 g/L VOC); 1.2 to 1.5 Dry Mils.
b. Intermediate: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-411 Series SpeedHide� Interior Enamel
Eggshell Latex (70.80 g/L VOC); 1.0 to 1.3 Dry Mils.
c. Finish Coat: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-411 Series SpeedHide� Interior Enamel
Eggshell Latex (74.4 g/L VOC); 1.0 to 1.3 Dry Mils.
B. Concrete Masonry Unit: Provide the following finish systems over interior concrete masonry:
1 Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish:
a. Primer: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-7 SpeedHide� Int/Ext Masonry Block Filler
Latex (28 g/L VOC); 4.8 to 14 Dry Mils.
b. Intermediate: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-500 Series SpeedHide� Interior Semi-gloss
Acrylic Latex (97.9 g/L VOC); 0.9 to 1.2 Dry Mils.
c. Finish Coat: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-500 Series SpeedHide� Interior Semi-gloss
Acrylic Latex (97.9 g/L VOC); 0.9 to 1.2 Dry Mils.
C. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces:
l. Satin Acrylic Enamel Finish:
a. Primer: Pittsburgh Paints�; 4-603 Perma-Crete� Int/ Ext Alkali Resistant
Primer (110 g/L VOC); 1.2 to 1.5 Dry Mils.
b. Intermediate: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-3511 Series SpeedHide� Interior Satin
Acrylic Latex (82.49 g/L VOC); 0.9 to 1.2 Dry Mils.
c. Finish Coat: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-3511 Series SpeedHide� Interior Satin
Acrylic Latex (82.49 g/L VOC); 0.9 to 1.2 Dry Mils.
09 90 00 -1 1
D. Wood and Hardboard: Provide the following paint finish systems over new interior wood
surfaces:
1. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish:
a. Primer: Pittsburgh Paints�; 17-21 Seal Grip� Int/ Ext Acrylic Latex Stain
Blocking Primer (96 g/L VOC); 1.2 to 1.5 Diy Mils.
b. Intermediate: Pittsbuigli Paints�; 6-500 Series SpeedHide� Interior Semi-gloss
Acrylic Latex (97.9 g/L VOC); 0.9 to 1.2, Dry Mils.
c. Finish Coat: Pittsburgh Paints0; 6-500 Series SpeedHide� Interior Semi-gloss
Actylic Latex (97.9 g/L VOC); 0.9 to 1.2 Dry Mils.
E. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over ferrous metaL•
1. Semigloss Aciylic-Enamel Finish:
a. Primer: Pittsburgh Paints0; 90-715 Pitt-TechO Int/Ext Primer/ Finish DTM
Industrial Enamel (250 g/L VOC compliant as anti-corrosive
product); 2.0 to 3.0 Dry Mils.
b. Intermediate: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-500 Series SpeedHide� Interior Semi-gloss
Acrylic Latex (97.9 g/L VOC); 0.9 to 1.2 Dry Mils.
c. Finish Coat: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-500 Series SpeedHide� Interior Semi-gloss
Acrylic Latex (97.9 g/L VOC); 0.9 to 1,2 Dry Mils.
2.* Painted Metal at Exposed Structure/ Deck in Tall Dry Spaces - over 16' high
(Waterbourne Acrylic Dryfall- Flat White SW B42W00001)
a. At Steel lst Coat:. DTM Acrylic Primer/Finish 2.5-5.0 mils DFT (63-125
microns)
2nd and 3rd Coats: Waterborne Acrylic Dry Fall 3.0-4.5 mils DFT
(75-112)
b. At Clean [no rust] Galvanized Steel
2 Coats: Waterborne Acrylic Dry Fall 3.0-4.5 (75-112)
F. Zinc-Coated Metal: Provide the following finish systems over interior zinc-coated metal surfaces:
1. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish:
a. Primer: Pittsburgh Paints�; 90-715 Pitt-Tech� Int/Ext Primer/ Finish DTM
Indush•ial Enamel (250 g/L VOC compliant as anti-corrosive
product); 2.0 to 3.0 Dry Mils.
b. Intermediate: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-500 Series SpeedHide� Interior Semi-gloss
Acrylic Latex (9'7.9 g/L VOC); 0.9 to 1.2 Dry Mils.
c. Finish Coat: Pittsburgh Paints�; 6-500 Series SpeedHide� Interior Semi-gloss
Acrylic Latex (97.9 g/L VOC); 0,9 to 1.2 Dry Mils.
G. Colors
1, Reference Room Finish Schedule; color as selected.
END OF SECTION
09.90 00 -12
10 00 00
MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Provide items as outlined below. Scope of Work includes blocking as specified in Section 06100.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who
are completely familiar with the requirements and the methods needed for proper installation of the work
of this Section.
1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the Owner furnished items before, during and after
installation.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Meeting ASTM-E84 Class I rating.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 LOUVERS: Construction Specialties Model RS-7315 louvers with interior mounted insect screen and sill
extension. Or by Ruskin. Powder coated finish, unless noted otherwise.
2.2 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS: J.L. Industries , Larsen, or Potter Roemer. Extinguisher to be 10
pound ABC, UL-4A-60BC, Larsen MP10; wall bracket B2 at locations noted "FE"; cabinet at "FEC" to be
Larsen's Vertical Duo with clear tempered glass, 2409-R2. Mount top of cabinet at 5'-0", unless noted
otherwise, with a projecting sign (Larson PTD-182 or equal) above. Provide at locations shown on drawings
and min. at all electric rooms and elevator equipment rooms. If not shown on drawings provide min. 1 for each
3000 square feet of gross building space. At Data Room(s) provide a Type FE-36 extinguisher and wall
bracket.
2:3 KNOX BOX: Provide and install a Knox Company, Newport Beach, CA Model 3200 Knox Box [recessed]
outside Doors 101A & 120A.
2.4*ADa SHOWER MATS: Provide shower mats and entry transition ramp; Turtle Tiles (440-282-8008) 12"x12"x3/4"
interlocking recycled PVC tiles; cut to fit tight to walls, remove any tabs necessary; 12"x2"edge ramp; provide
at all sho�+�ers and entry to shower area. Color for all pieces: deep gray.
2.5 SPLASH BLOCKS: Provide precast concrete splash blocks at all overflow and roof drains and scuppers that
empty onto landscaping or roofing (unless mow strip is provided per drawings); 20" x 36". Recess into grade.
2.6 ROLLING WINDOW SHADES:
MechoShade, manually operated, iJNO; slimline bracket; ThermoVeil fabric, weave as selected by Architect;
pockets or valance. Other acceptable manufacturers: Draper or Vimco.
10 00 00-1
2.7 MOTORIZED SHADES: Mechoshades 'Electroshades' systems with room darkening (blackout) and/or
sunshade fabric and accessories as indicated. Provide with all pocket, fascia, and trim accessories as necessary
for a complete and professionally finished appearance. Color(s) of such to be selected by Architect from
manufacturer standard line. Provide and coordinate complete installation, including installation of controllers,
switches and photocells; provide coordination with electrical for power. Motors shall be 120VAC, HO Hz, 2.0
amps. Conh•oller shall be 120VAC, 60 Hz. 12.2 A max. Wire sizes per manufacturer recommendations- and no
less than code requirements.
A. Sunshade operation to be via solar-activated timer with wall device override. Photocell to be mounted
on the roof side of the parapet, out of public view, facing the direction of the window wall; initial
programming shall be keep shade in down position until photocell is shaded for at least 5 minutes; up
until in sun for at least 20 seconds. Controller shall have variable setting to allow for seasonal
adjustment of light intensity. Basis of design for fabric is Thermoveil Series 0900, color(s) as selected.
Also refer to Drawings.
B. Room darkening operation to be via wall switch. Provide all accessories and trims as necessary.
C. Where sunshade and room darkening operations are called for, dual roller systems are intended.
Operation shall remain as specified above for each roller.
D. All rollers along a common wall, within individual rooms, shall operate together.
E. Submittals: Provide complete and product data and shop drawings illustrating devices and accessories
in proper configurations for the conditions called for. Provide fabric samples for selection.
F. Other acceptable manufacturers: Draper.
2.8 CORNERGUARDS: Full height with closure caps where appropriate, Start at top of base.
A. Plastic: Construction Specialties, Acrovyn surface-mounted SSM-20 and SSM-25,. matte finish with
color(s) as selected.
B. Flush-mount stainless: Inpro Corporation, Type 430, 3" width, satin finish.
C. Surface-mount stainless: Inpro Corporation, Type 430, Model 180, satin finish.
2.9*AD4 BIKE RACKS: c•eference 11 48 00 — Athletic Equipment
2.10* ROLL-DOWN PROJECTION SCREENS:
A. Ceiling Mount: Draper Access E Series. Motorized. 16:10 format, greenguard matt white. Sizes and
locations as indicated. Verify drop lengths with ceiling conditions. Forward projection as shown on
drawings. Screens are OFCI, Controlled by A/V system provided by others. Contractor to coordinate
Work with Owner's A/V contractor.
1. Meeting Rooms: #104309L, 109" diagonal.
2.11 *SAFE: Provide a C-rated Depository Drop Safe with single door, location to be decided by owner. Brown
Safe Manufacturing, San Marcos, CA. [www.brownsafe.com] Model C 2418 [24"H x 18"W x 16"D]. Securely
anchor to floor. Coordinate installation and hinge side of door with millwork; color as selected from standard
colors. `
2.12 BALLET BARS: pouble wall-mounted ballet bars, continuous length of the wall, or as shown on the
drawings, Maple finish, Gibson Gymnastics M-02135 [www.gibsongymnastics.com]
2.13 *BULLETIN BOARD: Claridge Classic Style Cabinet 1026, clear anodized aluminum finish. Provide with
black Claridge cork interior and tempered glass. Provide (2) two 24x36" boards at locations selected by client.
Approved equal: Newline Products.
2.14 *MARKER BOARDS: Claridge Series 8, LCS, factory framed, extruded aluminum with clear satin anodized
finish. Provide full width chalk tray with ends filed smooth; display rail with cork inserts, end stops and two (2)
hook/clips per board; one set of 4 pens and eraser for each. Provide trim as shown at jambs. At top and bottom
edges provide #507-2 mounting angle clips @ 24" o.c. (or at studs) and #16A spotting adhesives behind all
boards. Provide (5) two 24x36" boards at locations selected by client. Approved equal: Newline Products.
10 00 00-2
PART 3 EXECUTION
3 .1 INSTALLATION
A. Install per manufacturer's recommendations.
B. All applications to be true and plumb.
END OF SECTION
10 00 00-3
105000
LOCKERS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 Section Includes
A. Furnish all labor, materials, services and equipment required in conjunction with or properly incidental
to the insta(lation of plastic lockers, benches and storage cubicles as described hei•ein.
1.02 Quality Assurance
A. Uniformity: Provide each type of locker as produced by a single manufacturer, including necessary
mounting accessories, fittings, and fastenings.
1.03 Submittals
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for locker units.
B. Samples: Submit color samples on squares of same substrate and finish materials to be used for
fabrication of lockers.
C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for lockers, verifying dimensions affecting locker installations.
Show lockers in detail, method of installation, fillers, trim, base, and accessories. Include locker
numbering sequence infarmation.
D. Warranty: Executed copies of manufacturers standard warranties.
1. Plastic lockers: Minimum 20 years against rust, delamination or breakage.
2. Phenolic lockers: Minimum 10 year material, 2 year workmanship/labor, including outdoor
installation.
1.04 Job Conditions
A. Do not deliver lockers until building is enclosed and temperature and humidity conti•olled.
B. Protect from damage during delivery, handling, storage, and installation.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers
*A. Plastic lockers: Mills, A Bradley Corporation; Comtec Industries, Summit.
*B. Phenolic lockers: Design-Tec, Summit.
2.02 Materials at plastic lockers
A. Sides, shelves, tops and bottoms shall be made from polymer resin formed under high pressure to solid
plastic components 3/8" thick with a homogeneous color.
B. Doors shall be made from polymer resin formed under high pressure to a solid plastic component '/2"
thick with a homogeneous color.
10 50 00-1
C. Door fi-ames shall be constructed from polymer resins formed under high pressure to a solid plastic
component'h" thick with a homogeneous color.
D. Material testing: All solid plastic components shall resist deterioration and discoloration when subjected
to the following chemicals:
Acetic Acid80% Hydrochforic Acid 40%
Ammonium Phosphate Hydrogen Peroxide 30%
Acetone Isopropyl Alcohol
Bleach 12% Lactic Acid 25%
Ammonia Liquid Nicotine
Brine Lime Sulfur
Borax Soaps
Citric Acid Potassium Bromide
Caustic Soda Trisodium Phosphate
Copper Chloride Sodium Bicarbonate
Chlorine Water Urea and Urine
Core Oils Vinegar
(Testing in accordance with corrosion-testing procedure established by The United States Plastic
Corporation.)
E. Continuous latch shall provide a finger-slide latching mechanism that is capable of accepting a padlock
and is securely fastened to the door. Latch mechanism shall be attached to the entire length of the
door, providing a continuous security latch.
F. Door hinge shall be continuous and integrate into the full length of the door and main locker body,
made entirely from plastic without any steel or metal parts.
G. Coat hooks shall be made from solid plastic and attached with interlocking dovetails. Provide two per
opening. -
H. FINISH shall be commercial grade smooth for tops, bottoms, side walls, shelves and frames, in the
color white. Doors shall have a slightly textured finish to reduce marring and be from the
manufacturer's standard colors. �
I. Venting shall occur at door face only; not between lockers; designed to take advantage of natural air
convection.
J. Size: As designated on the drawings, if not designate provide Single and Double Tier, 72" high by 12"
wide
K. Base: Provide manufactured 4" high base of matching plastic, reinforced as required.
L. Benches: Provide benches of coordinated plastic with aluminum or stainless steel bases, securely
anchored to structure.
M. Sloping tops to match doors.
N. Filler Panels: Provide filler panels where indicated, to provide continuous infill of spaces, corners, tops,
etc.
2.03 Materials at Solid Phenolic Lockers
A. Phenolic Composite Components
1. Decorative papers impregnated with melamine resin on faces and integrally compression molded
with a core consisting of solid phenolic impregnated kraft paers utilizing a proprietary process.
2. UV-stabilized finish (specification basis is Trespa Meteon material).
3. Colors and patterns as selected from manufacturers full line of colors.
10 50 00-2
B, Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167, Type 304
C. Locker Body and Doors: Locker side panels of 3/8" [lOmm] thick solid phenolic composite panels with
rough matte finish. All shelves, tops and bottoms made of %z" thick solid phenolic, and have dual
ventilation slots. Backs of min. '/4" thick solid phenolic. Lockers designed to be water resistand and
t•ustproof inside and out.
1. Provide a secure, but wei ventilated door face for maximum air flow.
2. Venting shall occur at doar face only; not between lockers; designed to take advantage of natural
air convection. Provide maximum ventilation possible within manufactw•er's full line of options.
D. Locking System: Hasp prepared for padlock.
E. Accessories: top hook and two side wall hooks. Provide end and filler panels [including exposed
backs] of %2" solid phenolic with the same construction as the locker body.
F. Height: 713�4��.
G. Locker ldentification: Inlaid solid stainless steel disc.
H. Base: '/a" solid phenolic.
2.04 ACCESSIBILITY
A. At each locker area provide at least one accessibie locker, and a minimum of 5% of each type utilized.
1. Lockers shall be located where they have a clear floor space in front of the accessible locaker(s) at
least 30 inches wide by 48" deep.
2. The locker shall be modified to have the bottom of the locker no lower than 9" AFF and with
shelves no higher than 48" AFF at shallow lockers and 54" AFF at lockers 12" deep.
3. Provide a tactile accessibility sign.
4. Operation of door shall be by lever type handle [Para. 4.27.4] - with padlock locking capability.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 Preparation
A. Field Measurements
1. Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication of special
components, when possible, to ensure proper fitting of work.
2. Allow for adjustment and fitting of trim and filler panels wherever taking of field measurements
before fabrication might delay work.
3.02 Installation
A. Instali lockers at locations shown in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for plumb, level, rigid,
and flush installation.
B. Space fastenings as recommended by manufacturer, and apply through back-up reinforcing plates where
necessary to avoid distortion; conceal fasteners insofar as possible.
C. Install trim, base, and filler panels where indicated, using concealed fasteners to provide flush, hairline
joints against adjacent surfaces.
3.03 Adjust anci Clean
10 50 00-3
A. Adjust doors and latches to operate easily without binding.
B. Verify that integral locking devices are operating properly.
C. Touch-up marred finishes, replace units which cannot be restored to factory-finished appearance.
D. Use only materials and procedures recommended or fui•nished by locker manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
10 50 00-4
114500
APPLIANCES
PARTl GENERAL
1.01 Description
A. Provide, store and install built-in and free standing residentia( appliances.
1.02 Submittals
A. Submit product data including descriptive literature with dimensional information, installation
instructions and color options for Architect's selection.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 Equipment
A. *Ice Maker: Summit BIM44ADA
1. Storage Capacity: 241bs.
B. Refrigerator/Freezer: Frost free Energy Star 22.7 cu. ft. bottom fi•eezer drawer with icemaker. Provide
with "C1eanSteel" finish. Coordinate hinge-side with room layout. GE model GDSL3KCY, or equal.
C. Washer/Dryer: 7.4 cubic foot electric dryer, 3.6 cubic foot electric washer. Provide with "White"
finish. . Maytag models Bravo X MVWX700XW and Bravo X MEDX700XW, or equal.
D. *Oven/Range: Electric self cleaning 5.3 cu ft oven with smooth, radiant cooktop surface. Provide
stainless steel finish. GE 30" Free-Standing Electric Range: Model# JB640SRSS, or equal.
E. *Range Hood: Energy-Star rated, 2-speed exhaust hood. Provide stainless steel finish. GE 30" Energy
Star Qualified Ventilation Hood: Model# JVE40ST
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 Installation
A. Follow manufacturer's recommended installation procedures.
1. Provide insulated wrap at all condensate to drain lines.
END OF SECTION
11 45 00-i
11 45 00-2
11 48 00
ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Furnish all labor, materials, services and equipment required in conjunction with or properly
incidental to the complete insfallation of athletic equipment described herein and/or as shown on
the Drawings.
B. Related Sections
1. Division 5: Structural and Miscellaneous Steel.
2. Section 09 64 00: Wood Athletic Flooring.
3. Section 09 90 00: Painting.
4. Division 26: Electrical.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's descriptive product data and installation instructions.
B. Shop Drawings
1. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300.
2. Submit plans, elevations, sections and details of equipment. Show required services by size and
location. Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions.
3. Submit operating and maintenance instructions for each item of equipment.
4. Complete plan and wiring diagrams as necessary to coordinate control systems with electrical
rough-in. Provide prior to initiation of gym wall construction.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer shall have been in the business of making athletic equipment for a min. of 4 years.
B. Installation of athletic equipment to be supervised by someone who has worked on similar type projects
for a minimum of 3 years.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products in manufacturer's undamaged protective containers.
B. Do not deliver athletic system until building is completely enclosed.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANIJFACTURERS, subject to matching the requirements stated herein;
11 48 00-1
A. Basketball backstops; volleyball equipment; wall mats, contro(s.
1. Draper
2. Porter
3. Aalco
* 4. ADP/Lemco
B. Basketball/ Volleyball Scoreboards.
1. Naden
2. Daktronics.
3. Nevco
4. Sportable Scoreboards
C. Bicycle Racks
*AD41. RPB
*nD4 2. Dero
2.2 ELECTRICALLY OPERATED CEILING SUSPENDED FORWARD FOLDING BASKETBALL
BACKSTOP
A. Backstop Model: Draper EZ Fold 503136 Downsize Rectangular Glass Conversion Backboard
1. Backboard shall be 42" x 72". Backboard frame shall be of a heavy, brushed alu mi num extrusion
for maximum durability. Extruded frame section shall be of high tensile aluminum (6063-TS).
Ends of frame extrusions to be mitered and fi tted with a fl ush, plated steel gusset type mounting
brack et on all four corners, incorporating keyhole slots for mounting the backboard to the support
structure. Entire frame including goal mounting struc ture fi tted with shock absorbing neoprene
material to cushion and protect the glass section.
2. Goal mounting structure of a heavy, formed steel assembly which is secured to the lower
horizontal frame member to minimize stress on the glass section. Special steel sleeves provided at
the goal mounting hole locations secure rear structure to front mounting plate, forming a unitized
as sem bly to minimize shock to the glass. En tire frame in clud ing goal mount ing structure fi tted
with a shock absorbing neo prene material to cushion and protect the glass section. Goal mount
structure provided with four holes (7/16") to secure backboard and goal to an optional direct
mount "goal brace" feature which relieves all stress and shock on the backboard conforming to the
latest NCAA Rules (BR-73, D-5).
3. Glass shall be'/z" thick, fully tempered (heat-treated) glass section with uniform load and impact
strength. Official white border and target area is "fired in" permanently on front side of glass
section so that it cannot wear away.
4. Goal mounting holes (4) to be on standard 5" (horizon tal) x 5" (vertical) mount ing centers.
Draper, Inc. No 503040 180° tube-tie breakaway goal.
5. Backboard shall have a lifetime limited warranTy when installed on an EZ Fold basketball
backstop.
*AD36. Provide Optional 5032XX Backboard Safety Padding. Padding shall protect the bottom and 15"
up each side of the backboard to meet all NCAA, NFSHSA, and professional requirements. �
Padding shall be of a durable neutral gray, open cell foam material providing a fu112" thickness
from the bottom and sides of the backboard frame. The front and back surfaces of the backboard
frame shall be further protected by a 1" thick lip extending'/n" up from bottom and sides of
backboard. Padding shall be permanently bolted to the backboard frame.
7. Provide motorized rim height adjusters, as appropriate for specified backstop. Height from 8' to
10'; key switch with coverplate [coordinate mounting locations so you can see the height scale for
each goal].
8. Raising goal and backboards via Smart touch [manufacturer's wireless] system.
B. Goal: DRAPER Mode1503040 180° tube-tie breakaway goal.
1. Goal is designed to withstand shock loads due to a player slam dunking and/or hanging on the rim.
The rim shall deflect down when a static load of 230 pounds is applied from front, sides or
11 48 00-2
anywhere between. The rim assembly floats on chromium ball bearings for smooth any direction
flexibility. The rim wili return to the playing position .once the load is removed. The function of
the breakaway goal shall meet NCAA specifications, which state: "A movable basket ring shall
have rebound characteristics identical to those of a nonanovable ring." Goal shail be set at factory
for proper flex and rebound requirements. This goal features Draper's easy-adjust system, which
allows the end-user to adjust the breakaway point to conform to latest NCAA recommendations.
Goal features tube-tie net attachment, which consists of a series of small tubes welded below the
rim and a 1/8" nylon cord which passes through the tubes, catching the net loops between the
tubes. The tube-tie provides superior strength and a smooth attachment system for ma�cimum
player safety. Rim shall be fabricated from a 5/8" diameter steel rod formed into an 18" inside
diameter ring. Inside of ring shall be positioned 6" from the face of backboard by a heavy-duty
mounting plate with mounting holes centered to match 5" x 5" or 5" x 4" backboard mounting
holes. Goal will mount on standard glass, fiberglass, and wood banks.
Rim shall be rigidly braced by means of die cut steel braces formed and welded to underside of
rim for maximum support. Goal shall be powder coated in an official darable orange powder coat.
Goal shall be furnished with zinc plated mounting hardware. Goal provided with white nylon
Anti-Whip Net. The top half of the anti-whip net is made of durable fibers encased in tough 100°/a
nylon, preventing the net from whipping up on the rim. The lower half is all nylon.
C. Drop Frame.
1. Vertical front drop frame assembly center strut shall consist of a main, center mast of 6-5/8" O.D.
heavy wall structural steel tube with diagonal side sway braces of 2-3/8" O.D. structural pipe. Top
horizontal mast, hinge spreader to be of a heavy 4" structural channel to form a rigid, back to back
triangular design. Goal shall mount directly through bank and into a heavy structural steel
weldment center strut which shall be clamped to the vertical 6-5/8" O.D. center support to
eliminate any strain on bank should a player hang on the front mounted goal (conform to the latest
NCAA rules.)
2. Center strut shall be suspended by special adjustable hangers to provide for precise plumbing of
frame during installation. Support hangers shall be offset 2" behind center line of center strut to
properly weight lock unit in playing position without the use of ropes, latches or springs.
3. Backstop to operate with a 1-7/8" O.D. front brace assembly with folding knee joint. Knee joint
to be adjustable for ease of installation and field adjustment. Knee joint locks backboard in
playing position by means of a torsion spring and is easily disengaged by upward force of hoist
cable.
4. Backstop shall be supported from 3-1/2" O.D. pipe anchored to roof framing members by means
of heavy-formed steel support fittings. Each attachment to building roof fi•aming must be capable
of supporting a load exceeding 10,000 pounds with sufficient attachment points to acquire a 60:1
safety factor for support of entire backstop support system. Superstructure pipes to be reinforced
with special bridging or bracing when truss centers exceed spans of 14'-0".
5. *Backstop shall be provided Porter 706, '/z HP electric winch, or approved alternate. Hoist cable
shall be min. '/4" diameter galvanized aircraft cable with 7,000 Ib. Ultimate breaking strength.
Swivel pulley shall be furnished with a 4" diameter cast (ductile iron) pulley sheave with a
maintenance free, oil-impregnated bearing for proper hoist cable routing to winch. Pulley
assembly and attachment to 3-1/2" O.D, support structure shall be rated at a minimum 9,000
pound load rating.
1. All metal parts shall be painted one (1) coat of flat black enamel.
D. Electric Winch: %: H.P.
1. Winch shall be worm gear type, designed to hold backstop at any position when raising or
lowering. Winch housing, base cable drum and bracket are machined from high strength
aluminum alloy. The worm is machined from high strain tempered steel bar. All surfaces of the
worm shaft are ground and the worm teeth and seal surfaces are polished after grinding for the
utmost in e�ciency and sealing capabilities. Worm shaf� shall turn in sealed, precision thrust
bearings. The shaft shall also be sealed by an additional seal on the outside of the sealed bearings.
2. Worm gear shall be machined from high strength forged bronze alloy for exceptional wearability
and long life characteristics.
11 48 00-3
3. The worm and gear set to run in an oil bath within main shaft housing which is completely sealed
by the worm shaft weal, and by a double lip seal around the polished cable drum shaft where it
enteis the housing. This unit is filled with oil at factory and sealed.
4. Winch to be operated mechanically by means of a%z H.P. (9AMP) capacitor type 60 cycle, 115
volt, single phase electric motor with automatic thermal overload protection manufactured to
NEMA speciftcations. The motor shall drive the winch by means of a connecting V-belt and
sprockets. The motor shall be controlled by a special dual keyed, flush wall mounted momentary
key switch which cannot be instantly reversed, providing a safety provision so as not to damage
motor or winch. Switch assembly shail be furriished with a 4-1/2" square stainless steel cover
plate for mounting in a masonry wall box by the electrical contractor.
5. Drum shall be mechanicaily interconnected to a special rotary counting Up-Down limit switch
assembly which shall be mounted and pre-wired to motor as an integral part of the winch. Limit
switch shall be furnished in a special, extruded aluminum housing with continuous slots for
adjusting 20 amp. Micro switches (2) to precisely limit the up and down operation of the winch.
Winch shall be pre-wired with a 6'-0" Ig. Neoprene covered cable with twist-lock grounded type
plug attached. Matching flange type receptacle shall be mounted in 4" square box cover.
6. Under no-load conditions, RPM of drum is 11.5, RPM of motor is 1725.
7. Hoisting capacity ofNo. 00706-000'/2 H.P. winch is 1200 pounds.
8. Wiring of all electrical components shall be in accordance with local area codes, and in
accordance with manufacturer" instructions.
9. All conduit, wiring, junction boxes and components not specified herein shail be furnished and
installed by the electrical contractor.
2.3 FOLD- UP GYMNASIUM DIVIDER CURTAIN
. A. Curtain.
1. Lower section of curtain shall be solid vinyl coated poly es ter (avg. 18 oz. or 22 oz. per square
yard as required). Flamma bility rated as self- ex tin guish ing by the California State Fire Code
and Class A Rated in accordance with requirements of NFPA-101. All seams to be electronically
welded with a 1" full contact weld. Outer edge hems shall be triple turned with double welds. A
pocket shall be formed along the bottom edge of the curtain to ac com mo date a 15/8" diameter
round batten for curtain sup port.
2. Upper section of curtain shall be avg. 9 oz. per square yard vinyl coated polyester mesh.
Flammability rated as self extinguishing by the California State Fire Code and Class A Rated in
accordance with requirements of NFPA-101. Color shall be chosen from four standard (white,
' yellow, red, blue & black weave) as selected by the architect. Use vinyl fabric, in triple thickness
and double welded to the top edge of the mesh, to form a 6" wide pocket to ac com mo date a
15/8" diameter round batten for curtain support.
3. Suspension from roof support member must be accom plished with clamp type malleable or heavy
gauge stamped lug fi tting furnished by the manufacturer. Hoist lines shall be 1/8" diameter steel
aircraft cable (2000 Ib. break strength), spaced maximum 10'0" on center. Each line shall be
attached to the bottom tube batten and run through grommets located approximately 18" on center.
Each hoist ing line shall terminate at the top of the curtain and attach to a drive pipe. The drive
pipe shall rotate in drive pipe support assembly located a maximum of 10'-0" on center. Hoisting
mechanism shall not rely on single cable support of the divider when in stored position.
4. Drive pipe power mechanism shall consist of a 1 H.P., 110-120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase
reversible capacitor motor with built-in therma( overload protection. The motor and load holding
worm gear reducer shall provide speed reduction in the winch. Remote control operation to
include integral limit switch to control the upper and lower limit of the curtain travel. Key lock,
three position, momentary contact wali switch with safety delay included. Switch unit shall in
clude a general purpose switch box with a polished wall plate. Operation via Smart Touch system.
5. Padded bottom batten.
6. Solid Vinyl Color/ Mesh Color: As selected.
7. Weight: 22 oz.
8. Height: Lower portion to be solid to 8" above finished floor; with mesh above that to the
bottom of the structure.
11 48 00-4
2.4 WALL PADDING
A. Wa(1 pads to be standard sized 2' x 6' and custom sizes as indicated on piroject plans. Bidder is
responsible for verification of job conditions and dimensions.
Entire pad assembly has been tested and meets the i•equirements of NFPA-101Life Safety Code
for Class A ratirig (flame spread 0-25 and smoke development 0-450) when tested in accordance
with ASTM E-84 (Also published as NFPA-255, ANSI 2.5, UBC 8-1 (42-1) and UL 723), Entire
pad assembly has also been tested in accardance with NFPA-286 (Standard method of fire tests for
evaluating contribution of wall and ceiling interior finish to room growth) and found to meet the
requirements of 2003 IBC Section 803�.2.1.
Wall pads shall be constructed using fire retardant 2" thick open cell neoprene foam bonded to a
7/16" thick oriented strand board backer and covei•ed with a 14 oz. vinyl covering. Vinyl cover
shall be coated polyester fabric with leather grain embossed pattern. Vinyl to have average weight
of 14 oz. per square yard, breaking strength of 350 PSI, tear resistance of 65 pounds and be rated
as self extinguishing in accordance with California State Fire Code F-230 and Class A Rated in
accordance with reyuiretnents of NFPA-101. Vinyl to be resistant to rot, mildew and uitraviolet
light, color(s) as selected by Owner from full manufacturer line. Panel front and edges shall be
vinyl wrapped and securely stapled to the wood backer so that the backer is not exposed on front
or four sides. Pads shall be supplied with concealed z-clip attachment at top and 1" fabric wrapped
mounting flanges at panel bottom.
2.5 VOLLEYBALL EQUIPMENT
A. Indoor Volleyball and Badminton Posts and Nets: DRAPER model CVS-01.
B. The CVS-01 Volleyball System shall consist of one standard with power winch and one standard with
an adjustable anchor collar. Post shall meet all FIVB, USVBA, NCAA and NFSHSA requirements for
competition. Post shall have infinite height adjustment between 8' and 3'6" with preset volleyball
settings for elementary school use to international competition for both men and women, for use with
volleyball, tennis and badminton. The upright shall be 3-1/2" O.D. (8.890cm) schedule 80 aluminum
tube, with a wall thickness of .300" (.7620cm). The upright is provided with a special rubber foot to
protect finished floors and to provide precise net height adjushnent.
C. The tensioning winch shall incorporate a heavy-duty, self-locking worm gear mechanism. Winch shall
be furnished with a heavy 2" (4.080 cm) wide high tensile nylon strap with heavy-duty snap hook to
eliminate the possibility of hook breaking and guarantee safe connection to net top cable. The power
winch is furnished complete with a folding handle for player safety.
D. Systems shall come complete with DRAPER Model 500004 Power Volleyball Net. Net shall be 32'
(9.'75 M) long x 39-3/8" (1 M) high. Netting shall be high quality 4" square #36 black nylon cord with
vinyl coated polyester hem double stitched around entire perimeter of net. Top hem of net shall be
furnished with a 42'6" long x 1/8" diameter 2000 lb. minimum breaking strength galvanized aircraft
cable with a nylon coating (3/16" OD) to protect against fraying. Ends of cable to have loops with heavy
swaged type fittings for easy installation. Hems in end of net shall be furnished with a pocket for use
with a 1/2" diameter fiberglass dowel rod. Ends of net shall have six 1" wide polypropylene tension
straps with buckles for providing additional tightening of net. Bottom of net shall be furnished with a
1/4" diameter braided white nylon rope equipped with a spring loaded, pressure type rope tensioner.
Rope Tensioner shall be DRAPER Mode1500005.
1. System also to include DRAPER Model 500007 Antenna and DRAPER Model 500006 Boundary
Markers.
E. Floor Sleeves and cover plates:
11 48 00-5
Floor Sleeves shall be DRAPER Model 501006 3-1/2" I.D., constructed of steel mechanical tubing
with an inside diameter of 3-1/2", welded to a 4" x 4" bottom plate. Sleeve shall be 8-1/2° long
and designed to be installed with the bottom at 9%z" below the playing surface.Chrome-plated
w/swivel cover.
Cover Plate shall be DRAPER model 501001 Chrome Plated Cover Plate Assembly, acceptable
for use with specified flooring. Cover plate shall consist of cast a(uminum recessed mounting
flange, 5-3/16" in diameter, and a 5" diameter chrome-plated cover. Cover shall be equipped with
a swivel type retaining screw to prevent theft. A special key shall be provided for opening cover.
Three #10 x 1-1/2" flat head wood screws shall be provided to securely mount cover plate
assembly to floor.
F. Judge's Stand (1 required). Judges stand shall be DRAPER Mode15013acx (�c=color) by Draper, Inc. of
Spiceland, IN.
1. Judges stand shall be designed to attach to a collar by means of a removable, self-locking pin.
Collar slides over 3%2" O.D, volleyball standard and is rigidly positioned to post with allen-head
set screws.
2. Frame shall be constructed of 1-1/2"xl-1/2", 14-gauge square steel tubing and 1" OD steel tubing,
welded together. Legs, steps, platform, and handrails shall all be one solid unit. Judges platform
shall consist of 1/2" thick, polyurethane finished Birch plywood, permanently bolted to stand.
Handrail/ladder section shall be spaced vertically 16" on center with three (3) ladder steps spaced
horizontally of 16" centers. Lower end of ladder tubes shall have 1/2" thick rubber bumper to
protect finished floors. Ladder legs shall have 2" O.D. rubber wheels for easy transporting of
stand. All metal components of stand shall be finished in black powder coat.
3. Judges stand shall be supplied complete with safety padding for player protection. Upper section
of stand shall have a snapped into place 1/12" polyethylene foam padding. Lower ladder tubes
shall have removable, hook and loop attached pads of 1" neoprene foam. All pads shall be
wrapped with 14 oz., polyester reinforced vinyl, color(s) as selected by Owner from full
manufacturer line.
G. Protective Pads for Standards. Volleyball Post Padding shall be DRAPER Model SOIIXX Official
Padding for 3-1/2" O.D. Volleyball Systems by Draper, Inc. of Spiceland, IN.
1. Pads shall be hinged at corners to fold neatly around posts and tensioning winch to provide
maximum player protection. Pads shall be constructed of 11/2" thick polyethylene foam filler
covered with polyester reinforced vinyl with three (3) hook and loop fastening straps for quick set-
up and take-down, and shall be constructed to accommodate winch, or judges stand when used.
Provide in color(s) as selected by Owner from full manufacturer line. Provide at al 1 standards.
2.6 SCOREBOARDS
A. Scoreboards: Daktronics Model BB-2101, compact single-sided scoreboard complete with wireless
consoles. Controllers shall be able to be function independently without interference. Colar(s) as
selected by Owner from full manufacturer line. Capable of scoring basketball and volleyball. Different
sounding horns per court. Provide protective screens.
1. Acceptable substitutions: Nevco Model 2700;
2.7 CLIMBING WALL
A. Climbing Wall: Everlast Climbing Industries' Traversewall: 20'x16' Sculpted Magna Relief-Feature
Wall (basis of design).
1. Acceptable substitutions: To be reviewed by architect;
2. 4 dynamic top ropes
3. Hand holds (Groperz basis of design) Multiple colors (hand holds to include mounting bolts and
allen wrenches
4. Panels to be constructed of fire-treated plywood
5. MFR to provide Product Liability Insurance and One-Year Wananty
6. MFR to be member of CWA (Climbing Wall Association)
11 48 00-6
L[1a
11
Provide Climbing Equipment
i. 12 fully adjustable harnesses
ii. 4 auto-blocking belay devices
iii. 12 locking carabiners
iv. 8 helmets
v. 1 spool of 103mm dynamic rope (660 ft)
One-day top rope site management training to be provided
Safety Mat to be 3" and fold-up and loc(c into piace. Mats must meet or exceed ASTM Standard
F1292-04 and ASTM Standard F2440-04. Four safety mats to be included 4'x6' for an overall
length of 16 feet. Safety Mats to be constructed so as to prevent climbing under them while in the
closed position.
Additional Climbing wall features to include:
i. 2 overhangs
ii. 1 roof
Wa(1 is to be secured to 12" CMU structural wall, MFR responsible for wall fastener integrity,
*AD42.8 BICYCLE RACK
A. *Bicycle Rack: RPB Hoop Style, Direct Pour (basis of design), Bike rack shall be formed from
heavy-duty 1-7/8" O.D. x 0.145" wall steel tube. Tube to have durable powder-coat finish. Bike racks
to be designed for in-ground installation into concrete footings. Provide anchor pins to secure unit in
footings.
B. Color to be selected by owner
C. Provide 6 racks, locate as shown on drawings.
PART3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Securely anchor to structure in a manner
acceptable to the architect.
1. Walls pads shall be mounted so the bottom of the pad aligns with the top of the baseboard.
3.2 ADNSTING AND CLEANING
A. Ensure that operating parts work freely and fit neatly. Adjust hardware and moving parts as necessary.
Repair or replace damaged parts, dents, buckles, abrasions, or other defects affecting appearance or
serviceability. Clean surfaces.
3.3 TRAINING
A. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper operation and maintenance procedures for each item of equipment.
Test each item of equipment to demonstrate that it is operating properly, and that controls and safety
devices are functioning.
END OF SECTION
11 48 00-7
11 48 00-8
SECTION 12 76 00
BLEACHERS
PARTI GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Telescoping gymnasium bleachers.
1.2 RELATED WORK:
A. Electrical
B. Gymnasium flooring
1.3 REFERENCES:
Applicable building code: Intemational Building Code, Latest Edition.
1.4 DESCRIPTION OF THE SYSTEM
A. The bleacher system shall be comprised of multiple tiered, closed deck seating rows
operating in a telescopic manner, incorporating the most economical quantity of sections
while still complying with all loading requirements.
B. The first tnoving row shall be secured with friction or mechanical locks. Other rows shall
be mechanically locked, operable only upon unlocking and cycling the first row, quantity
to be determined by Interkal engineering.
C. Each bleacher row shall be comprised of risers, seat and deck components, and a
complete set of supportive columns and braces.
D. The telescopic bleacher shall incorporate a locking system permitting the use of one,
several, or all rows, each locked in the extended position.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications
1. Manufacturing: Manufacturer shall be regularly engaged in the design and
manufacturing of telescopic seating for not less than ten years.
2. Engineering: It will be mandatory that each bidder submit with their bid an affidavit
signed by a Registered Professional Engineer stating that the product to be supplied
has been tested by an independent testing facility and meets all applicable code
requirements.
B. Deviations: It will be the responsibility of the bidder to furnish with their bid, a list
clarifying any deviations from the specifications, written or implied. Those bidders not
submitting a list of deviations will be presumed to have bid as specified.
C. Guarantees: One-Year Guarantee: The manufacturer shall guarantee all work performed
under these specifications to be free from defects for a period of one year.
D. Product Improvements: Seating provided shall incorporate manufacturer's design
improvements and materials current at time of shipment.
127600-i
1.6 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions and descriptive literature in accordance
with Section 01300.
B. Manufacturer's operating and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 01700.
1.7 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. Telescopic bleacher design and fabrication shall conform to the building code; ADA and
TAS, as appropriate.
B. Telescopic gymnasium seating will be designed to support a vertical live load of 100
PSF, but not (ess than 120 PLF on both seat boards and footboards. Seating shall also be
designed to carry a horizontal sway force of 24 PLF parallel to the seating and 10 PLF
perpendicular to the seating.
C. Steel components shall be cold-formed fi•om appropriate width strip stock conforming to
ASTM A570 - Grade C 30KSI, ASTM A653- Grade 33 and 50, ASTM A500 - Grade B
46 KSI as applicable.
D. Lumber components are kiln dried, finger jointed, edge glued southern pine of grade "B
& B Finish" manufactured to the current SPIB glued-laminated standards for southern
pine.
E. Plywood deck boards shall be fabricated from Douglas Fir Premium Underlayment with
exterior glue, 5 ply minimum, solid crossband directly under face ply, species Group 1
and manufactured in accordance with PS-1-95.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTLJRER, subject to the requirements stated herein:
A. Telescopic seating as manufactured by Interkal [Basis of Design],
htt�:Ut����v.interkal.com Kalamazoo, Michigan, is the standard of quality required and
specified herein.
B. *AD4 Sheridan Seating Inc. M200 http://�n��u.sheridanseatin .com
C. *Irwin Telescopic Seating Company, M 4500 http:l/www.irwiuseatin�.com
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Model: Interkal, closed deck telescopic bleachers
* AD4 B. Type: Wall attached; 1 bank friction power; 7 row intermediate seats; 1 row truncation
with front rail; two � row self- storing end rails; removable step assembly; 10" sculptured
seat module; with 4 removable SSM companion seats. Interkal Drawing Number B-
41717 and B-41716-S1
* AD4 C. Quantity:
l. Provide 2 banks of wall attached 7 rows high.
D. ADA (Available options)
1. Truncations: Provide a full section truncation with all necessary front rails, closure
paneis, and portable step assemblies at aisles as required to meet local jurisdiction
compliance with ADA.
127600-2
L. Fasteners: All shuctural comiections shail be made with S.A.E.gcade 5 or better stress rated
bolts. The use of self-tapping bolts is not acceptable.
A�I. Finish:
1. Steel Understiucture abraded, cleaned and finished with russet brown water base actylic
paint. Steel risers and nose beams finished with corrosion resistant silver gray matte
finish with galvanized alloy plating.
2.5 SEAT OPTIONS
A. Sculptui•e Seat Modules:
1. 18-inch wide one-piece individual seating modules shall be constructed of high-density
polyethylenel0" deep,
2. Each module shall have two longitudinal and five transverse internal ribs to pi•ovide
additional structural integrity and resistance to impact.
3. Each module shall have a full 'h" interlock to the adjacent module both around the
perimeter and along the internal ribs to eliminate pinching hazards and assures proper
alignment.
4. A steel-to-steel attachment of each module to a minimum 14 gauge galvanized steel
nosebeam shall be provided for maximum rigidity. All such mounting hardware shall be
concealed.
5. End caps shall be provided at the ends of each batilc (section, if manual) of seating as well
as at each aisle.
6. Each module shall have a recessed area for optional seat numbering.
7. Select fi•om manufactui•ers15 standard solid colors.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION:
A. Verify that areas to receive telescopic bleachei•s are free from impediments interfering
with installation.
B. Do not begin work until building conditions are satisfactory.
3.2 INSTALLATION:
A. Install telescopic bleachers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved
submittal drawings.
B. Adjust bleachers for smooth and proper operation.
C. Clean bleachers and remove all debris from gymnasium resulting from installation.
END OF SECTION
127600-5
127600-6
�I� ,# ;�;:� �I}��air�� tlie B�.rilt E���,rir�i��-��ei1t
;;� � �,;
SECTION 32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Furnish labor, materials and equipinent required for providing pavement markings as shown
on the Drawings.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. SECTION 32 12 16 — ASPHALT PAVING
B. SECTION 32 1� 13 — CONCRETE PAVING
13 SUBMITTALS
A. Procedures for Submittals: DIVISION 1.
B. Submit product data demonstrating compliance with the specified requirements.
C. Submit inanufacturer's recommended instructions for application of pavement marking paint.
1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Do not apply marking paint when weather is windy, foggy or rain, or ambient or pavement
temperature is below 50 deg F or above 110 deg F, or when relative humidity is above 85%;
nor, when such conditions are anticipated during 8 hours after application.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MARKING PAINT
A. "Setfast Chlorinated Rubber Zone Marking Paint White", by The Sherwin-Williams
Company, Cleveland, Ohio; http://www.sherwin-williams.com/default.asp.
B. Or equal.
2.2 EQUIPMENT
PAVEMENT MARKINGS 32 17 23 - 1
` '� ` �I�z3��i«� tli� B�iilt Er�4rrt-+�r����e��t
�.�� � �
,��.' � __ -�,,�_
A. Pi•essui•ized, self-contained paint machine capable of applying a straight line 4" wide, with
consistent covei•age of a minimum of 100 square feet per gallon.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION
A. Locate marking as required by Drawings. Provide qualified technician to supervise
equipment and application of markings.
B. Lay out markings, using guideline, template, and forms.
C. Thoroughly clean surfaces free of soil, sand, gravel, oil and other foreign materials.
D. Allow surfaces to cure before painting, as required by manufacturer.
�.2 APPLICATION
A. Apply pavement inarking paint in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended
instructions.
B. Apply marking paint straight and even, and in accordance with layout.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Clean spills and spatters in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended instructions.
B. Remove overspray from surfaces other than those requiring marking paint.
END OF SECTION 32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS ;2 1'7 2; _ 2
�
��
�
Z
W
`J
�
�
Z
�
�
G
�
V
�
Q
�
�
�
0
cri
1�
V
�
� � � �e�a ��
� ��"�Es 3�kE ��dE S$CE B�c
� ������ ���� ���g� ���� �� ;
� s��_e � �e� a��� ����: ����:
�
0
K�
� ��� �5g��
Z �gi4 E�.
O
0
�
Y �
� ��
�����
� � � � � � �
i € E s
l O��Q e
Ej
�
:� � � a � °
�, �e B 7 � ay •g�.
` .''.3 � a : �� _ oE9
� �� iq �+ . e e$$ ��p
p:€ �= � � ��
"$ 0 2pe". 3£ g 4 R a�� ap9 ��.
� � ag gfe E� �� a Es n€ �� (Ee .
� ' . 5 �4° €`g g 3 �g '-��'E 9E7 �y�s �'�,
ID � � L�F E6 E� e g� n� i'2 8�$ �
� ' Y� a t '> ;E � ��i �€ e'F '
� 4c�g�=�� ���� s� �� ��. a3 g= e�r ��e, j
� 6 �j��6�e� �� � ��$ ¢y g E �� �x �g �%� �5��-.a li
z ��=°s�3�,� 6� r j e�� ��� Es g j�•
Z ��`aa� qt �� � ��g e �� � �e ea � ��� �"s�q ':,
� €`s��es�cg� <s � � ��P ex s g:� 6£�€ aa 3s� sen.
w '�����`� S� E, � 2 s 8 Q ��E C @
V � ��t��@���� _ _ " ' ' '
ar -
�
�
<
Z
�
� ;w
3 �� "
� "� �
o �- �� � i �
o .�...t'�` . nij
� �_= >� t�
V � n K Y '-
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
r d� y � "� �
F
i p �' S _ e c
I � �� :'s �� s�g
frs '
; q �e e= st ,`
; p g� .� ` �`�
! �S �¢ �pC A �
O �� �� N` E �tl6k
!ie = c @��5=
a E€ �"s �� � ;�Fe
� �a ��. �= E �g`'a,�i
� 9�} sc �g = ^ ��
�� �� SE• �P� �g� ' �� ���:
�� ?3 :Q� ��� Fi € e? «C€
. E Y E 8 8'C Se'
�
O 3s
U � "g
Z �, 9
O gg '
� +� a6
p
Z
O
S �
� SE
��
� §a
�
i n. I �;��;. � r� — - - ii i i z j�, i I
; �� ���i , I
� ,"��. �j . �� ` �—' i . � zi'woin uod I i I �' a��' - � i r' �
i Li' � g �, a (.j•� 4,--r � _ > r..'. � .,.rn . . y� _ �, . J�?IIIJ��/!/II!//!U�'jI��M!/1/IDs'J£'� j � � ` I i 1 '
I °'� vi �' -- ��� � I i � �+' � '' i
' ��� — ��— ',ls���'�r - r -- . � � I � il � � lo � �
i� y � o � , � ----- — �
a y 3
s A � ` � � P �� s � � � ,� ; �� i
� / @ � � 3 � 3 � � ; � c � ' 7� '��
� � � r . . _ a F o � a�.,, s�s��a �#��� Xi� a.: '' �
� I q �'��09�'�' �53 ;� i��s -�si ' '�_? '
j � y � � �L� q � .._ c .
� V � � �qs3 ���� �� $��3 � `y� Y ���
.w+ � � g T , � s � � �7 � d 5� 3. 3 �� �
� J' ++• E�$ 3. � G� � 73 r�B � � 1�3lSLS ti3lllH FLfX)S G3S�cdMd �+J ?f.il 153M
', ! i:+ ? � �o43E=i3�"-�j �a_..3 z��} 3�� >,; 3'� ? ,, �Nl ON'1 NUSEi3Hd�14 0350dOL'd !0 7tll N1y0N 1 � �� l
a . : y. - .` O hOL�39d311i1 lHl Ol CtLI K04 .IV ` -... �
� 3H1 '
^- ' . ' � � N ri7 P- : LI'llfl J
'-- -�- �--- �= - - -� ` ---�-� �.�
<-r- --- - - �;,_.
i
------------ -` ���-,
, ,�
-----------------..-----------------------
---i ------------------- ^\ � /� i.
IJ /�,/ ` � �V \�\ ��\��Xh \S •/ ��/(3,.
i -' � �� �° / �
.�
� -,__ ;,� �
G � "'� -i' 61r y�:"� :���y l.� � }+
1 // � !\ Y Y � .
�� � _' �. '+
�,_ � �
/'1 � ���` � \� jYi � m / .... C � �
�
� . ,,�= , n ._ ��_� �. , � ��� ,
/i
�
'�.
I � �_
� /4
�-- ' -
�G�
�x i ~ �,
��o :
J.: R�
2c� /' �f.
j�£ � �
` /
\6
z�
a
pw
y ad
c�'co6o
4
n oz
�J
0
t
-- - x --
k �l
�� E�nr
�� �
a9�: x=�
�`'� I��y'
Wa �
'��4 3
3� i c
m �
n� �I
Yd
� � 1`'`.:% � 3 U�a�`% /
� / ,�j ; /
�, '� / ..,
�� � i
�. � /� ��% ��
�i : / � �� /
l� � .� ; /'j'" ( ' /
-- �I �.. � � � ' /
____ �� /� � ,
�! � °�- 3�,� � � I
,,,s :�`/ �Z� ��..
� ���I � i�� �
\ / �"� n � ; / � . /
�� .. � c s � � .
i/ ��� 3- �� Q �l�/
� %� / �, QO /; ,
' � ; �p` ,/ � /
' '; � r
'�� ;l� ��✓QJ/
;,.
%� �E� �° /� ��
,% ,
/ '�/ � ,�� �'.;
�-
- -�l ��� � � ; � �� �" 9� =
/ A �. ?
, % / ,'�:� / � �. 3 '
/ :% � �' � > �.:
;i =�? / ' i d[+p::
r / / � % ` i,�'
�( J / �� / _S 3 k ��
� / ( I = _
�
� g3� �
� �/--' � � �
/ �
..._-- --" �..J -' ,� � 3 8
; 'i _� ..— . '
..�—
Ui. .
A9SSfiPCT 1.0. 2�^9 .. _----....--- .
SUR`/EY ...-� I
0..J 'tlfRE .' �- .
�... -- yl J
__.... 1
---- '-"__ t vo 3 ^I
�!,_...�--.. J'J�ry .;JS f�.9RA00 =�R`f..Y A25rRJC I , r
',
� � o _ _ _ � _ a s � � a io _ — e � � � �ry _
�l-MM� �Nll 09+9 ''d1S
_ �..—j�" ' , � ; � � L
( �d � �3 S
I �
1 �3s � � ��
/ � '�.:'� ��o �� e�
' � ��
,' � '��:� i �� � �� ��
� I j � � a n� _� �g
� �y: "
' � ' ° � ��� o� :� ��
���_o�s�_m� �
7 oi
�t --1 � !—
a i. �-
�`7��, t
i
• `-� •`�_�1
.a �y
l 4�
6
���
��
� � �
r \
� �� r 3
3 _/, ��� -
���.. \ 3
. . �G
;,: ,
�: ,
��:: % � �,
,a�., � �:
,..�.. ��
i� /� g5
,a.. e�
�:; .
.ri:, a
G � �
8C .E ���
a^ : � ��s "�i
aa i
`�., c'` ,��
��� �
}�\ ,: ��
:.�)!t,
. �;'�i,'
'''�, ����'' � �9
� �. �� ,_..
j �� \ ` �����e
' �� ��=t�'
� ���s��.a
a
'i;.`��i�=�:r«�:,v.,cne�`„Y,'m°..��,: .�o� �u'woinuaj
- l,, _ ' _�' Jal/la�/1J/IIOIlfWO,� 1Sa89l�!/10�,l�'�'
�
�
«
m
0
C
ort
��
��
o�
N
O
� _.ti _
� 3
� " ��
�l. b �j��,2
/ j � � ,,�_���;�
3� r +� a���[�
1� p I �=�vy�
d S��J
�? o �
$E �� }t�'�5u�
�'�—� � _ _ _
y��A
.s��� :
y� ���� �
d
-L - ,1 � ��
: � I � � �'
:� ��, _. _ 'J `1 ��
,.� ,� , �
� � ��
, d �
�.'� �=a �am
-- �� =—� ���
��
�
�„
�
0
t
c
ay
�
O
�t'
gi�
? L
$ � ��g � �i
� ,,� � a5� � ��
" � ' �,r� Q�
o ` J �9� _ =z
V � u� _
� ' ` �/ X yu
_f \\\ �$ �
� �� Q
� . • � ��
�u - „
� ,�� z.;
� . �
O• O
�
� �
��i��:
:�
� 'nr-
.,� =b :...,� \ % t ��
dd ;r:
�p iD'� -
_ ,`I�. ��
� � '�-,. '.� � \ \�
.� 7�', \
A•
i � ;�;
� ���
� ��
��
� h
�E
$�
�L
�za —r—+rk��—
ng� ! ��
,,r
�T�:���.�fi
,>.
. � .�
,�_�, �:
�_�fr
y�� � __ �,=�:--
���� � � �—
�° ���
F
�
�
_�
�
�
a
�
wti
�
O
3 �I a
� e � '`-= .
i�� � •�
$ �4y.. F
9 3� za E
:�, I �
O
�
�
0
s
U
d
3
4
!j
0
co
r>
[/� —
�=v
W�—
��__
m y C
Q =
i<'(iol a+��luy.�s .00 ELl9[Xl'44oM4oj'P�ene�neguove4daWOG9h
°<�o�_,Fs.,�,�,����.,vo�„n ,�a�ua�Ri_iumur�a�
<,�_, �
,<�,��,
a,<,�„u�a, „�,..,,�,.� � h�,, a ..,,o,u,�� /ie.�liu/aqsi�/�
J�'�'� '-4 a 1 X. ' R u 3` . Y n x " 5� � tl
¢
i g3 g;$a �'rx ia ��'',i �. 3 9z�9 E� s � s 8i� x
9 y v k�" $ P�� X�p k� �Y � 33�!` � e F, �o' �L
a �� g sex ?ey k�g°s� �,;s aj yy 3 "*$ Y.. � a? � bxg €�i
�, g� €�i 3 g�' �,!` N o e3E � Y y 5 y Yd �f
�t P" � � a€s � �a� e"s ;P �� � yai"a ` x € �x p �24 6 ag
a rt� ' �y �e$ � ��c e• �� ...� q � y .�K: Q ,; �;
8� Ea' � 3' � Y�:" -"Y Sg Y5� y ez� 5a� i xnS ti g
�a ge a �'� a�9 � �"a$ ss� €n p°w � ��s ss� `� �a $ �tl� a �§.
{ � *� Cr- -� Pq v: a •s �G` i €
�� %= tl� `�� 5 3 S�aK Y ^ F vc2. gFa gy �'� q P&� �.,
�n � �5 v �eL S� r 'aSa �� 5` � $ � �
de 8 59 s�� E�yv �r � e� o yG� E6 �� x ��*.%2 ��
6x pa �S Yw ; $'."..� e� � �� �ad� €z �€ s, ? a�
�� �- � �s� � a $a:$ya° � � a �E�� g�i� �a g �� r�_ " a e's
�"$p sry$� ��€e g 3:K2:� �.ex : Z°�` '�x �y €e �� 9�y's � 'y
�x �tlY9 gvr� gN3� � ����F�fi &�' x 3�.. ����� ��$$� �F �3 x���� h $_
�;v apV� 3p e a ga$ 3t r�. S Y..t=�`' .9 g. , a
y 3 4 � 3X 4< �� �9 c�_ 2aY � gt
$i^ 3�"a�� ^� 3 �% S��u999. 5"� � StlsY� �� �6{ F'� g� .L � A
23; �p�� ��so �Xi ?_ �.,a � �^E'.S� ?��fia � `?`°�n �y 3$ b���� x �3
� . i „S`a��eEt. �a'fr 3gy9: 3'3���Y z�Y�E � €.�=�a �E' �L���j�, ea �'� �g{`� � 2 i�
�'I $-��•% � :�.8:� _� _ p" $ • � 8 � _R�gP6� �Yg-v$ � Fw
z3a 3 iS�s88o;?� �3�� S� So3���ksess�e �Y 59?=e e Y�„"s, €� apa ¢ S���N $}s��a
� n�_ n „��{ �� nn • a, Y6 � i n i5 d� u S :7�
< a J $ o J .. a � _ � /
� � �s
� � Fg
E �S x�
� s� ne
` a. �3
f �a E�
� � F e�
g p � � s
� :i §9
5f ���x E
Y Y%e�' �
as"�3 �°�
q �tae s.0
y %F�Y �5
d $�g£ ar�
t }}ge'� .��
:�fF a �
� F�e� ��3
� v" s�e� g�°s
i
� � mB�
: 3 s
x���
$
& '-� � k �
gz `e;g � �
jG� �3a 9 � �
�;�^ eEK a P
8� ��Y i � 95
EyY MYg 3 � .. h8
y;k�y Pgra � � g �e
3ga�% j�a g� g h"
iv � ��i �2 � x H�n
e�o� ��'� 3 s b s,'���
��:€�$�g p� ? � y��
_ n+ o� j � _nn
6g
� �� l 3 h
� q� p �� � ��J ES�L
� n= Q:� ��<�a���za��� ���
�E��
� $ te�n
T� � � - �y��2 s
� � � � � ���3'3y
9 $'� � J� �Y �'��4
� ���`�y�� �� g� �� � ���qq��
, � �r���f�h�.��48�x :� � _ �88��
?��
'xx=
G�
� gg�'
A
s � �
��
<
m � '' � € � �'� 'a� �
11 „ 2 r� y S�k� 9 53.�i �' h$p
s � � 5 �z � '4�� � k�3 ���.a�
��� � � �� p ���� t ��� :<�x��
�.� �s � s $n 3 �z�� $ �;� �+�sey$
ale 2s � se '�Z � �� 3y�
g n�. S 3�g y � P�- ��
F^•�. .°.� � °f E �1� .� �� y6' E � � Y�9�`[
�z x� � €p � ? :��& ff� B °g�.5 �y3Y�i
��'" � �t P 9�� e i�'fr �S k�'Y'y,e
€„
��� ��dY ; €9t i� F.�a�� �P 4 �zys �Y��£�
�?� s�k$s '�.�� E� �sa;�� e��ey�����g8r.`a ya'�x�5�
�` � 'S 8� �$�Y- Sa &'�Y P'�x3-
zg sg 3� Es� �g�5-��g ��F�S�,�,�� �ay���B
�fi E� �pp`y26 Y� P2tl5$#� p;`��� �i ! �'.
Z- �S§ � 4-_Y 'al 5�a� ��$Y�<3e3E'xE � F�
@ S y5 PnE G t -�E p iS '�s'��_
:ya �5:ze� �`'T.'� p&� ���es'y �s%�&33�?moY y;i"s
gg $ s f�@ �.�5q.ws� ��F�e�ezg� g ��k3g°
b��" ?��:g^%��I� y�� � s a�.��a��3a�yy �p?3�°6
3�� .<. - m- 5$_� fi ra��'=�3 �i��E^y%
� < _Nn 8 - a n �:aiYi
�
� ae
z �.�
fi �n
& 5$
� t _N
f �e - 5 9$
� S � � 8 �i
� € ��� � � i �s
°� Pt
� � ��k fr �� �� ys
� E g�5 � � Y�' ��
� :;b � B� �_ 3'�
� fr 9E� �� wB �� �z
s �o �
�R '� y� y�� �a �� '€' `x E�
�i� a7 se-`4 �5� ��p n� � �e
" � ��sP F� �8 a � -�
' E$ �sa� b YY �S� p ��
y �� ^ _�
$�g6 � �� 'fRp� �3y B� g�s �'yT�
�r2 � ��C ��^� QY 3� p� � �'9
L�Y �g ��L ��i�fi �� �{� �'`°3 n ��%
� o c�� :a:� �3 1� FS 5t ��e
J o w � n x _+
g g� e 5�� r Y"8�a s`��3n '2 `€
g` "B-< �6� ��88� e� � PB�� s ;"`r3 � � �E
T3 ������ � ��pE �� E er?��9 ���3p'$�°g� Y�, ��gg�E
�Y 33��° � €�f� a�$ � ��9�� ��Yig��'�� �� 3"��
9$ �4� ,g �;3 e���'Y ����a�ti gg b aY
c $
�� ���� � Bg�'_° � E ��g i �`Y�X�2•h� �1 $�YZ
;�s� Fg ��3t g t#ys; {g� � �"ye��5 ��"�a��� 1 a3
7 � �6f � Nsa �P �' �i55$hp �o �Fx$3 �$ � So
_�� 4�¢���§ �$ik� Z�+� s- a����5 $��e ✓_g� e S�a�t
2$g 3g��tYe �� Y3a ��� �� t$� $� ���x��'-€@ �" 4,x`
��" ���s��9 �� fr�l� �g� .Pr� i�ae��8� ������?�� �3 g`i3�
��� ga��s��yd6� �� Et�� i �a ����9e� �$�yap�4� �$E �Xy.�
ii� �¢p3:C3 "� c=�a p�� �� n��•�3t �%� �g�eg 4� s�`i
9• e
$[� 2d"5���� �` �gip$' ��k'� �9 85 ��.yR g��:y�@&er YZ a�Yi
pa9 ¢�-�q �¢ yY�a h 6E �-�Q��s � "� �fi"� �. �ss_
y e°{i4 s• a�$ �_ay 9 uess
��.� ��€Y$$X� �`��^ $g°% ¢�� �� Q�y=��� ����Aa��g 6�� ��y$�
� �§
�. �j� �3a,y3�� �i ���a� 6 � x� ���.zP? ����'a�fi�� ��: �€�k�
a�r ������P s� ���z� ��a �� �s��r�� ���S�a��z ��� :e��is
1 J
�
�
�
��
N Z
~ �'.n E k �£G�s [ �
00 �� S 5 3i9a n� �� i
�0 2 .
9 Sy� C� �A �
a E f �2 �5¢54e Eog °`3 �y
n� �� 7 � �G3� Y% S,�j 2
�� � �e i 9��• pE
F d� 9� .+n "�.�pd•E a` �� �
.� q �9F Q� �� �E�$ kP� e�g �
°`� y �q� ,',? :: ���� ^� �X� #
.�P �Y� ��E �%9 'c'e g$�� �a ��� E
X x
33 - .ke x¢ ��s<a c �
24 aEe°v_.]o�. gd� .�H 3Y� $y y�� o
` � E 8 � 36 1�
RR °�[� F9:S"�°�ig z M `2
���z; 25 �Y�oo m -�C Y
�•, „gEUE�ZS $3E ery �E y Rt��c 3
�Y= xcE�oYK�§ �C� Rn - R�os`�TnC "� a �
As Z� fg $�y��� 9�' s; ��� o. afrq� �
dd liY� o��.���oan a �d �C y�h.3.P��d �5� 3.
�� sh; ��a;�:$�i ���3 S,�Z3aY� z8 95s x
nn � ..a � a =a<
a . � � " 9 �
3
� �C n�� y c G$
gx $ $
"a y4- 3 �3
� 3� g� g � ;_
� e� ��� 3 �p� a]]z
h �3 �s� f �b ��.�
� SP fP� 9 F o��y
p €� a��� � :�� 5z9 �
n �" ye ��e �aa g �i_II
z3 �ig�g y
�£ �� �8ge $� @E�y s��s g r,ma
i 3
�. g g � �-
� g a��Y ag axs �E� � ��5�
� B� ���3 �% ��m ��� s ��¢5
� �.� �Y�� :� E$y �5i� 9
;�" ? .�e�� 6
� � X � Il�g� �o ti? R���
r� r E
s E� ���� �8 sie 8�� 3a sj.o
.� � Y z o s �
� So€S
c' �
5 �
Ilil H�'e�E g g p �� �
:�4r�"� x� 5y �� �
i� I'll $�°g'� YY� �P yB��g �.
� ��N��'��E i� .a$# E� � g
�� aoco �ii�Ftl$3Y �e ¢F�$ �: +� �
p&�:���gq�� g� x��s s $� ��
i' � ���a3�33a� �� ��aA S1 �e�� ��
� � x ��������9 �? ���y� na p�y ��
y 3
a 5 m���' apRY �g '��sp9 �3 Ni�i
s� � c��� � ��������?3 �e� ���s�€ �s� g��� 3�
- %�,� ST
m J o J .
� � �
fr
8 � � ��
� � �
$ �d
2 qs�
� E� u�q� 2
a ye SY 6€
� � $ �'�
gE �a fi�
s �
� �a y' �c
� p� �� 5#
3 �Y d� ��
��3���a
_ �� �� ��
�l t
j BL 6BS66E8SE 6 �4
3g ° R8R5RQg88 " ��s �
� ' 3a '°
� `: ; �� � �
ex �� �� '�' o �� � �
�% �� ��'�:'�i s ;S �� o
�� ,����:F::� g�� . Z
�� t e $ y� t p 7Rp
�8Y g° ��d[i�¢SSa�� � 5 p Pgi�FT J
� dt _� 5 _ .,.n. o s ' _
< s ^
sas b� 5`s,� �� e� � p $
�4� aos �$ ��e $g � � E �@= c�,
� � $ aZ� i
a eo � � s �-� ��
i $i g g e � si;eg2 �§
� �ia �a ��§ �a i�� ��;Q£ ge
g o q �&� �p�Yg ��
Ea i"�� i; ��r �� y5�'."eg i %$'
f ka���y[6Es g�3
� ;���g���Ee�a�
� g $ ��_ �$�8��g��
0
N
� x v— i i�4iv1 .a cLtsGXi'4VOMVoj'P+�nsinaBuau�4daWoo9t
� � _ 8 <„U�o, � a�4,���,�° ,lB!//Bj/fljU///U/00�
� c m — � t °'.R;���i�
o �wa��,.a.e.,a ��,�
. a ��,.,u,a.�„w r.,,
m y�—� o,� �,u ,,,,�,�w��P�,�,e.a p��a,o,».��, ��e/1 ////ays///�
a —:
�
O
4
O.
O�
vi �
y( ��j�ia �a ¢ Z �
"\'.:% O g
ua
gg ��' � fi"sE: °a
� gp;
k��sggg 6 98�EQ p 4F� 7B
S . � � �6€�� 4 3� �:'ee� §
j � €
5
� - s€ ��� Y�� �
� � � 3
yg �� se @g§�E9p37 E p t y :� 3'
S �i �i �1�9gi%ee g (' � "sBGfl A $ ��
8
�-�.g �� �i g i����� � � �,i s "..r � � �e�
� ���qo 6 c �p y S
? �����Y �C k 4 � B 6
tlg�! �� �� °������� �3 �a �gg � ��� �€d s6
d?Y k3 �a ���e��� �9 C 9 a���� �4 4
a .
/ �
\ \
\ /
\ / _. �
�—j�
C37 �
t[�5C Xl'4Y^M Moj'P+ar.elnog uaue4daY1009b
ie4ioi a°
�,:U�F���,,,�,tia�;..:;��;u:m �ia�aa��ri.iuniuruo�
„�,�_� ,
��,�,��� �v°w e.,�.-0 �ieslw/oqsi�/�
��.��Av�si ,� .�r�..sm-:N.��,.,���,d�aw.v,,.',
Z N
3 N
a N
o�
��
3a
oLL
z z U''
— �5 �� g
°� I / �A I Q �, � � ' €
� �� `s� �_— k a 9=sg $€ q5� ¢�
� `y /�(� � '� ��� � °4 q i qZ dy�� �y� �� �i�Y $` L�e � 4�
�� � � LL P� l�J� ( y _ — _ �_ —1 / LL ,�� Jd F}� $n �� ���§ �'� ��� a� 4 S� :
�\ $ p � g P:y
O x$ � 3` Z �5" �� °�` ��$ �$ �`o aR 5$ �.
� ' O �D . � � 0•' "� '� a�'` ^6� �"�gp gx � ;. � i
\ ` p 6� _ / O k� � g� e� t�y t3c� ��� ''ES � t� 3 x
r� \ W �2 / J `�8 � � �9 �� �Y p��E ��g ��� �i � � � �
g = / � € k
F: p r a� '�7� � � � 6
�q. $ E . � —� � 0 � � rg �� �2�; @� e?� +� � y�t ° "s
' —'_\ Z' � k� a 9� r.,,l / �; � ek � oe � k�€ e� �? 6e9� �6$ Y�� s�� � g°,d z�
?a} � ; " �
� ry m Fk� � � m s<
�
�
U �` �` �`
�
�I I
�a f//
v / '_
V
o-_-
� �
I
� d
����,a��
� N
� �`
I �
0
K
x
�
N
Q �
� �
Y ��b
Q �1`
LL' 8
pg ;S
4 �S ; 7Y
_m �
�` .
i
� �o °fi 5�6
��g� �� �9 �� ��` � � �g� E
�_� �$ s� �� ��� °� � °s�g � r
z ��'�te � g�f H'�6� 3�
k� � ��� �� �� ��� ��� � � �_�� e �
� �a � � � ;� . �
��� e
S o �� �s �g �ta �� e se� �
�' O 1�� a e�€ a E �i ��iS6 I
�� �: ��s � s�� d� €aa��
� �5 � ���'s� $� ��� ��� ��� ti a��g - �
_ , . . . . ..
�— ' a
— — ��
�
( ���� �
� �'��g (
w —
r r
� W W _
z�=_
m y C�
� -
EZt9[ %1'4VoM Ve j'P+ena�nog uoue4dalY Ov94
�iel >
�:��a�r.e��F�,w..we>>:� , ,�a�ua��ti_mnurwo�
': `� //B,/j GU/0!/s///�
o[u��eRtel �.� r .1 on- a� i �r n
J Z
3a
�
Z
��
N�
0
�
�I I
I I � I I ( I .I (
I I I I I I I I �• y� !
� � � � � � � � s� I
� � � � � � " � � �� �
� � � � � � � � � � �
� — —.:—.:�.:�._�._�.:�..—, .—.._:—�.. —_�._.�.—. _--�.
� � �
�� � � � � � � � � � �
,
�� _—.. �
_ _�-' _ � -�- --� -a- --� � _ _—i= _ .__�--T—=—=��-=
;� � � � � � � �. �� z �,
i iiii i i��s ii
!i i�. i � s i:
�. � � � �•( � ��, �� � k _' _._�_
�_�.�.� � — �. � g�—z=�1��5 � = 1 �
— _.� _ _ � ���� �� .� �
j l I I I I I � � I I g� , � I
�-o �
�� I I I I I i l e I
I I I I I I I_._ _ I_ I _'
—�— _ .._.._ s _ _ _._ �_ _ _ � —I- —
� ..�I ,.I I I I I ��e� �� �+�� s aK. I
I � ���f I �
I ��. � I I I I �—�— ---� _�E s: � I
� � I . I I I I ��� j x§ �� I _� �— � I y I
— �-- — —�__j _j_ � _ �;��- �� Rr. a.� t�
� �/��� �j . '�1��—_�.-�-�-oL�'m .„�P � � � P � �i � / / / I � �
�. �--� � l; � i � /� .. � �
/� � I 1 � / � � � . ..�. - �
-. ��_ � I . -.I . � �—I. .�-- � l:� :. � I ..�. . �� a� �� I \ � �
/ / �,.. � F S. / \ LL
dd � / j I I � I %I I ..���_��. . . �� � :� a �. I \ � �
I dd i i/ i%i i x I ���� ��- I\\..i� ��\ i�, �_
I l �� � , , � �, � �
d d �,
� , a
____ � �� ��
a �� � � ° �
3�
k�
U�„"'"
� %e� �.,a oM
&�
Yp
.:t, 9!
�
�� �
�� �
�
�
���
�
�
� �� �
�
1
�e
�: m
�
�
�
��
�
�
�
�
�M ry�
� �
g � �4�
� 4 p
� a � � �` Y
� y� ��
a � �� .
� �'� $
�� ���; ..��
� �
�Y
�
�$
� �� � � �
0
� ��
� �
� ��g
>, 5�6
� �a ul
�ll.r�;_'��
;1►0;�'�
�� �1
i iii- ;j;
�I 11)'111:,�
�. ��_��
�i )(.-��
�#
� -0 °�M �
ape �� i@ c��� ,;R� 9�i
.. �` U � i.FI J
. �
m ��
7� � ..
E� � 3� N
�� r '
s �
,o�. �� � `� �� �
� � ;g N
��
�e �
�
�
�
kL
;g �&
;5 �
r
a
O
��
o-
�I �I�
N
€ �
3�#E��� �
� �
i�
�
6
a�
s$
��
a
�
m
�
��-,
N —
�=v
W F
tJ
v C = —
m y C� _
� tl�
�
xne t1
\
W
. _'___'___ "'
� �I$
e �
�
�
?�
� 3r� !
� � 4g� ��
3 ��� ��
3
�
Y �
�g %�
1
�
_� �
J N
Fa- �
W
❑
W
N
��'
�
�
' ' €R �
p f �� �
�� `s� �
�5 �n �
<
a•�S �"@y���5€� �
��YS �B�YF��iE �
�a€e �4i�iz€3
CZISLXl'4VoMVoj•p�v�.eMogueueVd�YlOvs> f
d ir4io� av,�ar..is .aa "e
� ws��o,,,��v,�a.36�x„�o�„ry , sa�ua��ti_mni�iun� a�j
c �� I�I[I 3
� .1�;�,�, „Ur,,,.,�.�a:,y, , -0a. n,o,. ,�,� pe,�lw/oqsiq� _
,t
2g
� a=
"sE
e q
� �� S �
T i" _ —
x�S ��� �� � �,p� S
a ) �g �} -
f " �
"" '_ "' ______'__ ` _ $ .� 4
\
� z
Y � SY� � {� �
�
--- -- ---- -- — 6f
4 : _ F� .
I � I 9 �
.� !n
6
�S � n� u1 F. Z
� � '= - �
�- � o
. �
i I �� _
� ��y: � �� �•
r 3& 4 �� �
:€ 9�8� 8€8 q� � � �� �i
�3Y� �t.�f ` �� ti
E��az ��x$S � i i �� � RBp $ �°:
� $j ��5 �5 i 2ie
� � ��
p � �
o � �
� �
� j �
�
� � �g
E� 3'� � 3 ��
$g� �a m .� .� < r
6� '"� ��
s�
� i i ;�� �
�# i i ��a � --
ii t
ii � i,
j ��
II �
I I� € � � €
�`p� � � e ��
?5 �S� ry � s @ _= t.
tg� �p;
2p4 g't
tl�
� . Y g� �? F
� � ���� --
n-t �n =4 `s:�$
�
Sg$
� a_ S�
O—
��
�� Q
� 4�,�
t
� �a��o
" p e
6
` � i;a���
t �g i�4���
€ �V
�
---
�=v � �,�\� f �� Uo� [ZtsGXi'4yoMVej'p�enaMoguoue4d�WoesO
_ � _ _ 8 ��; � �'L «� �, �° .e �a1ua��fliunimun�
«<„_�
m y �pC --- � � ���,=� ,<,<.«,<� , ��, .� �. � o r, „���, peslru/aqsi4�
__— 6 _ ` I � 'Liy iY," l.�
�
a
�
R¢ �
r N
�g
�_ �+,.�,.,�aw� _�
/
�
/
�
/
�
/
�
/
�
I
---_.....- y .,�.
y — ' 3 h\,�`l :�
�wY'r"� —�i 5+`'•"�5r1� ` i�4ivl�� CEISGXl'4NoM4oj'P+enalno9ueweVd�Wav9!
x W ~ _ �{'�' �1 _� .. �r hitl 'aM , e� ia�ua��V_iuntuiuo�
�_- � r�-- �
_ t� � �� :��,�_,
m y�__ 3��a�=�iy i� ,��,�,<� „�.��rvo ���,a p eM,,..�,. pea1uv/oqsiU�
_ ___ _ • ���Y �y- ��t— .
Q
h 3
ti
. � C� rp y � (�.. �.
� E F� s�� t- �� � — —
':}s II
, •i� �-R
,— �
, — .;{F �
-- - ---' i@ I—
-- 'r �
� d F
f/� a
�/ r/'/`/: �/j � r�,
b
a
•� ,1 r'
�
m .. :
� -�
� � �` �e� �� o
,.. � :¢ k
z § 2 ` a 4
� i+ m �
—if ��
�
�`_ `-.d- �� ?��` g�S :�nCil�g€z��'`k �s
� ;a . F S ��' E
� `�e s g ` 5 �
3� �
€ c5 4 k I� � �
� ='���, � -_
Q I�
4 4 (
1 � k� � �` bE
��� � � _� � ��
4
m
4 e� �� i
`m
Y �
�, �
H
4
o��¢ 3�si alsg si� �id
I
r �. � 3 e�i I i E�
�
I
§ .. ..
S r �
��t � �
h "-3�. @G �
I
=1�
bl
s
x
� 4
0
� {
3�
�2�E t
�I
o � '�
Sry
� §3 �4
I
� r�)
I��_v
5/
�C ��
�
0
� N
� 4
�bII
=
�
��—
_
�W�I
v
=�_--
my� ._
um�i .,e- czisext'vvomv=j�w•n.i�oe���evdowoose
�:<<��a� � sa�ua��ti_iuniu�un�
„r, �
„�, oN;;o
a«s�„�,,, ,��._�w, �N,.., �,»»,o„ <�,.� ��e,�lr��aqsry�
3 E � Y =
1 � � 3 5� P`',
}? �u �� � l
� �2 e w� Q
� Q
'e s
E;: g� �
� 5ga � h �
m
v� @v
? s;b � � �"a' � ;� �
+ei
�� s�$ � E�;a� a e5 E;
E p zF
� ;4 - _
F T
� 9? g6
$P
�n
�
H
�
c v �e Z
z
�• Q a
r3�E� � _
"_ ;� o y
�^_�` a �
=e=e
�' �iP 3 �E t£ E5g A
Y EE= � � 6ceE g�
:F "� gi "e
_ E� � : �s'
�-
�}�
siF , �€S6 f
;---, � o
_ �I- �
I I
I 1
, e , a
�
t
�
�
�� r = �
Q n�
�� ,�3 $
F; 3,� �
// I
,i /
��i
j
�c
`3 ¢
�
� f
a
�
�o
a� _____ _ t__ � I
-- � I
; _____ __; .
I � s I
' �
�e a= �y
�a o � .��- --- - 6c` � � I'I
E � � � , ' I
^� I
�� �r I
� . �T = _ � 5 � . III
� �l I
:;?�^�`
1�-;�� I
Q I
�
� :�;� ;.' G
d � ��� �i:` w
O .�, � �,,z'••"Y O
�� I
y¢=� �
es?� oa
F`i�e e'-
5�3�i ii
�
O
/ O
� ��� d -
�e^ � +;
3�� o �
�$ sa �= g€ � "s� 4
E$ "sa '- = b . .
�€ e� I' S's e+ 'S`a $ `E
\ �4
\ l
�� \ \
�� o "e'
W g @
5
� � � � �¢ �
3°�� �a 3 a .'`+ �
��`€ `
F�. 'n° �
i
m�
°��
h
d y
��
d�
�—
i.�"'+ a G7 _.
W W .
=GR�
� s ---
�a�_._
m h o0
�a —
pn czt9[%1'44oMyaj�p��ne�naguoue4d�WOP9b
;°U�°� � �° ,�a�ua��4iunwiva�
r<i.m _ �
ot<�., �� °'°"" pe,�ll�/nysi�/�
��,� „ �,�,>m��;:% a4»a, , �� �
G
�
3
0
p �i
Z wY
S Yi
Q
�
���
�;E
FEe
G
G
3
0
p N
(g YY
Z i
a,=°
' 1111 �
`iE
€_ �
'sR � �
I I
B
�
¢
0
�
0
z
� -4
s T
� �
eo
�S 6
�y�
�
6
�
�
�
0
s�
a FI
� �i
Qi
i
i
�s� � i
�e�� i
i
��! s i
!'€€�� �1"
�
C
0
i
__
Vi' +)J � � I .�
y�,� ~ '�,,,�' ��� -� Ctl9L%1'4VeMVej'p�vneMoe�aue4d�WOPs> � ' �• m
x � __ a � o� �
� � �, , � �� � � , ; , sa�ua��tt_iunu�uiv� �� � , � I ; �. : � � o ¢
�s-- F1 � : � '
my��__3 3���--(�_� ,�,�su,:, �����..,�»e„�,p � „, ��� �ie,�lw/aqs/q� ,� ( � : j; _ �� o {
--a�=— � rl�:.� �-��, ° � $ � : � � .s.:.,. �N 7
C
C
�
�e _' s ?�: tee . � iiai �a�
_ _� , j = I_ .�au ���
I / /
I. ____"____ __________
� __________ _______'__
_ (
`Y I���f- _ �5 5`�s 4 � y€�� _=�
- _„� :tf 's�a; z,
��� - a � r.§
'3 � T�� 0 - �
3� - ^ a3 �p� �`s- �
� � � : a� _' . �,�-��
� ''-' � �p ��
i
'�_� �4 _
I _ - "" �� i<
I
� � a
''��` �� � � �� -;�3Y a Y �
' �ae
�.
.�
.�
4 v� `�
4 �0
� S 1
Ef
�
\�
^
�
� /' ` \ �
�� `\ 4
�d� ���_
E
C
U
ti
4
4
� 3
c
h E_.. ; - _ Fg H
'_ � �d aei
;_r �� �_ ; _ ;€;
5_= 5c in �
_nr� I
c7
5 _____ �
- O
1 , ----- 3
� s � t . ., . � �.
_ s �
o h �� F' «� � �
}� �� F� a� � �:€ �,
_E �� 3
� '
�
�� v k
1 £� iCaQ I e� a Y
€ - e
5'p 5 L � F2"
� 3 €= � �e :n o 3
`•�'_, ='-@r :� mi a €�
.j, �
ti
s� ��
m5� �
txo
� I � s
`� � " � � s� � �`��g. o wY
`\� `z 'a.' s E ES f Sn�'. i i
1 m
: b
h �b
6
k
� S
H
A! °v��r
4 �i ��e�
t•
� �
4
i
C
4
�
�
�
g � _ '
T�� s�
_e; `e� �aF
------- m
� a
� W
_ 's_;� ��s � {
� ���1�- �
�
k
k
�I�
4
S
`h
f`�'„ — a � Y`„zJ � .,Id_"
�� � _ g ; �'��U„v��<' •.' il i<i�im w,,, ..�
� ,,s41t1 _ CZtsLXi'4VoMVoj'pien.�neguaue4d�W0Ysb
� a � -_ " ° ��`�a� �� �I ,�,H;�;;i ' ,�alua��i_ianrama�/iealw/oqsi�/�
m �+ 05 -_ 3 � � ,�-J __ ,� .� �� m, a,.�, �, d� � �v�..
-': �:::�.'""�o ..
p ::..:::.::..:...:.:::..:...:.:....�aa 0 ,,..� �
'��� 11111111111';''��;, ----1
;� II/II ICv�;�, �� ;;'
+� Iilll lllil ;y �
�� :a � � 1�;
�, ''.'' ;�
;/ � - ;i.
i� 'inll. - �I�
,' ;�� .
� I� ;�n � � i�!
;� � �
�� {� i ���
� I I g:g .�; i �:;`;
1 :E.
g '�=1 c� �-lE ���;:
�#� e�� �e�h-
�
���
i: 1
g�� �IF t
� �s� �
3 �
Y �
��@
i
6� �b
�
I4= o � i u �� o
E �
� �L
� � � �
z g �T ��_ �4 � <
I � S &�� 6 I sF. � I� E`3'� i� I §
m ( �:y�� m �
( � � � � I z o�i I ' q �33Y 3 � � �
c� O f5+ �@ �A ✓ev {� � �E��, 3� o $
:c c E 6 - 3 E
y 5 f
g H d � S ` E
� �
� ¢
s '
C
, �_�� p �../.._..._....�. _.. _. \I,n_.
- ---- --- ---- O�
._...- - •
............................ � -
_ � n ;�� v��i� �
; - ;�„ ��'j — 4�n�
� '
� _ p ���I �, p
�� 3��� �
�1�� � i�'• ,•9�='
-° �'�� :���:i
'�� II ���I �11
, j=1C _
ifll � I�, .� 1.�
a�iin � � �'I ;�n _ �
��:�n.� -� 0 '�i .a � 0
�i� ' �, '�
�n. j�,; �'� n
,.� �;fl ��� _ ��._ :+l'
,' ;�.I
�''�'J ���� ;� �� i
... ..., , �!� Q �a....Qa...�n�..,.,e_ .� Q
�
''�'i�'..-•--_iiiii �H ♦ ��� ..;.�J :�::�
_ 1�� , :.............. . 11 �
�a�' �, � Il.
�in� ' � �
e�,' ili�i ;�� � (; ��n.i
' 1� - _ ��� il �� II
....._. _ ; ,
� �. . ' =
.. ............... .
II�;._ � :�n: � . ;�,-'�ii
� �_ -�r
!£ (�����:�L-11. 0 �'� �':ll.1_f� 0 i
�II'-- ����� ; � jl: ��- � ��� ;1 �LI
jp ���, il��i.�� ' I� Y:�)11¶:
e �=� e ': '� i-,1L
.r��l+�—
�(�,�� I
�11 �I:{ (���.r �.�'
��=��-n: O —�:�?-i
��I% • _ _ _ _ f��
� ;�I ���
.- - �;;�.
Y,�,=
,,��--
;� �
;�
I��
i�r-il' -
%" jj -
�i�ll
I�n _
I,a � O
6 �a"F i
S �� '
tiel �� Cit9LX1'4MoM4oj'P�rne�noBuoue4da44�Y9b
e!fl[iel �w w. - .
�.,,,��, , ,�a1ua��tjiuniuiuo�/ie�lw/nqsiU�
=,,,�r�
o,<,�„�„� „�,rw,�,, a=�,.o ti �d„ ..�
�i �_:�nti . I
e� `�=,--=1-. � �� i-'2 ;� t� -io`?,
aa a s �
,- i < .
a ..
.,_ o S e 3.��.i . .
-: i � II�` � �--�.._ � . ..�...
�-� _�_ ---- --- ----� -,�'=" j _i _
LJ ; ...
� ''I,�:(:: j I
��r.> �
� ,�t�m� � § �
p I T q�ir � ,x € _
� I � �_ 7��'� gu_� I
�� ,1� � �� _- a� � ;_p;f =,,.. .�
� r - _ :��
E _' y€ F�
y� 3 . ; � �- '�
�a4 H e "� �a �Q
zG0 s =< " �E
1� � �� - ------- --- ��� p -----'---
�_-- � ,,. �
; "►: ��;'�:' i �
' -- - '' �
-, - - , , - ,-- __ ;
��� � .._ � � ~ � �§ �
1��
_ • , 0 �a
I I m I 1
a •3 -� � �
�� t
�E _� �_ elp =a � .� l =� e�= � s � -- —�
� � � E e _ � �� --1� -- �
E �
Q
� `i� f�€flF43= � "� M1I4�� I\-` c� I _L .'�
I �� I y , � 1 ' 1
II � 1 I 1
� I 1 1 :���'i�:��: ���
_ I -
� _ _ 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ I I
� � :..:.�_.. i i
.. i § ( �
� 3 r ( �e,= �a=��
"; 9� � Eei g e� P' �p� y�j� �ae'E L
ds ��� - „� i •� ( 3 � � _�_° ����=�
?� " 3� F� ' Si� 4 E��� 9e
'"s8 ' ¢Y c s ^�' �'.
'i � -
c �]�
9€ -I� �'e I �L3� �5� � Y�
d------- �
;
�� �
�
�e�
8� C4
a$� s�
Si �` �$ . � a
�Y� =d �!i F � "a �C
�I,��. �� `
� �j �_-- I �
9�
T , P�� -a i£
.� 5i o� `6
��/�'�%�=.�::�����
/
u�i �
. ��=�.� i
'- �
�
�• l=�II-11=
�'S_f=11=�(1
a-ic=:n
�
�� �s � �
`s= f
A1a 3�n�-I3 2C��'
a
3? su e �€
� �T I '� I I
$1= 19 = �l�
F
i i 1 i i �(
I °3 �y I �_=`�
�l� �p 6pE3�`
5 ` � �g `�y�
?€S
� ¢
�
3
� "i
��,
• ��
_,— � 11
s �-11
�—
e
����
...........r.. �.��
-=;;�;3 "=u
� �:n
. `��°R _
11—
e
� Ih
�
.l�
���'-:�
` 1�n=ir
� ���
ju,-u=
� � _„_
����_�
O
—„-�
,n=n:���.
„-�,-
___= �„�
L-S'� I
! r� =11=11.-
i�r=n
n=u= .
i:=n�i. -
O
ae r_ +_ r_ .t=
�! a���,+��('r � . � ` .
W=..v. - i'-� 1C�lfl"�.... I(4iv1 ,va _ CLt9L%1�4N�M4oj�p�ene�na0uoue4d�W0V9P 0 p � ��i t3 N
W o ( 4
� GC S u �al � ct 1� tl '�w O ,�a�ua��ti_i�nwioa� [� z� � E � � o ¢
m y � _ a a ;,�`��--� ,�,a>; ���;, ,, ry , , ��, � a � �ie,�1 ru�aqsiq� � : � F �� �� � � _ �
-_ _ _ `�,(iy ��' . .£9 .. �
.. ... I ' i� :e.
ti
\\�
,����r���� r�
U�i'�,lst�i
_____ `>t
'+::"-'�._
s.,�','q'°�.,'s.,�
\\�
�
�
�
4 5
4 r.
G k�
�
h
; b
4y
�a `
r.. �c
i
ti
4 g
a �
� �0
������
�
o--� --------
�g� � e a,bs ;. _;
� �Y
"s�� :`'s ��i o:�� a9 ,s�
4 4
� �
N
b
4�
¢ �
c E�
j°
h
� ' b
� �F ` Q�
tl
� !'-� F� �� @�
l
....�... $
4 �
a '�
o �
� ¢ �
, � ���
� ��
f h 4I
"� .r, W.
o �I
{
�'7111'♦♦♦♦♦♦
.ai\`,: .
_ ���� \ -
�� \�\�. -
e ._. _ _ . _Q e
.�\I\'��f ;:
:,.��,::a,
e e
- ��"i��s��_
:i���s. 4wy.� _ _" -����(1�! �!'\��\.�1..�
v_a "!ti_- " -vvN����'r���.��.�. .
`�_\.�'�.�'�:-\
,`I�� ����'� y1e� ���
� :�i,�,I..,�\�I\�\I
, ,..�,.
r �_��_.��—�,_.��.
i��n. �a��=�
' �L`'�]I �-;If.��,7C�� � -
0 a 0
�
. , ��•��
a ^ '�5 ;� e q�x 4
3 `�
� �� � e¢ c �Sk_ �}
s c. �3 � =z€ ,.
C
tF ��R� �� g
��� )�s3 i, �
�
�
(
.l�
o§
o�
_� §yE ��,�
:=Z `y.,'s
�
�
i
�
ol�
a,�{ � b
(
�
L
iii�iei S _
0
a
.
4�� .,
;i�� :�I.
� f
:,;i �� ....
�+:L� \ :
¢-st:'�': '•,%�4F';i:F'1..::.nf:�x _ -
_Y�^
iff —
,i + O
1
� �
_ �,
��
SY.f.Z•7M:4 �
�\ �� I��`
�� ���.� -
,z,,-m. � =K-, -� -
�..� Y..'�, -�-`�I
0
o�
N c .S � E� ����,�,'�..
Ek ��� � Y �g:u�,n>, �.
- �F f,g5 E s H � �
\\\ � �yr'.,�a,
` '�' �
6��.
:�
q S . a
cE�. . . . . . . o
: a �2fissE _ `d 6
{ ���'s3 t� � � . � z a
i� 5�
. �_ ' �� 1
�� � �� �� ��a �
�, a ;� � J a . +
E3 : �k E
k
R q 4 `
�^ o � ��� o i�
-� - �
�
�
1� § 4 4
�� Y ' 6� a � !
�� S� 6� Z o Li
�� S
�.'a F' v o �'� s� �
= o �y —
� � = } �
Z�'= '-� ����-
�
my��_� �l✓f�=
�
�
�1� t�a
� I
�
�
CztsG Xl'44oM Yoj'P��nelnag uaue4d�Y1 oa90 : I
; � i � � �a�ua��i�unruiva� � 4 0 � '; � ° �
� i � ?g �� �� ' z
�,�,�ve ¢„i �>ww,v ms �� . � a a � � �. „ ��P.,/1 ///�0//S�i�i% ; s.
_ eya � �
"` 6
_ �
�
ln-e=g` 4 4
s._?e3 0 �
�°�r � 3e
H V
m 4 = eF �3E
� � b�
Q l - 4'=a
o i� { FSS
s
;�§�`� g ti ii'.i -.;
.adi4'': - ?.i� _
I J j
/
3� /
� pE � I E
0 4 �g � ,� y'
1 Q F k � �,
��� o k � -
�.7
«
�
E j
� -�
�
� 19 59�
� s� s3?a
� ' 1���
h - _ .,.. ...: .
Q 4.
o � a_
!
N
g: iC �3 °€
_ k• ¢� a
, /
a� �� i ; a . - .
� �''!s. '�� � ' . 4 4
a§ �� p�� Q � .
�_
L
F _
ii
Ch
�
�
a
��
� ti
` Gi
¢ }y
� G N.
t
�
�
��s�!.':���.�!:�' - .
_ 9��' _
0 0
a� . : ni�n �i
ni�iat :►
�i �i.-i
Illdll
�7I-=�1=,1
::s•:,•:•>;-ll[�11..
�I,�,I�i ���I��I�:I
:� ;,e„,�:::�'- �.;w ; y;;:;;,.;;;,
`- __ =' x��;t,:_ at_,;
_ -,;�.- __--- -
0 0
�������I������
�
---- --- � �
_-�
i'���
_ j�
s�
1�
e
e
�
��?�h�.�c::..�
eeE'�\ ;e
� � t� t\
0
�
-___�i-
�_��__
���,
=�_
�Q�I--
OD N� C� __
�OJ
�
C
�
.�z
_. � { I �'S-r � 4 1 ,a [Ll9L%1'4MoMYaj'p�v.u�naguoua4daylOP99
� s �= ; � . _ ,�a�ua��tiiuniuwa�
� 3 ��a�-_-�- ,�, u � , .� „ o o d, ,�_�,� ' pe/1 /U/aqsiU9
_ ` 3 ,(�Y=�%=1:5— :
) �'
��/ g 6� " £ `�r, .
/ ( f�y c� - � -� at:�
gf5 � + I; .
4 6 �./
,-%I�,/� ��� ' :'a��.
i� �/ `�y /�'I_
` r� ,� o, g // 1 II- ;
`W�`��r�,��� o § '� �� I rr `` � � �. ' � "o
Et� ¢ � ��� =€'`s�� ,� � � � �- � � ��:
��� �Fe •£� � s� I� � ,o=r
'�uil\I.�I.O�`OI\I,\I\I\. i��'!�\ . ,
�� � a
.................................................... .... , ��:IIi�, Q �f
� :��'%��:.�:����sc�'� �.� � �'�:��`'�:'�����`.����ai�i�l �
�.�: �,;
���'�::sa<,��'.�>,',.n�.`:n:>.�: tz:�r'�:`v�'�'3�: • �� i�. �.c'£��'�'..'.�'.'� i��`�r�;
_ --��.� -- :� - -
�:.::::� Ce
O ::'� 0 0
4
�
I\I\�\I�I\I\I �I. �I \a\I\I
r■►r■r � ���i�
- .����-
- ---- ------- ---,:s.;- --�:��:���:�:- -
O > O "i • .f .. . fE:.
:.'s�"o`'v�< E� ...� .
'i�. � :;:Y#E3%t: :.��;:5':Ga:Yx.f���
. .� ` ".. i ��. � _
� � �. O
;^+r`•:^. �Y.°:•.�c.� .
_ r'':"z:.�sa��'.G� �+.° ,.c z z�< _ i �"kh.���tix�;v"v. _
. � U s
I _ � � � a
— ��' ::�a: — �1� ,� _
� u' • O i . e
:f} f`: i � ,
�`'f< � �!!� ,
n;�;:;::>:;:��si;��:Y>f�:�� % I 4 `
�.__.. ra i;� .�,.
:::::: :A �. ; .�� *,�� �.
•-k�. � .::,n n��r
�,� \, ` �;,� _.��_.--z �
( ..'\��� ���� �i �.n� n�
u n=n
— ��� _i =
_ � ir�n=Mr
Q � O ir���r��.�� e
_ ; � ;�i
� ����— {
` Y� �ii ���j�.
' 's.. --
�',
� a ����::
O O e
i;�R �g aY
� � �! ?$ €
= rae£� � _ �
<
i06
� � _
� �� � .��.6
�
� Q
� _
1 1 1 I 4z
,5g ��
63�i €2 �gep� � o h
;�' � €•�i
k
S
` F
t
� $R
1 3
r �E 6F
( g g8 ;
F'S g@
- �e �@ 4 $
�{ i4 Q }
i
�3 �'e� G E
W~r..7 � 3��%��� �r Ll9LX1'4YoMYej'piane �I� E I O
xyJ._ 0 9 �' 4vl MoOuoc�e4d�YloV9Y y �I .
a C7 "~� u `� �J� 1� tl � ia�ua��iivaun�n� � 4 E S I I F �� . � �
mH� � � if�- �; _ � �e<„I�„I , �,� ��,� -0 ,p, �.� �ie,�lur/oqsiq� � `a{ �pp ; ��� aa _
_ _ _ 'et _ „�;iy �„'(^r— • _ _ _ I� -' i � � -
.. .. ..._. . �� °zee en. " �
Y F
�
: ; - • I�
►7►�Diuu�uu►�oiu I�I�i
I—�I a� (0l�A�II
A I�— YI�1'
„� � � C� 0�1
' r - � � .
�
�
4D _
�_
�
„"\ �� ���1,II
I
;
"� t
x �
� � ��
�
J
3EE
a�r;
�
�
5
�
M
o�
T
�
3 ��
!
�
T
�
�y
o�
H
Y
t
�
F
4
�
N
y
¢
�
o b
��a� '���
� 0l��
� 4�i1Y1P111
9
<
a� I
e
�'� ��)
��
4� IO�I
4@'�O�I
�101�1�
l�
N
�b
9
S
�
�
�
-�
r--, �
ri-'- �- � i
ii
��— r'�— i
l__J
i i�� &
\ (-
6 6
J s
� � ,�. � " $
�� �� �ys ,� � �
�`�� ` =�` Q-
v' � q
�
J �
s
�e� , � �
=� ��� s�
a
g�;� �"s7� ;
_ ,,,
�li F
�� � Y
% 3 z�, 65
a e:
N
s. �; Y
, -
;� .
;
;�,..
, �. .�
k
�y
f�� k� m N
E�
N
� q
✓
33 t'� � f�
Et
♦. �
�
:
�
o�
E�1
r
�
2
�
�
�
��
6 ��j� k
a Ep'
e / 'Y�'J 6
( f
OF � /
J J �
1 �,., �
� •
W
� � r �:,, N k
J � �-
Ii ,. u .. �� �� � «
r
2
' �0 �
_ \
i �•�\O j� k
f�, m �
�
N �s�
��9
5 ��
�
� =�
W ~
� 2
=
�
m h
I[4ie1 .ae CLl9LX1'4VaMVoj�p�eno�noguaue4daWppgb
:,,;;r; °� ° sa�ua��iiumuuiv�
, � �,.w
o��:, a..p,,Un�„�. ��..,�
a,�.�,�.,<, .,�t�r,�e��„..� �b,�,w,,,.�,� �ie�luqa�/siy�
4 4
� b gF b
er �'a �ko� , ���
`s� s�e . ss< ' ``s�
e_
-- �----------
{ ii F i �_
@ 3 3= ^- � de°
.� '
. h
g` z t i __"' o S
� �,.a � C h a `---„a,b G �
� �n..�,o §
34 A Hry
t� € ig t ��e
��e$
'§ : ; ��� �-
C3 _- u°s .�aF�? �a��
3's an':� dv:=
_�
I
1
'I
q c�__'_ ¢
� x la= —� ((-j O :.
� w ,� �� G z
9 �i
6 ��� �� ��
R i�
� 4 0 §
� I°:I .,,,, a � G �
a
6
z s
o _
W �
§ §
b � a
n gg �6 � � �a �e '
t'� k£s �; �� �e t� ��_
F�� �s � E
��/ 4tl OF_
/i 4
$ Z o-
o . � �
a wa G � .�J .�sm -� � x
N
4 �1
d = p 6 i� � b
@ � 2x.. �_ �.�v �EL
__. � aa-
k;'� �: �
u�
�'/ } e �
s a
� ,m a. ; � z '
_ o _
"' r ,v ,m,» G t�.
§
3 re� �a� a� �
G�E -' 3
A
� S
o :
vo G �
� '_� �� r ��`3 t,
F �'s'� �o $ :3�`
4 �
f
I
P
0o G �
4
e� us a
n
:.'•� 1:N :
3! 5
k � E i
o '
�� _� G �
b
b
a�
$�
�s ee� �
� `aA i
¢ z o
o �
��
� pe p EY . 4
i p
k{ iu �j
Lc�g 5aq g �Se '�B b
,`.�e6 k:'� 5eE �e
k
@
a
z ;
o _
G y
€ � t.
�
� ¢
� -
� -
4
� e� ;:� �i;
�. gSe ','�� I
_ ' S�i
� � /
�a Fy� S�% „}i :
k � $ Eg�
� 35
� x ��� ���
_ �cV
a . ., , .
y � e.
0
`Y^ 9 ''§
o � �_:
z : ,�:
& �
" 3�� q�� �
�4 �;� ;� '" �
4 ae
k I , g �
��
C7
� § �= rs. �'€$ a�b
� ' Fs�io §�9eF �$
�
, �.�
���
_ !
a '-
o �
0 4
6IF
k
3
�
�_�
s� ;_--
acs--
m��-.._
I[Itiil �a CZI9LX1'44oMYai'P�•n��neguoue4d�WoV96
a,=��o� , � ,�a�ua��iiumuiva� � � =
,� �i ii� � 5 a
s� rv�s� § 4 �
o,�,�. , , .��,� _�, a �A�„ , �� � �iea�iu�aqsi4�
��6
s � � — � C
E �
s� w�m z� z y�
d � s
�
��
<
d o'doz o0o a _a m a o
��.. " "�Qo� a�� o� Eo Uo Uo �o c�i
d �W `� ' § �c�� � �U � co SU SU c�� � m m � �
� o� � � � � � �
o��� �
Ho��< � � W
�z�w� o � o s � o o�
o�,�,�� o " „ < Nw
zs� � '� =6 � " " "' a ¢ o "
�Q�ooy s gs ��� ' � � � �N � �w^ � � � �<� �q� ��d �<� �aa¢m
o�Jao� 7�� = a� �_"�,,, �G=��¢ �as" G�dx ��=_ �am�� �6 �� z����
w� a� z� �., LL� a �wwd_s �,�,`,��s �sos_ w�ses 2 ¢�oos ¢�oa� 6�oa� �`=oo� ar�o��s
za� a��„o.,. �- oa� w�' w" ¢z wN� w� ��m�¢Wc� w�' ec� �� �w
�o��N¢ 6mz ?_LL d3 �wo�d ¢�Sc�i�n.da g�LL�nu ¢�c�>du ��c�i�iv��iu � co
¢N�6v�i� owo.n �� rz'ac��nav � � — � � �m wc� ¢�c�.�v�—ic¢o �mc�>��'n� �mc�iy"� sd'm��
o����o ��¢oaN�� g�� �W € � � � � � � � � � �
sm���������o��� ��� §�
¢ 6� ������sw6 oz��� x
��a��sa"'>��o�5w-o `^d3�7wu' 3 o�w- .
"¢��s��ms��o�o ix���6� � � � WY
o�sc�"' "'�scai= —� wwUio� Y � `�w' z.o omoB
a�"��`s�"��"'o����i�� Q� �a ��., o a t a m G. � o � Y.,^ �d w �
s as����� ��a,�S� w�o�"}� o•-o� 3 z oo ���- ao, ��o z�o '_�Q �mi
��.i�nQ�ne�mm.-: `J'o.-^ c F � — ��� �� 20� �� � �� a^� � �� orL �o .
¢��Q ��� yh� �y� ��� ��a ��< ��� ��a �H � �� �o z�
��a a a d a a d d a d �U �U �
� 4 �
i
� a_i
'�, � � "" � ".. � I
I I
I �
j 9Yr 19Y ���. !
i
�
J ¢ <� � � � � w z � �m
�� ��j � � � s oz N 3 , � ¢o �m �d ��'$� �a
o�� o o�� o � � g s�
o�x o�x o�a� rw� akg�� s � asot��'`S �"'o�'m
u�5b � oN co Q�<.a�.LL z"�o� zx� iFJ` s�..� o,an�o..
� �"�y1�kl 'dCc���n ���� 'z'�oa �J'2 ��� g �o�� Y��-'-�z
�� � � �rc>3 �mc+_ ¢ ¢ 0 3 �c�.aac+ �cJi�c�
� � � � � � �U �U �� 3 �. y
v , ���
f ���I ���� � �
;'�� z - �._r'` . � ' � � ��� ��
� �� �a
� G��s� ��
� � ��
8 8 @ � �� � ��
m
e ���
� ` ��u
A �� i��!i N ���
` ` =====°===='===� = -
r�..��.- =_==== =_ =-==o : _-
- - "-�_-_� �
11�1 � �� . `
___; �
=-_, ;:��; �
--- ---:�,�.
_=_=__===:�at '
�I����
I g�jY��
t
%%
�
/
/
�
8 %�
i�
� i i
�i
�=v
... 4� -
� C'3 �
a�=_
OC6G�_
m y � _
nsleivl'�n'Ew.» �a�e+��ua��:� � Cil9L%1�4VoMVoj'P�eneino8uoue4daYi�99
_°.�.�°� , salua��liumuiva�/ieiluqoqsiq�
r,.�.�_�
ou.o�e¢«l ��N,w,rwsA:�a,i,a .vA>,nw�� �w�r
0
� -' w
Z U J Q'
m�a
�
��r-
a win
a - WV��;��
ic zo ;��
� � �i�� €
d@ �F�
�
__._T
/ I
1
i
i
i
�
i
i
i
��
L
! I
/ I
'i� ■
, ■
■
.
�' - =
�.■
.
�'1 -
��
�
ieiem arv� ,a
°�esliiol'yn'asad,c.�w;... 3n EZlztXi'44oMyoj�piene�no0uoue4dal4oenF
.,�,��� o ,a ,>�,Nw�
�.,�„�� oy„a �'�� �alua��ijianuiuia�/iei,(m/oqs�4�
o�„e9.�r„� ,v.��,,.w.s =�„�„ �o n,e,_ ,h,.
� �a gq9 E �e p � g � � ? °@� ��s �e � e � � ��" A ?? ��g g
} � s� ��g�eS �� ���� �� g� � �� � � ��h� ��' �� �a � � � � ��� � s�� ���� �
N N g€ �� �g �g q�;� �� �� �3 �� � � €�e� �g� �L �� . @ � � € �gg � ��! ���€ �
�g� � � �n �s�� �� g� �� ty �� � ���� ��� E��'e� �� � �� _� e�� � �g� ��� §[
z m. �� g••� ��a � 9� g� g'Y g�i �� ' jk� t§�a 8�� �� Y� 8e §i S�y ° �� ��V�� s
� a.�� ., ����� �.. � i7 e� c� cP ���'= ��' e e e e� n t ee e�� �� s�q"�` e
��.. t C �e g h_ Y L 6� E � d "� � R
� o �� ��t ��� ,,� 3@� � a:� � :�� �€ �� �c _� ..,.��� :.��� >�9 ;s�'�� ts�'s�'sz r�°y � . �3 �e��� a
dz N . . a . _. . - - - - - - - - - - a � a a � a
::�����'_'3 mJ a
�'"`��Jj=`��; �ag
.. ��
a v�a
� �'��'��'�"�'I""�"���'���'����� `
z�
a
J
a
r
J
a
a
�
N.
� o
Z �
mm
N��
G�����
�W-y,�
� Z'-��' � �
oer�
<�
�--�i
iW W y�j —;� ei<I<�al awiac^+s :e ' ';;;44 O
`�.' = . aesl�vls-u.., ca�SL%1'4VeMWd'P�ena�m8uoue4daW0en ��::" �£ U d
; = � _ — �i � °s, C;�I ,�a1ua��tJiunwu�a�/ie,�l uqaqsiq� {(;���,�` � ' m w
� m y � — �' �ciwnhul N u. nr ASWrs.�� . �o��a�v�n +.�•V". � ` � � Z
� .it �` = Q J
_____ 6=.__ i a 3 a _
„ex
w�
U��.��
¢ 3�? g�� ��fi �f 3� e n'Z y.3
� c �` � ¢ <�;�
50 � _ g 'S g rg ����,� ,"k"a � _ g� ez 3_ a � �` '��
� � g� g e' 3e g &?tl e 5' � �$ g E Z„Zs�
�p �Y �7 � E2 ��,. p 3 i�" � so3. g 3 Oe ��
���z€o � ��H����€G �[a�Q ����aa€5a9;�4�����;i3e�1"s�y@S?�3� 8 �e�
i i �� °ea: gy§ � 43 �� �� e� �k -n _
g �� &E ..� 9
3 � � � � �o� �� r
e§ a�e ab B a F�� ��� �c�. � a
Z � 2 3 � y � �' � � 9 � ^ e Z � � . � i � � a ' " " € ? ' " " ' _ ' " " _ " " " " " _ _ _ _ _ ' ? 3 9 _
� p �A j� �$ ��!� �. r�= �a §5 �E� �g� �� �
a z _ -
z�
a
J
d
W
H
N
Q
'S .
� o
Z �
m �
%
h
��
/
��
�C W{� -� eil<��I':w�EUua.b��3a���:m�vo�ei,v � R19lX1�WaM4oj'P�enc�no8uosia4daW099V $• •+�.� f ad j
= � _ — o =, �.,u F - ,�a1ua��fjiunm�o�/ie�1 uqnys/q� � � � �" - -
OG 6 C� _ ��s��•�e� „ rvvw+e.os r�re A a > —
m y �, � veluel . +, . e � i � ..w,r � ^,y��arn c n
6 — < � 5 ' na` � _ .'
— � a d F
__ ._ .____
9 �_ �F.�
�' e
�'g�a3 s �a,
s
� ... � $
8 a
s', 9 � ,�8
�__ `c—�NQEK^.;5 $�
E�� ;R `j:� =g
; _a�g �€t aE�,�
�„:Q€���:,.—�`�e9R
.. ^€�sa''E< .
�
_� =s
<3 <.��.
�
0
i �
,
,
/
,
,
/
,
,
---,
/
;�
/
,
,
,
�
tl
1 $
f..... o
Y � � � � I iitemsf<i¢I'=a� . �3s+Y'nn�,3+/ 3 = CZt9LX1'VNOMYo3'pienalnog�aficVd>IY0896 �- '�c"'''S � . O J
= � � — � t I „�.,u � aalua��fliunwum�/ieil �/oqsiq� � ` � �O�` -
„�.��, f1 � m �
my � — � , „i«�, �„a.���, � r� � pA ,� � �,.. _. �,;`' � � t
Q— $- � �a�n - "
�
3 3 3
g a o 0
3g 3 0 0 �N _
-�9 0� $ 3 W p o�
_ c� u� � � '� " $ �Q �_ � � a� y �5 �� y a�
� 3 �� �i � � s� s� 5 � �� s4 � so � s z
�� �n 's g ` a =
� �� 's� s � �$ _ �= s �
�s
W� �: ;
� � ��_
o �� w �. „
� g� _ � x t - -
..3� 1+ Q 3o a� � �� �,
y� �� .
� -k 'g 3� ` � � �� -
z ��o ��z ��„ t- _
� €�� Z €�� W :�
w� Q a�� _-_ s��� w yz��,o s�
a � � � s �=�e�� w
; � � �: ���s�s �_ �
o Z ¢e= a��e �
Z s ;��` <a�� �� s
m W; 1
°' �`� �
� N �s3 ,,
vo uo ¢�� uo
..- �'v _ ..�
4 � . � a � 5 � � � G <
h � � � o � � o o� o o �� 6 e o
. S � � 2. � �� ' fi $ _ � � '"� w'�i �� � �
,� � � �e a �� 7 3 � � �a � 3a �u �:. �
� � � � j � � ¢� � �7 �
3 � , _. �� �o � � �� a F
o _ _ �� o --�- -- - � � g
o _ _� o � << +7+ �+z
- ; � ��. � + + o
o w - - m�, � t, � �
Z , :. F� -- - - + Z �
g
7 _.a - Z � z,::, ` �+ +� � d
w Yh t -_ - i� � u � ��: � w
;
.• �
. �
a ;' � : .... .. .. w •;; � o nQ. �� � �,�Yl
�
� i w ' • g `� p
� t �c
� � - = a "�� Z -�-- �a }_ r? Z
,,, • - u o yir �
Q� - - - z� .-� � �
- x c9 � c`�
z '�� �
a � a --�1-- ' u� ��� �'� �a �
� � �� � �� � � g�j�� „��,�� �E �m� e� � ��
� � �X � � � � �' �� o a� ;s� ab s�
� �9 �i �i �� � �� � �� �� �� 's� � �� 5���� LL�� � � � c�
� 3 �� �� �� �� �� Y Y"' o� �.. � �� y�qa�� de� � �� � ��
Ai �'a ��Z �� �� �� �"� <& �� ?� �5 , Q� �� ��z��= ,
� '����` 5 k
a � � � � � � � �� �8 �� a� �$ �� �� �q� g
u�/� �./ �» �� �� �� �� 4� 3�� � � t y �
5 3 5 : �. Y k� :�Y aY bY� F�k aY� &X� ?��Y 8L"3 �� � �
3� y � � A 2 9 R ^ a � J � � Y ��g���� d� \ a� a m � ��������� '
� � �8���� °2 'd �'.r, g �� � � _ . _
$a ' S . ' _ _ � � � 2'.J.:l $ 5 �� � � f��,.:
k : � � � � N � 33 � = � '� .
�� _ _ � A F � � �� � g _ .
� k d e " s :. .a. .°ii.. I�.J i,
�� � $ � N b N w � � � o �r I _ � 3 Ir
§ �� � �� � � " �� f � z
� h « s. .:,
. � : .,�
; - r ,.:
, � ,.:. >
e � � 3 � :m �� 6f �:. � ` � . _ '_.I p
� � a — - -- - �i� �
__Y .
� �
� �� � w _ __ �� .,.
�� � � � � $� �� �� � � �� �� �� � �� � n �o < � ,� _ a .�, �
� �� � � � � �� �� $� �� �a � � 's �3 �� �� � e� = aP �: � � �r"� �� � � �,� �3 w ' 3 �
� � �
.
� �e
_ �3 �� �� a� �� �� �� �� �� �r � �� �� �� �� � �$ �� � �� �� � '� o � ' E �
. �� �� ��
�n 2 � '•' � ' - � rnnwar ' i :. i . 3
� F ,� i
F-• � °m= -`m` mm e1 �� 3 � � � �»� " S s �� �b �4 .#^:: � I i �Uo �d U�6
5 � � . - � � 3 � = � ' � � � � ���� � �� oJ � � ;L �= z w
a " `
� �.
�• -
.
■
■
' ■ __ �
■
��7'i'
G�
a[f<lal i � guoue4d�WOv%
<fltl<I'>�q'�wa�: ry CLt9L%1'44oA1Vaj'P�enaino
°°,��°� � °���"°� ialua��tT/un�uruo�/ie,�lw/aqsiq�
>�„ �� a
eteeo+el[tel iw>n i t�tieov'a nioiov�=+r
� ��;t�
4 $ � §a
� � `30 4� �� r �������
�� ( ��u,�p�� ���,����
F e � e� o� O
�� � � �� 8 f � � � 1 I�5 .
� ,��� ���� �{ i �e $'vg ��.
BS ,,}
�si8���a��i�6Vsll�i��s�'i�� �7��
uaU M•atnose��sa�-��oepa
����i�i i:t����' � � ���� �
�� I�i����ai �uld� ' �����
:;_;,���:�€I�i€!:��� � � Is
f
�@�0��8�4�! ,�.��
� ��� �
�� ���
������-� y c�� ����� ���
���:����� a�����������������s��
t� �QF� ecafF�� f�� s5 >s€.eu
p � e�V� g e���°s, ��
���
� � �j��g��t4���9�y6§� �+Bd��g� ����
���.�6�����3���55�5����4����$����
4 3 �u6 €���Y y�B�Ee$��$�g<eff�
@ �2� Y ��
�������� ��� � � ���� � ��� �
�������������������������``s,����
� � �� ��g �� a� g �� �� .� �
� �� � �€� g �� � � �
3 �
�� «� @ ��s sa g� � 4 � ��� � � �
� z �
� g� ��#� �a ��� �`r�� ��z � �g �� � � � � e
� 6 �� 6g°$ � �� � ��� �
@�g 4Ja � ���� �� 1�� � �� � � �� � '
� @�� s�g� � ���� �� aa� � §� 3� ��� �� � �
�@ �i� k ���g �4 y�s � $�g �g ,�� `g� S
� �`$� �� � e�6� �� & ��' �a �X� ���� Be � �
:
� �
� ��� ��� � ���� ��� ; � � �� �� ���� �� � �
d d q � d ., a d A # � � # X
� e
Y �
§ �� �� �� ��� � � e�� ��„ �g ��� � � � . �� � � �
`� c� Y ��� r�9 � � ��� A 6 ��� p � �� � e
� �gg �� �g�� �gF � � ��� ��� h ��g@ �� � � �� � � � �
� e& Y� g�� agA� �€ � a�� �g� � �i¢ �6 �� �� =.& � � a � �
; �a� �g� ��� e��� a� � ��� ��� �� ��� gp� @g �� ��� � �� � � �
fd � �i m�� ��s� d �� �� ��d 4 €�£ �� �� ° kqs gg 3,- "
ie ��a �a �S ���g �� �a � �� a� � � g� @ y� � � p� `g•
t� ��G x� :� ���� �� � ��� ���� � °�� �� �� �� ��� Q �g @� � . �
� ��� �� ��� €c� �� �E � aas� �� ��� a� an �� ��� 8 �3 �� �a �
�
O
�
0
z
5a�
�e�
5S�
�B�
E��
�
s
@ �
A� �
¢ �
��
�
�$� � �
� �'�q � � a
� 7 � � �
�� �
����������
������d���
��p�a����
�''q�si�3R�e�
� � �� x
������rC;��
a �� ��b �
_�
n� Y= 8@� � H y
���E:�F� :
§5��?e��€€
���������
< o
'� , � o
�`J �� <Qo W
� � �oZ
� � �
UWJ
WN
�aJ
��s
z��;@�
a ; a.W�e;�
Wu., y
F� e 8
s � �z�����
ea °`s�
� ~
Q
a
�
N
�
U
� Y
U4
�
0
i�F�_
� �J =. a.. _
� � v �
� _�_—
i myOC
i � _�
�� �� o
c
� s"g�0�� 5� €
�e a`�3i
$8z � �
� �k��w �� �
�. s g��€i � �§.
� � ��€a° �� ��
�� � � �g��� �� ��
ag F ��i� �€ g#
f� � � �� e�� Sa a §3
� � e :c��g� �6 _e'a 4.�
�'¢ � OE 8�• �Ssaa,3,
�� � � 8€�+B�qg ��'�c4§$3ei
85 � � .�6�g2E �.3 � � i i �3
_ N .. . .. <
aitleivi en>vtaen�i '� CLt9L1f1'44oMl+ej'V+eneno
es I<�el �zq'(w.v�.b+i �.nNe> r3ry 1 0 �aue4d�W Oa9b
�_°"�°, ° ia�ua��tliunuiu�n�/iealm/oqsiq�
s<nin
omc�.m�.� �n.iw,.�..ebxm,�ia -v< nr � u=•+ '
�
��
�'�"'�'��"'�""�'��'��'��'�� �� ` •�" ,�'.�
�
Y 1-� � @ . . _.. . . � . z . o
..Wj W W— o i�Giel awinrnii .ea ],,1� �
�' � g esl�ivl'w��u:�:eu3b,,v���uo�Aw CZ19L%1'4VoMWJ'P��ne�noeuoue4daWppgb (/ U � W
p�p v�y �—�i e.. s���i=� �iu�w,v�W opnw opawi> .v�,r �'t"����•�;1 3 0
°� _ ' � w� �"; "A��„<,� o ialua��f1/anmruo�/ie,�1 m/oqs/q� � w o �
�fe JOJ
_'_ 6._=�� . wa�
Y
� b
� �ts� �� ��c� �� g� � 3� �� q�94 ��9 �p��„� � g g� �
A ��S �� €�p� q.� "g� � �� �� �p�� �g€� °�6k � � i�g `3
'!�e� pfi l§. �� g 4€. a 7p �a g° c e i �t
� ���e 3� °gg�� ��� �� ��� �ga ���� F��yk �',E�� � � � ��� @
Y � �� g6Z� �6F� �tl e 3 � � g
� ����� ��� ���� �g$ �� � ��� g Y"� g � ���� � � ��g� � �
$ �e��� ��� ae�� ��e �� � ��� �h ��� ���� �"'� � � � ��'Y t e�
�� ���5� ��� ���$s �$� ��� �� ��� ��€ ���� ���� ���� � � � � ���� � �i
_ .� .� . w • � � < L _ _ �t!_ _ __
� '��'��'��'�"I"'�'��'�����'����� `
i��; S�
V
�W—���
�������
o ��Y� E
UFi
a
�_�—
W W _
Yi�_
��_—
�a�—
GO y C _
■S =
0
� U J �
�/� �% � � W
��� �,.,[ UWW
., wQU
a vi .
�$�
c
��q'�
_ a:W€y:��.
a WZ3 '��
� �_-�
s = �� €
e °q�
< �
�Ipl�l&I�i�
a
� a �' � � � e
w
J
�
❑ 4
w
2
N
K —
p — n . �
W ' s � v z �
Z
Q
a
eit ftivl
oesl�iv�-�nEwN> W.. � tits[Xi'4V�MNoj•pi.�.�neguoue4d�WOvsb
°_�"°� ° ialua��fjiunuima�/ieilui/vqs/�/�
z=<�„=�
a.�,a„�r«� ,v..,�r,wsw=�,.v, o��„�,..,�,,.
'� :
��
�
�� �
' ■
� '
���
lN
y �
g"z� $
cg
��YQ � B
g
���� �� �
���� �� �
�
�$��� �� ��
Y�ee�
��g�§
0 9��g�
Z .
i[1<ial a,u�tnwvs ._+ �
esl[ivl��w'a+�.�«.,cvEwrr,rvo�`,ri CxlSG%1'4VaMUej'Pien�lnagueu�4d>Wwv�
°°,�,�°� �p°� , ialua��jiumurua��ie,�lw/aqsiy�
s<Irizl o-+na
aieec+elt«I �i�ova,vw>em�ta,Y�re se�+a�an vv n
J
Q�
U Z
��(1
U Z Z
�QD�
W O N 2
0 '��'��'��'�"I"'�'��'�����I���'� `
�" ����
�� ����
a
� �; _— -
�
�es, s� .,�� Z
�o�. �o� _
_� �t �� �
=o�6S =o�
_o�p eo a� _ „
s
��� fl
� O
sa
Na�
w�
i�
���:��
�w Y•i
�5�����
z �� g
oe�
u��
CITY OF FORT WORTH
TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
��� � • �
Chisholm Trail Community Center
Request for Proposals Submittal Date: January 19, 2012 (NO CHANGE)
The Request for Proposals for the above project is hereby revised and amended as follows:
1. The following sheets have been modified or added:
A101 — Site Plan
A112 — Site Elevations and Details
A200 — Slab Edge Plan
A201 — First Floor Plan
A211 — Enlarged Plans, Bathroom, Elevations, Shower Details
A311 — Roof Details
A401 — Building Elevations
A411 — Enlarged Exterior Elevations
A512 — Wall Sections
A521 — Section Details
A522 — Section Details
A523 — Section Details
A524 — Section Details
A531 — Plan Details
A601 — Interior Elevations
A602 — Interior Elevations
A603 — Interior Elevations
A621 — Millwork Sections
A701 — First Floor Finish Plan
A721 — Partition Types
A801 — Door Schedule and Details
A901 — First Floor — RCP
M001 — Mechanical Cover Sheet
M101 — Mechanical HVAC Plan
M401 — Mechanical Schedules
2. The following Specification sections have been modified or added:
04 22 00 — Concrete Unit Masonry
04 40 00 — Stone (Removed)
04 72 15 — Stone Veneer
07 42 10 — Metal Wall Panels
07 52 16 — APP Modified Bitumen Roofing
07 72 00 — Roof Hatches
08 63 00 — Unit Skylights
08 80 00 — Glazing
10 00 00 — Miscellaneous Equipment
Chisholm Trail Community Center
Addendum No. 4, January 5, 2012
1
10 75 00 — Flagpoles (Removed)
11 48 00 — Athletic Equipment
12 76 00 — Bleachers
3. The following Contractors have expressed interest in this project:
A. Schmoldt Construction
hillary�a�.schmoldtconstruction.com
B. Sedalco
dritzCa�sedalco.com
C. Denco Construction Specialists
bhoofnagle(c�dencocs.com
D. Mega Contractors
meqabids(a�meqacontractorsinc.com
Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No. 4 on your Proposai.
�
DOUGLAS W. WIERSIG, PE
DIRECTOR, TRANSPORTATION & PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
Ronald Clements. AIA
Project Manager
Facilities Management Division
817-392-8014, FAX 817-392-8488
RELEASE DATE: January 5, 2012
Chisholm Trail Community Center
Addendum No. 4, January 5, 2012
2
ADDENDUM NO. 4
TO
Chisholm Trail Community Center
03 January 2012
Project No: 21010
From: Brinkley Sargent Architects, Inc.
To: City of Fort Worth
This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Bidding Documents.
DRAWING MODIFICATIONS
Item No. 1.
A.
B.
C.
Item No. 2.
A.
B.
Item No. 3.
A.
Item No. 4.
A.
B.
Item No. 5.
A.
li
C
A101— Site Plan
Tags referencing planting bed mowstrip removed, reference Landscape
Mow strip revised to match Landscape drawings between building and site sign
Bicycle Rack style and layout revised
A112 — Site Elevations and Details
14/A112 — Bicycle Rack style changed per city comment
15/A112 — removed, reference Landscape plan for planter mow strip detail.
A200 — Slab Edge Plan
Removed Walker Duct from Legend. There is no Walker Duct in project.
A201— First Floor Plan
Legend modified to show symbol for Manual Window Shades. There are no
motorized shades in the project.
Bicycle Rack style and layout revised
A211— Enlarged Plans, Bathroom, Elevations, Shower Details
3/A211 — Dimensional clarifications, Note revisions, Missing Section tags
provided
10/A211 — ADA added to detail title to designate where there are and aren't
shower curbs, also, drain now correctly show as being a slot drain at wall
17/A211 — drain corrected to be shown as a slot drain at the wall
Page 1 of 5
Chisliolm Trail Community Center
Addendum #4
03 January 2011
Item No. 6. A3ll — Roof Details
A. 3/A311 — Peel and Stick Flashing indicated on detail
B. 15/A311 — Erroneous reference to slcylight frame removed, reference to "Single-
Ply" roofing removed
C. 20/A311 — Support angle orientation corrected, ladder information provided.
Item No. 7. A401— Building Elevations
� A. 1/A401 — Typical Vertical dimensions of Plaster Reveals provided
. B. 2/A401 — Incorrect dimensional note removed fi�om Stone Veneer Wing Wall
note. Perforated Metal Panel clarified as Metal Panel Type 4
C. 3/A401 — Low screen wall corrected to read Metal Panel Type 3
Item No. 8. A411— Enlarged Exterior Elevations
A. 6/A411 — Detail clarification. "This detail is for reference on bricic projections as
a guide/legend, and is not meant to be a specific portion of the building."
Item No. 9. A512 — Wall Sections
A. 7/AS 12 — Perforated Metal Panel clarified as Metal Panel Type 4
Item No. 10. A521— Section Details
A. 14/A521 — As note already indicated, run roofing up and over parapets and down
the face of the outer face of parapet. Dimension provided, 2" typical in all
locations. ,
B. 18/A521 — Bricic Sill to include thru-wall flasliing in addition to pan flashing.
Item No. 11. A522 — Section Details
A. 6/A522 — Peel & Stick Waterproofing shown under steel channel.
Item No. 12. A523 — Section�Details
A. 1/A523 — Perforated Metal Panel clarified as Metal Panel Type 4
B. 12/A523 — Flashing revised and Peel & Stick Waterproofing shown under
flashing.
Item No. 13. A524 — Section Details
A. 1/A524 — revised to rnatch structural
B. 2/A524 — revised to match structural
C. 14/A524 — Flashing revised and Peel & Stick Waterproofing shown under steel
channel.
Item No. 14. A531— Plan Details
A. 3/A531 — Perforated Metal Panel clarified as Metal Panel Type 4
Page 2 of 5
Chisholm Trail Comn�unity Center
Addendum #4
03 Januaiy 2011
Item 1�Io. 15. A601— Interior Elevations
A. 1/A601 — Exterior door glazing changed from `D' to `W'
Item No. 16. A602 — Interior Elevations �
A. 4/A601 — Dividing Curtain shown
Item No. 17. A603 — Interior Elevations
A. 4/A603 — Door glazing type corrected from B' to `Z'
B. 5/A603 — Dividing Curtain shown
C. 5/A603 — CMU, behind scoreboard to be solid in lieu of acoustical to account for
scoreboard anchors, coordinate with scoreboard size
Item No. 18. A621— Millwork Sections
A. 26/A621 — Tile ADA bench to have membrane water-proofing under mortar bed.
Item No. 19. A701 — First Floor Finish Plan
A. Floor finish of Gym 119 corrected to read WAF only. Polish Concrete removed
from Floor Finish Legend and Finish Legend.
B. Floor finish of Bleachers 116 & 117 corrected to read WAF
C. "TR" removed from floor finish schedule in Male Toilet 125 and Female Toilet
126.
D. CLARIFICATION: CPT4 is referenced as a walk-off mat. The material is a
carpet tile that acts as a walk-off mat, separate walk-off mats are not in project
Item No. 20. A721 — Partition Types
A. `W' style wall type to have break-metal head cap
Item No. 21. A801— Door Schedule and Details
A. The following doors had hardware revisions per city comments, closers were
added: 111A, 111B, 112A, 115C
Item No. 22. A901— First Floor - RCP
A. Projector and Projector screen shown in Multi-Purpose 112 changed from CFCI
to OFCI
Item No. 23. M001 — Mechanical Cover Sheet
A. Project Note number one was removed.
Item No. 24. M101— Mechanical HVAC Plan
A. E�aust duct added from storage room adjacent to cardio room
B. Ductwork moved from vestibule near multi-purpose room
C. Ductwork added to RTU-3 to serve vestibule near multi-purpose room
Page 3 of 5
Chisholin Trail Communiry Center
Addendum #4
03 Januaiy 2011
Item No. 25. M401— Mechanical Schedules
A. EYhaust air flow rate and sones changed in fan schedule
SPECIFICATION MODIFICATIONS
Item No. 26. 04 22 00 — Coucrete Unit Masonry
A. 2.1.A.2 — Acoustical Blocic included in specification
Item No. 27. 04 40 00 — Stone
A. Specification removed
Item No. 28. 04 72 15 — Stone Veneer
A. New Specification: The stone veneer on building is a simulated stone product,
Arriscraft Renaissance Series is basis of design, color: Magnolia
Item No. 29. 07 42 10 — Metal Wall Panels
A. 2.1.0 — Stainless Steel added as a Panel Material
B. 2.4.A.4 — Metal Panel Type 4 added for perforated panel at patio
Item No. 30. 07 52 16 — APP Modified Bitumen Roofing
A. 1.Ol.A — Insulation thickness corrected to read 5", gypsum board text corrected to
read "cover" board.
B. 2.03.A.2 — Minimum Thickness of insulation corrected to read 5"
C. 3.03.0 — Gypsum Board corrected to read "Cover" Board.
Item No. 31. 07 72 00 — Roof Hatches
A. 2.4.A.2 — Incorrect correction from A3 clarified, Safety Pro is an acceptable equal
(not replacement) to basis of design Nesea Safety Product.
Item No. 32. 08 63 00 — Unit Skylights
A. 2.1.B — Basis of Design changed to Bristolite Trituff, model ALIT-SF-2- HS1-
PGMF
Item No. 33. 08 80 00 — Glazing
A. 2.2.D.1.a — Guardian SunGuard SNX 62/27 approved equal
B. 2.2.D.2 — Guardian SunGuard SNX 62/27 approved equal
Item No. 34. 10 00 00 — Miscellaneous Equipment
A. 2.4 — Turtle Tiles, reference to drawings removed, provide Turtle Tiles as
� described in the specification
B. 2.9 — corrected to reference 11 48 00 — Athletic Equipment for specified bicycle
rack
Page 4 of 5
Chisholm Trail Community Center
Addendum #4
03 January 2011
, Item No. 35. 10 75 00 — Flagpoles
A. Duplicate spec deleted, 10 35 10 Flagpoles [lighted] is correct
Item No. 36. 11 48 00 — Athletic Equipment
A. 2.1. — Bicycle rack style changed due to city comments, new approved
manufacturers provided
B. 2.8 — Bicycle rack style revised per city comments
Item No. 37. 12 76 00 — Bleachers
A. 2.1.B — Sheridan Seating included as approved equal
B. 2.2.B — Number of rows corrected to show 7 per banlc of bleachers per drawings
C. 2.2.0 — Number of rows corrected to show 7 per bank of bleachers per drawings
End of Addendum
Page 5 of 5
� — a � �j � c L.�
� = V - � ���}���= i�4�v1 �d [Z19LX1'4YoMYoj'P��Ae�noguoueVd>WOB9Y
� W _ - o � i, � ,�U,a� ,� , ,�a�ua��'iiuniuiva�
= � _ ---- � r`�' _<' _,,,,_� ,
�~ /. 1 / // 4�
m y � - � 3�Y`�;_=� �',I ,,,�;;�,;; , .�r,�� � F,.� � „ , ,�. ie,� iuo si
i[leloi �.,yry5 ,a EZl9LX1�44oMLoj•p�ilw�naB�oueVd�YlOi96
v��, �, ��.a , ,�a1ua��tl_iuniuuro�
a ��;a,���
�,<, ,,,,..,,�,�,oa°�:;� b _ ,w,�.. , peal iu/oqs/4�
F.
�2 �$ 7� �' z �� �
- 3. 63 %���5 Y ���'. _
}� r
�r
f"< —
�k �
' ___ 1`
`�[ '
__ ___ __� '.;S' ari
G t
,f� y// ' /�'• / � C
/ / � //, //. � �
Y
�
et �I ��
�
ti.
d �E 9_ _ G n �
� F.a ?y5 0' 6
� - ��
�y U Ya i
e
¢ 4 � ¢ 3
� � � �
a
,�_� 4
��6 4 4 4s $E'gm� _
. �t � f. vI° °I3 `I" tlg���8
� Y t ¢ 4 '
Il�ix - I I I ;t
�� � �°�� �� -r
..'�'+��_ _ _ ,a��y'_ _.��.i. ^`�� � �
:,.;
1�i o I
m
3 �' §� fie � � §
3 r �a �' 1� ,a �
.r.�.�.,o, �
�
.
� �E E � � p e �
R � �
�
z
s
6 §
a, ; , — '� 2's,
I � I N � i
�-----l--f' -
I
z1�
I
�
�
k
6v�
S�E,L�,
.i
i o g °_
� s& �$
1
g5
gE _�
�
d: g�
� g`
a
�5
� i?
�
0
�
4� T
Y
c°� �3
4 _
b
W�
t2 d. �
Ci d
v
_ �
_ 3
H
�b
3 t��1$
N
Q
�
� *
� �
~I Y
F., — o ' » � ,{��_ � ` il
W�� a?,I�` I i�4is1 CxtsL%L'4VeMVoi'P���.eMeg�oue4dal4acsp 0k ' �♦ o
_ � — E t- ; �,�. �. 4y , ,�a1ua��riiunmuia� s � _j � �
��= g��k��J s��v��= A' I r �
my� _� ��i�`� � �;,�;; „�.,,. , � ' �ie,�lru/aysiU� �,; � i) ��V ` � �
�
t :
° S� S t 5
'� F` � � 6
_ ' _ 2
a `� n� .. .� � Z
¢
..�. p
�
�t
�
`—J
`_J
�
LJ
_�
_�
C
�;; ���—F r���
:-�� I Y W � $ : � �
:��; a�s _� o.�:a.�;'-
O"• � C� _ 5 I'ij'�f�:.
�� i m C _ �
;�i; -__ __- k �'(;���
E _ 5 i ee� �g:�
� sa '- 563
� g . _ _ : 3 � x'sg �@`ss
3 i � : : 4 � � � S�fr ='sa�
334
� � �' B � � ti � : 3�=?���ieg
eitlelel �w�wvs .ae �19G%1'4VeMV�'P�ene�noBuo��.4da1'10PJp
,_,�,,,�,�,.�.�su.,n.,�e,. /aJOa�/fl/U/i!///!/0�
_.�„�, ¢n�n �
e[cawelttel �w,v�n�u6miHrA'cNvaN��+rwn //�/�,0//s///n
.�, f Yt/
.. •' ��..�•':� • .'•�I
� ���������"����������������������I
� 0 � 0
�
o§
��
�
-O
Q
-O I,
.o-
o---
I ��` f� ,� � � `�I��1f
i � so� Y �
I � . � _,� ,gi
f \ ( 1 <.�
I �, � � ` {!\�
���fV':>::<:::�;:
� I ,
I ' �' I
� .� I� +
� ! �
�
�',����� ,,���'_'-�'r��! o
a►..-
:�- �.�„��,��, �1��
' � �:<� �, � : � e
��,. � a� _ �� . .
j� dD0 � ��
� `� °
O 0 �
� �
� �£
� -- _ � �� � :
��v 1 ` ' ei�le�oi av e [ZI9LX1'4V^MVoj•p�an��neguos��Vd�WOv9p '� �
S�e `�--'� ° .� I, i b�� ���>r �. ��,,b�,e.,. �o s« ' � • � � I f•" � a �
= � _ � ��� ,,,.,�� � a�� � .�a�aa��iiumaiva� � ; e o a o
� yT�_ „�. � £ ,��o : � �
°°---a = � �� °�-��-- o,� a,.,�,� „���� w.s i�,q aA�,.w��w� peal u//oys�q� e x . ,: : � � � g � ;
-- . : � .
V__—' _— ty
�� .
��� �
i4: ��•�
'----- - - ���
W �—�A—A1��9m �
� � F-
g � .,, F
�� �' �
�'@g <
n � �
5;1 cnumm r—
$ � �
� � �. �
� LL �
� �_'-�`}� <
��
� ��� �
C C m�a �
3
� ���' p �
.�'—' 3`B
t---
G ^
�
a� � �o,.� g
2� Q �
�
��� � � �
�
z
��C� g �
a-;
�.� 53
84 '3
0
�
� �
� �
IfIIf ' �
0
� u~i q
5f:$ 3 � � f " 4
0
��
�
�= I Y.
z � �rg
3 64 �'
� �
N �
4 i
��
��
� � i i -�
B
)
O
�i `
a� _
�
� �� � g� z
@ ig
� �� �
z „k i � i4� � y
� � i 3
i i s �
0 own. - 1
� o
s '3
4
O §
`�'�' ` 6
5 y ��
�
�. � �a;. _� s
"qt2 :% o
Q��� F� �@ ¢
@ v
S o
� � 3 `
��
N
��
t
5
� �
Y 3 f�?
� �
j
4
� i ] � �y
6��
4�
a
�
r �
� 3 i 3
$ � i
i$ � �
a� o
1'
§
I � N �
q �h�
3
�`oj N �
4� �a� �5
�� m
v
�
�� �
s _�
�@ _ �
��,°- ,
�� �
, ,
�wn.�, - �
_.� �
.
�;���€:
-- ::. ��_�:: :
a
O
a�Y
S
� �
4
� �
� re� y�� �� `�' t�
°2 ��� 8�
�
� � y e �� �I ei[It�ol a.ruqcn�s .a� C219L%1'4M°MVoj'P�eneNoBuosie4d�W0i96 0 � �' I ' �
,� � � — � ��'���r--�-, -�� � <,�„�., � �.�.�bwe.�,�,�ry , ,�a ua� i � �9- � � .«,.r, � ¢
� � a �, �� �,�.,<, o�,.a � �ti_unmruo � _���� � -
m � � _ � � � f�-�r� � „w:l=:�; „ .P�� �°�r ; �a�,W�Nt�,� �/ealu//oqs/q� � a �' � _
-- ------ — ��'r��a e; � , � f
�;
' 1�? . .
M.� ;
-����" � ' � �
'�'�""""I"""�1""'I'a__._._..
I,NIII011111111111111111111� ' -
� !
;�'�"i
�'frr ���. '
': :�:, �. � . � �
�
2 �
� �g c.
.§
y �
� 8Q k ti
4 a � =$
� �e
2
z
� Y:
b
g �$ �S
�
�
tl3
Y
�ya
6 v
2 s
� a
�g€�� a $
�
�n
�
�
v `�
� �
�, �e
� '_"_ '�_' �
<� ----- --;- �
� �� �
� , �
���y_ �Q �_ �=- -' or
`� ny o � _� � z
a5 f, nk
@ � e'.�. s d � ., o
� ° k .,
M
@ S
4 .$ � �° ..s k4 €c I
c� :gE 3�
't �3 e
/ � te1 __
J
i
� —
�
c
� o q
u' 3 �
c �
M Q
?�a� ac i =��q 3� °\
-o+� 5 £ s'°� E� i �
�,:g f� . , %., n $ E3y 9i �\
E €� �S �a' 6 a #Y� t� ' % ` ♦
8=io� i3
%'
j % �%
/
� O �^
� G 1�1
o �� �
�\
np � §
��^ �"' �
e�� 3 �
, c �
[g �8 �F d �fi §
L$ 5: �$ ` g� 2� §g� a m �
�4 `�� ?t � �5 �§ §s @ E
t ��
\ �
V
o �
�� t9 � �� 6
��E S � E�
�EE a� � � � �
��� � � _
�
o y
� S
�
\ 0
Itl� —
� ._
x�� � :
ti
oy
�
d b
�'_� � �y(j�`�i'._^�r eivl ,e cLtsLXt'44oMMaj'P�ara�noguoue4d�Wo49>
iy W— 3 ��- � iaaua��iiumuuia�
i[4
Z' � ._. _ ° �� � � f(1�1a1 lw
l � ttlrtl
m y �5 — � �I✓f� yi . ... �.u�a � .�,� ro > d� � ..�� pe,�luu/vysi4�
�=
�
@g
3�
\
�
I
o--+
�
�� � �@i
o---
��
�
m t
3 N
3 �
€
H�
— 5 �
3�
�s
3�
3s�
_'l
1
��
1
�
i
,
3 ' � ''f�a
�'3 t� �� `t
N
� Q
�
� _�
3 k
EIE
��
�$
��
ry�
��
3t�
�y ,4
3 �
3t�
� � E . E 4' ' 9 . g
�� � �• �1� sl4 t1a El� s1€
. _ ES
1
,
�- � (
?li �� �@n ��!
�� E
_� i�
E "g I5
4l�
_�
3 �
3t�
ry h
3 $
3 �
s •��9
[ S d g f� E�
@k � �5 E£F�
�2
�� ;�3 i� �€ P� a gY 9f�� s�� !
I
o----- ��;���_;) ) i --
,
� ! ,..,
�------ , ...,��..,..
� y'Zj W oI� �'��'}_l:= i�Ui�l �e eztsL%L'4YoMVoj�p�.raMoeuauaVd�WovsO
� � _ _ 3 k , ��_ °� � I = salua��flivavuiuo�
m y � _ .- 3 ;l��d�_�� � � �, � � ,, .� �, :M�,a , ,a, a� . peslw/aqsi�/�
N
� `
� -
�
Sg$F _ _ bNi
��i = �_'
3 n ��a
�s:y 's3 � et '-g
' "_ e�
Sese si ` ' �+ '
............ ...............
����.�.� •
i,���`��� o -- —
:��
�.: �—
��- _ � �
,,:::�:: - � � ���..� _
��� _ - _
0 0
::■ � i
:'.=��l�l
::■ � �,
.,�
�' ,� —''` 3n=�. .g��� ���
���� y�:����:��r���j��y
�11�11=11 1141L
---- p1�11=11'=,11=,11-1
���� 11=11=11=11n11.
-- — n�nae��r.=.n—i
- in�c��ir=:'n:i�dii � _
_ =n=n—n=irn� -
c=.�c�n=:n�r=�
;n=u=n=n�ir
� O
`i ;
�:
��, _ _ �,� ,� ---- �
):::::::� : � .,.
;���� � --
;��I;��; �I = - _
O O
E
e e
II�.�
N��������
.,��`\��i� _.......:
- ��•. �� �
- ��1��1�I. -
e �Q e
O �I\I.�I�
.�: �s�;:::� �;, _
.:.� _ _
e 9
/♦♦♦♦♦�`
��.q , � , . , , ;�:;�:
.....:,:r
.: v
-�.,.- ' --:�::':::::€L'�:�:';:;":
��I \I �I �!'�I��',�I
__„-„_„-„
�rau=taFa=t
- - u=n—u=ii - -
- u�n=n:=u=i -
a a
�
� € �
�F���
�F- p`�'.., j�Z? S''' ,!� � � N
x � _ a��L,� . y�vl ,a CZt9L%1'4Y^MMoj'p�ene�neguou.4d�Wav90 .ic+ v�
a'a— I �m:. I
� C o� -' ,,,„ , sa�ua��tiiunm�uo� ��5 � o `
� s — E�� —,- , ,�, �, �
m y � __ � 3 � ,�l_� �z,�_ � «,<oa�,a, ., � .w � N, � �av„ „a��� �ie,�lw/oqsiq� a ��� � � _
—_--__ ��jY��' t�•� 'ez � C � s
o F .� `s- y
_, :1� �� d � m
§q $.� s�
,- §�
5 j$ � a3 � ��� ..
C
9
ffi g= �
0
�
�
�'
h
��—
...i;. �;,:. Q
��� o G
'���Y o `h..
, J:'.- .
4 C �,� �I�:`'.,�� �r i :: �..'E : � o k
o t� ... rI ;ii�,.. ��,i;�'���•'`�<�!. . o �
h
@ " � :6 Y s� � a
:C � eE� h E FYa [ �"
rC� � P3� � �$� i �a"enan�'i'r>`.
sap � a 9€e � _: ��. y •,
z�� 's n=�i`' s°s ?E: s�� I. �`.r
� \\\ �:Ij .�ga: III
\ � fr2' 1�
6@,.
q° ��.. ' �
� � � .',�• . • ' � Y
E._ ^ m
k �p �5 s.
h � �� . 6 Y� F
_�a� $ 1
g—��� ,
� � �--+
� J
4° 4$
� � 0 h
: L
h h
, ��� Yp' � 3�,
-- �€'� $ 3 R
v�a ,
IV
-- h
t
4 � � F c=@ � 4
, ��q ' 4 �
,Q :, t� 8�� Q s.
c � `s SS �., 7
o U
F
�1�
�i
'
p(�l f � �!;( ff � �
g II �p '- � �:: 3� 5$¢ x � s�y 3 q ��
y �1 m S �0y �+ i eE i 5 s
yi� � � F �y � F a6 � E
6
� $. ' � g g �
1
a � � �fia ��
E 5 g �
@p e�E E_
� Y � ! G8 L' �����°, �B
I `
� _. ...
� Q�
o `�
�� H
�i�
i.4 g
�•,1,•:`.. r.i �
'.• G ll
.:i.�r
� 3"_a = `� 6
a� �� � a� a
1g
y F � �t)� i )
�r� $ 1�� .— � 4 1 � CLtsG%1'4VoMVej•p.ene�noguovsVdalY0P9b
_ � _ — i r �'— y , , ; /BJOB�/U/UO/U/!/Oj
0
� > ,�.
— � � , o..,U„
; y � - � �,.�r �;��,u,,, _.,� �ie�liu�oqsiy�
,,..�,., � a,W,� o�»„o,�,,,,.,
--_-. `�: __ ` � ,�� l�. 5 ,— �� ._..
N
� <
� -
-�� $�L �yc �N5 .Sx� ' � � `
�f� 'SE� ��', `u3u �`C� 5°0
�
�
�1�
� �
�
i
I
I
�
���
�o�
f
�I�
�I�
-��- ���`���\���\ ��
•,- . � •,i��ii.� � �! �_-=\\�R. ���.
���� �� � ��� �=�Giia �..-�.. � �, � �
��V �, ar �s-�r � � , . . .
� � � � ir'����na
( J�� �a7L� •,<-$'�r'� x:'�e:: .
'� ',,,�1.�11:�
� i,�n�M
1;I �!'� e e
�L—�i■�
�%��ii��
- -- —����
������b�����
. �, _ �
--- -.- =�t�
��\\ '�
\ _:
(
\
\I\I�I,
:::���� ic� -
i�� _
- _ _ �� -
C
I: -
F
' f
0 e A
■
-o :�:: - - ��:, . :::: ::..::::��:
'"'?'y^''� � :w� ����S�.�F�' z .�:��.d�. � ?�'i��?'e�`Nn�
� IN �.
� � _=._.��� :� �.� ��,��:�:�.� � � �� I --
0::::.. , /
_ ��, _ :::::��,� ::::.:::::::::�:::::::::��::::�:- -
� � �� � - l
= � = ��.::�:: � :
o a :::�: a
o �:
�
�1�����e �
_���-�6 �
..,..p► .�� �
�'� *1 .ir . �.��;�.��,�W.�;n��.�
-- - - ��
� �������� u��r��
O p r g
Q: ¢:�� � �{a;��:'�:�� �ss.,A .,.. , �:�:�.
_ ''�'`�`�,"^?:' '`��f�`�': Q 'vi�`'� :of...n;u�:?%t4:°:�?z -
.� . � ..�', -"-i � "�» -l��� �a�. � :
� :> �� c.. � '�".'�li/�.�.�. � �_
�\ �� �' �' �\-i' �'
. ��I.OI, �I.�;I�I.I.�I�.i,,���`I � .':::�,
�i=u=n,=:u ,.....:::
-IL=1f ,R—II � ..:,;�:•.;:� ;.'.:'�,
�p_p=p rt;•.::g:._::� •:� ...-
U1=:ll=iUa(i ...•�'4��' 9E€:=: ='.. .
_ u=n=n -� -1 �--
_ _ ii�-�r.=��n :��
u=u n -
- - �an t�i�.��i _
� O 9
n
ll
�
�� � \` \ \\ � `�.::;1
C
�
C
�—
�a� _.
•.. W —
ri �
= OC S _—
m �CCy7 __
____ 6 __
�
�� U�ol [ilsG Xi'4VoM Moj'P�via�no0 uov�4d�W o0sb
T'� u�,�U�s,.� �a,.,,.w� °up�� A n,� ,�,, ia�ua��ii�nuaua�
:, e�n
se Ir�tl
.�,u,<, �;�,„, r �ie,�lm/or/si�1�
I." ;':
�§� �� '� s ���� ;
���yy ���;s ',;'
9�C ��� ' ' •'$'�'
��� ;,; /,'
,; ,
� 4 �� .. Yg � .� m 5
��y Pa g� §a" � � 'yt � N b� !�
o H �y�$ €���9� � � Se o � �� E �di
e ?i� @`6 R 3 i
ve9 g�Z •E� �a I _ � ���`
-=s,u
:'� i�°`g
.1- �� r.g�o
�� �°e e==.�
� >� :�� �Pga��
I\I\I,\I,\I\I\I\I� I�� �� \
----------------�----- ���:��� �ki, :i
Q :::::,L;;; -----------_------_-- O �...V_�•. ����' Q ^
�.�� ���'���;�'` "�< ��� ,�.�;��� �.,..�._' ,�� j�� �I
�:���'` :� � �.�����"i�
M
�'
�$i
�
{ � �..
v. r:� v �e;'^:s ;g FC. �y ��yp r.3�" s��:�
.s2'�+�i %� n.�a .+�.£��%k *W..m�hC�t:2.. R.. : � ..• '.��#F�.�. '��� �YC `+�'.�ia.'.`�`. .`+.�'i:
.} , i , ' >S��`. A }..r K:
_ ���� " " ���� _ _
O •u� O e
� � �;�\ � �;1 ♦\\` \\ \
;I\I\!\�\��I\�`:I.� I�\��I.�I€
�� > _ ::� � `',��,I'j j _
{e„P � ��� _
- '.=L;•` -- - -- - -'Nz. - -
.LL_
�'�><%c ���
O ° s<<` 0;;;�"-%......
:.:,:;'<:�'>'
� w:,��>;> ";��°<r,:�:: �:� . .;:�,�.-.���:�-
.��.,. :.>{<; ,��
�
�: :;�. -
� .:.�,.: _
Y:9.�'i::�.�::<v�
O
_ STS.d + }
.;."q`.� ':?:��* cx::'::2'w
: I.`J'��:
_ a $�:6.. u+'i;i 35 . 9 . s' C _ ..a.., S. ��� �. -
-i
�� �::�::• � _ �'���ai� r -
4 �ii. O . A
::� - i�►=
aii;:: `�5' �.`�:i: �
� . I�' ,
� ��n� �
�:�;ssv�r:; <:>_�i� I �V �
; ��if"7'•_ -r' .
•I` m"n�ir.
����( �v� i .� � 11�7
. �� \l� �'1
_ ' :�'\ QI� (\� � �ll� 71 ��'1
- - —If�il�l -
_ n n=n:
- --i�i�n,i -
n�n�n. -
� � � O =n.=�=� 9
iiii �o�'
- ;::::�:::';
�� � _ =::�:..
ie 1�::_ :,.r
r� ':. - --
;.�1._
a� ` - -
� a ����-:::
0 o e
�
a
4
��
Pe o 5
o F
s� ti
� ( � �:�lr.;.;.`,y{:. �/
[5I •'.�:" _ :�.�+-,--���—
=•tc -
.'',i`.
.. �.,
� ..:� �':
:-'��'
::S`'
!f�
i �,,'.t��_•__10'':'..••-'�'�-:i,�i,-`,,�,=c, 5
i + . t i����;�r�i:�:.� 4
.:;... ,: ,a r
. ...,�v�:C`.::±:. o h
1 1 1 I ar
o=
��°� s� �_��� � �
,ps � g'3€
� k
�
�€ ���c ;- ���
S 9ni � '3n
( (`�" I I;I
`:.� 6 �"s-5 S dS S;�
`�-�5's -EnF i nF`.� g6a
°� �j W; ���
�l�
�,,,,, �: o � >>�. �._t�
W =� � �� erYal vs .a cZl9[Xl'4VoMVej�p�v�sinoguoua4d�Yloa56
� � � — ; _��� <.:� e, �. ,� ,�alua��il_iu�wr�o�
rr, �, r�
m � �_— � a ��f���— ,�,wa ��;� „N.y,,.rv� m«„, ; oa „ �, .�r� ��e,�,( u�/Oqs///�
.���,�-���
�, ��� ���I, 4�'I i �� � � ,
:,�,�...,.:: �,_'��I � � :
�,rryri��������, � '� � � R
��,: =���.;�����; �►� � �
�� � C��:9�.:.;:::::..=:;�i:... � \\�\\
- ���j �`'"' ��\\���
_ �%� .', _ \\ �� ' _
' � - -
e � e e
0
: "._' o-�..d•'�°'
�;\ . �:... � '� � 0 -
,,�, o ; ��►. :� ��,�,,,�.
��.,�-- � � � . ��
1� � � ��� . �i� �" �� o �`i�.��-.s.
:r:,�r1� ��� � ���► ��.-; �►�.......; ��,.
_ �'��:.��::: �. '' ,:,,.,.:::.: :, _ ....,.�.,�_�� � o- . • .,.�_.:::: �� i:\�
-`:.- \ � � .,.. :.:.:...::::...'�_ � � �. � ��
_ ��. �/,..,y:....::�::::::.�, ��I ►_►�� �� I. ;� ,,\.�
::.. ,� ..��:: �::: �::;:::- �� _ � � �� :: :�::.` `��
s`,,,•``.. � ..,••_-'::�::::::::.._� ���.�.—_ � � _ �€:,::`• •��\\` '
�/� ��� _ ��\ — _ �� � � � : .�����. � _
��`�\� ���� �� - _.. •``.```�.�� � `_::���� _ .�� � � -
e \�\�` - ����``` � ' �
O ��� 'O � 6 9
a
� ��.� O
�'%� ���I � �. . �
� ��`�`,�`� : ��x� �� : ��� „`�����,�� �
, I� . s`�' ,�� ��� �� ". >>�•`,�•�'�•`�
�\�I' :`Q, `�`+,'` ` ` y. ,,.�� �� � 1 `-�
, � �` �t � �i€:� ,�• e % �����
'�.� •� 8 � ���'�� � � ,;r•"" � � ��
�,,� � :�.�� 8 '�, �7��.;:: ��
�i�, �� F � ► `� ' ���fi�
e�`• � � _ ���-��� = M;��1 ':� /.���� �e _
- - '� _� ��► � % `������ -
�� � 0
� O - ► ..;.::.;::: �+ , 9
� �: �::::::;:::�:;::::. ,..,
`°?. : '23., N`.
�. 'N+.
N
�,,,., - y� :.,�:::r ..��� ,
.. .,.,�� i�� �,_,��.:.�� •,
� . !��`��:,,� ��` z� ����s�� -:::o�� �i
:�
��,�` ���~���`' • '�:�i1 � ,'��, �, e �/
����` (� ��� � ��) �� �j j ���.
��./� _ �
�`����;.����.,, = = � _ ��% _
e ` ., _ . o e - -
0 0 �e �e
�� -�, �.�j
`\\ F � � � I �
�
`� �• ; /
\\�,� � � �/// ��/�
\\\I\ `�', ... '= J �' ;/,�e
::11111 Y • . , ; .�;'�1�'�,.
� :.�� _�(r� �•• ::::.:.:::::::::� : .1�� ,,.••r����'`•'•'
►.,+.:-� '
.r� ` ��: ::`:.:....:. � ,,l,����.
— — ���; ��;� :... �.��-�;v::� � ��///�
_ _ � �.��__ ::1�:::::::: j _
- - - �:;� � � -
o • � • �- �
W � '{.�' _ � ��} � �`�,. i [its[Xl'44oMVoj'P�.netnoguoe�s4d�W0o9>
e��lnvl
aetf�ivl� iw•,MWvvo �a
x � _ _ o �'6_�; ,,,,�„ , '; aa�ua��iiunruwa�
,<,.��,
`�6�_
; . �_ „�..,�.,� „�,.�� � �,�, o
°°� _� �%`-��.-r-�-�° ,�.n„�.,�: �iealiuraqsiU�
�
` ': �
0 00 �000 I�I�I
uuuuuuuuu
:� a� (0��
.��,
� �—. - - � a� IQ�i.
I � �� .
�'
, � '
�
aD
,A� a�
�'
;��
�
a
J
?��
\
�
H
i
o�
Q � �
�
�
;
�
�I�
N
:.
��
= �
I�.'� 9�����.
��� ����
�� a� �0�1,
.1�i d�. YI�MI�
0
Q
a� �
e
a� � "GI_�I
� a� �:��.
��
1; I��� !
:�1 a�'��:'
°'� �CI�I��
� a�;'I�1 �
e� �� "rae IE�lbl
�
�� Q�)
a� �0��:
a� �0�1�
�lo�l
�
�e
�
�
5
—�
�--� �
fl'�' e_ j i
II —
LI'r.5�'� e
L__J
i .�. C
� (-
�g
J g
� ,�. a " �
s� �� ��g a � �
>� �� �i s-
.5 � N
�, T
J S 4
;�� I��� E1� m�
�; �. F
¢ aQ 4.. ,9y
:'6i� �3s� 'q
3 ��` �t b
.,, �v �
� � ��E�^�
� �
�
i g '�
i
i „ � \,
\ �i \O
�
S
I m �
��€ a
- =1�
�
:
�
g_�
J
4
o �
���� ^�
��
�
Q
�
;
�� � ���
�� �2 : FTI
� � oa � (
o� J J
: pg
$�6
H ��@
i a'
��
�
=�
1
L � �^,,:h.,.. g.,:.
J �
II II L
0
b
�
0
c�
�.�.
N
,4
o ;
p W
� �
I ,
' ;,O �
_
e �\.�`O ji 4
� �
`�� � �
s. ,� e �
��
� � _ � b j,�`��.
m��—� �!�� _
_ �
/
* '
� ���������
O�OOO�OO�
�
4
§
e'ry
� Y
�
�
�
� O 4
I
I
O \ �
�
� �
��_� 0 �
s:�
� �- �
;_� ; �O
�.,_ ,
�E��
���
; ��; O �
�_ ; =
,
, �
I a�� �
I ��� a
0
� `
�Q — F
—� � F
I
5
Yy`i�=1� 1�°-lyel� °�
— '=-+� � � V _ i \�j��`_y e�ef�iel -0^ ,a ccts<X1�4V^MVoj•pivn�pioBua�ie4d�Woa9>
� � � ����' °s,l;,r� y area � ,�alua��i_iunuirun�
� � —o b �� —{� � .
�I —� f[( I
r m �� _ �y—_Lr,; «,�,��„� ,�,������s"r� 9 �a <„ ��,., //G'Jl////Oqs///.%
� � ��:% a
_ �.-�-.�-
ss
i � E e� �d sd �s
;Q ;E tl�':�' �'
3 � p� g@� s
e a o� ?a = d��,�a3����g ' :e
� i- �g e. `s3x;�g iaf?ap �5
� � a� ;Y Y� ;� k� E`a5 c3t, €8i'�i � �€
� � 7 �:N
��
,�
a
�bi
�
, �����
e►eve�►ee►e�el
eeee��l
e►ee►e�►ee►e�a1
rene��e�►e�i
�►e�ee��i
►ee�►ee�►e�►eei
���e►►���►eei -
�
�
e e e►ee�►e��i o
e►eee►ee►e�ei '
e►eeee►eeei
►e�eee►e�el
►eeas►e�ere�l
►ee�ee►ee►eel
e►eee�►e�ei
eDi�e�►7e►eei -
/
�
m��
�
������ �1����� =�
�A�e�
1 guo��eVda4Y0B96
��� a . \t�j'-��J 1 . �s [L/9LXl�4MoM4oj'P�enena
� 4J �' ����` �--' a � � ., ��,� �, �,�
_ � =I— o � �a �_.� I , � � ,n ; ,�a�aa��iiantutuo�
m � ��_ � �:� � r� � � � � „�.� ,� � a „ pe.([w/oqs�9�
,
�m�� ,�
,� �
/�t�
:i°-F.::':.TF.'fn'T.*F : ri.i O A
���
���I
�1:.V•:.'e
�
e
. �� �'�, '`1
�4�i�:�:�itii'�5!i�i�. '?t�i���i�.�Yi
00e ' "
��D
�:s:7),.i4
�
� �u!i°i!`u!i�i :�i�i�i!i;�! 0 8
�irs`
V
:��
I��� . �'
:i���� �� O A
�t.lJRhS5lYtii4:ht '.•N.4Y:td
� �
:���,�,'... e 8 e8e
� .......... . .... .. .. _ ...
� � .......... . . �'
��� � t� I�i S�
����� �� 0 e
: �...�.:.,,...,. . z:...: ,
06999
� F...� __.......�._...
: i����[ 1��
� ��:.:,....:,� � -.:.. ,.:: o e e � � � ' � . . _
,� ........ . ..:....... .:. �:::...
� � �„ oeoo
- ��:.:.:::.� :: :.:.:. :.::..:::.:.: o e ._��' �:-_-.- ._._: o e � e
� �
�� � ' oee ��� � oe
Vl.@. :2f,:4h5'.
'� _
: c
= �� 1 � /�� 1
; � ::a•.rx: p p :�,�:::,.. .,�,.�:r:::,:�. 0 4
� ._
E��•:�;::�.:.,. � 4 A A
N
¢
�
��' -
��:���;� OA0A60
���
��� —
� � S —
mH� "._
, �
a�
u;��
�. —
�
a _1
x �
i
ti
Q
3
�
z
�
0
s
�' g
� �
M
6
�
�
z
0
W
s
��
���tiol .,a CLlSG%1'44oM4e�'p�vu�noguoue4daW0as6
;; u��, ,W aa��a��riiunwwv�
s�oie�
«em q
o ae��e� �o �rvi s qi.�s pa»e� ��v�,v /�P.%`���4S��U
�
�
i' \ js"-
� � ��i
�3 �
\� �
�
_
43€ � Q
.�
m
s �
Q o
0
�
F
Q
3
�
5
��
� <s
�
a �
a
h
Q fi
o �
H
��
g � £ ? q� ^ � 2 �
=' � � � � �� �g a� F
€ 3ti 5� s€ �
k j j
1
' I I
1 1
I I
_ J 1
i:�t:�'1•,+ L__ I �. �i0 _
3� _ �
�� N�
Oc �F �
i� ' `�
�� �°� _� � � �
t
_ �
�: :;: �;::;:;: N
�; �:,::::::•, $
� ��•,. a
5 Q
� q
�
� 3
h
s�o 3v
� �� B g �
Y r�e �3g ��� ;� � �
l J
�
....... o
� �
�- —
a 3
�
� �6
�
o � 5 �� ti
� fi� � f�_
l,
��
�� • . C k?
� N
M
I
� ' � � m
�� 1� � 4 4
��
o�
�
Ba
E2
�
M-, 'I�■
��31�
��
Q
� 't-�
C
6 �
a i
� i
�
a
� 4
x
� K
F
a
3
0
�
�s
� h
�
M
_ ,'1
�.:
,`., , .
� °,..`i
g� a �
.� Q o F
M
/ .,�
1
a�'.: �
:...
J ..•
a§
. .a�
� o�
� � � � y,,#?S E>•
i �
E r
����' �6�}C yZ aC
�_I��i ��3�� '
!�3@`_' "
' 3i��a.. $ z
� �p`E€� � � a a
o � F_ 3 a � j . ��'.
Z 3e�E-�'B ¢;3d p�B�¢Bg� ��js `'-!'
v=i sY��y iSn d���d���i e�3� O
5i 6 g H 4 �� � e� E�E
s% � � § .� e; fg R 'e
�. � � � € �� � �� �
_ � � y�
NO. OF PAGES
DNISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION
21 OS 00 - Common Worlc Results for Fii•e Suppression .............................................................................. I 1
21 10 00 - Water-Based Fire-Supp►•ession Systems ......................................................................................30
DNISION 22 - PLUMBING
22 OS 00
22 OS 13
22 OS 19
22 OS 23
22 OS 29
22 OS 53
22 07 00
221116
22 11 19
22 11 23
22 13 16
22 13 19
22 13 23
22 14 13
22 14 23
22 34 00
22 40 00
22 47 00
Common Work Results for Plumbing .......................................................................................... l l
Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment ..............................................................3
Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping .........................................................................................5
Genei•al-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping ..................................................................................22
Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment ........................................................ l l
Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment .......................................................................5
PlumbingInsulation .....................................................................................................................26
DomesticWater Piping .................................................................................................................. 8
Domestic Water Piping Specialties ..............................................................................................14
DomesticWater Pumps ..................................................................................................................7
SanitaryWaste and Vent Piping ..................................................................................................13
Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties ................................................................................................16
Sanitary Waste Interceptors ............................................................:..............................................5
Facility Storm Drainage Piping .................................................................................................... l l
Storm Drainage Piping Specialties .................................................................................................5
Fuel-Fired Domestic Water Heaters ...............................................................................................7
PlumbingFixtures ........................................................................................................................15
Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers ..........................................................................................5
DNISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING [HVAC]
23 OS 00
23 OS 13
23 OS 19
23 OS 29
23 OS 53
23 OS 93
23 07 00
23 09 00
23 09 93
23 11 23
23 31 13
23 33 00
23 34 23
23 37 13
23 37 23
23 72 00
23 74 13
23 81 26
CommonWork Results for HVAC ..............................................................................................14
Common Motor Reyuirements for HVAC Equipment ..................................................................3
Metersand Gages for HVAC Piping .............................................................................................7
Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment ............................................................1 l
Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment ............................................................................6
Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC .............................................................................17
HVACInsulation .........................................................................................................................48
Instrumentation and Control for HVAC ......................................................................................13
Sequence of Operation for HVAC Controls ..................................................................................3
FacilityNatural-Gas Piping ..........................................................................................................16
MetalDucts ....................................................................................................................:............... 9
AirDuct Accessories ...................................................................................................................12
HVACPower Ventilators ..............................................................................................................6
Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles ....................................................................................................3
HVACGravity Ventilators ............................................................................................................5
Air-to-Air Energy Recovery Equipment ........................................................................................8
RooftopAir Conditioners .............................................................................................................13
Split-System Air-Conditioners .......................................................................................................8
Contents - Page 4
���—
���—
a�=_
m��=
�
�� ��� �so � �
pa §xe .. Se� 3
'� � f 8�
a
#' o �
� n� „em � G �
��g �z .��,?� � �'
;.�$ �4 k�i �
a $
4
�m� G s
4
b
x� 46 e�
as„ �� a;,, �
��: �: :�� �
� a
0 4
n u9�, G �
§
c s 6
;ag sa �aq '�
t��a Z �i n�� :
R
4
o �
a �� C�
a
�
� �� as ' �
`� k�? �� � B
i� $p
_ 4
z �
O.
N wa C �
�b
E �
� E �6
pP�� � ��! �n
ia k
�j� ttl�
.a
� o �
E�
[EISL %1'4NaM Voj'picnslnag ue.�s4d�W Oe96
aItltl�l �aviv.x�i ,ae
.<«,o, _�, ��..v���.�4,�s.� ; ,�a�ua��tiiumuura�
;„�,��, ,
isel�itl ro++na
..<4„�,., „y��,nw ���.. o�„��,,,�,r �ie,�1iu/vys///�
�
3
o •'
E�
€i � t�' �e� °.,: �#ae �
P� `�P �� �a'Y ��C�
- ¢? �s aS3� z�°s�
_;
A�
_ L='__J f
p=_ 1f�— � _�
,r ,,,,a s
4
v`�. b
3ng g d
a€i �� �€Y
'r e v+wx�
t a�
\ 0 4
� N,� ��3
4
s �.� m
�.5 'g ���3 a�_
3d S �3�e� @
��� e� �:�£p� §,a�F
`as"s k� e�ta a's.b
-1 :
t
�� �
� ---- ¢
^t<v �____�) p c
�rJ �
Iry�l �ry � � �
a
� 6
a
�� ���
:�'
k=
- z §
O _
�I ,�n � G �
� b
e 5�
8eq ^�t
n�.� tq�
k
s
o �
„ ,m n W s�
�
$ xm'� �a �� �
s �t� S}
@ ,
� � �
o .
eo � �
� `ee �� B 3�n� m
@ ��� $e � �4`nb -
4 �
i
� ' q
o _
ii � �
§
:� `� ° 6
_g ��#
'f��e F�� �.
11 �
2 ; 3 �
o §
,� w,. E �
� �b
� ��� �
4
�
a
m
4
� �
��
�2g p�` � gp¢� :� �
��a€ �`a � b
e5 k�S 3 bg� d�
�
R
s
� ;
o.
G�
�
8
�9 �
�& �S b
�
g:�Z :�� �
� i s a a
�
z
o :
M v��� E �
a - �b
_ z@ -
a� � 6n� $e
9� � �:'� ?a
� � 9 :
� , ' 4
z
0
"� n j G �
4
e� :C -gg � .
.'�,Eg �E i3� J b
>�� �Y t.]2 ��
a 3
0
I N '
g
§ o
��� ��� � � �
� N
� ¢
� o §
� _�
�R :3e �E 61 L
, � 2�@
_z $: i�ii z b
% �:
� o y
�
v£� o�'
$��
�
� �
�
�e€ m
�e
ml¢
�I:
� W V— d ��—���--�-� � iewm au+uawc .>a cz�sezt'woMved'w•n.�noe�=..•vdowocsv
Y � :' � Y"j i ts�n�i �n w�.anew vro on.
_"_ — ° ��: C�—��; �_,,.��� �� � � ia�ua��iununua�
,�=a o
� o aw. �o, a��N>
�� � �: i� y=�� o�,�s< < o.�oM,�n, a
m y �a,.,a„�=�J ,w��,.,,wb��q om�nww,�`�: //P�jw/OUS/U�
- � ��,_, _; �
�� �� � � �
¢ � -
�/,r Q � s � � c
i.tlJ �n o � y� � 3
"u-5 `3 W�d' m m z� z y ~s
z y 2 � �¢ n m m ¢
"�% u; �o� �coi rio� �a Qo ¢o ¢o
s o
�z� § N J� m �J g" s� s8 m �
- � � � � � � � .� � y
��E �
3z�sS � W U
oz�s� z oN =� �
g��LLo" � �� ��U � � � F $P � w � � �
.r�� `�'�"' w� ��� �w"� �`¢`x"� ��� ��m��s
�Q��J o o��o oy��5 Q ¢ooN� ��o�� �<d��2 ��o�s Uz�6W�
�m�''�wtis��� gjaamz 5�?� �„ ���y� ��5�h� ���sti� z��'�—h� s�����
�-osN`LL''doo �mo� S�y 25 �
oQgowo ��a�a�o� �ao w � � � C � '
d��z'=����osw�z� rv�� d
ama�`��s¢¢��do��� �¢oLLa
s�a�tioo��6��0�6 �aq� �
iz' zo " �woa,i�o a`^3'�a8 3
����ms�mWsd�N�s ����d 3
�oL,'o�,,,.,o�W���'�"��� "w�o�o w - _ x � m
�d��6�6���mE� s��z'� m m� a g a m z z �
s������s yrs��sa �ss��w � N�� s�= o�< „�� �~� ��� �� >o� �o
_N' �mm� _� N�:' n s3� �y� ���a dh< �Z�< iy< ?ia ��a sN
�� sN s a a d �e d � �
! a ,
i '
= a ,
- s � � ' � '1
I - I �,I
j: ` : ! i
' ■r■m@i.
�
��
¢
� � WN
o�w QQ? �4� ��N
��-x �,a�P ��a i���
���9Nu a�oX6 ��oP^ ��o.��.�
-� �� �m�h�
�m� �m�h� �m�a�
��
��
z �
�� o� sm��
�uo �sQ �����
� � � �
� � <
�� ¢� � w � � � z � �w �� �w
o�� �a� �FQ � � o� � � � � �> �s �� �s
oosx oo�x ��=x ��� �¢�� o � Q ��6�m ��oam
" �� �-r� ���x6
�s� � P� o� �ad� ��¢� � ��� o�s� a<�..
� ����' ���� ���� ��a� �y�� wo �_� o xo�� "���
�yo � � "� N 6 6 o�c�.+ 3 q�Q� ����
€ � � � � � �J �� � � a �
� >
I � `�
9 9 �� �3
a3
�
A ��'i H�
� �' _� �� �� �
1
r
�
/ �
NO. OF PAGES
DNISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
26 OS 00
26 OS 19
26 OS 26
26 OS 29
26 OS 33
26 OS 43
26 OS 53
26 22 00
26 24 16
26 27 26
26 28 16
26 51 00
26 56 00
Common Work Results for Electrical ............................................................................................4
Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables .................................................................7
Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems .............................................................................7
Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems ................................................................................6
Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems .................................................................................13
Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems ..........................................................18
ElectricalIdentification .................................................................................................................. 9
Low-Voltage Transformers ............................................................................................................6
Panelboards..................................................................................................................................10
WiringDevices ..............................................................................................................................8
Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers ...................................................................................... l l
InteriorLighting ........................................................................................................................... l l
ExteriorLighting ..........................................................................................................................14
�DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND S�CURITY
*28 31 00 - Fire Alarm System .........................................................................................................................2
DIVISION 31- EARTHWORK
31 10 00
31 22 00
31 22 19
31 23 33
31 23 34
31 23 35
31 31 16
31 32 13
31 63 29
Site Preparation and Demolition ....................................................................................................2
Earthwork....................................................................................................................................... 5
FinishGrading ...............................................................................................................................1
TrenchExcavation .........................................................................................................................2
TrenchBackfill ..............................................................................................................................4
TrenchSafety System ....................................................................................................................2
TermiteControl ..............................................................................................................................6
LimeStabilization ..........................................................................................................................3
DrilledPiers ...................................................................................................................................6
DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVMENTS
32 Ol 90
32 13 13
32 31 19
32 31 29
32 84 00
32 90 00
32 91 13
32 92 13
Operation and Maintenance of Planting .........................................................................................8
ConcretePaving .............................................................................................................................6
MetalFencing ................................................................................................................................4
WoodFencing ................................................................................................................................2
PlantingIrrigation ........................................................................................................................11
Planting..........................................................................................................................................6
SoilPreparation ...........................................:..................................................................................5
Hydromulching..............................................................................................................................3
DIVISION 33 UTILITIES
33 10 00 - Water Utilities ................................................................................................................................6
33 30 00 - Sanitary Sewerage Utilities ............................................................................................................6
33 40 00 - Storm Drainage Utilities ................................................................................................................3
Contents - Page 5
NO. OF PAGES
Contents - Page 6
04 22 00
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
�
PART 1 GENEF2AL
l.l SUMMARY
A. Work Includes
1. Concrete unit masonry walls and back-up for brick and stone veneer, complete with reinforcement
and anchorages.
2. Formed control joints.
B RELATED SECTIONS
l. Section 03 30 00: Cast-In-Place Concrete.
2. Section 04 OS 13: Mortar
3. Section 04 21 00: Brick .
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C-150 - Portland Cernent.
B. ASTM C-90 - Hollow Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units.
C. ASTM C-129 - Hollow Nonload Bearing Concrete Masonry Units.
D. International Building Code Requirements for Masonry.
1. Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures, ACI 530-02/ASCE 5-02/TMS 402-02.
Reported by the Masonry Standards Joint Committee, 2002.
2. Manual of Standard Practice, MSP 1-01. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, 2001.
3. Specification for Masonry Structures, ACI 530.1-02/ASCE 6-02/TMS 602-02. Reported by the
Masonry Standards Joint Committee, 2002.
4. Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,
ASTM A 615/A 615M-Olb. ASTM International, Inc., 2001.
5. Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,
ASTM A 706/A 706M-01. ASTM International, Inc., 2001 •
6. •Standard Specification for Masonry Joint Reinforcement, ASTM A 951-00. ASTM International,
Inc., 2000.
'7. Standard Specification for Zinc (1987) Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware, ASTM A
153-01a. ASTM International, Inc., 2001.
8. Structural Role of Joint Reinforcement in Concrete Masonry, TEK 12-2A, National Concrete
Masonry Association, 1997.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform concrete unit masonry work in accordance with requirements of the International Building
Code, 2003 edition, unless indicated otherwise.
B. When requested by Architect, provide evidence and test data confirming that concrete masonry units
conform to standazds stated herein.
C. Fire Resistance Rated Masonry: LTL listed or certificated to be in compliance with requirements for
materials and installation established by governing authorities for consri-uction and fire- resistance
rating indicated. IBC Table 720.3.2.
04 22 00-1
D. Field Quality Conh•ol
1. Testing Frequency: Tests and evaluations shall be perfonned during .construction for each
5000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereo£
2. Prism Test Method: For each type of wall construction indicated test masonry prisms per
ASTM E 447, Method B and prepare one set of prisms for testing at 7 days and one set for testing
at 28 days.
3. Evaluation of Quality Control Tests: In the absence of other indications of noncompliance with
the requirements stated herein masonry shall be considered satisfactory if the results from these
construction quality control tests comply with the minimum requirements indicated.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Masonry Units
1. Store masonry units above ground on level platforms which allow air circulation under stacked
units.
2. Cover and protect against wetting prior to use.
3. Handle units on pallets or flat bed barrows.
4. Do not permit free discharge from conveyor units or transporting in mortar trays.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 50 degrees F. (100 degrees C.) prior
to, during and 48 hours after completion of masonry work.
B. During freezing or near freezing weather, provide adequate equipment or cover to maintain a minimum
temperature of 50 degrees F. (10 degrees C.) and to protect masonry work completed or in progress.
Conform to other requirements stated in Division 1.
1.6 PROTECTION
A. Maintain protective boards at exposed extemal corners which may be damaged by construction
activities. Provide such protection without damaging completed work,
B. Keep expansion joint voids clear of mortar.
C. Provide temporary bracing during erection of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure
provides permanent bracing. Coordinate with structural requirements.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MASONRY UNITS
A. Concrete Block: ASTM C-90 Hollow Core and C-129 Hollow Core Nonload Bearing, Grade N Type I;
modular sizes complete with corners, bases, bond beams, lintels and fillers to match and compliment
block units, normal weight.
l. Fire Rated Block: ASTM C-90, Grade N Type I, normal weight; American Insurance Association
(NBFU) Fire Resistance Rating for classification indicated.
2. Acoustical Block: Proudfoot Soundblox Tyhpe RSC [basis of design] units.
a. Each unit with two slot type apertures to produce absoiption and diffusion; and have two
factory-installed noise attenuating fibrous fillers with laminated metal septum.
b. Slots and edges shall be straight and clean. Filler elements, as supplied by the The Proudfoot
Company, shall be installed in the cavities of the blocks at the block plant. The filler shall be
of specially fabricated incombustible iibrous material, cut accurately to size and installed as
recommended. The fillers shall have metal septa laminated to one side of the fibrous material
and shall be installed with the septa facing away from the slots.
04 22 00-2
a Units shall be 12" deep by 8" wide by 16" long, unless noted otherwise.
d. Units shall be right hand and left hand; coordinate symmetrically with required reinforcing
[so eveiy other cell can be reinforced].
2.2 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGES
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. Hohmann and Barnard, Inc.
2. Dur-O-Wall, Inc.
3. Heckman Building Products, Inc.
B. Reinforcing Rods: ASTM, A 615, Grade 60.
C. Horizontal Joint Reinforcing
1. Manufactured from steel confornung to ASTM A 82.
2. Consisting of deformed longitudinal side rods welded at 16" intervals to cross rods forming ladder
design; 9 gauge for side rods and cross rods.
3. Hot dipped galvanized finish.
4. Acceptable Products
a. CMU Wall: "#120 Ladder Mesh", Hohmann and Barnard, Inc.
b. Cavity Wall: "Ladder Box Mesh #160", Hohmann and Barnard, Inc.
a Corner and Tee Fittings: same type as wall reinforcing.
D. Anchors
1. Dovetail Anchor Slots: 22 gauge galvanized steel equivalent to 303 Dovetail Slot, Hohmann and
Barnard, Inc.
2. Dovetail Anchors: Galvanized steel, triangular anchors equivalent to #315-BT Flexible Dovetail,
Hohmann and Barnard, Inc.
3. Channel slots for anchorage of masonry to steel framing: Galvanized steel equivalent to #359P or
#359 Ties, Hohmann and Barnard, Inc.
4. Partition Anchor: Hohmann & Barnard #344, hot dip galvanized; 3/16" bar stock with 2" bends.
Provide at ail intersecting walls lst course of rein£ AFF and at 32" vert. on center.
E. Control Joint Spacer: #NS, closed cell neoprene sponge, Hohmann and Barnard, Inc.
G. Vertical Bar Positioner: Dur-O-WaI DA816.
H. Vertical Post- Tensioning: Dur-O-Wall Sure-Stress system, including restraint plates, tendons,
couplers, foundation anchors, epoxy adhesive for foundation anchors, floor anchors [if appropriate to
the design].
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. * Thru-wali Flashing: ASTM A167 Type 304 or 316 stainless steel, cold drawn and annealed,
26 gauge [.45mm), 8 foot lengths, drip edge hemmed approximately 3/16"; 2B to 2D finish
l. Lap end joints of inetal TWF 1 inch minimum and provide membrane flashing over that joint a
minimum of 3" in either direction. Membrane flashing to be H&B Flex- Flash flashing; 40 mil
evaloy Kee [no asphalt type] with clear pressure- sensitive adhesive. Utilize termination bars if
weather barrier doesn't extend over the top of the flashing. Maintain continuity of the air/ weather
barrier.
B. Flashing Adhesive: Rubber-based adhesive as recommended by flashing manufacturer.
l. Nerva Kote Adhesive PV30.
2. Afco Vi-Seal Adhesive.
04 22 00-3
C. Tln-u- wall Membrane Flashing [Sheet Rubber]: Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer (EPDM) sheeet
inaterial, 0.060" thick; quickseam taped seams, Firestone Rubber Company or Carlisle.
D. Below Grade Sealer: Hydrozo 30, clear.
E. Cleaning: 1/2 cup dry measure of trisodiwn phosphate (Calgon) and 1/2 cup dry measure of laundry
detergent, dissolved in one gallon of clean water; or Vanah•ol by ProSoCo. No other cleaners
acceptable.
F. Acoustical/ Thermal Fill. At locations called out to receive acoustical filU sand provide Core-fill 500
foam completely filling all block and any cavity conditions to provide a continuous masonry fill and an
acoustical seal to deck or other materials.
1. "Core-Fi11500TM" as manufactured by Tailored Chemical Products, Hickory, N.C. 28603, [800-
627-1687; prior substitutions only.
a. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Minimum four (4) hour fire resistance wall rating (ASTM E-119)
for 8" and 12" concrete masonry units when used in standard two (2) hour rated CMUs.
b. Sw-face Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread, smoke developed and fuel
contributed of 0, 5 and 0 respectively.
c. Combustion Characteristics: Must be noncombustible, Class A building material.-
d. Thermal Values: "R° Value of 491/inch @ 32 degrees F mean; ASTM G177.
e. Soiu�d Abatement: Minimum Sound Transmission Class ("STC") rating of 53 and a
minimum Outdoor Indoor Transmission Class ("OITC") rating of 44 for 8" wall assembly
ASTM E90-90).
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Inspect foundation to assure surfaces to support masonry are to proper grade and elevation and free
from dirt or other deleterious matter.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Lay only dry units, free of paint, oil, efflorescence or foreign matter. Remove laitance, loose aggregate
or anything that prevents bonding to foundation.
B. Use masonry saws to cut and fit masonry units.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES
A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces on columns, walls, and arrises, do not exceed %
inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), nor 3/8 inch in 20 feet (10 mm in 6 m), nor %z inch in 40 feet (12 mm in
12 m) or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints, and other conspicuous lines, do
not exceed '/a inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), nor %z inch 40 feet (12 mm in 12 m) or more. For vertical
alignment of head joints, do not exceed pius or minus '/ inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), nor %2 inch (12
mm) maximum.
,. B. Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and
� other conspicuous lines, do not exceed % inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), nor %z inch in 40 feet (12 mm in
12 m) or more. For top surface of bearing walls, do not exceed 1/8 inch (3 mm) in 10 feet (3 m), nor
1/16 inch (1.5 mm) within width of a single unit.
C. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan and related portion of columns, walls,
and partitions, do not exceed %z inch in 20 feet (12 mm in 6 m), nor %a inch in 40 feet (19 mm in 12 m)
or more.
04 22 00-4
D. Variation in Cross-Sectional Dimensions: For columns and thichness of walls, from diinensions shown,
do not exceed minus 14 inch (6 mm) nor plus'/2 inch (12 mm).
E. Variation in Mortar-Joint Thickness: Do not vary from bed-joint thickness indicated by more than plus
or minus i/8 inch (3 mm), with a maximum thickness limited to %z inch (12 rrun). Do not vaiy bed joint
thickness fi•om bed joint thickness of adjacent course by more than 1/8 inch (3 mm). Do not vary from
head-joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm). Do not vary haed joint
thickness from head joint thickness by more than 1/8 inch (3 mm). Do not vary from collar joint
thickness indicated by more than minus % inch (6 mm) or plus 3/8 inch (10 mm).
3.4 1NSTALLATION
A. Bond: Running bond with verticat joints located at center line of masonry units in aiternate courses.
B. General
1. Do not install cracked, broken or chipped masonry units exceeding ASTM allowables; do not
install chipped or broken block.
2. Set units plumb, true to line and with level courses accurately spaced.
3. Use concrete block for fill-in material.
4. Adjust masonry unit for final position while mortar is soft and plastic.
5. If units are displaced after mortar has stiffened, remove; clean joints and units of mortar; and relay
with fresh mortar.
6. When joining fresh masonry to set or partially set masonry construction, clean exposed surface of
set masonry and remove loose mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. �
7. If necessary to stop off horizontal run of masonry, rack back one-half block length in each course.
8. Do not use toothing to join new masonry to set or partially set masonry.
9. Comply with ACI 315 "Detaiis and Detailing of Concrete ReinforcemenY' as it relates to
reinforcing steel; for sturup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, and arrangement of masonry
reinforcement.
C. Mortar Beds
1. Lay with full mortar coverage on horizontal and verticai face shells.
2. Provide full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells and webs where adjacent to
cells or cavities to be filled with grout.
D. Horizontal and Vertical Face Joints
1. Conshuct uniform joints, 3/8" nominal thickness.
2. Shove vertical joints tight.
3. Tool joints in exposed surfaces when thumb-print hard with round jointer.
4. Remove mortar protruding into cells of cavities to be reinforced ar filled.
E. Bond Beams and Lintels
1. Provide bond beams at top of walls and other locations where indicated; provide lintels above door
openings where indicated.
2. Reinforce bond beams and lintels with minimum of two No. 5 bars and fill solid with grout.
3. Discontinue bond beams at control joints.
F. Horizontal Joint Reinforcing
1. All walls reinforced with continuous horizontal joint reinforcement.
2. Fully embed joint truss type reinforcement in each alternate bed joint, 16" o.c., unless noted
otherwise.
3. Extend joint reinforcement entire length of bed joint.
4. Lap reinforcement minimum 6" at ends.
5. Bend or weld at offsets or special conditions.
04 22 00-5
Provide additional joint reinforcement extending three feet beyond jambs in the two courses above
and below openings.
G. Ties and Anchors: Space 16" o.a minimum starting with first course and ending with last masonry
course.
H. Controi Joints
L Install where indicated and at following locations:
a. Changes in thickness, height and direction.
b. Within 4'-0" of corners or offsets.
c. 30'-0" o.c. maximum run of uninterrupted wall.
d. At control or expansion joints in stiucture.
2. Provide continuous vertical control joints through bond beams except at lintels above openings.
3. Offset control joints to ends of lintels.
I. Vertical Reinforcing: Lap vertical steel bai•s as noted on drawings, min. 2' if not noted; place steel
tlu•ough vertical bar positioners top and Uottom of lap.
J. Built,In Work
1. Install bolts, anchors, control joints, inserts, frames, flashings and other built-in items as masonry
work progresses.
2. Avoid cutting and patching.
3. Solidly grout spaces around built-in items.
K. Pointing
1. At compietion of conventional masonry unit work, fill holes in joints and tool.
2. Cut out and repoint defective joints.
3. Dry brush masonry surface after mortar has set, at end of each day's work and after final pointing.
L. Temporary Formwork and Shores:
1. Construct formwork and shores to support reinforced masonry elements during construction.
2. Construct formwork to conform to shape, line and dimensions shown. Make sufficiently tight to
prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape
during construction and curing of reinforce masonry.
3. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to
carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on them during construction.
M. Grouting
1. Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained sufficient strength to
resist grout construction.
2. Do not exceed the following pour heights for ime grout:
a. For minimum widths of grout spaces of '/ inch or for minimum grout space of hollow unit
cells of 1-1/2 by 2 inches, pour height of 12 inches.
b, For minimum widths of grout spaces of 2 inches or for minimum grout space of hollow unit
cells of 2 by 3 inches, pour height of 60 inches.
c. For minimum widths of grout spaces of 2-1/2 inches or for minimum grout space of hollow
unit cells of 2-1/2 by 3 inches, pour height of 12 feet.
d. For minimum widths of grout spaces of 3 inches or for minimum grout space of hollow unit
cells of 3 by 3 inches, pour height of 24 feet.
3. Do not exceed the following pour heights for coarse grout:
a. For a minimum widths of grout spaces of 1-1/2 inches or for minimum grout space of hollow
unit cells of 1-1/2 by 3 inches, pour height of 12 inches.
b. For minimum widths of grout spaces of 2 inches or for minimum grout space of hollow unit
cells of 2-1/2 by 3 inches, pour height of 60 inches.
c. For minimum widths of grout spaces of 2-1/2 inches or for minimum grout space of hollow
unit cells of 3 by 3 inches, pour height of 12 feet.
04 22 00-6
d. For minimum widths of grout spaces of 3 inches or for ininimum grout space of hollow unit
cel(s of 3 by 4 inches, pour height of 24 feet.
Provide cleanout holes at least 3 inches in least dimension for grout pours over 60 inches in
height.
a. Provide cleanout holes at each vertical reinforcing bar.
b. At solid grouted masonry, provide cleanout holes at not mare than 32 inches o.c.
Maximum grout lift shall not exceed 6 feet in vertical height.
Consolidate gc•out during placement with mechanical vibration prior to plasticity loss to fill grout
space. Reconsolidate grout to minimize voids due to water loss.
N. Fill all open cells and voids in hollow concrete masoiuy walls where shown on drawings. Follow
manufacturers recommendations.
1. At locations not exposed to view: the foam insulation shall be pressure injected through a series of
5/8" to 7/8" holes drilled into every vertical column of block cells (every 8" on center) beginning at
an approximate height of four (4) feet from finished floor level. Repeat this procedure at an
approximate height of ten (10) feet above the first horizontal row of holes (or as needed) until the
void is completely filled. Patch holes with mortar and score to resembie existing surface.
2. At locations exposed to view leave: Provide removeable plugs at corner locations to inject foam;
point mortar to match adjacent a$er instaliation of the foam.
O. * Acoustical Block. All necessary cutting on the job site shall be performed with power tools to provide
straight and true edges. No chipped or broken blocks shall be used. Acoustical masonry shall be laid
with the open ends of the cavities facing downward and shall be seated in a full horizontal bed of
mortar. The slots shall be exposed to the area where the sound absorption is desired as indicated on the
plans. Care shall be taken to ensure that the slots are kept free of mortar or debris above the mortar
joint. Lines shall be straight and true.
3.5 CUT"TING AND FITTING
A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit, sleeves and grounds. Cooperate fully with other sections of work
to ensure correct size, shape and location.
B. Obtain Architect's approval prior to cutting or fitting any area which is not indicated on drawings or
which may impair appearance or strength of masonry work.
3.6 FLASHINGS
A. * Place through wall flashings in accordance with Brick Institute of America Technical Notes 7 and 28
recommendations. Form end dams at all horizontal terminations. Utilize soldered corners, transitions
and end dams.
B. *Extend flashings through masonry veneer, turn up minimum 4" and seal into sheathing over stud
framed back-up; at masonry extend into substrate joint minimum 1", provide 1/4" hookdam; at concrete
substrate saw in a 3/4" reglet and wedge hookdam flashing in place. Lap end joints minimum 1" and
provide a strip of inembrane flashing over that joint extending 3" in either direction from the joint.
Membrane flashing to occur on vertical and horizontal legs only; not exposed on drip edge.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Remove excess mortar and smears upon completion of masonry work.
B. Point or replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work.
C. Clean soiled surfaces using a non-acidic solution which.will not harm masonry or adjacent materials.
Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations.
04 22 00-7
END OF SECTION
04 22 00-8
SECTION 04 72 15
STONE VENEER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Calcium Silicate Masonry Units and trim.
2. Installation of rigid continuous insulation. Refer to Section 07 20 00.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include dimensions of individual components of stock items.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for cast stone units. Include dimensions,
details of reinforcement and anchorages if any, and indication of finished faces.
i. Provide details of the various types of stone anchor profiles, and identify locations where each
type will be utilized. Engineer anchors for any units less than 3 5/8" thickness to comply with the
local building code and at a minimum IBC 2009.
C. Samples: For each color and texture of stone veneer units required.
1. Three pieces: 2 in. thick by 8 x 8 inch showing full range in color and texture.
2. Provide approximate 4'x4' full-size mock-ups for each type on site for final approva(.
D. Qualification Data: For manufacturer.
13 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer of simulated stone units similar to those indicated
for this Project, with sufficient production capacity to manufachu-e required units.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver calcium silicate masonry units in protective film. Prevent damage to units.
B. Lift skids with proper and sufficiently long slings or forks with protection to prevent damage to units.
Protect edges and corners.
C. Store units in a manner designed to prevent damage and staining of units.
D. Stack units on timbers or platforms at least 3 inches above grade.
E. Place polyethylene or other plastic film between wood and other finished surfaces of units when stored
for extended periods of time.
F. Cover stored units with protective enclosure if exposed to weather.
047215-1
G. Do not use salt or calcium-chloride to remove ice from masonry surfaces.
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Conforin to requirements of ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602, Specifications for Masoruy Structures,
PART 1.8.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANLTFACTURERS: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
A. An�iscraft Renaissance 5eries- [Basis Of Design].
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Calcium Silicate Masonry Units: conform to ASTM C73, Grade SW. Units shall be solid and have been
pressure formed and autoclaved; 3-5/8" bed depth; special shapes as indicated; and as follows:
1. Modular Size: 7-5/S" high, 23-5/8" long. Provide factory formed sloped end pieces.
2. Texture: smooth on exposed faces and ends.
3. Color: Magnolia.
B. Fabrication Tolerances
1. Fabricate calcium silicate masonry units to the following tolerances:
a. Unit Length: plus or minus 1/16".
b. Unit Height: plus or minus 1/16",
c. Deviation From Square: plus or minus 1/16", with measurement taken using the longest
edge as the base.
d. Bed Depth: plus or minus 1/8".
e. G�stom Unit Dimensions: plus or minus 1/8".
C. Source Quality Control
1. Test compressive strength and absorption from specimens selected at random from plant
production.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Anchors, Ties and Dowels: Type 304 stainless steel.
1. Stone veneer walls supported by to stud or block backup walls: Anchors shall be individually
engineered, detailed and manufactured per project requirements; split tails going into the center of
the stone; at designed spacing; with fasteners appropriate to the substrate.
2. Four inch thick veneer shall be anchored with HB- 200- HS anchors; coardinate depth with
insulation thickness.
B. Thru-wall Flashing and Vent System: MortarNet Total Flash system with stainless steel drip edge, pre-
manufactured corners, end dams and ternunations; built in drainage net system and through wall Elvaloy
kee flashing system with vents/ drains.
C. Expansion and Control Joints: Backer Rod, compressible joint filler [ASTM D1056 Class RE41, Dur-O-
Wall 2010 and 2015] and appropriate sealer of size(s) and profile(s) indicated on drawings.
047215-2
D. Cleaner: Clean soiled surfaces using non-acidic solution of type recominended by masonry
inanufacturer, which will not hann masom-y or adjacent construction. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning
operations.
2.4 MORTAR
A. Comply with requirements in Section 04 41 00 Mortar for mortar materials and mixes.
1. For setting mortar, use Type N.
2. For pointing mortar, use Type O.
3. Pigmented Mortar: Use colored cement product to provide a colar to match the darker portion of
the veneer units. Provide 3 samples in a range to match, and one a little lighter, and darker.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify site conditions are ready to receive work.
B. Inspect materials for fit and finish prior to installation. Do not set unacceptable units.
C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 CUTTING MASONRY UNITS
A. Cut masonry units with wet-saw.
B. Pre-soak units using clean water prior to cutting.
C. Clean cut units using a stiff fibre brush and clean water. Allow units to surface dry prior to placement.
D. Finish cut edges to match face when exposed in wall.
3.3 WETTING MASONRY UNITS
A. Where the ambient air temperature exceeds 100°F or exceeds 90°F with a wind velocity greater than
8 mph, pre-wet masonry units.
B. Lay wetted units when surface dry.
3.4 COURSING
A. Place masonry to lines and levels indicated.
B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform width. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of unform
thickness.
C. Lay masonry units in third-running bond.
D. Course one masonry unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches.
047215-3
E. Tool joints when thumbprint hard, to a concave finish.
3.5 PLACING AND BONDiNG
A. Friction fit rigid insulation horizontally between ties with tight joints- flush to sheathing/ wall surface.
Infill any gaps in insulation.
B. Lay masoruy in full bed of mortar, properly jointed with other work. Buttering corners of joints, and
deep or excessive fun�owing of mortar j oints are not pennitted.
C. Fully bond 'nitersections, and external corners.
D. Do not adjust masonry units after laying. Where resetting of masonry is required, remove, clean units
and reset in new mortar.
E. Install loose steel lintels as scheduled.
F. Install wall ties and anchorages at a minimum of 24" horizontally at block and 16" horizontally at steel
stud back- up locations; and at a minimum of 16" vertically.
G. Flashings with Vent and Drainage.
1. Install a complete through wall flashing system in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations and following the general principals of.the Brick Institute of America Technical
Notes 7 and 28 recommendations. Install factory formed corners, transitions and end dams.
H. Provide expansion, control, and pressure-relieving joints of widths and at locations indicated. Keep joints
free of mortar and other rigid materials.
Prepare joints indicated to receive sealant and apply sealant of type and at locations indicated to coinply
with applicable requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
Provide control joints where indicated on drawings. Do not continue horizontal masonry reinforcing
across joints.
3.6 SITE TOLERANCES
A. Erect masonry within the tolerances described in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602, Specifications for
Masonry Structures, PART 3.3G.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed masonry and replace masonry that is chipped, cracked, or blemished (streaked, stained or
otherwise damaged), as described below.
1. Masonry shall be inspected to be free of cracks or other blemishes on the finished face or front
edges of the masonry units exceeding 3/8 inch or that can be seen from a distance of 10 feet.
2. Units shall exhibit a texture approximately equal to the approved sample when viewed under
diffused daylight illumination at a 20 foot distance.
3. Minor chips shall not be obvious under diffused daylight illumination from a 20 foot distance.
B. Replace rejected masonry.
047215-4
3.8 ADNSTING AND CLEANING
A. Repair chips on smooth finished units with patch kits furnished by manufacturer. If patches are noticeable
to the Architect replace the damaged units.
B. Clean a 100 square foot area of wall designated by Architect as directed below and leave for one week. If
no harmful effects appear, all objectionable stains have been removed and after mortar has set and cured,
clean masonry as follows:
1. Protect windows, sills, doors, trim and other work from damage.
2. Remove large particles with stiff fiber brushes without damaging surface.
3. Saturate masonry with clean water and flush off loose mortar and dirt.
4. Dilute cleaning agent with clean water in controlled proportions.
5. Apply solution to pre-soaked wall surface using soft-bristled brush.
6. Thoroughly rinse cleaning solution and residue from wall surface.
7. Coordinate timing to occur when Architect will be onsite for a typical scheduled progress meeting.
C. Use alternative cleaning solutions and methods for difficult to clean masonry only after consultation with
masonry unit manufacturer.
3.9 PROTECTION
A. Protect units from damage resulting from subsequent construction operations.
B. Use protection materials and methods which will not stain or damage units.
C. Remove protection materials upon Substantial Completion, or when risk of damage is no longer present.
I �i�! �Z�J,�E.`1_��[�]�I
047215-5
047215-6
SECTION 07 42 10
METAL WALL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
i. Concealed-fastener, lap-seam metal wall panels.
2. All metal panels shall be erected by one installer.
B. Related Sections.
1. Section OS 12 00: Structural Steel.
2. Section OS 40 00: Cold Formed Framing.
3. Section 07 92 00: Sealants.
4. Section 08 40 00: Entrances and Storefronts.
1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design metal wall panel assembly, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified
professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated.
B. Structural Performance: Provide metal wall panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects the
following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated, based on testing according to
ASTM E 1592:
1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on the following minimum design wind pressures:
a. Uniform pressure to comply with the IBC Building Code requirements, acting inward or
outward; min. 3U Ibfisq. ft. (143fi Ya).
2. Deflection Limits: Metal wall panel assemblies shall withstand wind loads with horizontal
deflections no greater than 1/180 of the span.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation layouts of inetal wall panels; details of edge
conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners; anchorages, attachment system, trim, flashings, closures, and
accessories; and special details. Distinguish between factory-, shop- and field-assembled work.
C. Samples: For each type of exposed finish required.
1. Provide a mockup of 2 stacked corner profile panels connecting to two standard perforated metal
panels [4 panel intersection with comer].
D. For metal wall panel assembly indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria,
inciuding analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their
preparation.
074210-1
1.4 QUALITY ASSUItANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer.
B. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site; coordinate to occur just prior or after a
regularly scheduled progress meeting.
1.5 WAI2RANTY
A. Wan�anty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components
of inetal wall panel assemblies that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Tlu•ee years from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
repair finish or replace metal wall panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes
within specified warranty period.
1. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PANEL MATERIALS
A. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Restricted flatness steel sheet metallic coated by the hot-dip process and
pre-painted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M.
1. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coatin�
designation, Grade 40 (C;1ass AIi�1150 coating designatic�n, Grade 275); structural quality.
2. Surface: Smooth, flat fmish.
3. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish:
a. 3-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer imish containing not less than 70
percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat.
b. Note that roof mounted panels will have a rear exposed finish.
4. Concealed Finish: Manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer
finish.
5. Utilize on Types 2 and 3 panels.
B. Aluminum Sheet: Coil-coated sheet, ASTIvI B 2U9 (ASTIv1 B 209M), alloy as standard with
manufacturer, with temper as required to suit forming operations and structural performance required.
1. Surface: Smooth, flat fmish.
2. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish:
a. 3-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 620. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70
percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat.
b. Note that roof mounted panels will have a rear exposed finish.
3. Utilize on Type 1 panels. Fluropon Classice PVDF
C. *Stainless Steel Sheet: Type 304, 20 GA stainless steel
1. Surface: Smooth, flat finish.
2. Finish:
a. By manufacturer: Mill Finish
3. Concealed Finish: stainless steel to be exposed on both sides
4. Perforations: 3/16" Hole, 5/16" Spacing, 33% Open Area
5. Utilize on Types 4 panels.
074210-2
D. Panel Sealants:
1. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape
with release-paper backing; 1/2 inch. (13 znm) wide and 1rR i»el� (3 m�n) thick.
2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920 as recommended in writing by metal wall panel manufacturer.
3. Butyl-Rubber-Based, Solvent-Release Sealant: ASTM C 131 l.
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FRAMING
A. Miscellaneous Metal Framing, General: ASTM C 645, cold-formed aluminum sheet..
B. Zee Clips: 0.07y-inclt (2.f11.-r�im) nominal thickness; u.n.o.
C. Base ar Sill Angles or Channels: 0.0i9-ii�cll (2.01.-imn) nominal thickness.
D. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels:
1. Nominal Thickness: As required to meet performance requirements; min.0.040 incl� (1.02 nnn).
2. Depth: As indicated.
E. Cold-Rolled Furring Channels: Minimuin 1%'2-inch- {i3-m1�1-} wide flange.
1. Nominal Thickness: As required to meet performance requirements; min. 0.064 inch (1.63 n;m).
2. Depth: As indicated.
3. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated-edge type of steel sheet with O.U�O-inc[i. (t.0?-3t�m}
nominal thickness.
4. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-i3ich- {i.57-min-)
diameter wire, or double strand of U.O�Fb-iucll- (1.22-inm-} diameter wire.
F. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted ar non-slotted web, face flange of 1-1!� ii�ches (32 nun), wall attachment
flange of 718 inch (22 �nn�}, and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated.
1. Nominal Thickness: As required to meet performance requirements.
23 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts, end-welded studs, and
other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Provide exposed fasteners with heads
matching color of inetal wall panels by means of plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide EPDM,
PVC, or neoprene sealing washers.
2.4 CONCEALED-FASTENER, LAP-SEAM METAL WALL PANELS
A. Provide factory-formed metal wall panels designed to be field assembled by lapping and interconnecting
side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaehing through panel to supports using concealed
fasteners and factory-applied sealant in side laps. Include accessories required for weathertight
installation.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements stated herein, provide products by one of
the following:
a. Kalzip
b. AEP-Span.
c. Alcoa Architectural Products (USA).
d. Architectural Metal Systems.
e. CENTRIA Architectural Systems.
£ Gordon.
g. MBCI; Div. of NCI Building Systems.
074210-3
h. Metal Sales Maimfacturing Corporation.
i. Metecno-Morin.
j. Petersen Aluminum Corporation.
k. VICWEST; Div. of Jenisys Enguieered Products.
2. Ribbed Metal Panels: Kalzip 65/305, by ICalzip prefinished factory fonned metal panels- Basis-
of- Design:
a. Profile: Ribbed.
b. Material: Aluminum sheet, 0.032-inch (0.8 min) nominal thickness, , alloy 3105-H14.
c. Panel Dirnension: Panels to be single panel full width at areas shown; 12" height; 2'/2"
thickness.
d. Texture: Smooth textui•e.
e. Perforafions: Refer to drawings. Note that there are several different perforations
scheduled.
£ Exterior Finisli: Polyvinylidene Flouride Color Coated.
g. Color: Type 1: Kalzip bright silver.
h. Trim: Provide mitered and welded inside and outside corners; base trim, etc. for an
extremely clean tight appearance and enhance perfonnance.
i. Portions of project will require longer than average panels. Contractor to provide the
proper care to insure that these longer panels are properly stored and installed so as not to
allow damage from bending or denting. Architect to approve panels prior to installation.
3. Metal Panel Type 2& 3: Prefinished factory formed metal panels- Basis- of- Design:
MBCI FW 120; Morin A-12
a. Fiush Panel.
b. Material: .032" (.8 mm) aluminum, alloy 3105-H14.
c. Panel Dimension: 12" wide with 1" (25 inm) seam height. Panels to be single panel full
height of wall.
d. Texture: Smooth texture.
e. Stiffening Beads: Manufacturer's standard stiffening beads.
f. Exterior Finish: minimum 3-coat fluoropolymer.
g. Colors:
1) Type 2: Morin Bright Silver
2) Type 3 Morin Zinc Gray
4. *Metal Panel Type 4: Prefinished factory formed metal panels- Basis- of- Design: Morin E-30
a. Corrugated, Perforated Panel.
b. Material: 20 GA (.91 mm) Stainless Steel.
c. Panel Dirnension: 30" wide, with 1" (25 mm) deep corrugations.
d. Texture: Smooth texture.
e. Stiffening Beads: Manufacturer's standard stiffening beads.
£ Exterior Finish: Stainless Steel
g. Colors:
1) Type 4: Stainless Steel
2.5 ACCESSORIES
A. Wall Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete metal wall panel assembly
including trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers,
closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of inetal wall panels, unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and rakes, fabricated of same metal as metal wall panels.
2. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material
recommended by manufacturer.
3. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed-
cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch- (25-mm-) thick, flexible closure strips; cut or
premolded to match metal wall panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary
to ensure weathertight construction.
074210-4
B. Flashuig and Trim: Formed from 0.01$-incli {0,46-i�.in1} minimum thickness, aluminum sheet prepainted
with coil coating. Match metal with adjacent panel; unless noted otherwise. Provide flashing and trim as
required to seal against weather and to provide fmished appearance. Locations include, but are not
limited to, bases, drips, sills, jambs, corners, endwalls, framed openings, rakes, fasciae, parapet caps,
soffits, reveals, and fillers. Finish flashing and h-im with same finish system as adjacent metal wall
panels.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate and finish metal wall panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible,
by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance
requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional
and structural requirements.
B. Fabricate metal wall panels in a manner that eliminates condensation on interior side of panel and with
joints between panels designed to form weathertight seals.
C. Provide panel profile, includ'mg major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel.
D. Fabricate metal wall panel joints with factory-installed captive gaskets or separator strips that provide a
tight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact, and that will minimize noise from movements within panel
assembly.
E. Sheet Metal Accessories: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's
"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics
of item indicated.
PART3-EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Miscellaneous Framing: Install subgirts, base angles, sills, furring, and other miscellaneous wall panel
support members and anchorages according to ASTM C 754 and metal wall panel manufacturer's written
recommendations.
3.2 METAL WALL PANEL INSTALLATION
A. Lap-Seam Metal Wall Panels: Fasten metal wall panels to supports with fasteners at each lapped joint at
location and spacing recommended by manufacturer.
l. Lap and apply panels and associated items for neat and weathertight enclosure. Do not allow
"panel creep" or application not true to line.
2. Provide metal-backed washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of inetal
wall panels.
3. Locate and space fasteners in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. Use proper tools to
obtain controlled uniform compression for positive seal without rupture of washer.
4. Install screw fasteners with power tools having controlled torque adjusted to compress washer
tightly without damage to washer, screw threads, or panels. Install screws in predrilled holes.
5. Provide sealant tape at lapped joints of inetal wall panels and between panels and protruding
equipment, vents, and accessories.
074210-5
Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant tape to weather-side surface of fastenings on end laps; on
side laps of nesting-type panels; on side laps of corrugated nesting-type, ribbed, or fluted panels;
and elsewhere as needed to make panels weathertight.
At panel splices, nest panels with minimum fi-iucl� (l�2-mnt) end lap, sealed with butyl-iubber
sealant and fastened together by interlocking clamping plates.
B. Zee Clips: Provide Zee clips of size indicated or, if not indicated, as required to act as standoff from
subgirts for thickness of insulation indicated. Attach to subgirts with fasteners.
33 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION
A. General: Instali accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, and provide
for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components.
1. Install components required for a complete metal wall panel asseinbly including trim, copings,
corners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items.
B. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation
instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where
possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, jouits, and seams that
will be permanently watertight and weather resistant.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal wall panels are installed,
unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of inetal
wall panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer.
Maintain in a clean condition during construction.
B. After metal wall panel installation, clear weep holes and drainage channels of obstructions, dirt, and
sealant.
END OF SECTION
074210-6
SECTION 07 52 16
APP MOOIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
*A. The project consists of installing 5" polyisocyanurate insulation loose laid, installing one
layer of 1/2" cover board mechanically fastened to steel deck, installing one layer of
smooth surfaced polyester reinforced APP modified bitumen torch applied and installing
one layer of granule surfaced polyester reinforced APP modified bitumen cap sheet using
torch welding techniques.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. 06 10 00 — Rough Carpentry
B. 07 20 00 - Insulation
C. 07 60 00 — Flashing and Sheet Metal
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Factory Mutual (FM Global) — Approval Guide
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) — Annual Book of ASTM Standards
C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, inc. (SMACNA) —
Architectural Sheet Metal Manual
D. Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (ARMA)
E. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA)
F. American Sociery of Civil Engineers (ASCE)
1.04 EXTENT OF WORK
A. Provide all labor, material, tools, equipment, and supervision necessary to complete the
installation of a U.S. Ply, Inc. DuraWeldO I-2-DW4S/DW4M APP modified bitumen roof-
ing system, including flashings and insulation as specified herein and as indicated on the
drawings in accordance with the manufacturer's most current specifications and details.
Membrane color shall be white.
B. The roofing contractor shall be fully knowledgeable of all requirements of the contract
documents and shall make themselves aware of all job site conditions that will affect their
work. When the job starts it will be assumed that the contractor approves the existing
conditions and the specifications.
C. The roofing contractor shall confirm all given information and advise the building owner,
prior to bid, of any conflicts that will affect their cost proposal.
D. Any contractor who intends to submit a bid using a roofing system other than the ap-
proved manufacturer must submit for pre-qualification in writing ten (10) days prior to the
bid date. Any contractor who fails to submit all information as requested will be subject to
rejection. Bids stating "as per plans and specs" will be unacceptable.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Prior to starting work, the roofing contractor must submit the following:
1. Shop drawings showing layout, details of construction and identification of mate-
rials.
2. A sample of the manufacturer's 20 Year No Dollar Limit Roof Guarantee.
075216-1
3. Submit a letter of certification from the manufacturer which certifies the roofing
contractor is authorized to install the manufacturer's roofing system.
B. Upon completion of the installed work, submit copies of the manufacturer's final inspec-
tion to the specifier prior to the issuance of the manufacturer's warranty.
1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to the job site on pallets, in the manufacturer's original wrappings with
the seals and labels intact, legible, dry and undamaged.
B. Seals and labels shall indicate material name.
C. Comply with the manufacturer's written instructions for proper material storage.
1. Deliver in sufficient quantity to permit work to continue without interruption. No
more material should be stored on roof than what can used in five (5) days.
When inclement weather threatens, no more roofing materials stored on the roof
top than can be used within two (2) days.
2. Store materials in a dry place, protected in an upright position on pallets, off
the ground and clear of moisture. Protect materials from freezing.
3. Material not stored on roof should be properly warehoused in a dry place on pal-
lets.
4. Insulation must be on pallets, off the ground and tightiy covered with waterproof ma-
terials.
5. Materials shall be stored above 55°F (12.6°C), a minimum of 24 hours prior to
use.
D, Any materials which are found to be damaged shall be removed and replaced at the ap-
plicator's expense.
1.07 WORK SEQUENCE
A. Schedule and execute work to prevent leaks and excessive traffic on completed roof sec-
tions. Care shouid be exercised to provide protection for the interior of the building and
to ensure water does not flow beneath any completed sections of the membrane system.
B. Do not disrupt activities in occupied spaces.
1.08 USE OF THE PREMISES
A. Before beginning work, the roofing contractor must secure approval from the building
owner's representative for the following:
1. Areas permitted for personnel parking.
2. Access to the site.
3. Areas permitted for storage of materials and debris.
4. Areas permitted for the location of cranes, hoists and chutes for loading and un-
loading materials to and from the roof.
B. Interior stairs or elevators may not be used for removing debris or delivering materials,
except as authorized by the building superintendent.
1.09 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
A. Temporary Utilities:
1. Water, power for construction purposes and lighting will be made available by the
general contractor.
2. Provide all hoses, valves and connections for water from a source designated by
the owner when made available.
075216-2
3. When available, electrical power should be extended as required from the
source. Provide all trailers, connections and fused disconnects.
B. Temporary, Sanitary Facilities
Sanitary facilities will be made available by the general contractor.
C. Building Site:
1. The roofing contractor shall use reasonable care and responsibility to protect the
building and site against damages. The contractor shall be responsible for the
correction of any damage incurred as a result of the performance of the contract.
2. The roofing contractor shall remove all debris from the job site in a timely and le-
gally acceptable manner so as to not detract from the aesthetics or the functions
of the building.
D. Security:
Obey the owner's requirements for personnel identification, inspection and other security
measures.
1.10 JOB SITE PROTECTION
A. The roofing contractor shall adequately protect building, paved areas, service drives,
lawn, shrubs, trees, etc. from damage while performing the required work. Provide can-
vas, boards and sheet metal (properiy secured) as necessary for protection and remove
protection material at completion. The contractor shall repair or be responsible for costs
to repair all property damaged during the roofing application.
B. During the roofing contractor's performance of the work, the building owner will continue
to occupy the existing building. The contractor shall take precautions fo prevent the
spread of dust and debris, particularly where such material may sift into the building. The
roofing contractor shall provide labor and materials to construct, maintain and remove
necessary, temporary enclosures to prevent dust or debris in the construction area(s)
from entering the remainder of the building.
C. Do not overload any portion of the building, by either use of or placement of equipment,
storage of debris, or storage of materials.
D. Protect against fire and flame spread. Maintain proper and adequate fire extinguishers.
E. Take precautions to prevent drains from clogging during the roofing application. Remove
debris at the completion of each day's work and clean drains, if required. At completion,
test drains to ensure the system is free running and drains are watertight. Remove
strainers and plug drains in areas where work is in progress. Install flags or other tell-
tales on plugs. Remove plugs each night and screen drain.
F. Store moisture susceptible materials above ground and protect with waterproof cover-
ings.
G. Remove all traces of piled bulk material and return the job site to its original condition
upon completion of the work.
1.11 SAFETY
The roofing contractor shall be responsible for all means and methods as they relate to safety
and shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal requirements that are safety related.
Safety shall be the responsibility of the roofing contractor. All related personnel shall be in-
structed daily to be mindful of the full time requirement to maintain a safe environment for the fa-
cility's occupants including staff, visitors, customers and the occurrence of the general public on
or near the site.
1.12 WORKMANSHIP
075216-3
A. Applicators installing new roof, flashing and related work shall be approved by the mem-
brane manufacturer they are representing.
B. All work shall be of highest quality and in strict accordance with the manufacturer's pub-
lished specifications and to the building owner's satisfaction. Any and all substandard
work shall be rejected.
C. There shall be a supervisor on the job site at all times while work is in progress.
1.13 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Unless otherwise noted in this specification, the roofing contractor must strictly comply
with the manufacturer's current specifications and details.
B. Structural loads shali be determined in accordance with state and local building code
procedures
C. Manufacturer's Qualifications: U.S. Ply shall provide roofing system that meets or ex-
ceeds all criteria listed in this section
D. Installer's Qualifications
1. Installer shail be classified as a STARCHOICE contractor as defined and certified
by U.S. PLY.
2. Qualified Bid List:
3. Installer shall be certified by manufacturer for a minimum of three (3) years and
shall be in good standing with the manufacturer
4. The roofing applicator shall be thoroughiy experienced and upon request be able
to provide evidence of having at least three (3) years successful experience in-
stalling modified bitumen roofing systems and having installed at least one (1)
roofing application or several similar systems of equal or greater size within one
year. .
E. Source Limitations: All components listed in this section shall be provided by a single
manufacturer or approved by the primary roofing manufacturer.
F. Final inspection: Upon completion of the installation, the applicator shall arrange for an
inspection to be made by a non-sales technical representative of the membrane manu-
facturer in order to determine whether or not corrective work will be required before the
warranty wili be issued. Notify the building owner seventy-two (72) hours prior to the
manufacturer's final inspection. Manufacturer's representative shall provide a compre-
hensive final inspection after completion of the roof system. All application errors must
be addressed and final punch list completed.
G. Provide adequate number of experienced workmen regularly engaged in this type of work
who are skilled in the application techniques of the materials specified. Provide at least
one thoroughly trained and an experienced superintendent on the job at all times roofing
work is in progress.
H. There shall be no deviations made from this specification or the approved shop drawings
without the prior written approval of the specifier. Any deviation from the manufacturer's
installation procedures must be supported by written certification on manufacturer's let-
terhead and presented for the specifier's consideration,
1.14 JOB CONDITIONS, CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS
A. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) must be on location at all times during the transpor-
tation, storage and application of materials.
B. Work shall only begin when the roofing contractor has decided to his satisfaction, that all
specifications are workable as specified, and that the contractor can meet project and
applicable code requirements.
075216-4
C. Proceed with roofing work only when weather conditions are in compliance with the man-
ufacturer's recommended limitations, and when conditions wiil permit the work to proceed
in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements and recommendations.
D. The roofing contractor shall be responsible for verifying the existing and forecasted
weather conditions to determine when the conditions are acceptable for roof work.
E. Roof applications shall not proceed when there is moisture present in any form on the
deck including but not limited to rain, dew, ice, frost and/or snow.
F
G
�
Do not apply roofing materials to a frozen deck.
The contractor shall be prepared at all times to protect any uncompleted coof work from
the rapid changes in the weather. If work continues during sudden rains to protect the in-
terior of the building, the these areas shall be subsequently removed and replaced.
When loading materials onto the roof, the roofing contractor must comply with the re-
quirements of the building owner to prevent overloading and possible disturbance to the
building structure.
I. Proceed with work so new roofing materials are not subject to construction traffic. When
necessary, new roof sections shall be protected and inspected upon completion for poss-
ible damage. If construction traffic over completed areas is necessary, provide protection,
such as 3/4 inch thick plywood, for all roof areas exposed to traffic during construction.
Plywood must be smooth and free of fasteners and splinters.
J. The surface on which the insulation or roofing membrane is to be applied shail be clean,
smooth, dry, and free of projections or contaminants that would prevent proper applica-
tion of or be incompatible with the new installation, such as fins, sharp edges, foreign ma-
terials, oil and grease.
K. Areas of the substrate where ponding water occurs shall be built-up prior to the installa-
tion of the roof system.
L. New roofing shall be complete and weather tight at the end of the work day.
1.15 WARRANTY
A. Provide manufacturer's 20 Year No Dollar Limit (NDL) Roof Guarantee covering both la-
bor and material with no dollar limitation.
B. Pro-rated Warranties shall not be accepted.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. All components of the specified roofing system shall be products of U.S. Ply, Inc. or ac-
cepted by U.S. Ply as compatible.
B. Unless otherwise approved by the specifier and accepted by the membrane manufactur-
er, all products (including insulation, fasteners, fastening plates, adhesives and other ac-
cessories) must be supplied by the roofing system manufacturer.
MANUFACTURER
A. U.S. Ply, Inc.- P. O. Box 11740, Ft. Worth, TX, 76110
2.02 MEMBRANE
A. APP Modified Bitumen Membrane — Mineral-Granule Surfaced — Fire resistant, granule
surfaced, premium APP (Atactic Polypropylene) torch applied membrane. Manufactured with
a non-woven polyester mat with a fiberglass strand for high tensile and tear strength. One
075216-5
square roll and meets or exceeds the physical requirements of ASTM D6222 Type I, Grade
G and the following:
■ Approved Product: DuraWeldO 4MFR APP
■ Thickness 4.3 mm (170 miis)
■ Weight 105 Ibs/roil (48 kg/roil)
■ Roll Dimension 39.28" x 32' 9" (1m x 10m)
■ Color White Granule
Physicai Properties (ASTM D 5147): Test Results
Tensile Strength (Ibf/in), O�F, (MD/XMD) 135/115 Ibf/in
Tensile Strength (Ibf/in), 73°F, (MD/XMD) 114/85 Ibf/in
Elongation (% @ Max Load), 0°F, (MD/XMD) 52/56%
Elongation (% @ Max Load), 73°F, (MD/XMD) 47/47%
Elongation (% @ 5%, Max Load), 73°F, (MD/XMD) 52/53%
Tear Strength (Ibf), (MD/XMD), 73°F, minimum 134/122 Ibf
Low Temperature Flexibility, (°F), maximum 32°F (0°C)
Dimensional Stability, %, maximum < 1%
High Temperature Stability, (°F) 230°F (110°C)
Water Absorption, %, maximum pass
Moisture Content, %, maximum pass
Granule Embedment, g, maximum < 2.0 g
B. APP Modified Bitumen Membrane — Smooth Surfaced — smooth surfaced, premium APP
(Atactic Polyproplene) torch applied membrane. Manufactured with a non-woven polyester
mat with a fiberglass strand for high tensile and tear strength. One square roll and meets or
exceeds the physical requirements of ASTM D6222 Type I, Grade S and the following:
■ Approved Product: DuraWeldO 4S APP
■ Thickness 4 mm (157 mils)
■ Weight 88 Ibs/roll (40 kg/roll)
■ Roll Dimension 39.28" x 32' 9" (1 m x 10m)
Physical Properties (ASTM D 5147): Test Resuits
Tensile Strength (Ibf/in), 0°F, (MD/XMD) 135/115 Ibf/in
Tensile Strength (Ibf/in), 73°F, (MD/XMD) 114/85 Ibf/in
Elongation (% @ Max Load), 0°F, (MD/XMD) 52/56%
Elongation (% @ Max Load), 73°F, (MD/XMD) 47/47%
Elongation (% @ 5%, Max Load), 73°F, (MD/XMD) 52/53%
Tear Strength (Ibf), (MD/XMD), 73°F, minimum 134/122 Ibf
Low Temperature Flexibility, (°F), maximum 32�F (0°C)
Dimensional Stabiliry, %, maximum < 1 %
High Temperature Stability, (°F) 230°F (110°C)
Water Absorption, %, maximum pass
Moisture Content, %, maximum pass
2.03 INSULATION
A. Provide rigid polyisocyanurate board insulation with a strong fibrous glass facer conform-
ing to or exceeding the requirements of ASTM C 1289 / FS HH-I-1972, with the following
characteristics:
1. Max Board Size 4' x 8'
2. *Minimum Thickness 5"
3. Thermal Resistance (LTt'R value) of: 19.1
4. Tapered panels to be 1/8" per foot design to achieve positive drainage as indi-
cated on roof plans.
075216-6
5. Tapered panels for crickets to be'/2" per foot design to achieve positive drainage
as indicated on roof plans.
B. COVERBOARD: Composed of non-structural water resistant material
1. Max Board Size: 4' x 8'
2. Board Thickness: '/2"
C. Edge Strip — FS-HH-I-529b, ANSI/ASTM C728, expanded perlite mineral aggregate
board tapered to provide a smooth transition from horizontal to vertical surfaces or for
transitions from lower to higher elevations.
D. Cant Strip — FS-HH-I-529b, ANSI/ASTM C728, expanded perlite mineral aggregate board
tapered to provide a smooth transition from horizontal to vertical surfaces. Cant strips
shall be flame retardant.
2.04 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
A. Asphalt Primer: ASTM D41 asphalt primer - USPO #41 Asbestos Free Asphalt Primer, by
U.S. Ply, Inc.
B. Roof Cement: ASTM D 4586, USPO #643 Standard Flashing Cement
2.05 FASTENERS AND PLATES
A. Mechanical Insulakion Fastener: #12 precision formed from corrosion resistant steel that
meets or exceeds FM 4470 corrosion standards and withstands 30 cycles of the Kester-
nich DIN 50Q18 SFW 2.0 test. Thread: 15 1/2 twin lead threads per inch. Twin lead
fhreads are two complete sets of threads, one opposite the other for fastener drilling and
perpendicular entry into the deck. Head: Two head styles available -#3 deep recess
Phillips drive or'/" Hex washer head. Plate: Uses 3" Metal Stress Plate (sold separate-
ly). Length: Must penetrate steel deck a minimum of 3/4".
1. Approved Product:
■ TruFast #12 Coated Drill Point Fastener
■ PlyFastO #12 Coated Drill Point Fastener
B. Insulation Plate: Made of 26 gauge GalvalumeT"' plated metal with a unique, concave
circular design with reinforcing ribs, low profile and a 3-inch diameter to assure proper
compression to insulation. Designed for use with #3 Phillips head fasteners.
1. Approved Product:
■ TruFast Standard Insulation Plate
■ PlyFastO Standard Metal Plate:
2.06 BASE FLASHING MEMBRANE
A. Backer Sheet: APP Modified Bitumen Membrane — Smooth Surfaced — smooth surfaced,
premium APP (Atactic Polyproplene) torch applied membrane. Manufactured with a non-
woven polyester mat with a fiberglass strand for high tensile and tear strength. One
square roll and meets or exceeds the physical requirements of ASTM D6222 Type I,
Grade S and the following:
1. Approved Product: DuraWeldO 4S APP
B. Base Flashing: — APP Modified Bitumen Membrane — Mineral-Granule Surfaced — gra-
nule surfaced, premium APP (Atactic Polypropylene) torch applied membrane. Manufac-
tured with a non-woven polyester mat with a fiberglass strand for high tensile and tear
strength. One square roil and meets or exceeds the physical requirements of ASTM
D6222 Type I, Grade G and the following:
1. Approved Product: DuraWeldO 4M APP
2.07 METAL EDGING AND MEMBRANE TERMINATIONS
07 52 16 - '7
A. Coping:
24 gauge galvanized
Metal coping cap color and design shall be as designated by the Owner's Repre-
sentative.
B. Termination Bar: Metal termination bars shall be a minimum of �/�o" (3 mm) thick x 1"
(2.5 cm) wide with preformed sealant edge lap. Bar should have �/a" (6 mm) x 3�s" (10
mm) slotted holes on 4" (10.2 cm) centers to facilitate mechanical anchorage. Must in-
corporate a sealant ledge to support caulk and provide increased stability for membrane
terminations.
C. Surface Mounted Counter Flashing/Reglet Counter Flashing:
1. 24 gauge galvanized
2. Metal flashing color and design shall be as designated by the Owner's Repre-
sentative.
2.08 WALKWAYS
A. DuraWeldO APP Walkboards 32" x 32" (as indicated on drawings)
2.09 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Chem-CurbT"' System — composed of a structural urethane outer shell, bonded to the
roof surface, filled with a 2" thick urethane rubber sealant as specifed by Chem-Link.
B. Expansion Joint Covers — Factory fabricated assemblies used to accommodate three-
dimensional joints in a roof structure. Heavy reinforced flexible cover with a flexible flame
retardant foam bellows for support.
C. Metal Vents, Accessories — as approved by membrane manufacturer.
D. Metal work — gauge must be approved by membrane manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Comply with the manufacturer's published instructions for the installation of the mem-
brane roofing system including proper substrate preparation, job site considerations and
weather restrictions.
B. Before proceeding, verify that all roof. openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, vents or
other penetrations through the roof are solidly set and that all flashings, tapered edges
and cant strips, reglets and wood nailers are secure and tight to the building as per this
specification.
C. Commencement of installation of the roof system signifies that the contractor accepts the
existing conditions as being incompliance with the requirements of this specification.
3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. General
1. The roof manufacturer does not design or manufacture structural roof decks and
is not responsible for their selection, design, and performance. Acceptance of the
deck for application, of the roof system is the responsibility of the architect and/or
designer.
2. The minimum roof deck construction and deck surface preparation requirements
which follow are provided as a supplementary guide for the roof deck designer
and erector.
075216-8
3. Acceptance of a roof deck by the manufacturer as satisfactory to receive roof
materials only refers to the deck surface.
4. Decks must be adequately smooth and level to provide support and maximum
contact surface for roofi ng materials. The surface of the roof deck must be dry
(free of moisture in any form), firm, smooth, clean, free of debris, sharp projec-
tions and depressions.
5. Remove electrical conduits, bolts, and other small items from the surface of the
roof deck as these areas cannot be properly insulated and roofed.
6. All depressions, holes, deformations, etc. shall be made smooth prior to the roofi
ng application.
7. Ail decks must be properly designed and constructed in accordance with the
deck manufacturer's requirements and specifications, must be instailed by appli-
cators approved by deck manufacturer, must be able to support and secure the
roof system, and must be properly related to the rest of the building.
8. Complete all openings or projections (all pipes, vents, ducts, stacks and open-
ings, etc.) through the deck prior to roof system installation. No projections shall
be constructed through the flashing cant and projections shall be located a mini-
mum 18" (45.7 cm) from the intersection of the cant and roof deck.
9. Do not install electrical conduii or piping immediately above the roof deck. Roof
systems cannot be properly installed and adhered around and/or over conduit.
10. All roof decks shall be designed and constructed:
a. To support maximum loads which may be imposed during and after con-
struction without excessive deflection (�/2ao of the span at midspan is the
rule for maximum allowable deflection);
b. To provide a minimum'/" (6 mm) per-foot slope and/or designed so that
ponding water dissipates within a 48 hour period. Interior drains should
be sumped below roof level to allow immediate water runoff.
c. Provisions to prevent asphalt drippings must be given consideration
where joints, cracks, or holes occur.
d. On slopes 3/" per foot (6 cm per meter) or greater, provisions must be
made for insulation stops.and/or back nailing of built-up felts. Insulation
stops and/or backing nailing must be used on slopes greater than'/" (4
cm per meter) when SBS membranes are used;
e. with suitable expansion joints to accommodate structural expansion and
contraction. Expansion joints must extend through the sfructural system
to be acceptable, and must separate adjoining units, or additions.
f. Deck materials must be fastened to supporting members by clips, weld-
ing or other mechanical devices to prevent lateral and vertical movement
of the elements;
g. To be consistent with applicable trade associations, as well as any code
or insurance requirements.
B. Steel Deck
Insulation boards of minimum thickness to span flutes as recommended by the
insulation manufacturer are required over steel decks.
2. Steel deck sections are manufactured from milled steel and are factor primed or
galvanized to resist rusting. Top flanges of sheet panel shall be flat. It is recom-
mended that each panel has a G-90 galvanized finish on all panels.
075216-9
Steel decks can be categorized into three basic configurations:
a. Narrow rib — flute opening 1" (25 mm) or smalier;
b. Intermediate rib — flute opening 1" (25 mm) to 1 3/" (4 cm);
c. Wide rib — flute opening 1 3/a" (4 cm) to 2'h" (6 cm).
4. The-following minimum guidelines are recommended when installing a roof sys-
tem over Steel Decks;
a. Steel decks must be a minimum 22 gauge (0.8 mm) of configurations
specified by the current Steel Deck Institute Manual, and comply with the
gauge, grade (ksi) and max span requirements listed in the current FM
Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-29 for the structural load and wind load
design pressures determined in accordance with state and locai building
code procedures.
b. Steel deck sections must be securely fastened in accordance with FM 1-
29 requirements to meet wind load design pressures as determined in
accordance with state and local building code procedures.
- c. Wood nailers of equivalent thickness to the roof insulation must be pro-
vided at perimeters and projection openings to act as an insulation stop
and to provide nail holding capability for the nailing flanges of inetal
flashing.
5. Rigid roof insulation boards and when applicable the base sheet must be un-
iformly secured to the steel deck with approved mechanical fasteners.
B. New Construction
1. The deck shall be inspected, cleaned, repaired and otherwise conditioned to con-
form to the requirements of a new deck.
2. Prime all masonry, metal and existing asphalt surfaces and substrates with
USPT"' #41 Standard Asphalt Primer where roofing materials are to be adhered.
3. Inspect all roof drains and outlets. Remove existing drain flashings and replace
broken or stripped bolts, clamping rings. Plastic drains are not acceptable. All
drains, including retrofit or insert drains, must be sumped to properly remove wa-
ter from the roof surface and meet applicable code requirements.
4. All penetrations and expansion joints shall extend a minimum . of 8" (20 cm)
above the top of the finished roof surface to allow for proper roof flashing proce-
dures.
3.03 INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. General
1. Application of roof insulation shall not commence until all other trades have com-
pleted work that require them to transverse on the deck on foot or with equip-
ment.
2. Install insulation boards per insulation board manufacturer's requirements.
3. Do not install wet, damaged or warped insulation boards. �
4. Install insulation boards with long joints continuous. The short joints shall be
staggered in one direction.
5. Install insulation boards tightly butted against each other. Boards shall be cut to
fit neatly against adjoining edges. Gaps between board joints must not exceed
%" (6 mm). Fill joints or gaps in excess of'/a" (6 mm) with like insulation material.
6. Do not kick insulation boards into place.
07 52 16-10
7. Edges of insulation board shall be mitered and filled at ridges and elsewhere to
prevent open joints or irregular surFaces. Avoid breaking or crushing of the insu-
lation at the corners.
8. For steep siope applications, if insulation is to be installed, mechanicaily attach
insulation or mop between wood nailers.
9. Insulation must not be left exposed to the weather. No more insulation shall be
applied than can be completely covered with the finished roof each day.
10. Insulation should be installed in more than one layer. Additional layers of insula-
tion shall be installed with the long joints continuous and the short joints stag-
gered in one direction. Each additional layer shall be offset as much as possible
in relation to the insulation joints in the layer below to eliminate coinciding vertical
joints.
B. Polyisocyanurate— loose laid to deck .
1. Install insulation with joints staggered in one direction. Offset insulation joints as
much as possible with joints of base insulation layer to eliminate coinciding ver-
tical joints.
2. Maximum board size shall be 4' x 8' (1.22 m x 2.44 m) for loose laid applications.
3. Insulation must be tightly fitted against adjoining surfaces.
4. Loose lay insulation for simultaneous attachment with coverboard.
5. Install tapered panel insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed sur-
face of coverboard is flush with roof drain.
'`C. Cover Board— mechanically fastened to deck
1. Install insulation with joints staggered in one direction. Max board size shall not
exceed 4' x 8'. Secure insulation in to the steel deck at the following rates;
a. Field zone < 90 psf = 1 fastener per 4 sq. ft. (8 per 4' x 8' board).
b. Perimeter zone (Increase per FM 1-29 dated Aug 2007) = 1 fastener per
2 sq. ft. (16 per 4' x 8' board).
c. Corner zone (Increase per FM 1-29 dated Aug 2007) = 1 fastener per 1
sq, ft. (32 per 4' x 8' board).
d. Note: If parapet wall is continuous and 36" in height or greater corner
zone is treated the same as perimeter provided roof height < 60 ft.
3.04 CANT STRIPS
A. Cant strips must be instalied on top of the roof insulation or wood nailers and at the inter-
sections of the roof and all walls, parapets, curbs, or transitions that are approximately 90
degrees, where area is to be flashed.
B. Cant strips shall be approximately 4" (10.2 cm) in horizontal and 4" (10.2 cm) in vertical
dimensions. The face of the cant shall have an incline of not more than 45 degrees with
the roof.
C. Mechanically fasten where applicable. Otherwise, set in hot asphalt or USPT"" #643
Flashing Cement.
D. Miter and neatly fit all joints.
3.05 EDGE STRIPS
A. Edge strips must be installed on top of the roof insulation or wood nailers at the intersec-
tions of roof and perimeter or drain openings where it is required to provide a smooth
transition from horizontal to vertical surfaces or for transitions from lower to higher eleva-
07 52 16-11
tions.
B. Edge strips may be mechanically fastened or set in hot asphalt depending on the phase
and method of installation.
C. Miter and neatly fit all joints.
3.06 WOOD NAILERS
A. Wood nailers must be 3-1/2" (8.9 cm) minimum width or 1" (25 cm) wider than metal
flange and minimum 1" (25 cm) thick and securely fastened to the deck.
B. Wood nailers must be pressure treated and have water based preservatives. Petroleum
or creosote base preservatives are not recommended because of possible incompatibility
with asphalt-based products.
C. Wood nailers are required at all roof to wall transitions of parapets, eaves, gable ends,
penetrations or wherever metal flanges must be incorporated into the roof system.
D. Nailers must be fastened to the deck.
E. Wood nailers shall match total insulation thickness.
F. Slotted wood nailers must be used where perimeter venting is required:
3.07 MEMBRANE APP�ICATION
A. APP Modified Bitumen Membrane Installation
B. DuraWeldO 4S APP & DuraWeldO 4MFR APP Modified Bitumen Membrane
1. Do not install of DuraWeldO APP torch grade membranes without careful review
and implementation of all relevant safety and fire watch requirements including
materials/combustible substrates review, LP-Gas equipment storage and han-
dling guidelines, worker safety precautions and training.
2. The surface over which the membrane is to be installed must be clean, smooth,
and dry and prepared in accordance with this specification manual. Do not apply
DuraWeldT"' APP membranes directly to a fresh asphalt glaze or flood coat or
over base plies with excessive asphalt mopping bleed out at laps.
3. Do not install DuraWeldO APP torch grade membranes over base plies or mate-
rials installed with solvent based cold adhesives or mastics.
4. All laps must be parallel or perpendicular to the slope of the roof such that the
flow of water is never against the lap. For slopes 3/" per foot (6.2 cm per meter)
and over, DuraWeldO APP torch grade membranes must be run vertically, paral-
lel to roof slope. For slopes less than 3/4" per foot (6.2 cm per meter), install cap
sheet perpendicular to slope.
5. Smooth APP sheet application: Install full width sheets, lapping 3" (7.6 cm) on
the sides and 6" (15.2 cm) on ends. Stagger adjacent end laps a minimum of 18"
(45.7 cm) apart. All side and end laps must be staggered from underlying plies.
6. Cap sheet application: Install full width cap sheets, lapping 3" (7.6 cm) on the
sides and 6" (15.2 cm) on ends. Stagger adjacent end laps a minimum of 18"
(45.7 cm) apart. All side and end laps must be staggered from underlying plies.
6. Turn the membrane up the wall or curb, above the cant, a minimum of 4" (10.2
cm). This will allow for proper securement of the membrane prior to the base
flashing installation.
7. Never apply DuraWeldO APP membranes by any method except welding with a
propane torch or other equipment specifically designed for application of APP
modified bitumen.
07 52 16 - 12
8. The coiled membrane must be unroiled approximately 10 ft. (3 meters), aligned,
then the propane torch flame applied uniformly across the exposed back surFace
of the membrane and lap areas untii the compound reaches the proper applica-
tion temperature and exhibits a slight sheen. Be sure that there is complete bur-
noff of release films where present on the underside of the rolis, membrane sel-
vage edges or both surfaces as applicable. Avoid overheating which may result
in damage to or improper adhesion of the membrane. (The flame should be
moved from side to side in the shape of an "L", applying about 75% of the heat to
the membrane and 25% to the substrate or underlying plies including the lap
area of the previously installed courses.) The membrane is slowly unrolled as
heat is applied to ensure proper adhesion. When complete, re-roll the opposite
end of the membrane and install in the same manner.
9. A minimum 3/8" (10 mm) asphalt flow-out must be obtained at all seam areas.
Dry laps are not acceptable. To ensure the proper 3/8" (10 mm) flow of bitumen
at the seam areas, a weighted roller may be used. Roller application should fol-
low behind the torch no more than 4 ft. (1.2 m) nor less than 3 ft. (0.91 m) to be
sure that the membrane will be at the proper temperature to produce proper flow.
Hand rollers or "walking-in the seam" methods are also acceptable. Check all
seams for full and uniform adhesion. Un-adhered seams must be lifted with a
heated trowel and resealed by lightly torching the seam area.
10. Matching granules may be broadcast into the modified bitumen bleed out at
seams while hot to enhance the finished appearance of the membrane.
11. All end laps must be sfaggered a minimum of 18" (45.7 cm) so that no adjacent
end laps coincide. If end laps fall in line or are not staggered the proper distance,
a full width of DuraWelclT"" APP membrane must be installed over the end laps.
12. End laps, flashing sheets and other seams formed over granule surfaces require
pre-heating of the top surface of the underlying granule surFace membrane to a
point where the granules just begin to sink into, and the modified bitumen com-
pound comes up through the granules to ensure proper seam construction and
adhesion.
3.08 MEMBRANE FLASHING
A. Follow manufacturer's typical flashing procedures for all wall, curb, and penetration flash-
ing including metal edging/coping and roof drain applications.
B. All wood walis, curbs, shall be reinforced with a layer of fiberglass base sheet prior to the
application of the APP modified bitumen membrane.
C. All walls curbs, penetrations and perimeter flashings shall be stripped in with an addition-
al layer of DuraWeldO 4S APP modified bitumen membrane over the smooth sheet, prior
to the application of the DuraWeldO 4M APP cap sheet.
D. All wa�ls curbs, penetrations and perimeter flashings shall be finished with an additional
layer of DuraWeldO 4M APP modified bitumen membrane over the cap sheet.
E. Basic wood blocking anchorage recommendations are found in Factory Mutual Data
Sheet 1-49. These recommendations are required for Factory Mutual approved projects.
F. All penetrations should be at least 18" (45.7 cm) from curbs, walls, and edges to provide
for proper flashing.
G. Install flashing sheets starting at low points.
H. Where indicated by U.S. Ply construction details, install base sheets and backer plies in
Type III or IV hot asphalt. Maintain asphalt at EVT ± 25°F (13.9°C) for all base and ply
sheets used in flashing details.
07 52 16 - 13
I. Prime all metal and masonry with asphalt primer and allow to dry before being fully ad-
hered to with flashing sheets.
J. Only use U.S. Ply membranes in construction of flashing details.
K. Do not use metal base flashing. Damage to the roofing system caused by metal base
flashing is not the responsibility of U.S. Ply,
L. Base flashing should extend a minimum of 8" (20.3 cm), and a maximum of 24" (61 cm)
above the roofline.
M. Corner membrane flashings, such as "bow ties" for outside corners and "footballs" for in-
side corners or other membrane reinforcements are required to ensure that base flashing
corners are sealed at cant areas. Note: Mastic and fabric coursing is not an acceptable
alternate for proper flashing and counterflashing details.
N. Wood curbs and walls must be covered with a layer of Readi-Base prior to application of
the two-ply flashing system and fastened 8" (20.3 cm) o.c. in all directions with approved
fasteners with minimum 1" diameter or square caps. All vertical laps shall be 4" (10.2
cm). Base sheet or backer ply must extend out onto field of roof as shown in applicable
U.S. Ply construction detail.
O. Backer plies installed over masonry or other non-nailable substrates in cold adhesive or
hot asphalt must be cut into manageable lengths to ensure adequate adhesion to cant
strip and vertical surfaces without excessive voids. All vertical laps shall be 4" (10.2 cm).
Backer ply shall extend out onto field of roof as shown in applicable U.S. Ply construction
detail.
P. Finish ply of selected base flashing detail must be run vertically to maintain selvage edge
at all vertical laps.
Q. All vertical laps shall be 4" (10.2 cm). Finish ply shall extend out onto field of roof as
shown in applicable U.S. Ply construction detail, and must be extended a minimum of 4"
(10.2 cm) beyond edge of prior flashing plies.
3.09 METAL FLASHING
A. Metal should not be used as a component of base flashing. Because of the high coeffi-
cient of expansion of sheet metals and the large temperature changes that can be expe-
rienced on a roof, sheet metal or exposed metal components must be isolated from the
waterproofing components of the roofing and flashing system as efficiently as possible to
prevent the metal from splitting the membranes. U.S. Ply assumes no responsibility for
damage to the roofing system caused by the movement of accessory metal.
B, When it is unavoidable to use metal in the roofing system (i.e., lead flange at drains, gra-
vel stops), treated wood nailers and insulation stops, 1" (0.5 mm) wider than the metal
flange, should be provided for metal flange securement.
C. Metal accessories (gravel stops, counter flashing, etc.) should be a minimum 16 oz. (0.56
mm) copper, 24 gauge (0.71 mm) galvanized or stainless steel, 2 1/2 to 4 Ib (1.1- 1.8 kg)
lead, or 0.032" (0.81 mm) aluminum.
D. Fabricate and install all sheet metal materials as shown in applicable construction in the
Flashing Detail Section. Refer to SMACNA (Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors
National Association, Inc:) for guidance on sheet metal treatments not addressed in this
Manual.
E. Clean metal and apply asphalt primer to all sheet metal surfaces that will come into con-
tact with asphalt or other bituminous materials; allow the primer adequate time to dry.
F. Use fastener types compatible with the sheet metal rype.
Copper or lead-coated copper: use copper or brbnze fasteners.
Lead and galvanized steel: use galvanized or cadmium-plated sheet fasteners.
07 52 16 - 14
3. Aluminum: use aluminum fasteners.
4. Sfainless steei: use stainless steel fasteners.
G. Metal counter-flashing shall have a minimum 4" (10.2 cm) face with a drip lip. The bottom
edge of the counterflashing shall cover the roofing membrane and/or base flashing by a
minimum of 4" (10.2 cm). Metal counter-flashing used for masonry walls, wooden walls or
through wall metal flashings should be two piece designs to allow for installation and later
removal. Metal counter-flashings for stucco, EIFS, wood siding or similar materiais should
be designed to receive and set as a base for those materials, such as "Z" type flashing,
while providing for securement of separate metal counter-flashing to cover base flash-
ings. Metal end joints shall be lapped 3" (7.6 cm) or more. Adequate fasteners must be
provided to secure against effect of wind forces. Skirt fasteners shall be watertight.
H. Metal termination bars shall be a minimum of �/10" (3 mm) thick x 1" (2.5 cm) wide with
preformed sealant edge lap. Bar should have 1/4" (6 mm) x 3/8" (10 mm) slotted holes on
4" (10.2 cm) centers to facilitate mechanical anchorage.
Note: Termination bars are not suitable in all base flashing and wall flashing conditions.
Termination bars may only be used in conjunction with an appropriate counter-flashing
extending a minimum of 4" (10.2 cm) below the termination bar. ,
Metal flanges for gravel stops, eave strips and pitch pockets to be used in conjunction
with roofing shall be primed (both sides). For APP roof systems set metal flanges in sof-
tened membranes (torch heated), and nail 4" (10.2 cm) o.c. to wood nailers or insulation
stops. Flanges shall be a minimum of 3 1/2" (8.9 cm) wide for gravel stops or eave strips
and 4" (10.2 cm) wide for projections and extensions through the roof. The gravel stop or
eave strip riser shall be at least 3/8" (10 mm) high for modified bitumen or smooth surface
built-up roofing. Total height of riser should be adjusted to extend just above the finished
surface, including gravel surfacing if present. Provision must be made for securing the
skirt to the face of the wall. This may be wood nailer strips for masonry and metal con-
struction. In all cases, gravel stop and eave strip nailer should be fastened to the deck or
deck system with adequate resistance against wind forces.
Stacks shall have metal sleeve flashing a minimum 8" (20.3 cm) high. Pitch pockets for
brackets, supports, pad-eyes, etc., shall have a 4" (10.2 cm) minimum height metal
sleeve.
K. On reroofing projects, provisions shall be made for reinstallation of existing sheet metal
duct work, equipment, coping metal and counterflashings removed in conjunction with the
new work. Also provide for cleaning and repairing of existing defective sheet metal, and
replacement of missing and irreparable sheet metal to match existing types.
L. Conduits and piping such as electrical and gas lines must be set on wood blocking or
some other form of support. Wood blocking and supports must be set on doubler pads
(an additional layer of the roof inembrane).
3.10 WALKWAYS
A. Install walkways at all traffic concentration points (such as roof hatches, access doors,
rooftop ladders, etc.) and all locations as identi�ed on the specifier's drawing.
B. Walkway sections should be no longer than 10' (3 m), with a 6" (15.2 mm) minimum gap
between each section to allow for drainage.
D. Surface the roof around and between the pads if additional surfacing is added to the U.S.
Ply membrane.
E. DuraWeldO APP Walkways:
Construct walkways by torch adhering a DuraWeldO APP Walkboard.
3.11 DAILY SEAL
07 52 16-15
A. If daily seals or water cutofFs are needed at the end of the day's work, they must be made
of waterproof inembrane and applied with torch welding, hot asphalt or flashing cement.
Before restarting the job, all stops and cutoffs shall be cut out and completely removed.
3.12 CLEAN UP
A. Perform daily clean up to collect all wrappings, empty containers, paper, and other debris
from the project site. Upon completion, all debris must be disposed of in a legally ac-
ceptable manner.
B. Prior to fhe manufacturer's inspection for warranty, the applicator must perform a pre-
inspection to review all work and to verify all flashing has been completed as well as the
application of all caulking.
END OF SPECIFICATION
07 52 16-16
o� �2 00
ROOF HATCHES
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Furnish all labor, materials, services and equipment as required in conjunction with or properly
incidental to the complete installation of roof hatches described herein and/or as shown on the
drawings.
2. Prefabricated roof hatch, complete with integral support curb, operable hardware and
counterflashings.
3. Coordinate with installation of inembrane rooimg system and related metal flashings.
B. Related Work
1. Section 07 54 00: TPO Sheet Roofuig. '�
2. Section 07 60 00: Flashing and Sheet Metal.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300.
B. Clearly indicate general construction, configurations, jointing methods and locations when applicable,
fastening methods and manufacturer's installation details.
1.3 WARRANTY
A. All roof hatches shall be included in roofing guarantee. Manufacturer's standard 5-year warranty shall
be included.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS, subject to the requirements stated herein,
A. Milcor.
B. Bilco Company.
C. Backcock Davis.
2.2 ROOF HATCH(ES)
A. Metals
1. 11 gauge aluminum cover and liner.
B. Liner Insulation: 1 inch thick glass fiber, expanded polystyrene or expanded polyurethane.
C. Rigid Insulation: 1 inch fiber board.
D. Hardware: Cadmium plated. Latches and lock hasps on interior and exterior, with spring openers and
shock absorber.
07 72 00-1
E. Accessories: Complete assembly with heavy pintle, compression spring operators, positive snap latch
with turn handles and neoprene draft seal.
F. Fabrication
1. Conshuct cover with 3 in. beaded flange, welded.
2. Fully cover and protect insulation with metal liner.
3. Form 12 in, high curb with 3-1/2 in. flange with holes provided for securing to deck.
4. Equip curb with integral inetal cap flashing, same gauge as curb, welded at comers for
watertightness.
5. Provide rigid insulation on exterior.
G. Size and Type:
1. Bilco SS-50, size as shown, 4' x 4' if not noted.
2.3 SAFETY POST: At all roof hatches with ladders provide a Bilco `LadderUp LU1' safety post, centered on
ladder and securely anchored to structure.
2.4 ROOF HATCH SAFETY RAILING
A. Provide a railing system meeting the requirements of OSHA Standards 1910.23 and ANSI A1264.1.
1. Nesea Safety Products Models RHSR-SS or RHSR-FB as appropriate to the installation.
*A3 2. Safety Pro.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 1NSTALLATION
A. Install roof hatch in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings.
Coordinate with installation of roofing system and related flashings. Provide weathertight and
watertight installation.
B. Apply bituminous paint on metal surfaces of roof hatch to be in contact with cementitious materials and
dissimilar inetals.
END OF SECTION
[�Yrr�►�iI�3a
SECTION 08 63 00
1i1�1�i[`l��[�7: �If.�
PART 1 - GENERAL *
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes aluminum-framed skylights with the following characteristics:
1. Glazing is retained by field-installed pressure caps on four sides.
B. Refer to Section 01030, Altemates for work associated with this section.
1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide metal-framed skylights, inciuding anchorage, capable of withstanding, without failure, the effects
of the following:
1. Structuralloads.
2. Thermal movements.
3. Movements of supporting structure.
B. Failure includes the following:
1. Deflection exceeding specified limits.
2. Water leakage.
3. Thermal stresses transferred to building structure.
4. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements.
5. Framing members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and structural
movements, to glazing.
6. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components.
7. Sealant failure.
C. Structural Loads:
1. Wind Loads: Per the IBC Building Code, latest edition.
2. Live Loadsl Snow Loads: Per the IBC Building Code.
3. Concentrated Live Loads: Per the IBC Building Code.
4. Seismic Loads: Per the IBC Building Code.
5. Load Combinations: Calculate according to the IBC Building Code. Provide, as part of this scope,
a means to comply with OSHA fall protection regulations.
D. Deflection of Framing Members:
1. Deflection Normal to Glazing Plane:
a. Spans Up to 2U Feet (fi m}: Limited to 1/175 of clear span or i inch (2�.� �nm), whichever
is smaller.
b. Spans Exceeding 20 Feet (fi tn}: Limited to 1/240 of clear span.
E. Lateral Bracing of Framing Members: Compression flanges of flexural members are laterally braced by
cross members with minimum depth equal to 50 percent of flexural member that is braced. Glazing does
not provide lateral support.
08 63 00 1
F. Thermal Movements: Allow for theimal movements fro�n ambient and surface temperature changes.
Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and
nighttime-sky heat loss.
1. Temperature Change (Range): 12U cie� F{67 de� C;), ambient; 18C) deg l� ( l UO deg C;), material
surfaces.
13 PERFORMANCE TESTING
A. Provide metal-framed skylights that comply with test-performance requirements indicated, as evidenced
by reports of tests performed on manufacfurer's standard assemblies by a qualified independent testing
agency.
B. Structural-Performance Test: ASTM E 330.
1. Performance at Design Load: When tested at positive and negative wind-load design pressures,
assemblies do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits.
2. Performance at Maximum Test Load: When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind-
load design pressures, assemblies, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures,
structural distress, and permanent deformation of inain supporting inembers exceeding 0.2 percent
of span.
3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity but not less than 10 seconds.
C. Air-Infiltration Test: ASTM E 283.
l. Minimum Static-Air-Pressure Difference: 6.24 Ibf%sq, ft. (�00 T'a).
2. Maximum Air Leakage: O.Ofi cfm/sc�. ft. {0.30 Li s per sc�. m).
D. Test for Water Penetration under Static Pressure: ASTM E 331.
1. Minimum Static-Air-Pressure Difference: 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure, but
not less than C.241bi7sy, fl. (�OQ Pa).
2. Water Leakage: None.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: For assemblies. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other
work.
C. Maintenance data.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Entity capable of assuming engineering responsibility and performing work of
this Section and who is acceptable to manufacturer.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
08 63 00 2
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Assembly Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace
components of inetal-framed skylights that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranry
period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection.
b. Noise or vibration caused by thennal movements.
c. Water leakage.
2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantiai Completion.
B. Finish Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace
components on which finishes fail within specified warranty period. Warranty does not include normai
' weathering.
l. Failures include, but are not limited to, checking, crazing, peeling, chalking, and fading of
finishes.
2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
21 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
B. * Basis-of-Design Product: Bristolite Trituff Model ALIT-SF-2- HS1-PC-MF glazed with
copolyester/polycarbonate: minimum 60% light transmission, .65 ufactor,.50 SHGC. Subject to
compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the
following:
1. CPIInternational.
2. Fisher Skylights.
3. O'Keeffe's Inc.
4. TRACO.
2.2 FRAMING SYSTEMS
A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended in writing by manufacturer for type of use and finish
indicated.
1. Sheet and Plate: AST:VI B 2�9 (ASTA4 B 209M).
2. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: AS'TM I3 221 {I�S'I ibI Ii 221n1).
3. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429.
B. Pressure Caps: Manufacturer's standard aluminum components that mechanically retain glazing.
1. Include snap-on aluminum trim that conceals fasteners.
C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining,
nonferrous shims for aligning skylight components.
D. Anchors, Fasteners, and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard, corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, and
nonbleeding; compafible with adjacent materials.
1. At pressure caps, use ASTM A 193/A 193M, 300 series stainless-steel screws.
2. Where fasteners are subject to loosening or tuming out from thermal and structural movements,
wind loads, or vibration, use self-locking devices.
08 63 00 3
3. Exposed Fasteners:
a. Use exposed fasteners with countersunk Phillips screw heads.
b. Fuiish exposed portions to match framing system.
4. At movement joints, use slip joint linings, spacers, and sleeves of material and type recommended
in writing by manufacturer.
E. Concrete and Masom•y Inserts: Hot-dip galvanized cast-u�on, inalleable-iron, or steel inserts complying
with ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M requa•ements.
F. Anchar Bolts: AS"I'i�-1 A 307, ( Trade A. (A.S`I ��1 F 5liSA4, Property Class 4.(i), mechanically deposited zinc
coating, ASTM B 695, Class 50.
G. Concealed Flashing: Manufacturer's standard, con•osion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing
compatible with adjacent materials.
H. Exposed Flashing and Closures: Manufacturer's standard aluminum components not less than O.06O iuch
(1.52.4 mm) thick.
I. Framing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard.
J. Framing Sealants: As recoriunended in writing by manufacturer.
2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Insulating Materials: Provide insulated curbs; weather- sweep at curb to skylight comiection; insulated
thermal break between skylight and curb..
B. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt-mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12 requirements except
containing no asbestos, fonnulated for 30-mil (0.7fi2-m�n) thickness per coat.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate aluminum components before finishing.
B. Fabricate aluininum components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics:
1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations.
2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered.
3. Internal guttering systems or other means to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring
within framing members, and moisture migrating within skylight to exterior.
4. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members.
5. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain
required glazing edge clearances.
C. Fabricate aluminum sill closures with weep holes and for installation as continuous component.
D. Reinforce aluminum components as required to receive fastener threads.
E. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop
Drawings.
08 63 00 4
2.5 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. Aluminum Anodic Finish: Class I, clear anodic coating complying with AAMA 611.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Do not install damaged components.
2. Fit joints between aluminum components to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion.
3. Rigidly secure non- movement joints.
4. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic
deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints.
5. Seal joints watertight, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Metal Protection: Where aluminum will contact dissimilar materials, protect against galvanic action by
painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint or by installing nonconductive spacers as recommended
in writing by manufacturer for this purpose.
C. Install continuous aluminum sill ciosure with weatherproof expansion joints and locked and sealed or
welded corners. Locate weep holes at ra$ers.
D. Install coinponents to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and
moisture migrating within skylight to exterior.
E. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and elevations.
F. Erection Tolerances: Install metal-framed skylights to comply with the following maximum tolerances:
1. Alignment: Limit offset from true alignment to 1/32 irlch (�.8 mm) where surfaces abut in line,
edge to edge, at corners, or where a reveal or protruding element separates aligned surfaces by less
than 3 incl�es (7( mlil); otherwise, limit offset to 1I8 inch (�.2 tnn�).
2. Location and Plane: Limit variation from true location and plane to 1J8 inch in 12 feet (3.'� nun in
3,7 m) but no greater than 1,'2 inch (13 ml.n.) over total length.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Water-Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, assemblies shall be tested according
to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water penetration.
1. Repair or remove work where test results and inspections indicate that it does not comply with
specified requirements.
2. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to deternune
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
END OF SECTION
08 63 00 5
08 63 00 6
os so 00
GLAZING
PART1 GENERAL
l.l SECTION INCLUDES
A. Furnish all labor, materials, services and equipment requu•ed in conjunction with or properly u�cidental
to the glass and glazing work as described herein and/or shown on the Drawings.
B. Related Work
1. Section O1 43 00: Mockup Procedures.
2. Section 07 92 00: Sealants and Caullcing.
3. Section 08 11 20: Hollow Metal Doors and Frames.
4. Section 08 21 00: Wood Doors
5. Section 08 40 00: Entrances and Storefronts.
6. Section 08 44 00: Curtainwalls.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Minimum of two years experience on comparable projects.
B. Regulatory Requirements
l. Comply with ANSI Z26.1 ASI through AS9 for light stability, luminous transmittance, humidity,
boil, weather-o-meter, dimensional stability and impact.
2. Comply with ANSI Z97.1 Break Safe Characteristics.
13 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American National Standards Institute
1. ANSI Z26.1-1977, Safety Code for Safety Giazing Materials for Glazing Motor Vehicles
Operation on Land Highways.
2. ANSI Z97.1-1975, Glazing Material.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials
1. ASTM C 1036 Standard Specification for Flat Glass.
2. ASTM C 1048 Heat Treated Flat Glass.
3. ASTM D 635-81, Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Self-Supporting Plastics
in Horizontal Position.
4. ASTM C 1376, Standard Specification for Pyrolytic and Vacuum Deposition Coatings on Glass.
C. Consumer Products Safety Commission
1. 16 CFR 1201, Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials.
D. Commercial Standards
l. CS-27-1936, Mirrors.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Sections and details of glass installation at framing members including head, mullions,
transoms, jambs and sills.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's descriptive data of glass and glazing materials and recommended
installation instructions.
08 80 00-1
C. Samples: Submit two 6 in. x 6 in. samples of each type of glass that has a coatutg.
1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Do not remove labels until glass has been installed. TCeep glass free froin contamination by materials
capable of staining glass.
1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Perform glazuig when ambient temperature is above 40 degrees F.
B. Perform glazing ou dry surfaces only.
1.7 WARILANTY
A. Submit manufacturer's warranty of inirrors against defects in materials and workmanship for five years.
B. Fumish 10-year wairanty on hermetic seal for insulated glass units.
C. Furnish 5-year warranty for spandrel glass opacifier performance.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS, subject to the requirements stated herein;
A. Pilkington Libbey-Owens-Ford.
IC���f�
C. ACH/ Versalux.
D. Guardian Industries.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Clear Float Glass
1. ASTM C 1036, Quality q3, '/ inch thick.
B. Clear Float Glass, with low e coating
1. ASTM C 1036, Class 1, Quality q3,'/ inch thick.
C. Tempered Safety Glass
1. Annealed float glass heat-strengthened to form to five times normal strength, complying with
ASTM C 1048, ANSI 97.1 and CPSC Standard 16 CFR 1201, tongless 1/4 and 1/2 inch thick.
D, Metal Edge Insulated Glass Units [Type `W']
1. Hermetically sealed double glazed units with two % inch glass sheets and %2 inch air space for
overall thickness of 1 inch; heat strengthened or tempered as specified above minimum, and as
recomrnended by manufacturer for installation. Utilize a grey colored divider between lights of
glass.
* a. Outer lite: Clear, with PPG Solarban 70XL (#2 surface), or Guardian SunGuard SNX 62/27.
b. Inner lite: Clear float..
c. Inner lite option 2: 1/4 inch Tempered Safety Glass (refer to elevations for location)
d. Inner lite option 3: 3/8 inch Tempered Safety Glass (refer to elevations for location)
08 80 00-2
Characteristics: PPG Solarban 70XL(2) [basis of design]; or Guardian Sunguard SNX 62/27
a. Shading Coefficient: 032
b. Visible Transmittance: 64% .
c. LSG Ratio 2.37
d. Total Solar Energy Transinittance: 25%
e. Total Solar Energy Reflectance: 52%
D. Metal Edge Insulated Glass Units (Tinted) [Type `X']
1. Hermetically sealed double glazed units with two Y inch glass sheets and '/z inch air space for
overall thickness of 1 inch; heat strengthened or tempered as specified above minimum, and as
recommended by manufacturer for installation. Utilize a grey colored divider between lights of
glass.
a. Outer lite: PPG SolarCool [Solargray (2) + Solarban 60 (3)]
b. Inner lite: Clear float..
2. Characteristics: PPG Solargray (2) + Solarban 60 (3) [basis of design]; or Vitro America with
shading coefficient of < 0.20.
a. Shading Coefficient: 0.19
b. Visible Transmittance: 14°/a
c. LSG Ratio 0.86
d. Total Solar Energy Transmittance: 7%
e. Total Solar Energy Reflectance: 14%
E. Mirrors (unframed)
1. Glass: ASTM C 1036 Type I, Class I, Quality q2, 1/4 inch thick clear plate.
2. Coating: Silver backing copper protective coating and paint coating complying with CS 27.
3. Finish: Round off and polish exposed edges. Silver shail have 3 year warranty against spoilage.
4. Provide safety backing at all mirrors.
5. Decorative Mu-rors at toilet rooms: size as noted, or if not noted provide 20"x36" with 1" beveled
edges. Stand off 1" from wall.
F. Glazing Sealant (Type 1)
1. Silicone rubber, one part, clear, FS TT-S-001543A, Class A.
2. Acceptable Product
a. "732CL", Dow Corning.
b. "SCS 1201", General Electric.
c. "Proglaze", Tremco.
G. Glazing Sealant (Type 2)
1. One part solvent cure acrylic, one part solvent cure, FS T'I'-S-00230.
2. Acceptable Products
a. "Mono", Tremco Manufacturing Company.
b. "Unicrylic", Pecora.
c. "Permacryl", Schnee-Moorehead Chemicals, Inc.
H. Glazing Tape
1. Preformed butyl type with integral spacing device, paper release.
2. Acceptable Product: "Pre-shimmed Tremco 440 Tape", Tremco.
Setting Blocks: Neoprene, 70-90 Shore "A" durometer hardness or preformed silicone compatible with
sealant; 4 inch long x 3/8 inch thick x 1/4 inch high.
Spacer Shims: Neoprene, 40-50 Shore "A" durometer hardness or preformed silicone compatible with
sealant; 3 inches long x 3/32 inch thick x 1/4 inch high.
K. Glazing Gaskets: Polyvinyl chloride complying with ASTM D 1667, vinyl chloride complying with
ASTM D 2287, or EPDM elastomeric extrusions.
08 80 00-3
L. Mirror Mastic
1. Combination of asphaltic bitumens, fibers and mineral spirits.
2. Acceptable Product
a. "7HR4 Bedding Compound", Pecora.
b. °Mirro-Mastic", Palmer Products Corporation.
M. Setting Angles: 0.60 inch atuminum Z- or.T- angles, sized as required.
N. Primer Sealers and Cleaners: As recortunended by glass manufacturer.
O. Frosted Glass: %" thick velour [etched] giass. Tempered as requu•ed by location.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Thoroughly clean joints to remove foreign matter. Previously applied paint or primer inust adhere
permanently or be entirely removed. Remove lacquer from metal surfaces wherever elastomeric
sealants are used.
B. Clean nonporous surfaces, such as metal and glass, either mechanically or chemically. Loose particles
present or resulting from cleaning may be removed by blowing out joints with compressed air or by
vacuuming joints.
C. Remove protective coatings on metallic surfaces with solvents that leave no residue. Do not allow
solvent to air dry without wiping.
D. Clean glass of dust, oil, etc., and wipe clean immediately before installation.
E. Set, remove and later reset giazing stops so as to avoid marking or defacing frames.
F. Cut glass accurately to sizes required for opening with smooth and straight edges. Cut glass at shop
with proper edge clearance so that no glass contacts frame at any point.
G. Prime surfaces of openings where recommended by sealant manufacturer.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General
1. Install glass in accordance with Fiat Glass Jobbers' Glazing Manual. Use workmen specialized in
installation of glass sealants.
2. Furnish glass cut to size with proper edge clearance so that glass will not contact frame at any
point.
3. Apply recommended primer and sealer to joint surfaces. Orient draw of glass pieces in same
direction, Type 1 or 2 sealant may be used at Contractor's option.
4. Glaze insulated units with sealant compatible with manufacturer's sealant.
5. Apply glazing sealants under pressure with hand or power actuated gun or other appropriate
means. Use sufficient pressure to completely fill joint. Neatly point or tool all joint surfaces to
provide the proper contour.
6. Watertight and airtight installation of each piece of glass is required. Each installation must
withstand normal temperature changes, wind loading, impact loading (for operating doors)
without failure of any kind inciuding loss or breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to
remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glazing materials and other defects in the work.
OS 80 00-4
7. Protect glass from edge damage at all times during handling, installation and operation of the
building.
8. Comply with combined recommendations of glass manufacturer and manufacturer of sealants and
other materiais used in glazing, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified,
and except where manufacturer's technical representatives direct otherwise.
9. Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installation and eliminate any which have
observable edge damage or face imperfections.
10. Unify appearance of each series of lights by setting each piece to match others as nearly as
possible. Inspect each piece and set with pattem; draw and bow oriented in the same direction as
other pieces.
B. Tempered Glass
1. Do not cut, seam, nip or abrade tempered glass.
2. Install in doors, sidelights and other locations in accordance with CPSC Standard C16CFR1201.
3. Install in windows over 9 square feet where glass comes within 18 inches of floor without
horizontal member and between 24 and 36 inches above floor with walkway on outside.
C. Preformed Glazing Gaskets (Dry Method) ..
1. Cut gasket to proper length.
2. Weld joints by butting gasket and dabbing with sealant.
3. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points.
4. Rest glass on setting blocks and push against stop with sufficient pressure to ensure full contact
and adhesion at perimeter.
5. Install removable stops; avoid displacement of gasket and exert pressure for full continuous
contact.
D. Tape and Sealant or Gasket (Combination Method)
1. Cut glazing tape to proper length and set against permanent stops, 3/16 inch below sight line.
2. Weld corners together by butting tape and dabbing with sealant.
3. Apply bed of sealant along exterior void ensuring full contact with glass.
4. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points.
5. Rest glass on setting blocks and push against tape and heal of sealant with sufficient pressure to
ensure full contact and adhesion at perimeter.
6. Install removable stops, spacer strips inserted between glass and applied stops at 2 ft. intervals, 1/4
inch below sight line.
7. Fill gap between glass and applied stop with sealant to depth equal to bit of frame on glass but not
more than 3/8 inch below sight line.
8. Apply cap bead of sealant along exterior void, to uniform and level line, flush with sight line.
9. Tool or wire cap bead surface with solvent for smooth appearance.
10. Apply gasket in lieu of sealant in accordance with dry method above.
E. Glass Mirrors
1. Mirrors shall be set to the walls with both adhesive and chrome plated mirror clamps.
2. Adhesive
a. Adhesive shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the mirrors.
b. Apply one additional coat of moisture resistant paint, of type recommended by mirror
manufacturer, to backs of mirror and allow to dry.
c. Appiy mirror mastic to cover onto more than 25% of back of mirror. Set minor on bottom
clamps and press firmly against substrate to ensure bond of adhesive.
d. Leave open ventilation space approximately 1/8" in thickness between mirror back and
substrate, approximately 75% of the back of mirror area which is uncoated with adhesive.
e. Do not seal-off ventilation space at side or top edges of mirror.
33 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
08 80 00-5
A. Provide proper protection for completed work and public, Mark glass with tape or banners only; do not
apply paint or other siinilar materials.
B. Replace cracked, scratched, broken or otherwise damaged glass. Remove adhered matter and excess
glazing material.
C. Prior to date of substantial completion, wash glass on interior and exterior of build'uig to remove
paint, soil, prints and foreign matter. Clean glass only with a mild detergent and water recominended
by the glass manufacturer. Do not use abrasive materials.
D. Glass scratched or otherwise damaged during the cleaning shall be removed and replaced at no
additional cost to the Owner.
E. Dispose of excess materials, containers and debris away from the site.
END OF SECTION
08 80 00-6
100000
MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Provide items as outlined below. Scope of Work includes blocking as specified in Section 06100.
1.2 QUALITY ASSI.IRANCE
A. Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who
are completely familiar with the requirements and the methods needed for proper installation of the work
of this Section.
1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the Owner furnished items befare, during and after
installation.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Meeting ASTM-E84 Class I rating.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 LOUVERS: Construction Specialties Model RS-7315 louvers with interior mounted insect screen and sill
extension, Or by Ruskin. Powder coated finish, unless noted otherwise.
2.2 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS: J.L. Industries , Larsen, or Potter Roemer. Extinguisher to be 10
pound ABC, LTL-4A-60BC, Larsen MP10; wall bracket,B2 at locations noted "FE"; cabinet at °FEC" to be
Larsen's Vertical Duo with clear tempered glass, 2409-R2. Mount top of cabinet at 5'-0", unless noted
otherwise, with a projecting sign (Larson PTD-182 or equal) above. Provide at locations shown on drawings
and min. at all electric rooms and elevator equipment rooms. If not shown on drawings provide min. 1 for each
3000 square feet of gross building space. At Data Room(s) provide a Type FE-36 extinguisher and wall
bracket.
2.3 KNOX BOX: Provide and install a Knox Company, Newport Beach, CA Model 3200 Knox Box [recessed]
outside Doors 101A & 120A.
*2.4 SHOWER MATS: Provide shower mats and entry transition ramp; Turtle Tiles (440-282-8008) 12"x12"x3/4"
interlocking recycled PVC tiles; cut to fit tight to walls, remove any tabs necessary; 12"x2"edge ramp; provide
at all showers and entry to shower area. Color for all pieces: deep gray.
2.5 SPLASH BLOCKS: Provide precast concrete splash blocks at all overflow and roof drains and scuppers that
empty onto landscaping or roofing (unless mow strip is provided per drawings); 20" x 36". Recess into grade.
2.6 ROLLING WINDOW SHADES:
MechoShade, manually operated, UNO; slimline bracket; ThermoVeil fabric, weave as selected by Architect;
pockets or valance. Other. acceptable manufacturers: Draper or Vimco. _
10 00 00-1
2.7 MOTORIZED SHADES: Mechoshades Blectroshades' systems with room darkening (blackout) and/or
sunshade fabric and accessories as indicated. Provide with all pocket, fascia, and n•im accessories as necessaiy
for a complete and professionally fmished appearance. Color(s) of such to be selected by Architect fi•om
manufacturer standard line.. Provide and coordinate complete installation, including installation of conh�ollers,
switches and photocells; provide coordination with elech�ical for power. Motors shall be 120VAC, HO Hz, 2.0
amps. Conn•oller shall be 120VAC, 60 Hz. 12.2 A max. Wire sizes per manufacturer recommendations- and no
less than code requirements.
A. Sunshade operation to be via solar-activated timer with wall device override. Photocell to be mounted
on the i•oof side of the parapet, out of public view, facing the direction of the window wall; initial
programm'vlg shall be keep shade in down position until photocell is shaded for at least 5 minutes; up
until in sun for at least 20 seconds. Controller shall have variable setting to allow for seasonal
adjushnent of light intensity. Basis of design for fabric is Thermoveil Series 0900, color(s) as selected.
Also refer to Drawings.
B. Room darkening operation to be via wall switch. Provide all accessories and ri�ims as necessary.
C. Where sunshade and room darkening operations are called for, dual roller systems are intended.
Qperation shall remain as specified above for each roller.
D. All rollers along a common wall, withui individual rooins, shall operate together.
E. Submittals: Provide complete and product data and shop drawings illustrating devices and accessories
in proper configurations for the conditions called for. Provide fabric samples for selection..
F. Other �acceptable manufacturers: Draper.
2.8 CORNERGUARDS: Full height with closure caps where appropriate, Start at top of base.
A. Plastic: Construction Specialties, Acrovyn surface-niounted SSM-20 and SSM-25,. matte finish with
color(s) as selected.
B. Flush-mount stainless: Inpro Corporation, Type 430, 3" width, satin fmish.
C. Surface-mount stainless: Inpro Corporation, Type 430, Model 180, satin finish.
2.9* BIKE RACKS: reference 11 48 00 — Athletic Equipment
2.10 ROLL-DOWN PROJECTION SCREENS:
A. Ceiling Mount: Draper Access E Series. Motorized. 16:10 format, greenguard matt white. Sizes and
locations as indicated. Verify drop lengths with ceiling conditions. Forward projection as shown on
drawings. Screens are CFCI, Controlled by A/V system provided by others. Contractor to coordinate
Work with Owner's A/V contractor.
1. Meeting Rooms: #104309L, 109" diagonal.
2.11 SAFE: Provide a C-rated Depository Drop Safe with double doors where shown on Drawings. Brown Safe
Manufacturing, San Marcos, CA. [www.brownsafe.com] Model C3314DDRHF [34"H x 15"W x 18"D].
Securely anchor to floor. Coordinate installation and hinge side of door with millwork; color as selected from
standard colors.
2.12 BALLET BARS: Double wall-mounted ballet bars, continuous length of the wall, or as shown on the
drawings, Maple finish, Gibson Gymnastics M-02135 [www.gibsongymnastics.com]
2.13 BLJLLETIN BOARD: Claridge Classic Style Cabinet 1026, clear anodized aluminum finish. Provide with
black Claridge cork interior and tempered glass. Provide in sizes and locations as shown on Drawings.
Approved equal: Newline Products.
2.14 MARKER BOARDS: Claridge Series 8, LCS, factory framed, extruded aluminum with clear satin anodized
finish. Provide full width chalk tray with ends filed smooth; display rail with cork inserts, end stops and two (2)
hook/clips per board; one set of 4 pens and eraser for each. Provide trim as shown at jambs. At top and bottom
edges provide #507-2 mounting angle clips @ 24" o.c. (or at studs) and #16A spotting adhesives behind all
boards. Approved equal: Newline Products.
10 00 00-2
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install per manufacturer's recommendations.
B. All applications to be true and plumb.
END OF SECTION
10 00 00-3
11 48 00
ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT
PART1 GENERAL
l.l SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Furnish all labor, materials, services and equipment required in conjunction with or properly
incidental to the complete installation of athletic equipment described herein and/or as shown on
the Drawings.
B. Related Sections
1. Division 5: Structural and Miscellaneous Steel.
2. Section 09 64 00: Wood Athletic Flooring.
3. Section 09 90 00: Painting.
4. Division 26: Electrical.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's descriptive product data and installation instructions.
B. Shop Drawings
1. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300.
2. Submit plans, elevations, sections and details of equipment. Show required services by size and
location. Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation inshuctions.
3. Submit operating and maintenance instructions for each item of equipment.
4. Complete plan and wiring diagrams as necessary to coordinate control systems with electrical
rough-in. Provide prior to initiation of gym wall construction.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer shall have been in the business of making athletic equipment for a min. of 4 years.
B. Installation of athletic equipment to be supervised by someone who has worked on similar type projects
for a minimum of 3 years.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products in manufacturer's undamaged protective containers.
B. Do not deliver athletic system until building is completely enclosed.
PART2 PRODUCTS
21 MANUFACTURERS, subject to matching the requirements stated herein;
11 48 00-1
A. Basketball backstops; volleyball equipment; wall mats, controls.
l. Draper
2. Porter
3. Aalco
B. Basketball/ Volleyball Scoreboards.
1. Naden
2. Daktronics.
3. Nevco
4. Sportable Scoreboards
C. Bicycle Racks
*1. RPB
*2. Dero
2.2 ELECTRICALLY OPERATED CEILING SUSPENDED FORWARD. FOLDING BASKETBALL
BACKSTOP
A. Backstop Model: Draper EZ Fold 503136 Downsize Rectangular Glass Conversion Backboard
l. Backboard shall be 42" x 72". Backboard frame shall be of a heavy, brushed alu mi num extrusion
for maximuin durability. Extruded frame section shall be of high tensile aluminum (6063-TS).
Ends of frame extrusions to be mitered and fi tted with a fl ush, plated steel gusset type mounting
brack et on all four corners, incorporating keyhole slots for mounting the backboard to the support
structure. Entire frame including goal mounting struc ture fi tted with shock absorbing neoprene
material to cushion and protect the glass section.
2. Goal mounting shucture of a heavy, formed steel assembly which is secured to the lower
horizontal frame member to minimize stress on the glass section. Special steei sleeves provided at
the goal mounting hole locations secure rear shucture to front mounting plate, fornung a unitized
as sem bly to minimize shock to the glass. En tire frame in clud ing goal mount ing structure fi tted
with a shock absorbing neo prene material to cushion and protect the glass section. Goal mount
structure provided with four holes (7/16") to secure backboard and goai to an optional direct
mount "goal brace" feature which relieves ali stress and shock on the backboard conforming to the
latest NCAA Rules (BR-73, D-5).
3. Glass shall be %z" thick, fully tempered (heat-treated) glass section with uniform load and impact
strength. Official white border and target area is "fired in" permanently on front side of glass
section so that it cannot wear away.
4. Goal mounting holes (4) to be on standard 5" (horizon tal) x 5" (vertical) mount ing centers.
Draper, Inc. No 503040 180° tube-tie breakaway goal.
5. Backboard shall have a lifetime limited warranty when installed on an EZ Fold basketball
backstop.
*6. Provide Optional 5032XX Backboard Safety Padding. Padding shall protect the bottom and 15"
up each side of the backboard to meet all NCAA, NFSHSA, and professional requirements.
Padding shall be of a durable neutral gray, open cell foam material providing a fu112" thickness
from the bottom and sides of the backboard frame. The front and back surfaces of the backboard
frame shall be further protected by a 1" thick lip extending'/a" up from bottom and sides of
backboard. Padding shall be permanently bolted to the backboard frame.
7. Provide motorized rim height adjusters, as appropriate for specified backstop. Height from 8' to
10'; key switch with coverplate [coordinate mounting locations so you can see the height scale for
each goal].
8. Raising goal and backboards via Smart touch [manufacturer's wireless] system.
B. Goal: DRAPER Model 503040 180° tube-tie breakaway goal.
1. Goal is designed to withstand shock loads due to a player slam dunking and/or hanging on the rim.
The rim shall deflect down when a static load of 230 pounds is applied from front, sides or
anywhere between. The rim assembly floats on chromium ball bearings for smooth any direction
11 48 00-2
flexibility. The rim will retuin to the playing position once the load is removed. The function of
the breakaway goal shall meet NCAA specifications, which state: "A movable basket ring shall
have rebound characteristics identical to those of a non-movable ring." Goal shall be set at factory
for proper flex and rebound requirements. This goal features Draper's easy-adjust system, which
allows the end-user to adjust the breakaway point to conform to latest NCAA recoinmendations.
Goal features tube-tie net attaclunent, which consists of a series of small tubes welded below the
ri�n and a 1/8" nylon cord which passes tlu•ough the tubes, catching the net loops between the
tubes. The tube-tie provides superior strength and a smooth attachment systein for maxiinum
player safety. Rim shall be fabricated from a 5/8" diameter steel rod formed into an 18" inside
diameter ring. Inside of ring shall be positioned 6" from the face of backboard by a heavy-duty
mounting plate with mounting holes centered to match 5" x 5" or 5" x 4" backboard mounting
holes. Goal will mount on standard glass, fiberglass, and wood banks.
Riin shall be rigidly braced by means of die cut steel braces formed and welded to nnderside of
rim for maximum support. Goal shall be powder coated in an official durable orange powder coat.
Goal shall be furnished with zinc plated mounting hardware. Goal provided with white nylon
.Anti-Whip Net. The top half of the anti-whip net is made of durable fibers encased in tough 100%
nylon, preventing the net from whipping up on the rim. The lower half is all nylon.
C. Drop Frame.
1. Vertical front drop frame assembly center strut shall consist of a main, center mast of 6-5/8" O.D.
heavy wall structural steel tube with diagonal side sway braces of 2-3/8" O.D. structural pipe. Top
horizontal mast, hinge spreader to be of a heavy 4" structural channel to form a rigid, back to back
triangular design. Goal shall mount directly through bank and into a heavy structural steel
weldment center strut which shall be clamped to the vertical 6-5/8" O.D. center support to
eliminate any strain on bank should a player hang on the front mounted goal (conform to the latest
NCAA rules.)
2. Center strut shall be suspended by special adjustable hangers to provide for precise plumbing of
frame during installation. Support hangers shall be offset 2" behind center line of center shut to
properly weight lock unit in playing position without the use of ropes, latches or springs.
3. Backstop to operate with a 1-7/8" O.D. front brace assembly with foiding knee joint. Knee joint
to lie adjustable for ease of installation and field adjushnent. Knee joint locks backboard in
playing position by means of a torsion spring and is easily disengaged by upward force of hoist
cable.
4. Backstop shall be supported from 3-1/2" O.D. pipe anchored to roof framing members by means
of heavy-formed steel support fittings. Each attachment to building roof framing must be capable
of supporting a load exceeding 10,000 pounds with sufficient attachment points to acquire a 60:1
safety factor for support of entire backstop support system. Superstructure pipes to be reinforced
with special bridging or bracing when truss centers exceed spans of 14'-0".
5. *Backstop shall be provided Porter 706, %z HP electric winch, or approved alternate. Hoist cable
shall be min. %" diameter galvanized aircraft cable with 7,000 lb. Ultimate breaking strength.
Swivel pulley shall be furnished with a 4" diameter cast (ductile iron) pulley sheave with a
maintenance free, oil-impregnated bearing for proper hoist cable routing to winch. Pulley
assembly and attachment to 3-1/2" O.D. support structure shall be rated at a minimum 9,000
pound load rating.
1. All metal parts shall be painted one (1) coat of flat black enamel.
D. Electric Winch: %z H.P.
l. Winch shall be worm gear type, designed to hold backstop at any position when raising or
lowering. Winch housing, base cable drum and bracket are machined from high strength
aluminum alloy. The worm is machined from high strain tempered steel bar. All surfaces of the
worm shaft are ground and the worm teeth and seal surfaces are polished after grinding for the
utmost in efficiency and sealing capabilities. Worm shaft shall turn in sealed, precision thrust
bearings. The shaft shall also be sealed by an additional seal on the outside of the sealed bearings.
2. Worm gear shall be machined from high strength forged bronze alloy for exceptional wearability
and long life characteristics.
11 48 00-3
3. The worin and gear set to run in an oil bath within main shaft housing which is completely sealed
by the worm shaft weal, and by a double lip seal around the polished cable drum shaft where it
enters the housing. This unit is filled with oil at factory and sealed.
4. Winch to be operated mechanically by means of a% H.P. (9AMP) capacitor type 60 cycle, 115
volt, single phase electc•ic motor with automatic thermal overload protection manufactured to
NEMA specifications. The motor sha(1 drive the winch by means of a connecting V-belt and
sprockets. The motor shall be controlled by a special dual keyed, flush wall mounted momentary
key switch which cannot be instantly reversed, providing a safety provision so as not to damage
motor or winch. Switch assembly shall be furnished with a 4-1/2" square stainless steel cover
plate for mounting in a masomy wall box by the electrical contractor.
5. Drum shall be mechanicaliy interconnected to a special rotary counting Up-Down limit switch
assembly which shall be mounted and pre-wired to motor as an integral part of the winch. Limit
switch shall be furnished in a special, extruded aluminum housing with continuous slots for
adjusting 20 amp. Micro switches (2) to precisely limit the up and down operation of the winch.
Winch shall be pre-wired with a 6'-0" Ig. Neoprene covered cable with twist-lock grounded type
plug attached. Matching flange type receptacle shall be mounted in 4" square box cover.
6. Under no-load conditions, RPM of drum is 11.5, RPM of motor is 1725.
7. Hoisting capacity of No. 00706-000'h H.P. winch is 1200 pounds.
8. Wu�ing of all electrical components shall be in accordance with local area codes, and in
accordance with manufacturer" instructions.
9. All conduit, wiring, junction boxes and components not specified herein shall be furnished and
installed by the electrical contractor.
2.3 FOLD- UP GYMNASIUM DNIDER CURTAIN
A. Curtain.
1. Lower section of curtain shall be solid vinyl coated poly es ter (avg. 18 oz. or 22 oz. per square
yard as required). Flamma bility rated as self- ex tin guish ing by the California State Fire Code
and Class A Rated in accordance with requirements of NFPA-101. All seams to be electronically
welded with a 1" full contact weld. Outer edge hems shall be triple turned with double welds. A
pocket shall be formed along the bottom edge of the curtain to ac com mo date a 15/8" diameter
round batten for curtain sup port.
2. Upper section of curtain shall be avg. 9 oz. per square yard vinyl coated polyester mesh.
Flammability rated as self extinguishing by the California State Fire Code and Class A Rated in
accordance with requirements of NFPA-101. Color shall be chosen from four standard (white,
yellow, red, blue & black weave) as selected by the architect. Use vinyl fabric, in triple thickness
and double welded to the top edge of the mesh, to form a 6" wide pocket to ac com mo date a
15/8" diameter round batten for curtain support.
3. Suspension from roof support member must be accom plished with clamp type malleable or heavy
gauge stamped lug fi tting furnished by the manufacturer. Hoist lines shall be 1/8" diameter steel
aircraft cable (2000 lb. break strength), spaced maximum 10'0" on center. Each line shall be
attached to the bottom tube batten and run through grommets located approximately 18" on center.
Each hoist ing line shail terminate at the top of the curtain and attach to a drive pipe. The drive
pipe shall rotate in drive pipe support assembly located a maximum of 10'-0" on center. Hoisting
mechanism shall not rely on single cable support of the divider when in stored position.
4. Drive pipe power mechanism shall consist of a 1 H.P., 110-120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase
reversible capacitor motor with built-in thermal overload protection. The motor and load holding
worm gear reducer shall provide speed reduction in the winch. Remote control operation to
include integral limit switch to control the upper and lower limit of the curtain travel. Key lock,
three position, momentary contact wall switch with safety delay included. Switch unit shall in
clude a general purpose switch box with a polished wall plate. Operation via Smart Touch system.
5. Padded bottom batten.
6. Solid Vinyl Color/ Mesh Color: As selected.
7. Weight: 22 oz.
8. Height: Lower portion to be solid to 8" above finished floor; with mesh above that to the
bottom of the structure.
11 48 00-4
2.4 WALL PADDiNG
A. Wall pads to be standard sized 2' x 6' and custom sizes as indicated on project plans. Bidder is
responsible for verification of job conditions and dimensions.
Entire pad assembly has been tested and meets the requirements of NFPA-101Life Safety Code
for Class A rating (flame spread 0-25 and smoke development 0-450) when tested in accordance
with ASTM E-84 (Also published as NFPA-255, ANSI 2.5, UBC 8-1 (42-1) and UL 723). Entire
pad assembly has also been tested in accordance with NFPA-286 (Standard method of iu•e tests for
evaluating contribution of wall and ceiling interior finish to room growth) and found to meet the
requirements of 2003 IBC Section 803.2.1.
2. Wall pads shall be constructed using fire retardant 2" thick open cetl neoprene foam bonded to a
7/16" thick oriented strand board backer and covered with a 14 oz. vinyl covering. Vinyl cover
shall be coated polyester fabric with leather grain embossed pattetn. Vinyl to have average weight
of 14 oz. per square yard, breaking strength of 350 PSI, tear resistance of 65 pounds and be rated
as self extinguishing in accordance with California State Fire Code F-230 and Class A Rated in
accordance with requirements of NFPA-101. Vinyl to be resistant to rot, mildew and ultraviolet
light, color(s) as selected by Owner fi•om full manufacturer line. Panel front and edges shall be
vinyl wrapped and securely stapled to the wood backer so that the backer is not exposed on front
or four sides. Pads shall be supplied with concealed z-clip attachment at top and 1" fabric wrapped
mounting flanges at panel bottom.
2,5 VOLLEYBALL EQUIPMENT
A. Indoor Volleyball and Badminton Posts and Nets: DRAPER model CVS-Ol.
B. The CVS-01 Volleyball System shall consist of one standard with power winch and one standard with
an adjustable anchor collar. Post shall meet all FIVB, USVBA, NCAA and NFSHSA requirements for
competition. Post shall have infmite height adjustment between 8' and 3'6" with preset volleyball
settnigs for eleinentary school use to international competition for both men and women, for use with
volleyball, teiuiis and badminton. The upright shall be 3-1/2" O.D, (8.890cm) schedule 80 aluminum
tube, with a wali thickness of .300" (.7620cm). The upright is provided with a special rubber foot to
protect finished floors and to provide precise net height adjustment.
C. The tensioning winch shall incorporate a heavy-duty, self-locking worm gear mechanism. Winch shall
be furnished with a heavy 2" (4.080 cm) wide high tensile nylon strap with heavy-duty snap hook to
eliminate the possibility of hook breaking and guarantee safe connection to net top cable. The power
winch is fumished complete with a folding handle for piayer safety.
D. Systems shall come complete with DRAPER Model 500004 Power Volleyball Net. Net shall be 32'
(9.75 M) long x 39-3/8" (1 M) high. Netting shail be high quality 4" square #36 black nylon cord with
vinyl coated polyester hem double stitched around entire perimeter of net. Top hem of net shall be
fiunished with a 42'6" long x 1/8" diameter 2000 lb, minimum breaking strength galvanized aircraft
cable with a nylon coating (3/16" OD) to protect against fraying. Ends of cable to have loops with heavy
swaged type fittings for easy installation. Hems in end of net shall be fiunished with a pocket for use
with a 1/2" diameter fiberglass dowel rod. Ends of net shall have six 1" wide polypropylene tension
straps with buckles for providing additional tightening of net. Bottom of net shall be furnished with a
1/4" diameter braided white nylon rope equipped with a spring loaded, pressure type rope tensioner.
Rope Tensioner shall be DRAPER Mode1500005.
1. System also to include DItAPER Model 500007 Antenna and DRAPER Model 500006 Boundary
Markers.
E. Floor Sleeves and cover plates:
11 48 00-5
Floor Sleeves shall be DRAPER Model 501006 3-1/2" I.D., constructed of steel mechanical tubing
with an inside diameter of 3-1/2", welded to a 4" x 4" bottom plate. Sleeve shall be 8-1/2" long
and designed to be installed with the bottom at 9'/z" below the playing surface.Chrome-plated
w/swivel cover.
Cover Plate shall be DRAPER model 501001 Chrome Plated Cover Plate Assembly, acceptable
for use with specified flooring. Cover plate shall consist of cast aluminum recessed mounting
flange, 5-3/16" in diameter, and a 5" diameter chrome-plated cover. Cover shall be equipped with
a swivel type retaining screw to prevent theft. A speciai key shall be provided for opening cover.
Three #10 x 1-1/2" flat head wood screws shall be provided to securely mount cover plate
assembly to floor.
F. Judge's Stand (1 required). Judges stand shall be DRAPER Model 5013xx (xx=color) by Draper, Inc. of
Spiceland, IN.
1. Judges stand shall be designed to attach to a collar by means of a removable, self-locking pin.
Collar slides over 3%2" O.D. volleyball standard and is rigidly positioned to post with allen-head
set screws.
2. Frame shall be constructed of 1-1/2"xl-1/2", 14-gauge square steel tubing and 1" OD steel tubing,
welded together. Legs, steps, platform, and handrails shall all be one solid unit. Judges platform
shall consist of 1/2" thick, polyurethane finished Birch plywood, permanently bolted to stand.
HandraiUladder section shall be spaced vertically 16" on center with three (3) ladder steps spaced
horizontally of 16" centers. Lower end of ladder tubes shall have 1/2" thick rubber bumper to
protect finished floars. Ladder legs shall have 2" O.D. rubber wheels for easy transporting of
stand. All metal components of stand shall be finished in black powder coat.
3. Judges stand shall be supplied complete with safety padding for player protection. Upper section
of stand shall have a snapped into place 1/12" polyethylene foam padding. Lower ladder tubes
shall have removable, hook and loop attached pads of 1" neoprene foam. All pads shall be
wrapped with 14 oz., polyester reinforced vinyl, color(s) as selected by Owner from full
manufacturer line.
G. Protective Pads for Standards. Volleyball Post Padding shall be DRAPER Model SO11XX Official
Padding for 3-1/2" O.D. Volleyball Systems by Draper, Inc, of Spiceland, IN.
1. Pads shall be hinged at corners to fold neatly around posts and tensioning winch to provide
maximum player protection. Pads shall be constructed of 11/2" thick polyethylene foam filler
covered with polyester reinforced vinyl with three (3) hook and loop fastening straps for quick set-
up and take-down, and shall be constructed to accommodate winch, or judges stand when used.
Provide in color(s) as selected by Owner from full manufacturer line. Provide at al l standards.
2.6 SCOREBOARDS
A. Scoreboards: Daktronics Model BB-2101, compact single-sided scoreboard complete with wireless
consoles. Controllers shall be able to be function independently without interference. Color(s) as
selected by Owner from full manufacturer line. Capable of scoring basketball and volleyball. Different
sounding horns per court. Provide protective screens.
1. Acceptable substitutions: Nevco Model 2700;
2.7 CLIMBING WALL
A. Climbing Wall: Everlast Climbing Industries' Traversewall: 20'x16' Sculpted Magna Relief-Feature
Wall (basis of design).
1. Acceptable substitutions: To be reviewed by architect;
2. 4 dynamic top ropes
3. Hand holds (Groperz basis of design) Multiple colors (hand holds to include mounting boits and
allen wrenches
4. Panels to be constructed of fire-treated plywood
5. MFR to provide Product Liability Insurance and One-Year Warranty
6. MFR to be member of CWA (Climbing Wall Association)
1148 00-6
7. Provide Climbing Equipinent
i. 12 fully adjustable harnesses
ii. 4 auto-blocking belay devices
iii. 121ocking carabiners
iv. 8 helmets
v. 1 spool of 10.3mm dynamic rope (660 ft)
8. One-day top rope site management training to be provided
9. Safety Mat to be 3" and fold-up and lock into place. Mats must meet or exceed ASTM Standard
F1292-04 and ASTM Standard F2440-04. Four safety mats to be included 4'x6' for an overall
length of 16 feet. Safety Mats to be coustructed so as to prevent climbulg under them while in the
ciosed position.
10. Additional Climbing wall features to include:
i. 2 overhangs
ii. 1 roof
1 l. Wall is to be secured to 12" CMU structural wall, MFR responsible for wall fastener integrity.
*2.8 BICYCLE RACK
A. �*Bicycle Rack: RPB Hoop Style, Direct Pour (basis of design), Bike rack shall be formed from -
heavy-duty 1-7/8" O.D. x 0.145" wail steel tube. Tube to have durable powder-coat finish. Bike racks
to be designed for in-ground installation into concrete footings. Provide anchor pins to secure unit in
footings.
B. Color to be selected by owner
C. Provide 6 racks, locate as shown on drawings.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 1NSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Securely anchor to structure in a manner
acceptable to the architect.
1. Walls pads shall be mounted so the bottom of the pad aligns with the top of the baseboard.
3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Ensure that operating parts work freely and fit neatly. Adjust hardware and moving parts as necessary.
Repair or replace damaged parts, dents, buckles, abrasions, or other defects affecting appearance or
serviceability. Clean surfaces.
3.3 TRAINING
A. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper operation and maintenance procedures for each item of equipment.
Test each item of equipment to demonstrate that it is operating properly, and that controls and safety
devices are functioning.
END OF SECTION
1148 00-7
11 48 00-8
SECTION 12 76 00
BLEACHERS
PARTI GENERAL
1.1 SECTION TNCLUDES
A. Telescoping gymnasium bleachers.
1.2 RELATED WORK:
A. Electrical
B. Gymnasium flooring
1.3 REFERENCES:
Applicable building code: International Building Code, Latest Edition.
1.4 DESCRIPTION OF THE SYSTEM
A. The bleacher system shall be comprised of multiple tiered, closed deck seating rows
operating in a telescopic manner, incorporating the most economical quantity of sections
while still complying with all loading requirements.
B. The first moving ►•ow shall be secured with friction or mechanical locks. Other rows shall
be mechanically locked, operable only upon unlocking and cycling the first row, quantity
to be determined by Interkal engineering.
C. Each bleacher row shall be comprised of risers, seat and deck components, and a
complete set of supportive columns and braces.
D. The telescopic bleacher shall incorporate a locking system permitting the use of one,
several, or all rows, each locked in the extended position.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications
1. Manufacturing: Manufacturer shall be regularly engaged in the design and
manufacturing of telescopic seating for not less than ten years.
2. Engineering: It will be mandatory that each bidder submit with their bid an affidavit
signed by a Registered Professional Engineer stating that the product to be supplied
has been tested by an independent testing facility and meets all applicable code
• requirements.
B. Deviations: It will be the responsibility of the bidder to furnish with their bid, a list
clarifying any deviations from the specifications, written or implied. Those bidders not
submitting a list of deviations will be presumed to have bid as specified.
C. Guarantees: One-Year Guarantee: The manufacturer shall guarantee all work performed
under these specifications to be free from defects for a period of one year.
D. Product Improvements: Seating provided shall incoiporate manufacturer's design
improvements and materials current at time of shipment.
127600-1
1.6 SUBMITTALS:
' A. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions and descriptive literature in accordance
with Section 01300.
B. Manufacturer's operating and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 01700.
1.7 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. Telescopic bleacher design and fabrication shall conform to the building code; ADA and
TAS, as appropriate.
B. Telescopic gymnasium seating will be designed to support a vertical live load of 100
PSF, but not less than 120 PLF on both seat boards and footboards. Seating shall also be
designed to carry a horizontal sway force of 24 PLF parallel to the seating and 10 PLF
perpendicular to the seating.
C. Steel components shall be cold-formed from appropriate width strip stock conforming to
ASTM A570 - Grade C 30KSI, ASTM A653- Grade 33 and 50, ASTM A500 - Grade B
46 KSI as applicable.
D. Lumber components are kiln dried, finger jointed, edge glued southern pine of grade "B
& B Finish" manufactured to the current SPIB glued-laminated standards for southern
pine.
E. Plywood deck boards shall be fabricated from Douglas Fir Premium Underlayment with
exterior glue, 5 ply minimum, solid crossband directly under face ply, species Group 1
and manufactured in accordance with PS-1-95.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER, subject to the requirements stated herein:
A. Telescopic seating as manufactured by Interkal [Basis of Design],
http:1/���.interkal.com Kalamazoo, Michigan, is the standard of quality required and
specified herein.
B. * Sheridan Seating Inc. M200 http://�vww.sheridanseatine.com
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Model: Interkal, closed deck telescopic bleachers
*B. Type: Wall attached; 1 bank friction power; 7 row intermediate seats; 1 row truncation
with front rail; two 7 row self- storing end rails; removable step assembly; 10" sculptured
seat module; with 4 removable SSM companion seats. Interkal Drawing Number B-
41717 and B-41716-S1
*C. Quantity:
1. Provide 2 banks of wall attached 7 rows high.
D. ADA (Available options)
1. Truncations: Provide a full section truncation with all necessary front rails, closure
panels, and portable step assemblies at aisles as required to meet local jurisdiction
compliance with ADA.
127600-2
E. Dimensions:
l. Rise per row - 10 -1/4"
2. Row to row spacing - 24"
F. Propulsion
1. Friction Power- Furnish Interkal friction power, integra( automatic electro-
mechanical propulsion system to open and close telescopic seating system.
Operation shall assure full visual control of the seating bank. The Wide Track
System incorporates two friction drive roller assemblies as an integral part of both
first row vertical column assemblies. Each section of bleacher shall have a power
system that shall consist of two vertical column roller assemblies which shall include
two 6" diameter by 2%z" wide cast drive wheels for a minimum of four fi•iction roller
contact points per section of bleacher. Each roller shall have a specially fonnulated
45-durometer rubber covering to grip the floor as the units roll in and out. The two
friction drive roller assemblies shall be installed a minimum of 7-feet apart per
section. The two friction roller assemblies are linked together by a continuous drive
shaft driven by a 1/2 H.P. 208V, 3-phase motor that shall enable the rollers to work
simultaneously, resulting in a more e�cient operation with allowance for minor
variations in the floor surface. All floor friction power systems shall be controlled
by a dual directional, removable walk along pendant which plugs into the front of the
first row to give the operator proper position for visual control. The pendant control
voltage shall be 24 VAC @ less than 50 MA for the safety of all operating personnel.
The entire power system shall be U.L. Recognized. A 208/220 volt 3-phase power
source, including conduit, wiring, and safety disconnect must be provided by others.
The electrical contractor shall perform the connections to the seating equipment at
the safety disconnect. Motors, housing, and wiring shall be installed by certified
personneL
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Wheelchair Seating:
1. Notchouts: Provide manufacturers standard permanent handicap notchout (36" wide)
located as shown on a►•chitectural plans for 4. Notchouts must be located at. section joints
only to avoid interference with understructure. Fascia panels shall have manufacturers
standard polydeck finish to match deck board surface. Available in one row or two row
deep, (select one).
B. End Railing:
1. Self-Storing End Rails: Provide steel self-storing 42" high self-storing end guard rails
with tubular supports and vertical intermediate members to comply with all code
requirements. Rails shall be fitted to each exposed bank end from third row and above
with all steel to steel connections. Finish shall be a polyester powder coat.
C. Operation
1. Pendant Control: Provide pendant control style operation for the bleachers. Extension
and retraction shall be accomplished by use of the pendant control plugged into a single
receptacle. The receptacle shall be mounted at the first row.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Continuous Wheel Channel: Wheel channels shall consist of a one piece formed steel channel
welded to the base of a vertical column. Wheel channels accommodate 8 to 12 wheels per
row for maximum weight distribution and operating ease. The number of wheels increase as
the number of rows increase.
127600-3
B. Wheels: 3-1/2" diameter with I-1/8" non-marring soft rubber face with rounded edges
designed to protect wood or synthetic floor. Provide I/2" diameter axle for all wheels
C. Columns: Electrically welded closed rectangular steel tube, 2" x 3" minimum size, 14 gauge
steel fitted with a rear welded gusset at the wheel channel. '
D. Row Interlocks: Join each row stiucture front to rear by means of two (2) interacting steel
connections, plus automatic gravity row locks where Engineering determines they are
required.
1. Lower: Lower track guides shall be an external superslide rod to guarantee positive
engagement of vertical supports without binding and assures smooth operation over
uneven floor conditions.
2. Upper: Upper track guides shall completely interlock adjacent understructure support. A
welded stop to ensure correct extension of bleacher unit on deck support. Use of bolt and
nut stops are not acceptable, due to risk of loosening.
E. Diagonal Braces: Structural formed steel truss fitted to rows 4 and beyond. Bracing shall be
attached to the rear riser at optimum locations to insure structural integrity. Bracing will be
designed and shaped to support a minimum load of 1000(Ibs) of both compression and tension
forces created when the bleacher is loaded.
F. Deck Supports: Shall be of structural steel, 11 gauge spaced not greater than 60" on center for
maximum deck stiffness.
1. Rollers: Every deck support not attached to a vertical post will have an integral nylon
' roller to avoid steel to steel friction points for more efficient operation.
G. Decking: All deck boards shall consist of 19/32" nominal Douglas Fir CC grade plywood
with exterior glue and solid crossbands. An extruded aluminum "H" connector shall be
placed between plywood panels. Exposed wear surfaces shall be finished with a layer of high
Density polyethylene plastic .025 -.030 thick, Light Gray in color, complimentary to the seat
option. Deck finishes, such as clear coat, requiring more than simple touch up to restore it to
a new appearance after wear occurs are unacceptable.
H. Welds: All welds shall be made at the factory by welders that are AWS certified on the
equipment and process used.
I. Nose Beam: Shall be one-piece 13-gauge galvanized steel.
13-gauge steel is utilized for the necessary structural integrity to accommodate section lengths
up to 26'
J. Rear Riser: Shall be one piece formed 14-gauge, grade 50, galvanized steel, with a
continuous access joint to fully encapsulate footrest panel for ease of cleaning and additional
structural support. 14-gauge roll formed steel is utilized for the necessary structural integrity
to accommodate section lengths up to 26'.
K. Splice Plates: Each section joint shall be tied together with two structural steel members per
row, employing a minimum of four steel to steel through bolt connections at the nose beam
and a minimum of eight steel to steel through bolt connections at the lower steel rear riser.
Gauge of splice plates to match the gauge of the nose beam and rear riser. Splice plates
employing steel to plywood deck board attachments will not be acceptable. Gauge of splice
plates to match the gauge of the nose beam and rear riser. In order to minimize deflections
and keep rows in alignment during operation, splice connections shall transfer both aicial
loads (tension/compression) and bending.
L. Fasteners: All structural connections shall be made with S.A.E.grade 5 or better stress rated
bolts. The use of self-tapping bolts is not acceptable.
127600-4
M. Finish:
1. Steel Understructure abraded, cleaned and finished with russet brown water base ac►ylic
paint. Steel i•isers and nose beams finished with corrosion resistant silver gray matte
finish with galvanized alloy plating.
2.5 SEAT OPTIONS
A. Sculpture Seat Modules:
1. 18-incli wide one-piece individual seating modules sliall be consh•ucted of high-density
polyethylenel0" deep.
2. Each module shall have two longitudinal and five transverse internal ribs to provide
additional structural integrity and resistance to impact.
3. Each module shall have a full 'h" interlock to the adjacent module both around the
perimeter and along the internal ribs to eliminate pinching hazards and assures proper
alignment.
4. A steel-to-steel attachment of each module to a minimum 14 gauge galvanized steel
nosebeam shall be provided for maximum rigidity. All such mounting hardware shall be
concealed.
5. End caps shall be provided at the ends of each bank (section, if manual) of seating as well
as at each aisle.
6. Each module shall have a recessed area for optional seat numbering.
7. Select from manufacturersl5 standard solid colors.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION:
A. Verify that areas to receive telescopic bleachers are free from impediments interfering
with installation.
B. Do not begin work until building conditions are satisfactory.
3.2 INSTALLATION:
A. Install telescopic bleachers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved
submittal drawings.
B. Adjust bleachers for smooth and proper operation.
C. Clean bleachers and remove all debris from gymnasium resulting from installation.
END OF SECTION
127600-5
127600-6
CITY OF FORT WORTH
TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
ADDENDUM NO. 3
Chisholm Trail Community Center
Request far Proposals Submittal Date: January 19, 2012 (NO CHANGE)
The Request for Proposals for the above project is hereby revised and amended as follows;
1. The following sheets have been modified or added:
CVR — Cover Sheet
FA101 — Electrical Power Floor Plan
A601 — Interior Elevations
A621 — Millwork Sections .
E00'i — Elecfrical Riser Diagram & Legend
PE101 — Plurnbing and Electrical Site Plan
2. The foliowing Specification sections have been modified or added:
28 31 00 -- Fire Alarm System
07 52 16 — APP Modified Bitumen Roo�ng
07 72 DO — Roof Hatches
08 63 00 — Unit Skylights .
08 70 00 — Hardware
11 48 00 — Athletic Equipment
28 31 00 — Fire Alarm System
03 30 00 -- Cast in pface Concrete
06 12 00 — Strucfural Steel
05 21 00 — Steei Joists
05 31 00 — Steel Deck
3. The following Contractors have expressed interest in this projEct:
A. 3i Construction
� NBrinklev(i�3iconstruction,com
B. Dennett Construction
ShawnM a(�,dennettconstruction.com
4. The correct email address for Azteca Enterprises Inc. is
dustvs(a�azteca-omeqa.com
(The remainder of this.page is intentionally left blank)
Chisholm Traif Community Center
Addendum No. 3, December 22, 2011
Acknowledge the receipf of this Addendum No, 3 on your Proposal.
DOUGLAS W. W(ERSfG, PE
DIRECTUR, TRANSPORTATION & PUBLlC WORKS DEPARTMENT
By:
Ronald Clements. �AIA
Project Manager
Facilities Management Division
817-392-8d14, FAX 817-392-8488
RELEASE DATE: December 22, 2011
Chisholm Trail Community Center
Addendum No. 3, December 22, 2011
2
ADDENDUM NO. 3
TO
Chisholm Trail Community Center
20 December 2011
Project No: 21010
From: Brinlcley Sargent Architects, Inc.
To: Ciry of Fort Worth
This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Bidding Documents.
DRAWING MODIFICATIONS
Item No. 1. Sheet CVR — Cover Sheet
A. Added Sheet FA101 to Sheet Index
Item No. 2. Sheet FA101— Electrical Power Floor Plan
A. New Sheet
Item No. 3. Sheet A601— Interior Elevations
A. Counter in Multi-Purpose 1121owered (9&12/A601)
Item No. 4. Sheet A621— Millworlc Sections
A. Counter in Multi-Purpose 1121owered (5/A621)
B. Clarification of Front Desk construction, upper counter to be Solid Surface, lower
counter to be Plastic Laminate (21&22/A621)
Item No. 5. Sheet E001— Electrical Riser Diagram & Legend
A. Schedule updated with Site Sign Lighting
Item No. 6. Sheet PE101— Plumbing & Electrical Site Plan
A. Revised to show Site Sign Lighting
SPECIFICATION MODIFICATIONS
Item No. 7. Table of Contents
A. Section 28 31 00 — Fire Alarm System added
a. New Section 28 Division Tab added to Division.pdf
Page 1 of 2
Chisholin Trail Coimnunity Center
Addendum #3
20 December 2011
Item No. 8. Section 07 52 16 — APP Modified Bitumen Roofiug
A. Per City of Fort Worth Guidelines, roofing to be U.S. Ply
Item No. 9. Sectiou 07 72 00 — Roof Hatches
A. 2.4.A — Indicated "SafePro" as an approved OSHA ladder safety product.
Item No. 10. Sectiou OS 63 00 — Uuit Slcylights
B. 2.1.B.1 - Per City of Fort Worth Guidelines, locksets to be Schlage
Item No. 11. Section 08 70 00 — Hardware
C. 2.1.B.3 — Naturalite replaced with Bristolite
Item No. 12. Section 11 48 00 — Athletic Equipment
A. 2.2.A.6 — Corrected to indicate currenf model application of Safety Padding to
backboard as bolted rather than glued.
B. 2.2.C.5 —"or similar" changed to "approved altemate".
C. 2.8.A — Bicycle Rack basis of design changed to Jaypro HDWBR-7PC Perm PC
Item No. 13. Section 28 31 00 — Fire Alarm System (New Spec)
A. 2.2.A.6 — Corrected to indicate current model application of Safety Padding to
backboard as bolted rather than glued.
B. 2.2.C.5 —"or similar" changed to "approved alternate".
C. 2.8.A — Bicycle Rack basis of design changed to Jaypro HDWBR-7PC Perm PC
Item No. 14. Following Sections revised to indicate required percentage of recycled steel
in structural members
A. 03 30 00 — Cast-In-Place Concrete
B. OS 12 00 — Structural Steel
C. OS 21 00 — Steel Joists
D. OS 31 00 — Steel Deck
End of Addendum
Page 2 of 2
TRAN�,�PQRTATION Arrn pUBL�C �VORKS
FACILITIES MANAGEMENT
ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES
�ORT WORTR
401 West 13th Street
Pre- Bid Meeting
Chisholm Trail Community Center
December 21, 2011
�IRI'Vl NAM
� -N1i��...��.��o
2.�oL� 2��.D�2
3. �'�-�� ��ST
���n�►� �c�S'C� �.r� . ��� ,
RE�D�� C,�EN�2�4(� Cocft7�f+t�o�ts
��.�At.�O� I►� �
C
9��N,Gvt�r��t�n�ST. PR�S�Pf�,�. `t'IZ��7-5�?
rn�('o��IaNd�C�o5slaN�co�,c�raci'►o�! . �^, 972• 3�7 �S2c
V l�
�+�dw.a5�k��feeder9enero�i,Co� $I�.zi3a.2o �Z, o�x�ic�
8i�.�39.ao��t Eak
S 1?. 831, 2295 1<c1 urs�'c� ��op��o, c'ovh
SI"7. g34. 22�{ Qy (.��
4.,S�.�u-�-�l� �u.��s C�S-�v��u�Ul;c%�:. ���,� {at�q.� l��ii��t �� �SD� g
< < 1, ��a����f���+� � sc�r�l�t��.�,���-�.
5. ��,�a� 6�r�n��j 3� ��- z�� z�� �`�s �d,�,�k����;�����'.
�
s. .J�?.�'.� �-,�'-.�`�l, ����.t� �� r�z�>vctzu� �1i-Z3��-�-�c�z, �f�����.,�C.s-�.�e(��f��i�tc�,c,,'��
7. CJ�4��' ��t ���
$. I c�i t �i� �d' \CIL�
9. ��e� Vt��ny
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
�1�� 5�-� r �,�.��, �� � �� ��
V�� Co�►5�"'Y�G l rg �j zl Y-G�,,r-.6 �iS
�
�0"1�S (��ti �.1�{��'�ct--tld7 �
�'��� � _, � , " i=�-•---�� , t. � .
���"rp�vi �PGo N.s'�- ,f
M M qc.l�, rvc f'vati. w�
� ��a���s���� �
TRANSPORTATION �vn �UBLIC ORK�
FACILITIES MANAGEMENT
ARCHITECTTJRA.L SERVICES
FORT WORTH
40'1 West 13th Street
Pre- Bid Meeting
Chisholm Trai[ Communifiy Center
December 21, 2011
NAME FIRM NAMEITITLE OFFICE #/ E-MAEL. ADDRESS
1. myRo,� FR�v�vD t�R��n,� cor�s-r Ru�.T,�,� �, '6 rps @��,m�. �ousrr��eT�►a�co� �
2. �P�7��, ��S ... �/�c��ss �4��r�.��s,^S ' .. _g'17- ZSS� � 01�90 �D�i�Esr'+n:�',��C���lu,
.�. („�cY t� ��'� 4` 4 %t.�t � � �n"G �T � � 1 � 1..�� � �i�{�+ �)��(�, lr/ �%j�%j�jf2� "^'S�� r �{
�J 'J �
9 �.�� 9' S"�-- 4�� `�
4. �'�f ��� �'K� �'�� � ,a� ��MJ � ���f �'�
�
5. �R,/�.D Ci 1��57�� P(� � M �o�1Si 2�C i 14N L�, C DC�-� R�sT��� P2 � M �a�lSiR�cT+o�J .
' 6. ,�-���� y,4� �.sr.��r�� t�,�r��;ny� wqY�s• �
7' /Cr'�r"�''-„ �r"��1 C� J� C.�t t��STI'tr t�vr's r` � l^ r'it�t P.✓" ��"aC.KC G�+NS�r�tiCfAtS.c
��r �c`[�s. � ' c...�
� � �b�t�c�. ��Z�� ��-� ru �-<--��-`� � 1���C—�U��" -�S���b ����br� n��� Sa,�- �
�
9.
10.
'I1.
12.
13.
14.
15.
TRANSPORT,ATZO�I a�vn I�UBLIC WORKS
FACILITIES MANAG�MENT
ARCHITECTURAL SERVZCES
FORT WORTH
401 Wes# 13t" Street
Pre- Bid Me�ting
Chisholm Trail Community Center
December 21, 2011
NAME FIRM NAMEITITLE OFFICE #/ E-MAIL. ADDR�SS
1.
�'Z /C' Gt�'ll�'Yy.S �Q�'�'cl�'1��E�'' .5-�('h c.-� a� %'I P� . .y� u•+� �,�'g% li l^ � c� �✓�'`�`'�
� ��
2. ,r/�� /.//��/.c''/�S/t> �a. ��O �L•t} �- ��1��tat`Cf � ��� � ��� O?o�ZS
3. �r�fi�.�04�-'T� �J� l/�rJ� ;'G
n , fJ/7 aG',e�ce
4. �f ft'N � AA v t �ls o.� .�ca t� �D e.�.�`�- L�o•�•sf. $ 8� �Y 20 ' 1�t iv,udy DQ, qc,v.�ltco� E
� � � �C��� �/7- ys�/sy3 q
5: .�,� `l� � ln}<<I,�- S`��.,� � _��,� � S!�?�� � �-/�.� 7 �' �''!(!,�',s P
s� ���-�.• c
s. ��rJ o�-�t (�` ��°�' � �
7. �vrcQ LaY�t �, l�� Co��vuc�s �t�-qZ6�3��i
a. '."�— �,�, �-� �G �o,�,��t�, �
�
9. �d�c�� 2U��..���
1a. �ui(a� Y�c.hv�
11.
92.
13.
14.
'I 5.
��L�J- �n� ��
CvheSive /�-t� ww�-ic�.
�, �
�� A�fi��-� spe.� �H f
C(L.e�',` . C.o�vl
Rvcb���QU��e . ca�
a'i'�-�-i'34'�i4ZZ �royt�J�'Caw. Caw
81���-�ZIZ�Zi�1�,
U+��v��vt. Z���l����,,}�,�,�r�l�-4'e��� �� cj�J
��z- 65� —o�#o!
C h,f (e,� ►� �.� nG"�a Q(�cs 4`�EiS�
�o
'�'ualvsPor�mAT�oN � PuBLrc o�s
FACILXTIES MANAGEMENT
ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES
FORT WORTI-L
4�1 West 13th Street �
Pr�- Bid Meefiing
Chisholm Trait Community Cert�er
December 2'i, 2011
4 "'. y 'X ( `" l ti �J \t„/�. �"`i�. �.v`.uu- / �� w _"-^'--' v U � l ' � — - � .....-- - l �y�Q.
� r��� p�,��" C.0 �_
2. � j�G� �i,' � � E 2 . l� � ��rz � �rr.�.sdv��/
,p/7 "3 r's• � -� ay c��//
3. (�hr�s �5��5�.t/' Cbo�Zr �e���.� c�ov����.�Fo�s 3a� ��� 3s��d d�'�',�G.
.. ��t�,��ys_Z��v �
4. � o� a�Y cr�� p��t ��T�,w� {.As�ra�� �M S n n P,� 2 eo o e v� �en c o vt . c.o
$l�- y3y- 33l3 parn�L� '�.�w�„� . dar��!! � PG�'�vn<�,fi,c.o,�
J. �.. �` U JV A{�' � V 1 T�}�C.. Yh O G� fZ N C o� ;� i R A c, i � i�- 5��y i l r►t o(� g` �"i .. �j" 'T t'� �'.. 3� t3
A� �
L..�l�t'�K �-�ty►c;�PN�.�T'R$�C
6.
7.
$.
9.
10.
1 'I .
12.
13.
14.
'15.
>� �-- �:�'=I, � i� oc
y� v i. 1 �ol [z19lXi'4LaMNoi'P�vulneg�ous4da44oasb C �
W — i � _�_ :sl[Ifl'a
_ � _ _ ° �, � � �,�,:, w �,.o�.,n„ ia�ua��i.iumumo� ��z � i ,«, a � �
c:�,. �� � j.��� �
m y � = � ,��`��Y ; «,�au,� ,�rn. w ; �A e, , �� . �ieali�r�oqsiq� : � ' - � _
_ _— 3 �:t:� ., '�4i — o � , e Q ' i .r,o;. r 8 ry [
�
W
�
Z
W
V
I
�
O
Z
�
�
�
O
V
�
Q
�
I--
�
�
0
V 1
�
V
�
� � �
�9 m m
� ���E� ���� ����g� q�9��p��i� $���
�_
U �BA��� fi A4� $6r S3P€v ��C' •^.
�
�
k�
��� ���
3 ��� ���
0
g� � �
� �� v� �
� $�� �� �
� °_� `c
s @ ��' a� 4
� Z `� g
s ��� i� 3
� � �� �
a � �: � a �a��� 5
� ������� a � ��� ��j� �
Y
c �
O �i��6�? �` � �4� @� � �I
Z � `���i�E�3�§ `�� s ��`q ��m gp� I
� �E, 9�i��i�4R ['s �,' u9 ��S? 2a .
U 3 $8�@�:@@�� � e � : � i
i �
� v � a
K
J
Q
Z
U
i %
� s
s y�
O c7.�
O " Z
� � I
V
s
�
i
`a�c
��
rc�
g �
$ � �
�
� � H � � � �
1.��OQe �
��
Z
W
0
Y
3 a� � '�o �gp
� �o � � e�e
� ������Bi
� �� b� � o g .
H
� � s� �£ �e ��e ;
i � e? � g ��� �
3 F� p [`e �2� i
� � �"s �a �� se¢
�� p 6
�� t� �: e�� T��� i
� �� �5�y e� �Y� �g95 !
. .� . e �Sr ;
6� e ¢ C 1 i
_ � ' ' E
Sf v � a �y
' +€ 3� £ _`"
z p -
( $s ta °u� u g��
�� g� %� � f�z
� .€ e ..4�
�
i ¢� �� �k � ���u
' �`6 a� �� � "-?��
; �� �� �� � ��s�
;g �=y e�� �; �- 5���
pC� gpH ae� 7 3E V
IH yC ��~ �� c � ���C
^ .§� €�: �i � e� a�g
!' F £ II @ E @
e _ _ � �
ti
o �.
u �"
Z K K
o �
� �� �
Z
O
s�
o ��
F-
� �s
�—
���
W W __"_
={"�i�
CC S —
pC�T.C� _
m y C�. _
i. . . .. . . .
. I . ��V� i
�
� �� �� ����
��
� ��a� �0�1,
' �p � � d�ilY1�11
nnnn nn � I�i�l
' oago^o�'d��oo , �
a� �0�1 e
� i ; � Y�)
„� ;r _ .�, a� 01�� _ a '� .
' P
� ' O a� I "
��
i�k
\
�
W �
�I�� �
\ �
i
\�
9
o �
c
�I�
4
4
o �
§ o �
e
I
1��0�� -
� a� 0�� -
.� �; eeee���
��iG�i��A� 6
..� -
O
a
4
�
�
«
4
o�
e� :: `p�i�. _
� a� ;�.
--�j ��, ��I
� 4� �Y�'
� o�)
� .��.
a� ,
� �
I�'�a�-- ���
`��'� Iol�il -
a�— --
� 6
�'�I��'.
a� I�O�I
�
�Y�o�I
I..7.y �_.
C� IQLiI� ; - -
d��l
�
1��
I� ���'
.li.,�_y.
a��„�QR��
�� O
°� � ;
�
S =i
J §
��� s �
- � 's.
,�- n�� � � �
�¢� ��� F�
��,� '��� mN
- t; 4
A
�li
` � � a
� 2 ��'eg �3
� 6S
H
• - ;
.
; � ., e
;��..
;
� �. ��
9
3k� � ^' �
_8� £�
�
i
J
¢
��� ��
�� E_
�
4
��
O � �
4
� �°a
``3
y gY
e �
'� ^ �
�
¢�
�m
¢
�I�
g �9
� 3�� 4
� �,� b
p6 z �
J 3
1 J �
( W
� � 9,� Q 4
�I .� u J u .,` � � �
§
4
2 �� �
_ \
.\ � '
z ��\Q ; g
�4 �
{ "
i� i� 1�' \ � fa t — ... __._ ' _"—"_ __ : p
� 'Z W — � � � k 1'nll It 01 ! � J
.Y.�� E I[�cl�ur'�u,,.�, [Zl9LX1'4VoM1�3'p�vnal�euauaVdaWpBgy ' y.�7 ' �44 �
m'V�'i �p-"' — 3 �'��t�� �krel i� �.4 vi s rca a a� i 4y»� �alua�dl.��nuiiuo�/ie,��ru/oqseq� � �_r��� f i �U W I
- 4=` ��e1��''�-""t� . —.,.—.,�m.,- "�. — ------'--- _—_— _._..__ � ' � �� � awin �=
o � �ll�
i.; "- � i
ci�sce��
u�=�'Q�
1Carv' ��
J`
�
/
a �— �=1 � . j�g, ra} __ ----- -----
V=WI -- I C�—� j I le�sl[61 .
��_I— � l �,�� t l N I[[I�w Wnv CZl9LX1'VVaMVOJ'P+¢na��wguoua4d�WOB90
�m°� � �� �,.�_r-� ; ,�s i�,�i s , ,a � „ , ., � ,�aJua��iianarurn��ie,�l ui�vqsi�/�
y ��_'�� 3 i� ._ . __ �� a H�. o . ,
i --. _i 3.� ° " Ek �e �' €h 73 g __ g� �a € � � .r�9 �rE�� � ` *� �`G�� ��;
�k ; , � �t� � �� m ia d � � � c 9 � E �� � " � 3���� a��
° � x&e � � , � � � �� g € � m � � �� � #� � ��
r ! �, � ¢�g➢���M��� ,t € � � � �� � � 5 � � zs a � � e k
ti I ii e � R §.. � si � s n � a.as r€agCs a�`
� � c ;� � .c� 'g��� EiY�� y r� €a ;� 4��� €�� � � � � ei�€, � szatl� �p 9� � �' g� �Sx
� � � � � � # � ; � �a � � ey�� � '��� yze ���i-} '� -� g� €a � s� s,� ir, � } � st� �g .���€ �y tb j ya1`e? � ���
� j E � 4 } � � E � �a ' e8�3 � � ':���E �� � q5 ��, "5 ° ��ss� x" '_E � h� � �� � 3 � 1 s� � � '� s�' �
k ��� "� � ��� � S`e ��s t ce� i eF €`a $E �����
`� � � € s a i � � � �? � Ea c R e� �a � � Ei �i g �� � sz � € 5� � �� .� a, 'a���-
� i �: � �� � �y � � � �e o�a a s �e� ;�� ?ai� ��'� � @ ,e �s s�F c �se is � .� .3 t�r� �; 3�g�a� °� 7� � �38tv �$���i=
4\!��^��{ �2a
.I �
U�O
WO�
w+��
N�_
z����p�
5 �—� �:i
�
Y ����`�Y
�1 ��s
�
3 i � � ; � i
� , , j . ,, ;
�k� i @3�p�� g133���§' i,.��Pl�6�g � �� g°I
I � ��€si,;.�::_a_ ..��_��E��a�s���r.�;ai��@zi�i
SECTION 28 31 00
FIl2E ALARM SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division O1 Speciiication Sections, apply to this Section..
1.2
A.
SUIVIMARY
This Section includes the following:
1. Fire-alarm control unit.
2. Manual iire-alarm boxes.
3. System smoke detectors.
4. Heat detectors.
5. Notification appliances.
6. Remote annunciator.
7. Addressable interface device.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. ADA: Americans with Disabilities Act.
B. FACP: Fire alartn control panel.
C. LED: Light-emitting diode.
D. NICET: National Institute for Certification of Engineering Technologies.
E. Defuutions in NFPA 72 apply to fire alarm terms used in this Section.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Non-coded addressable system, with automatic sensitivity control of certain smoke
detectors and multiplexed signal transmission, dedicated to fire-alarm service only.
283100-1
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. General Submittal Requirements:
Submittals shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction prior to submitting
them to Architect. Include comments from authorities having jurisdiction in
submittal package to Architect.
Shop Drawings shall be prepared by persons with the following qualifications:
a. Trained and certi�ed by manufacturer in fire-alarm system design.
b. NICET-certiiied fire-alarm technician, Level III minimum.
c. Licensed or certified by authorities having jurisdiction, if required.
B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
C. Shop Drawings: For fire-alarm system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and
attachments to other work
1. Comply with recommendations in the "Documentation" Section of the
"Fundamentals of Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter in NFPA 72.
2. Include detailed system operation description for this Project, including method of
operation and supervision of each type of circuit and Sequence of Operations
Matrix for manually and automatically initiated system inputs and outputs.
Manufacturer's standard descriptions for generic systems are not acceptable.
3. Include system riser diagram with device address, conduit sizes, and cable and
wire types and sizes.
4. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. Include diagrams
for equipment and far system with all terminals and interconnections identified.
Show wiring color code.
5. Include voltage drop calculations for notification appliance circuits.
6. Include battery-size calculations.
7. Include performance parameters and installation details for each detector,
verifying that each detector is listed for complete range of air velocity,
temperature, and humidity possible when air-handling system is operating.
8. Include plans, sections, and elevations of heating, ventilating, and air-
conditioning ducts, drawn to scale and coordinating installation of duct smoke
detectors and access to them. Show critical dimensions that relate to placement
and support of sampling tubes, detector housing, and remote status and alarrn
indicators. Locate detectors according to manufacturer's written
recommendations.
9. Include voice/alarm signaling-service equipment rack or console layout grounding
schematic, amplifier power calculation, and single-line connection diagram.
10. Include floor plans to indicate final outlet locations showing address of each
addressable device. Show size and route of cable and conduits.
D. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
283100-2
E. Field qualiry-conn-ol reports.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire-alann systems and components to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in
Division O1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following:
1. Comply with the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance"
Chapter in NFPA 72.
2. Provide "Record of Completion Documents" according to NFPA 72 article
"Permanent Records" in the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and
Maintenance" Chapter.
3. Record copy of site-specific software.
4. Provide "Maintenance, Inspection and Testing Records" according to NFPA 72
article of the same name and include the following:
a. Frequency of testing of installed components.
b. Frequency of inspection of installed components.
c. Requirements and recommendations related to results of maintenance.
d. Manufacturer's user training inanuals.
5. Manufacturer's required maintenance related to system warranty requirements.
6. Abbreviated operating instructions for mounting at fire-alarm control unit.
7. Copy of NFPA 25. .
G. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation:
1. Software operating and upgrade manuals.
2. Program Software Backup: On magnetic media or compact disk, complete with
data files.
3. Device address list.
4. Printout of software application and graphic screens.
1.6 QUALITY ASSiJRANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Installation shall be by personnel certified by NICET as fire-
alarm Level IV technician. Personnel shall be trained and certified by manufacturer for
installation of units required for this Project.
B. Source Limitations for Fire-Alarm System and Components: Obtain fire-alarm system
from single source from single manufacturer.
C. Electrical Components, Devices and Accessories: Listed, and labeled as deimed by
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for indeed location and
application.
283100-3
D. NFPA Certification: Obtain certification according to NFPA 72 by a UL-listed alaim
company or as requu•ed by authorities having jurisdiction.
1.7 SOFTWARE SERVICE AGREEMENT
A. Comply with LTL 864.
B. Technical Support: Beginning with Substantial Completion, provide software support
for two years.
C. Upgrade Service: Update software to latest �ersion at Project completion. Install and
program software upgrades that become available within two years from date of
Substantial Completion. Upgrading software shall include operating system. Upgrade
shall include new or revised licenses for use of software.
I_ :
A.
1. Provide 30 days' notice to Owner to allow scheduling and access to system and to
allow Owner to upgrade computer equipment if necessary.
EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with
protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Lamps for Remote Indicating Lamp Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of
amount installed, but no less than one unit.
2. Lamps for Strobe Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount of each type
installed, but no less than one unit of each type.
3. Smoke Detectors, Heat Detectors: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount of each
type installed, but no less than one unit of each type.
4. Detector Bases: Quantity equal to two percent of amount of each type installed,
but no less than one unit of each type.
5. Keys and Tools: One extra set for access to locked and tamper-proofed
components.
6. Audible and Visual Notification Appliances: Two of each type installed.
7. Fuses: Two of each type installed in the system.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
283100-4
FACP and Equipment:
a. GE — EST
b. Notifier
c. Simplex
2. Wire and Cable:
a. Comtran Corporation.
b. Heli�HiTemp Cables, Ina; a Draka USA Company.
c. Rocicbestos-Suprenant Cable Corporation; a Marmon Group Company.
d. West Penn Wire/CDT; a division of Cable Design Technologies.
3. Audible and Visual Devices:
a. Amseco; a division of Kobishi America, Inc.
b. Commercial Products Group.
c. Gentex Corporation.
d. System Sensor; a GE-Honeywell Company.
e. Wheelock, Inc.
2.2 SYSTEMS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION
A. Fire-alarm signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and
systems:
1. Manual stations.
2. Heat detectors.
3. Smoke detectors.
4. Duct smoke detectors.
5. Verified automatic alarm operation of smoke detectors.
6. Automatic sprinkler system water flow.
B. Fire-alarm shall initiate the following actions:
1. Continuously operate alarm notifications appliances.
2. Identify alarm at %re-alarm control unit and remote annunciators.
3. Transmit an alarm signal to the remote alarm receiving station.
4. Unlock electric door locks in designated egress paths.
5. Release fire and smoke doors held open by magnetic door holders.
6. Activate alarm communication system.
7. Switch heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment controls to fire-alarm
mode.
8. Close smoke dampers in air ducts of designated air-conditioning duct systems.
9. Activate emergency lighting control.
283100-5
10. Record events in the system memory.
11. Record events by the system printer.
C. Supeivisory signal initiation shall be by one or mare of the following devices and
actions:
Valve supervisory switch.
D. System trouble signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and
actions:
1. Open circuits, shorts, and grounds in designated circuits.
2. Opening, tampering with, or removing alarm-initiating and supervisory signal-
initiating devices.
3. Loss of prunary power at fire-alarm control unit.
4. Ground or single break in fire-alarm control unit internal circuits.
5. Abnormal 1 ac voltage at fire-alarm control unit.
6. Break in standby battery circuitry.
7. Failure of batter charging.
8. Abnormal position of any switch at iire-alarm control unit or annunciator.
E. System Trouble and Supervisory Signal Actions: Initiate notiiication appliance and
annunciate at fire-alarm control unit and remote annunciators. Record the event on
system printer.
2.3 FIRE-ALARM CONTROL UNIT
A. General Requirements for Fire-Alarm Control Unit:
1. Field-programmable, microprocessor-based, modular, power-limited design with
electronic modules, complying with UL 864 and listed and labeled by an NRTL.
a. System software and programs shall be held in flash electrically erasable
programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), retaining the information
through failure of primary and secondary power supplies.
b. Include a real-time clock for time annotation of events on the event recorder
and printer.
2. Addressable initiation devices that communicate device identity and status.
a. Smoke sensors shall additionally communicate sensitivity setting and allow
for adjustment of sensitivity at fire-alarm control unit.
b. Temperature sensors shall additionally test for and communicate the
sensitivity range of the device.
3. Addressable control circuits for operation of inechanical equipment.
283100-6
B. Alphanuineric Display and System Controls: Airanged for interface between human
operator at fire-alarm control unit and addressable system components including
annunciation and supervision. Display alaim, supervisory and component status
messages and the programming and control menu.
1. Annunciator and Display: Liquid-crystal rype, 2 lines of 40 characters, minimum.
2. Keypad: Arranged to pernzit entry and execution of programming, display and
control commands and to indicate control commands to be entered into the system
for control of srnolce-detector sensitivity and other parameters.
C. Cucuits:
Initiating Device, Notiiication Appliance, and Signaling Line Circuits, NFPA 72,
Class B, unless indicated otherwise.
a. Initiating Device Circuits: Style B, unless indicated otherwise.
b. Notification Appliance Circuits: Style Y, unless indicated otherwise.
c. Signaling Line Circuits: Style 4, unless indicated otherwise.
d. Install no more than 50 addressable devices on each signaling line circuit.
D. Serial Interfaces: Two RS-232 ports for printers.
E. Door Controls: Door hold-open devices that are controlled by smolce detectors at doors
in smolce barrier walls shall be connected to fire-alarm system.
Walk Test: A test mode to allow one person to test alarm and supervisory features of
initiating devices. Enabling of this mode shall require the entry of a password. The
FACP and annunciators shall display a test indication while the test is underway. If
testing ceases while in walk-test mode, after a preset delay, the system shall
automatically return to normal.
G. Remote Smoke-Detector Sensitivity Adjustment: Controls shall select specific
addressable smoke detectors for adjushnent, display their current status and sensitivity
settings, and change those settings. Allow controls to be used to program repetitive
time-scheduled, and automated changes in sensitivity of specific detector groups.
Record sensitivity adjustments and sensitivity-adjustment schedule changes in system
memory, and printout the final adjusted values on system printer.
H. Transmission to Remote Alarm Receiving Station: Automatically transmit alarm,
supervisory, and trouble signals to remote alarm station.
Printout of Events: On receipt of signal, print alarm, supervisory, and trouble
events. Identify zone, device, and function. Include type of signal (alarm,
supervisory, or trouble) and date and time of occurrence. Differentiate alarm
signals from all other printed indications, Also print system reset event, including
same information for device, location, date, and time. Commands initiate the
283100-7
printing of a list of existing alarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions in the
system and a historical log of events.
I. Primary Power: 24-V dc obtained from 120-V ac seivice and a power-supply module.
Initiating devices, notification appliances, signaling lines, trouble signals, supervisory
signals, supervisory and digital alarm communicator transmitters and digital alarm radio
transinitters shall be powered by 24-V dc source.
Alarm current draw of entire f ire- alarm system shall not exceed 80 percent of the
power-supply module rating.
J. Secondary Power: 24-V dc supply system with batteries, automatic battery charger, and
automatic transfer switch.
Batteries: Sealed lead calcium.
K. Surge Protection:
1. Install surge protection on normal ac power for the FACP and its accessories.
2. Install surge protectors recommended by FACP manufacturer. Install on all
system wiring external to the building housing the FACP.
L. Instructions: Computer printout or typewritten instruction card mounted behind a plastic
or glass cover in a stainless —steel or aluminum frame. Include interpretation and
describe appropriate response for displays and signals. Briefly describe the functional
operation of the system under normal, alarm, and trouble conditions.
2.4 MANUAL FIRE-ALARM BOXES
A. General Requirements for Manual Fire-Alarm Boxes: Comply with UL 3 8. Boxes shall
be finished in red with molded, raised-letter operating instructions in contrasting color;
shall show visible indication of operation; and shall be mounted on recessed outlet box.
If indicated as surface mounted, provide manufacturer's surface back box.
1. Single-action mechanism, pull-lever type; with integral addressable module
arranged to communicate manual-station staius (normal, alarm, or trouble) to fire-
alarm control unit.
2. Station Reset: Key- or wrench-operated switch.
2.5 SYSTEM SMOKE DETECTORS
A. General Requirement for System Smoke Detectors:
1. Comply with ITL 268; operating at 24-V dc; nominal
2. Detectors shall be two-wire rype.
283100-8
t
3. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to coirununicate detector status (normal,
alarm, or trouble) to fire-alarm control unit.
4. Base Mounting: Detector and associated electronic components shall be mounted
in a twist locic module that connects to a fixed base. Provide terminals in the fixed
base for connection to building wiring.
5. Self-Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting or readjustment after actuation
to restore them to normal operation.
6. Integral Visual-Indicating Light: LED type indicated detector has operated and
power-on status.
7. Remote Control: Ui�less otherwise indicated, detectors shall be analog-
addressable type, individually monitored at fire-alarm control unit for calibration,
sensitivity, and alarm condition and individually adjustable for sensitivity by fire-
alarm control unit.
a. Rate-of-rise temperature characteristics shall be selectable at fire-alann
control unit of 15 to 20 deg F per minute.
b. Fixed-temperature sensing shall be independent of rate-of-rise sensing and
shall be settable at fire-alarm control unit to operate at 135 or 155 deg F.
c. Provide multiple levels of detection sensitivity for each sensor.
B. Photoelectric Smoke Detectors:
1. Detector address shall be accessible from fire-alarm control unit and shall be able
to identify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting.
2. An operator at fire-alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall be
able to manually access the following for each detector:
a. Primary status.
b. Device type.
c. Present average value.
d. Present sensitivity selected.
e. Sensor range (norrnal, dirty, etc.).
C. Ionization Smoke Detector:
1. Detector address shall be accessible from fire-alarm control unit and shall be able
to identify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting.
2. An operator at fire-alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall be
able to manually access the following for each detector:
a. Primary status.
b. Device type.
c. Present average value.
d. Present sensitivity selected.
e. Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.).
283100-9
D. Duct Smoke Detector: Photoelectric type complying with UL 268A.
1. Detector address shall be accessible from fire-alaim conn•ol unit and shall be able
to ideniify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting.
2. An operator at fire-alann control unit, having the designated access level, shall be
able to manually access the following for each detector:
a. Primary status.
b. Device type.
c. Present average value.
d. Present sensitivity selected.
e. Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.).
3. Weatherproof Duct Housing Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 4X; NRTL listed for
use with the supplied detector.
4. Each sensor shall have multiple levels of detection sensitivity.
5. Sampling Tubes: Design and dimensions as recommended by manufaciurer for
speciiic duct size, air velocity, and installation conditions where applied.
6. Relay Fan Shutdown: Rated to interrupt fan motor-control circuit.
2.6 HEAT DETECTORS
A. General Requirements for Heat Detectors: Comply with tIL 521.
B. Heat Detector, Combination Type: Actuated by either a fixed temperature of 135 deg F
or a rate of rise that exceeds 15 deg F per minute unless otherwise indicated.
1. Mounting: Twist-lock base interchangeable with smoke-detector bases.
2. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal,
alarm, or trouble) to fire-alarm control unit.
C. Heat Detector, Fixed-Temperature Type: Actuated by temperature that exceeds a fixed
temperature of 190 deg F.
1. Mounting: Twist-lock base interchangeable with smoke-detector bases.
2. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal,
alarm, or trouble) to %re-alarm control unit.
2.7 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
A. General Requirements for Notification Appliances: Individually addressed, connected
to a signaling line circuit, equipped for mounting as indicated and with screw terminals
for system connections.
1. Combination Devices: Factory-integrated audible and visible devices in a single-
mounting assembly, equipped for mounting as indicated and with screw terminals
28 31 00 - 10
for systein connections.
B. Horns: Elect�-ic-vibrating-polarized type, 24-V dc; with provision for housing the
operating mechanism belund a grille. Comply with UL 464. Horns shall produce a
sound-pressure level of 90 dBA, measured 10 feet from the horn, using the coded signal
prescribed in IJL 464 test protocol
C. Visible Notification Appliances: Xenon strobe lights comply with LIL 1971, with clear
or nominal white polycarbonate lens mounted on an aluminum faceplate. The word
"FIRE" is engraved in minimum 1-inch-high letters on the lens.
1. Rated Light Output: 15/30/75/110 cd, selectable in the field.
2. Mounting: Wall mounted unless otherwise indicated.
3. For units with guards to prevent physical damage, light output ratings shall be
deternlined with guards in place.
4. Flashing shall be in a temporal pattern, synchronized with other units.
5. Strobe Leads: Factory connected to screw terminals.
6. Mounting Faceplate: Factory-finished, red.
D. Voice/Tune Notification Appliances:
1. Appliances shall comply with LTL, 1480 and shall be listed and labeled by an
NRTL.
2. High-Range Units: Rated 1/4 to 15 W.
3. Low-Range Units: Rated 1/4 to 2 W.
2.8 MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDERS
A. Description: Units are equipped for wall or floor mounting as indicated and are
complete with matching doorplate.
Electromagnet: Requires no more than 3 W to develop 25-lbf holding force.
Wall-Mounted Units: Flush mounted unless otherwise indicated.
Rating: 120-V ac.
B. Material arid Finish: Match Door Hardware.
29 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR
A. Description: Annunciator functions shall match those of %re-alarm control unit for
alarm, supervisory, and trouble indications. Manual switching functions shall match
those of iire-alartn control unit, including acknowledging, silencing, resetting, and
testing.
Mounting: Surface cabinet; except flush if in public space, NEMA 250, Type l.
28 31 00 - 11
i
B. Display Type and Functional Perfonnance: Alphanumeric display and LED indicating
lights shall match those of fire-alarm control unit. Provide controls to acknowledge,
silence, reset, and test functions for alarm, supervisor, and trouble signals.
2.10 ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE DEVICE
A. Description: Microelectronic monitor module, NRTL listed for use in providing a
system address for alarm-initiating devices for wired applications with normally open
contacts.
B. Integral Relay: Capable of providing a direct signal, including:
1. To circuit-breaker shunt trip of power shutdown.
2.11 SYSTEM PRINTER
A. Printer shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL as an integral part o� fire-alarm system.
2.12 DEVICE GUARDS
A. Description: Welded wire mesh of size and shape for the manual station, smoke
detector, gong, or other device requiring protection.
1. Factory fabricated and furnished by manufacturer device.
2. Finish: Paint of color to match the protected device.
2.13 WIRE AND CABLE
A. Wire and cable for the fire-alarm systems shall be LTL listed and labeled as complying
with NFPA 70, Article 760.
B. Signaling Line Circuits: Twisted, shielded pair, size as recommended by system
manufacturer.
1. Circuit Integrity Cable: Twisted shielded pair, NFPA 70, Article 760,
Classification CI, for power-limited %re-alarm signal service. UL listed as TYPE
FPL, and complying with requirements in ITL 1424 and LJL 2196 for a 2-hour
rating.
C. Non-Power-Limited Circuits: Solid-copper conductors with 600-V rated, 75 deg C,
color-coded insulation.
1. Low-Voltage Circuits: No. 14 AWG, minimum.
2. Line-Voltage Circuits: No 12 AWG, minimum.
28 31 00 - 12
Multi-Conductor Ai7nored Cable: NFPA 70 Type MC, copper conductars,
TFN/THHN conductor insulation, copper drain wire, copper armor (with outer
jacicet where required) with red identifier stripe, LTL listed for fire alarm and cable
hy installation, plenum rated, and complying with requirements in LTL 2196 for a
2-hour rating.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NFPA 72 for installation of fire-alarm equipment.
B. Equipment Mounting for Wall-Mounted Units: Install fire-alarm control unit on walls
with tops of cabinets not more than 72 inches above the iuushed floor.
C. Smolce- or Heat-Detector Spacing:
1. Comply with NFPA 72, Smoke-Sensing Fire Detectors" Section in the "Initiating
Devices" Chapter, for smolce-detector spacing.
2. Comply with NFPA 72, "Heat-Sensing Fire Detectors" Section in the "Initiating
Devices" Chapter, for heat-detector spacing.
3. Smooth ceiling spacing shall not exceed 30 feet.
4. Spacing of detectors for irregular areas, for irregular ceiling construction, and for
high ceiling areas shall be detei7nined according to Appendix A or Appendix B in
NFPA 72.
5. HVAC: Locate detectors not closer than three feet from air-supply diffuser on
return-air opening.
6. Lighting Fixiures: Locate detectors not closer than 12 inches from any part of a
lighting fixture.
D. Duct Smoke Detectors: Comply with NFPA 72 and NFPA 90A. Install sampling tubes
so they extend the full width of duct.
E. Signaling Line Circuits: Install no more than 50 addressable devices on each signaling
line circuit.
F. Remote Status and Alarm Indicators: Install near each smoke detector and each
sprinkler water-flow switch and valve-tamper switch that is not readily visible from
normal viewing position.
G. Audible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install at least 6 inches below the ceiling. Install on
flush-mounted back boxes with the device-operating mechanism concealed behind a
grille. .
H. Visible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install at least 6 inches below the ceiling.
28 31 00 - 13
Device Location-Indicatuig Lights: Locate in public space near the device they monitor.
J. Fire-Alarm Control Unit: Surface mounted, with tops of cabinets not more than 72
inches above the finished floor.
K. Annunciator: Install with top of panel not more than 72 inches above the imished floor.
3.2 CONNECTIONS
A. For fire-protection systems related to doors in fire-rated walls and partitions and to
; doors in smoke partitions, comply with requirements in Division 08 Section "Door
Hardware." Connect hardware and devices to fire-alarm system.
Verify that hard and devices are NRTL listed for use with fire-alarm system in
this Section before making connections.
B. Malce addressable connections with a supervised interface device to the following
devices and systems. Install the interface device less than three feet from the device
controlled. Make an addressable confirmation connection when such feedback is
available at the device or system being controlled.
1. Alarm-initiating connection to stairwell pressurization systems.
2. Smoke dampers in air ducts of designated air-conditioning duct systems.
3. Alarm-initiating connection to activate emergency lighting control.
4. Supervisory connections at valve supervisory switches.
5. Supervisory connections at low-air-pressure switch of each dry-pipe sprinkler
system.
6. Supervisory connections at fire-pump power failure including a dead-phase ar
phase-reversal condition.
3.3 WIRING INSTALLATION
A. Install wiring according to the following:
1. NECA 1.
2. TIA/EIA 568-A.
B. Wiring Method: Install wiring in metal raceway according to Division 16 Section
"Raceways and Boxes."
Fire alarm circuits and equipment control wiring associated with the fire alarm
system shall be installed in a dedicated raceway system. This system shall not be
used for any other wire or cable.
C. Wiring within Enclosures: Separate power-limited and non-power-limited conductors as
recommended by manufacturer. Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to
28 31 00 - 14
sides and back of the enclosure. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to ternlinal points
with no excess. Connect conductors that are terminated, spliced, or interrupted in any
enclosure associated with the fire alarm system to terminal blocks. Marlc each terminal
according to the system's wiring diagrams. Make all connections with approved crimp-
on terminal spade lugs, pressure-type tenninal blocics, or plug connectors.
D. Cable Taps: Use numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes, cabinets,
or equipment enclosures where circuit connections are made.
E. Color-Coding: Color-code fire alarm conductors differently from the normal building
power wiring. Use one color-code for alarm circuit wiring and a different color-code for
supervisory circuits. Color-code audible alarrn-indicating circuits differently from
alarnz-initiating circuits. Use different colors for visible alarm-indicating devices. Paint
fire alarm system junction boxes and covers red.
F. Risers: Tnstall at least two vertical cable risers to serve the fire alarm system. Separate
risers in close proximity to each other with a minimum 1-hour-rated wall, so the loss of
one riser does not prevent the receipt or transmission of signals from other floors or
zones.
G. Wiring to Remote Alarm Transmitting Device: 1-inch conduit between the FACP and
the transmitter. Install number of conductors and electrical supervision for connecting
wiring as needed to suit monitoring function.
3.4 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terrninals. Comply with requirements
for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical
Systems."
B. Install framed instructions in a location visible from fire-alarm control unit.
3.5 GROUNDING
A. Ground %re-alarm control unit and associated circuits; comply with IEEE 1100. Install
a ground wire from main service ground to fire-alarm control unit.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field tests shall be witnessed by authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including
connections.
28 31 00 - 15
C. Reacceptance Testing: Perfo�m reacceptance testing to verify the proper operation of
added or replaced devices and appliances.
D. Fire-alai�n systern will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
E. Prepare test and inspection reports.
F. Maintenance Test and Inspection: Perform tests and inspections listed for weekly,
monthly, quarterly, and semiannual periods. Use forms developed for initial tests and
inspections.
G. Annual Test and Inspection: One year after date of Substantial Completion, test iire-
alarm system complying with visual and testing inspection requirements in NFPA 72.
Use forms developed for initial tests and inspections.
3.7 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain fire-alarm system.
END OF SECTION
28 31 00- 16
SECTION 07 52 16
APP MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The project consists of installing 3.1" polyisocyanurate insulation loose laid, installing one
layer of 1/2" gypsum board mechanically fastened to steel deck, installing one layer of
smooth surtaced polyester reinforced APP modified bitumen torch applied and installing
one layer of granule surfaced polyester reinforced APP modified bitumen cap sheet using
torch welding techniques.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. 06 10 00 — Rough Carpentry
B. 07 20 00 - Insulation
C. 07 60 00 — Flashing and Sheet Metal
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Factory Mutual (FM Global) — Approval Guide
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) — Annual Book of ASTM Standards
C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Associatioh, Inc. (SMACNA) —
Architectural Sheet Metal Manual
D. Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (ARMA)
E. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA)
F. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE)
1.04 EXTENT OF WORK
A. Provide all labor, material, tools, equipment, and supervision necessary to complete the
installation of a U.S. Ply, Inc. DuraWeldO I-2-DW4S/DW4M APP modified bitumen roof-
ing system, including flashings and insulation as specified herein and as indicated on the
drawings in accordance with the manufacturer's most current specifications and details.
Membrane color shall be white.
B. The roofing contractor shall be fully knowledgeable of all requirements of the contract
documents and shall make themselves aware of all job site conditions that will afFect their
work. When the job starts it will be assumed that the contractor approves the existing
conditions and the specifications.
C. The roofing contractor shall confirm all given information and advise the building owner,
prior to bid, of any conflicts that will affect their cost proposal.
D. Any contractor who intends to submit a bid using a roofing system other than the ap-
proved manufacturer must submit for pre-qualification in writing ten (10) days prior to the
bid date. Any contractor who fails to submit all information as requested will be subject to
rejection. Bids stating "as per plans and specs" will be unacceptable.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Prior to starting work, the roofing contractor must submit the following:
Shop drawings showing layout, details of construction and identification of mate-
rials.
2. A sample of the manufacturer's 20 Year No Dollar Limit Roof Guarantee.
075216-1
3. Submit a letter of certification from the manufacturer which certifies the roofing
contractor is authorized to install the manufacturer's roofing system.
B. Upon completion of the installed work, submit copies of the manufacturer's final inspec-
tion to the specifier prior to the issuance of the manufacturer's warranty.
1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to the job site on pallets, in the manufacturer's original wrappings with
the seals and labels intact, legible, dry and undamaged.
B. Seals and labels shall indicate material name.
C. Comply with the manufacturer's written instructions for proper material storage.
1. Deliver in sufficient quantity to permit work to continue without interruption. No
more material should be stored on roof than what can used in five (5) days.
When inclement weather threatens, no more roofing materials stored on the roof
top than can be used within two (2) days.
2. Store materials in a dry place, protected in an upright position on pallets, off
the ground and clear of moisture. Protect materials from freezing.
3. Material not stored on roof should be properly warehoused in a dry place on pal-
lets.
4. Insulation must be on pallets, off the ground and tightly covered with waterproof ma-
terials.
5. Materials shall be stored above 55°F (12.6°C), a minimum of 24 hours prior to
use.
D. Any materials which are found to be damaged shall be removed and replaced at the ap-
plicator's expense.
1.07 WORK SEQUENCE
A. Schedule and execute work to prevent leaks and excessive traffic on completed roof sec-
tions. Care should be exercised to provide protection for the interior of the building and
to ensure water does not flow beneath any compieted sections of the membrane system.
B. Do not disrupt activities in occupied spaces.
1.08 USE OF THE PREMISES
A. Before beginning work, the roofing contractor must secure approval from the building
owner's representative for the following:
1. Areas permitted for personnel parking.
2. Access to the site.
3. Areas permitted for storage of materials and debris.
4. Areas permitted for the location of cranes, hoists and chutes for loading and un-
loading materials to and from the roof.
B. Interior stairs or elevators may not be used for removing debris or delivering materials,
except as authorized by the building superintendent.
1.09 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
A. Temporary Utilities:
1. Water, power for construction purposes and lighting will be made available by the
general contractor.
2. Provide all hoses, valves and connections for water from a source designated by
the owner when made available.
075216-2
3. When available, electrical power should be extended as required from the
source. Provide all trailers, connections and fused disconnects.
B. Temporary, Sanitary Facilities
Sanitary facilities will be made available by the general contractor.
C. Building Site:
1. The roofing contractor shall use reasonable care and responsibility to protect the
building and site against damages, The contractor shall be responsible for the
correction of any damage incurred as a result of the performance of the contract.
2. The roofing contractor shall remove all debris from the job site in a timely and le-
gally acceptable manner so as to not detract from the aesthetics or the functions
of the building.
D. Security:
Obey the owner's requirements for personnel identification, inspection and other security
measures.
1.10 JOB SITE PROTECTION
A. The roofing contractor shall adequately protect building, paved areas, service drives,
lawn, shrubs, trees, etc. from damage while performing the required work. Provide can-
vas, boards and sheet metal (properly secured) as necessary for protection and remove
protection material at completion. The contractor shall repair or be responsible for costs
to repair all property damaged during the roofing application.
B. During the roofing contractor's performance of the work, the building owner will continue
to occupy the existing building. The contractor shall take precautions to prevent the
spread of dust and debris, particularly where such material may sift into the building. The
roofing contractor shall provide labor and materials to construct, maintain and remove
necessary, temporary enclosures to prevent dust or debris in the construction area(s)
from entering the remainder of the building.
C. Do not overload any portion of the building, by either use of or placement of equipment,
storage of debris, or storage of materials.
D. Protect against fire and flame spread. Maintain proper and adequate fire extinguishers.
E. Take precautions to prevent drains from clogging during the roofing application. Remove
debris at the completion of each day's work and clean drains, if required. At completion,
test drains to ensure the system is free running and drains are watertight. Remove
strainers and plug drains in areas where work is in progress. Install flags or other tell-
tales on plugs. Remove plugs each night and screen drain.
F. Store moisture susceptible materials above ground and protect with waterproof cover-
ings.
G. Remove all traces of piled bulk material and return the job site to its original condition
upon completion of the work.
1.11 SAFETY
The roofing contractor shall be responsible for all means and methods as they relate to safety
and shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal requirements that are safety related.
Safety shall be the responsibility of the roofing contractor. All related personnel shall be in-
structed daily to be mindful of the full time requirement to maintain a safe environment for the fa-
cility's occupants including staff, visitors, customers and the occurrence of the general public on
or near the site.
1.12 WORKMANSHIP
075216-3
A. Applicators installing new roof, flashing and related work shall be approved by the mem-
brane manufacturer they are representing.
B. All work shall be of highest quality and in strict accordance with the manufacturer's pub-
lished specifications and to the building owner's satisfaction. Any and all substandard
work shall be rejected.
C. There shall be a supervisor on the job site at all times while work is in progress.
1.13 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Unless otherwise noted in this specification, the roofing contractor must strictly comply
with the manufacturer's current specifications and details.
B. Structural loads shall be determined in accordance with state and local building code
procedures
C. Manufacturer's Qualifications: U.S. Ply shall provide roofing system that meets or ex-
ceeds all criteria listed in this section
D. Installer's Qualifications
1. installer shall be classified as a STARCHOICE contractor as defined and certified
by U.S. PLY.
2. Qualified Bid �ist:
3. Installer shall be certified by manufacturer for a minimum of three (3) years and
shall be in good standing with the manufacturer
4. The roofing applicator shall be thoroughly experienced and upon request be able
to provide evidence of having at least three (3) years successful experience in-
stalling modified biturnen roofing systems and having installed at least one (1)
roofing application or several similar systems of equal or greater size within one
year.
E. Source Limitations: All components listed in this section shall be provided by a single
manufacturer or approved by the primary roofing manufacturer.
F. Final Inspection: Upon completion of the installation, the applicator shall arrange for an
inspection to be made by a non-sales technical representative of the membrane manu-
facturer in order to determine whether or not corrective work will be required before the
warranty will be issued. Notify the building owner seventy-two (72) hours prior to the
manufacturer's final inspection. Manufacturer's representative shall provide a compre-
hensive final inspection after completion of the roof system. All application errors must
be addressed and final punch list completed.
G. Provide adequate number of experienced workmen regularly engaged in this type of work
who are skilled in the application techniques of the materials specified. Provide at least
one thoroughly trained and an experienced superintendent on the job at all times roofing
work is in progress.
H. There shall be no deviations made from this specification or the approved shop drawings
without the prior written approval of the specifier. Any deviation from the manufacturer's
installation procedures must be supported by written certification on manufacturer's let-
terhead and presented for the specifier's consideration.
1.14 JOB CONDITIONS, CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS
A. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) must be on location at all times during the transpor-
tation, storage and application of materials.
B. Work shall only begin when the roofing contractor has decided to his satisfaction, that all
specifications are workable as specified, and that the contractor can meet project and
applicable code requirements.
075216-4
C. Proceed with roofing work only when weather conditions are in compliance with the man-
ufacturer's recommended limitations, and when conditions will permit the work to proceed
in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements and recommendations.
D. The roofing contractor shall be responsible for verifying the existing and forecasted
weather conditions to determine when the conditions are acceptable for roof work,
E. Roof appiications shall not proceed when there is moisture present in any form on the
deck including but not limited to rain, dew, ice, frost and/or snow.
Do not appiy roofing materials to a frozen deck.
G. The contractor shall be prepared at all times to protect any uncompleted roof work from
the rapid changes in the weather. If work continues during sudden rains to protect the in-
terior of the building, the these areas shail be subsequently removed and replaced.
H. When loading materials onto the roof, the roofing contractor must comply with the re-
quirements of the building owner to prevent overloading and possible disturbance to the
building structure.
i. Proceed with work so new roofing materials are not subject to construction traffic. When
• necessary, new roof sections shall be protected and inspected upon compietion for poss-
ible damage. If construction traffic over completed areas is necessary, provide protection,
such as 3/4 inch thick plywood, for all roof areas exposed to traffic during construction.
Plywood must be smooth and free of fasteners and splinters.
J. The surFace on which the insulation or roofing membrane is to be applied shall be clean,
smooth, dry, and free of projections or contaminants that would prevent proper applica-
tion of or be incompatible with the new installation, such as fins, sharp edges, foreign ma-
terials, oil and grease.
K. Areas of the substrate where ponding water occurs shall be built-up prior to the installa-
tion of the roof system.
L. New roofing shall be complete and weather tight at the end of the work day.
1.15 WARRANTY
A. Provide manufacturer's 20 Year No Dollar Limit (NDL) Roof Guarantee covering both la-
bor and material with no dollar limitation.
B. Pro-rated Warranties shall not be accepted.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. All components of the specified roofing system shall be products of U.S. Ply, Inc. or ac-
cepted by U.S. Ply as compatible.
B. Unless otherwise approved by the specifier and accepted by the membrane manufactur-
er, all products (including insulation, fasteners, fastening plates, adhesives and other ac-
cessories) must be supplied by the roofing system manufacturer.
MANUFACTURER
A. U.S. Ply, Inc.= P. O. Box 11740, Ft. Worth, TX, 76110
2.02 MEMBRANE
A. APP Modified Bitumen Membrane — Mineral-Granule SurFaced — Fire resistant, granule
surfaced, premium APP (Atactic Polypropylene) torch applied membrane. Manufactured with
a non-woven polyester mat with a fiberglass strand for high tensile and tear strength. One
075216-5
square roil and meets or exceeds the physical requirements of ASTM D6222 Type I, Grade
G and the following:
■ Approved Product: DuraWeldO 4MFR APP
■ Thickness 4.3 mm (170 mils)
■ Weight 105 Ibs/roll (48 kg/roll)
■ Roll Dimension 39.28" x 32' 9" (1 m x 10m)
■ Color White Granule
Physical Properties (ASTM D 5147j: Test Resuits
Tensile Strength (Ibf/in), 0°F, (MD/XMD) 135/115 Ibf/in
Tensile Strength (Ibf/in), 73°F, (MD/XMD) 114/85 Ibf/in
Elongation (% @ Max Load), 0°F, (MD/XMD) 52/56%
Elongation (% @ Max Load), 73°F, (MD/XMD) 47/47%
Elongation (% @ 5%, Max Load), 73°F, (MD/XMD) 52/53%
Tear Strength (Ib�, (MD/XMD), 73°F, minimum 134/122 Ibf
Low Temperature Flexibility, (°F), maximum 32�F (0°C)
Dimensional Stability, %, maximum < 1 °/a
High Temperature Stability, (°F) 230°F (110°C)
Water Absorption, %, maximum pass
Moisture Content, %, maximum pass
Granule Embedment, g, maximum < 2.0 g
B. APP Modified Bitumen Membrane — Smooth Surfaced — smooth surfaced, premium APP
(Atactic Polyproplene) torch applied membrane. Manufactured with a non-woven polyester
mat with a fiberglass strand for high tensile and tear strength. One square roll and meets or
exceeds the physical requirements of ASTM D6222 Type I, Grade S and the fol�owing:
■ Approved Product: DuraWeldO 4S APP
■ Thickness 4 mm (157 mils)
■ Weight 88 Ibs/roll (40 kg/roll)
■ Roll Dimension 39.28" x 32' 9" (1m x 10m)
Physicai Properties (ASTM D 5147): Test Results
Tensile Strength (Ibf/in), 0°F, (MD/XMD) 135/115 Ibf/in
Tensile Strength (Ibf/in), 73°F, (MD/XMD) 114/85 Ibf/in
Elongation (% @ Max Load), 0°F, (MD/XMD) 52/56%
Elongation (% @ Max Load), 73°F, (MD/XMD) 47/47%
Elongation (% @ 5%, Max Load), 73°F, (MD/XMD) 52/53%
Tear Strength (Ib�, (MD/XMD), 73°F, minimum 134/122 Ibf
Low Temperature Flexibility, (°F), maximum 32°F (0°C)
Dimensional Stability, %, maximum < 1%
High Temperature Stability, (°F) 230°F (110°C)
Water Absorption, %, maximum pass
Moisture Content, %, maximum pass
2.03 INSULATION
Provide rigid polyisocyanurate board insulation with a strong fibrous glass facer conforming to or
exceeding the requirements of ASTM C 1289 / FS HH-I-1972, with the following charac-
teristics:
1. Max Board Size 4' x 8'
2. Minimum Thickness 4"
3. Thermal Resistance (LTTR value) of: 19.1
4. Tapered panels to be 1/8" per foot design to achieve positive drainage as indi-
cated on roof plans.
075216-6
5. Tapered panels for crickets to be'/Z" per foot design to achieve positive drainage
as indicated on roof plans.
B. COVERBOARD: Composed of non-structural water resistant material
Max Board Size: 4' x 8'
Board Thickness: '/"
C. Edge Strip — FS-HH-I-529b, ANSI/ASTM C728, expanded perlite mineral aggregate
board tapered to provide a smooth transition from horizontal to vertical surfaces or for
transitions from lower to higher elevations.
D. Cant Strip — FS-HH-I-529b, ANSI/ASTM C728, expanded perlite mineral aggregate board
tapered to provide a smooth transition from horizontal to vertical surfaces. Cant strips
shall be flame retardant.
2.04 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
A. Asphalt Primer: ASTM D41 asphalt primer - USPO #41 Asbestos Free Asphalt Primer, by
U.S. Ply, Inc.
B. Roof Cement: ASTM D 4586, USP� #643 Standard Flashing Cement
2.05 FASTENERS AND PLATES
A. Mechanical Insulation Fastener: #12 precision formed from corrosion resistanf steel that
meets ar exceeds FM 4470 corrosion standards and withstands 30 cycles of the Kester-
nich DIN 50018 SFW 2.0 test. Thread: 15 1/2 twin lead threads per inch. Twin lead
threads are two complete sets of threads, one opposite the other for fastener drilling and
perpendicular entry into the deck. Head: Two head styles available -#3 deep recess
Phiilips drive or %4° Hex washer head. Piate: Uses 3" Metal Stress Piate (sold separate-
ly). Length: Must penetrate steel deck a minimum of 3/4".
Approved Product:
■ TruFast #12 Coated Drill Point Fastener
■ PlyFastO #12 Coated Drill Point Fastener
B. Insulation Plate: Made of 26 gauge GalvalumeTM plated metal with a unique, concave
circular design with reinforcing ribs, low profile and a 3-inch diameter to assure proper
compression to insulation. Designed for use with #3 Phillips head fasteners.
Approved Product:
■ TruFast Standard Insulation Plate
■ PlyFast� Standard Metal Plate:
2.06 BASE FLASHING MEMBRANE
A. Backer Sheet: APP Modified Bitumen Membrane — Smooth Surfaced — smooth surfaced,
premium APP (Atactic Polyproplene) torch applied membrane. Manufactured with a non-
woven polyester mat with a fiberglass strand for high tensile and tear strength. One
square roll and meets or exceeds the physical requirements of ASTM D6222 Type I,
Grade S and the following:
Approved Product: DuraWeld� 4S APP
B. Base Flashing: — APP Modified Bitumen Membrane — Minerai-Granule Surfaced — gra-
nule surfaced, premium APP (Atactic Polypropylene) torch applied membrane. Manufac-
tured with a non-woven polyester mat with a fiberglass strand for high tensile and tear
strength. One square roll and meets or exceeds the physical requirements of ASTM
D6222 Type I, Grade G and the foilowing:
1. Approved Product: DuraWeld� 4M APP
2.07 METAL EDGING AND MEMBRANE TERMINATIONS
07 52 16 -'7
A. Coping:
1. 24 gauge galvanized
2. Metal coping cap color and design shall be as designated by the Owner's Repre-
sentative.
B. Termination Bar: Metal termination bars shall be a minimum of �ito" (3 mm) thick x 1"
(2.5 cm) wide with preformed sealant edge lap. Bar should have ii4' (6 mm) x 3is" (10
mm) slotted holes on 4" (102 cm) centers to facilitate mechanical anchorage. Must in-
corporate a sealant ledge to support caulk and provide increased stability for membrane
terminations.
C. SurFace Mounted Counter Flashing/Reglet Counter Flashing:
1. 24 gauge galvanized
2. Metal fiashing color and design shall be as designated by the Owner's Repre-
sentative.
2.08 WALKWAYS
A. DuraWeldO APP Walkboards 32" x 32" (as indicated on drawings)
2.09 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Chem-CurbT"' System — composed of a structural urethane outer shell, bonded to the
roof surface, filled with a 2" thick urethane rubber sealant as specifed by Chem-Link.
B. Expansion Joint Covers — Factory fabricated assemblies used to accommodate three-
dimensional joints in a roof structure. Heavy reinforced flexible cover with a flexible flame
retardant foam bellows for support.
C. Metal Vents, Accessories — as approved by membrane manufacturer.
D. Metal work — gauge must be approved by membrane manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Comply with the manufacturer's published instructions for the installation of the mem-
brane roofing system including proper substrate preparation, job site considerations and
weather restrictions.
B. Before proceeding, verify that all roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, vents or
other penetrations through the roof are solidly set and that all flashings, tapered edges
and cant strips, regiets and wood nailers are secure and tight to the building as per this
specification.
C. Commencement of installation of the roof system signifies that the confractor accepts the
existing conditions as being incompliance with the requirements of this specification.
3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. General
1. The roof manufacturer does not design or manufacture structural roof decks and
is not responsible for their selection, design, and performance. Acceptance of the
deck for application of the roof system is the responsibility of the architect and/or
designer.
2. The minimum roof deck construction and deck surface preparation requirements
which follow are provided as a supplementary guide for the roof deck designer
and erector.
075216-8
3. Acceptance of a roof deck by the manufacturer as satisfactory to receive roof
materials only refers to the deck surface.
4. Decks must be adequately smooth and level to provide support and maximum
contact surface for roofi ng materials. The surface of the roof deck must be dry
(free of moisture in any form), firm, smooth, clean, free of debris, sharp projec-
tions and depressions.
5. Remove electrical conduits, bolts, and other small items from the surface of the
roof deck as these areas cannot be properly insulated and roofed.
6. All depressions, holes, deformations, etc. shall be made smooth prior to the roofi
ng application.
7. All decks must be properly designed and constructed in accordance with the
deck manufacturer's requirements and specifications, must be installed by appli-
cators approved by deck manufacturer, must be able to support and secure the
roof system, and must be properly related to the rest of the building.
8. Complete all openings or projections (all pipes, vents, ducts, stacks and open-
ings, etc.) through the deck prior to roof system installation. No projections shall
be constructed through the flashing cant and projections shall be located a mini-
mum 18" (45.7 cm) from the intersection of the cant and roof deck.
9. Do not install electrical conduit or piping immediately above the roof deck. Roof
systems cannot be properly installed and adhered around and/or over conduit.
10. All roof decks shall be designed and constructed:
a. To support maximum loads which may be imposed during and after con-
struction without excessive deflection (�i2ao of the span at midspan is the
rule for maximum allowable deflection);
b. To provide a minimum %" (6 mm) per-foot slope and/or designed so that
ponding water dissipates within a 48 hour period. Interior drains should
be sumped below roof level to allow immediate water runoff.
c. Provisions to prevent asphalt drippings must be given consideration
where joints, cracks, or holes occur.
d. On slopes 3/" per foot (6 cm per meter) or greater, provisions must be
made for insulation stops and/or back nailing of built-up felts. Insulation
stops and/or backing nailing must be used on slopes greater than'/" (4
cm per meter) when SBS membranes are used;
e. with suitable expansion joints to accommodate structural expansion and
contraction. Expansion joints must extend through the structural system
to be acceptable, and must separate adjoining units, or additions.
f. Deck materials must be fastened to supporting members by clips, weld-
ing or other mechanical devices to prevent lateral and vertical movement
of the elements;
To be consistent with applicable trade associations, as well as any code
or insurance requirements.
B. Steel Deck
1. Insulation boards of minimum thickness to span flutes as recommended by the
insulation manufacturer are required over steel decks.
Steel deck sections are manufactured from milled steel and are factor primed or
galvanized to resist rusting. Top flanges of sheet panel shall be flat. It is recom-
mended that each panel has a G-90 galvanized finish on all panels.
075216-9
3. Steel decks can be categorized into three basic configurations:
a. Narrow rib — flute opening 1" (25 mm) or smailer;
b. Intermediate rib — flute opening 1" (25 mm) to 1'/4' (4 cm);
c. Wide rib — flute opening 1'/4' (4 cm) to 2'/" (6 cm).
4. The following minimum guidelines are recommended when instailing a roof sys-
tem over Steel Decks;
a. Steel decks must be a minimum 22 gauge (0.8 mm) of configurations
specified by the current Steel Deck Institute Manual, and comply with the
gauge, grade (ksi) and max span requirements listed in the current FM
Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-29 for the structural load and wind load
design pressures determined in accordance with state and local building
code procedures.
b. Steel deck sections must be securely fastened in accordance with FM 1-
29 requirements to meet wind load design pressures as determined in
accordance with state and local building code procedures.
c. Wood nailers of equivalent thickness to the roof insulation must be pro-
vided at perimeters and projection openings to act as an insulation stop
and to provide nail holding capability for the nailing flanges of inetal
flashing.
5. Rigid roof insulation boards and when applicable the base sheet must be un-
iformly secured to the steel deck with approved mechanical fasteners.
B. New Construction
1. The deck shali be inspected, cleaned, repaired and otherwise conditioned to con-
form to the requirements of a new deck.
2. Prime all masonry, metal and existing asphalt surfaces and substrates with
USPT"' #41 Standard Asphalt Primer where roofing materials are to be adhered.
3. Inspect all roof drains and outlets. Remove existing drain flashings and replace
broken or stripped bolts, clamping rings. Plastic drains are not acceptable. All
drains, including retrofit or insert drains, must be sumped to properly remove wa-
ter from the roof surface and meet applicable code requirements.
4. All penetrations and expansion joints shall extend a minimum of 8" (20 cm)
above the top of the finished roof surface to allow for proper roof flashing proce-
dures.
3.03 INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. General
1. Application of roof insulation shall not commence until all other trades have com-
pleted work that require them to transverse on the deck on foot or with equip-
ment.
2. Install insulation boards per insulation board manufacturer's requirements.
3. Do not install wet, damaged or warped insulation boards.
4. Instali insulation boards with long joints continuous. The short joints shall be
staggered in one direction.
5. Install insulation boards tightly butted against each other. Boards shall be cut to
fit neatly against adjoining edges. Gaps between board joints must not exceed
'/4' (6 mm). Fill joints or gaps in excess of %" (6 mm) with like insulation material.
6. Do not kick insulation boards into place.
07 52 16 - 10
7. Edges of insulation board shall be mitered and filled at ridges and elsewhere to
prevent open joints or irregular surfaces. Avoid breaking or crushing of the insu-
lation at the corners.
8. For steep slope applications, if insulation is to be installed, mechanically attach
insulation or mop between wood nailers.
9. Insulation must not be left exposed to the weather. No more insulation shail be
applied than can be completely covered with the finished roof each day.
10. Insulation should be installed in more than one layer. Additional layers of insula-
tion shall be installed with the long joints continuous and the short joints stag-
gered in one direction. Each additional layer shall be offset as much as possible
in relation to the insulation joints in the layer below to eliminate coinciding vertical
joints.
B. Polyisocyanurate— loose laid to deck
1. Install insulation with joints staggered in one direction. Offset insulation joints as
much as possible with joints of base insulation layer to eliminate coinciding ver-
tical joints.
� 2. Maximum board size shall be 4' x 8' (1.22 m x 2.44 m) for loose laid applications.
3. Insulation must be tightly fitted against adjoining surtaces.
4. Loose lay insulation for simultaneous attachment with coverboard.
5. Install tapered panel insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed sur-
face of coverboard is flush with roof drain.
C. Gypsum Board— mechanically fastened to deck
1. Install insulation with joints staggered in one direction. Max board size shall not
exceed 4' x 8'. Secure insulation in to the steel deck at the following rates:
a. Field zone < 90 psf = 1 fastener per 4 sq. ft. (8 per 4' x 8' board).
b. Perimeter zone (Increase per FM 1-29 dated Aug 2007) = 1 fastener per
2 sq. ft. (16 per 4' x 8' board).
c. Corner zone (Increase per FM 1-29 dated Aug 2007) = 1 fastener per 1
sq, ft. (32 per 4' x 8' board).
d. Note: If parapet wall is continuous and 36" in height or greater corner
zone is treated the same as perimeter provided roof height < 60 ft.
3.04 CANT STRIPS
A. Cant strips must be installed on top of the roof insulation or wood nailers and at the inter-
sections of the roof and all walis, parapets, curbs, or transitions that are approximately 90
degrees, where area is to be flashed.
B. Cant strips shall be approximately 4" (10.2 cm) in horizontal and 4" (10.2 cm) in vertical
dimensions. The face of the cant shall have an incline of not more than 45 degrees with
the roof.
C. Mechanically fasten where applicable. Otherwise, set in hot asphalt or USPT"' #643
Flashing Cement.
D. Miter and neatly fit all joints.
3.05 EDGE STRIPS
A. Edge strips must be installed on top of the roof insulation or wood nailers at the intersec-
tions of roof and perimeter or drain openings where it is required to provide a smooth
transition from horizontal to vertical surfaces or for transitions from lower to higher eleva-
07 52 16-11
tions.
B. Edge strips may be mechanically fastened or set in hot asphalt depending on the phase
and method of installation.
C. Miter and neatly fit all joints.
3.06 WOOD NAILERS
A. Wood nailers must be 3-1/2" (8.9 cm) minimum width or 1" (25 cm) wider than metal
flange and minimum 1" (25 cm) thick and securely fastened to the deck.
B. Wood nailers must be pressure treated and have water based preservatives. Petroleum
or creosote base preservatives are not recommended because of possible incompatibility
with asphalt-based products.
C. Wood nailers are required at all roof to wall transitions of parapets, eaves, gable ends,
penetrations or wherever metal flanges must be incorporated into the roof system.
D. Nailers must be fastened to the deck.
E. Wood nailers shall match total insulation thickness.
F. Slotted wood nailers must be used where perimeter venting is required.
3.07 MEMBRANE APPLICATION
A. . APP Modified Bitumen Membrane Installation
B. DuraWeldO 4S APP & DuraWeldO 4MFR APP Modified Bitumen Membrane
1. Do not instail of DuraWeldO APP torch grade membranes without careful review
and implementation of all relevant safety and fire watch requirements including
materials/combustible substrates review, �P-Gas equipment storage and han-
dling guidelines, worker safety precautions and training.
2. The surFace over which the membrane is to be installed must be clean, smooth,
and dry and prepared in accordance with this specification manual. Do not apply
DuraWeldT"' APP membranes directly to a fresh asphalt glaze or flood coat or
over base plies with excessive asphalt mopping bleed out at laps.
3. Do not install DuraWeldO APP torch grade membranes over base plies or mate-
rials installed with solvent based cold adhesives or mastics.
4. All laps must be parallel or perpendicular to the slope of the roof such that the
flow of water is never against the lap. For slopes'/" per foot (6.2 cm per meter)
and over, DuraWeld� APP torch grade membranes must be run vertically, paral-
lel to roof slope. For slopes less than 3/4" per foot (6.2 cm per meter), install cap
sheet perpendicular to slope.
5. Smooth APP sheet application: Install full width sheets, lapping 3" (7.6 cm) on
the sides and 6" (15.2 cm) on ends. Stagger adjacent end laps a minimum of 18"
(45.7 cm) apart. All side and end laps must be staggered from underlying plies.
6. Cap sheet application: Install full width cap sheets, lapping 3" (7.6 cm) on the
sides and 6" (15.2 cm) on ends. Stagger adjacent end laps a minimum of 18"
(45.7 cm) apart. All side and end laps must be staggered from underlying plies.
6. Turn the membrane up the wall or curb, above the cant, a minimum of 4" (10.2
cm). This will allow for proper securement of the membrane prior to the base
flashing installation.
7. Never apply DuraWeld� APP membranes by any method except welding with a
propane torch or other equipment specifically designed for application of APP
modified bitumen.
07 52 16 - 12
The coiled membrane must be unrolled approximately 10 ft. (3 meters), aligned,
then the propane torch flame applied uniformly across the exposed back surface
of the membrane and lap areas until the compound reaches the proper applica-
tion temperature and exhibits a slight sheen. Be sure that there is complete bur-
noff of release films where present on the underside of the rolls, membrane sel-
vage edges or both surfaces as applicable. Avoid overheating which may result
in damage to or improper adhesion of the membrane. (The flame should be
moved from side to side in the shape of an "L", applying about 75% of the heat to
the membrane and 25% to the substrate or underlying plies including the lap
area of the previously installed courses.) The membrane is slowly unrolled as
heat is applied to ensure proper adhesion. When complete, re-roll the opposite
end of the membrane and instail in the same manner.
A minimum 3/8" (10 mm) asphalt flow-out must be obtained at all seam areas.
Dry laps are not acceptable. To ensure the proper 3/8" (10 mm) flow of bitumen
at the seam areas, a weighted roller may be used. Roller application shouid fol-
low behind the torch no more than 4 ft. (1.2 m) nor less than 3 ft. (0.91 m) to be
sure that the membrane will be at the proper temperature to produce proper flow.
Hand rollers or "walking-in the seam" methods are also acceptable. Check all
seams for full and uniform adhesion. Un-adhered seams must be lifted with a
heated trowel and resealed by lightly torching the seam area.
10. Matching granules may be broadcast into the modified bitumen bleed out at
seams while hot to enhance the finished appearance of the membrane.
11. All end laps must be staggered a minimum of 18" (45.7 cm) so that no adjacent
end laps coincide. If end laps fall in line or are not staggered the proper distance,
a full width of DuraWeldT"' APP membrane must be installed over the end laps.
12. End laps, flashing sheets and other seams formed over granule surfaces require
pre-heating of the top surface of the underlying granule surface membrane to a
point where the granules just begin to sink into, and the modified bitumen com-
pound comes up through the granules to ensure proper seam construction and
adhesion.
3.08 MEMBRANE FLASHING
A. Follow manufacturer's typical flashing procedures for all wall, curb, and penetration flash-
ing including metal edging/coping and roof drain applications.
B. All wood walls, curbs, shall be reinforced with a layer of fiberglass base sheet prior to the
application of the APP modified bitumen membrane.
C. All walis curbs, penetrations and perimeter flashings shall be stripped in with an.addition-
al layer of DuraWeldO 4S APP modified bitumen membrane over the smooth sheet, prior
to the application of the DuraWeldO 4M APP cap sheet.
D. All walls curbs, penetrations and perimeter flashings shall be finished with an additional
layer of DuraWeld� 4M APP modified bitumen membrane over the cap sheet.
E. Basic wood blocking anchorage recommendations are found in Factory Mutual Data
Sheet 1-49. These recommendations are required for Factory Mutual approved projects.
�
G,
H.
All penetrations should be at least 18" (45.7 cm) from curbs, walis, and edges to provide
for proper flashing.
Install flashing sheets starting at low points.
Where indicated by U.S. Ply construction details, install base sheets and backer plies in
Type III or IV hot asphalt. Maintain asphalt at EVT t 25°F (13.9°C) for all base and ply
sheets used in flashing details.
07 52 16 - 13
I. Prime all metal and masonry with asphalt primer and allow to dry before being fully ad-
hered to with flashing sheets.
J. Only use U.S. Ply membranes in construction of flashing details.
K. Do not use metal base flashing. Damage to the roofing system caused by metal base
flashing is not the responsibility of U.S. Ply.
L. Base flashing should extend a minimum of 8" (20:3 cm), and a maximum of 24" (61 cm)
above the roofline.
M. Corner membrane flashings, such as "bow ties" for outside corners and "footbalis" for in-
side corners or other membrane reinforcements are required to ensure that base flashing
corners are sealed at cant areas. Note: Mastic and fabric coursing is not an acceptable
alternate for proper flashing and counterfiashing details.
N. Wood curbs and walls must be covered with a layer of Readi-Base prior to application of
the two-ply flashing system and fastened 8" (20.3 cm) o.c. in all directions with approved
fasteners with minimum 1" diameter or square caps. All vertical laps shail be 4" (10.2
cm). Base sheet or backer ply must extend out onto field of roof as shown in applicable
U.S. Ply construction detail.
O. Backer plies installed over masonry or other non-nailable substrates in cold adhesive or
hot asphalt must be cut into manageable lengths to ensure adequate adhesion to cant
strip and vertical surfaces without excessive voids. All vertical laps shall be 4" (10.2 cm).
Backer ply shall extend out onto field of roof as shown in applicable U.S. Ply construction
detail.
P. Finish ply of se►ected base flashing detail must be run vertically to maintain selvage edge
at all vertical laps.
Q. All vertical laps shall be 4" (10.2 cm). Finish ply shall extend out onto field of roof as
shown in applicable U.S. Ply construction detail, and must be extended a minimum of 4"
(10.2 cm) beyond edge of prior flashing plies.
3.09 META� FLASHING
A. Metal should not be used as a component of base flashing. Because of the high coe�-
cient of expansion of sheet metals and the large temperature changes that can be expe-
rienced on a roof, sheet metal or exposed metal components must be isolated from fhe
waterproofing components of the roofing and flashing system as e�ciently as possible to
prevent the metal from splitting the membranes. U.S. Ply assumes no responsibility for
damage to the roofing system caused by the movement of acce�sory metal.
B. When it is unavoidable to use metal in the roofing system (i.e., lead flange at drains, gra-
vel stops), treated wood nailers and insulation stops, 1" (0.5 mm) wider than the metal
flange, should be provided for metal flange securement.
C. Metal accessories (gravel stops, counter flashing, etc.) should be a minimum 16 oz. (0.56
mm) copper, 24 gauge (0.71 mm) galvanized or stainless steel, 2 1/2 to 4 Ib (1.1- 1.8 kg)
lead, or 0.032" (0.81 mm) aluminum.
D. Fabricate and install all sheet metal materials as shown in applicable construction in the
Flashing Detail Section. Refer to SMACNA (Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors
National Association, Inc.) for guidance on sheet metal treatments not addressed in this
Manual.
E. Clean metal and apply asphalt primer to all sheet metal surfaces�t�iat will come into con-
tact with asphalt or other bituminous materials; allow the primer adequate time to dry.
F. Use fastener types compatible with the sheet metal type.
1. Copper or lead-coated copper: use copper or bronze fasteners.
2. Lead and galvanized steel: use galvanized or cadmium-plated sheet fasteners.
07 52 16 - 14
3. Aluminum: use aluminum fasteners.
Stainless steel: use stainless steel fasteners.
G. Metal counter-flashing shall have a minimum 4" (10.2 cm) face with a drip lip. The bottom
edge of the counterFiashing shall cover the roofing membrane and/or base flashing by a
minimum of 4" (10.2 cm). Metal counter-flashing used for masonry walis, wooden walls or
through wall metal flashings should be two piece designs to allow for installation and later
removal. Metal counter-flashings for stucco, EIFS, wood siding or similar materials should
be designed to receive and set as a base for those materials, such as "Z" type flashing,
while providing for securement of separate metal counter-flashing to cover base flash-
ings. Metal end joints shall be lapped 3" (7.6 cm) or more. Adequate fasteners must be
provided to secure against effect of wind forces. Skirt fasteners shall be watertight.
H. Metal termination bars shall be a minimum of 1/10" (3 mm) thick x 1" (2.5 cm) wide with
preformed sealant edge lap. Bar should have 1/4" (6 mm) x 3/g" (10 mm) slotted holes on
4" (10.2 cm) centers to facilitate mechanical anchorage.
Note: Termination bars are not suitable in all base flashing and wall flashing conditions.
Termination bars may only be used in conjunction with an appropriate counter-flashing
extending a minimum of 4" (10.2 cm) below the termination bar. �. ..
Metal flanges for gravel stops, eave strips and pitch pockets to be used in conjunction
with roofing shall be primed (both sides). For APP roof systems set metal flanges in sof-
tened membranes (torch heated), and nail 4" (10.2 cm) o.c. to wood nailers or insulation
stops. Flanges shall be a minimum of 3 1/2" (8.9 cm) wide for gravel stops or eave strips
and 4" (10.2 cm) wide for projections and extensions through the roof. The gravel stop or
eave strip riser shall be at least 3/g" (10 mm) high for modified bitumen or smooth surface
built-up roofing. Total height of riser should be adjusted to extend just above the finished
surface, including gravel surFacing if present. Provision must be made for securing the
skirt to the face of the wall. This may be wood nailer strips for masonry and metal con-
struction. in all cases, gravel stop and eave strip nailer should be fastened to the deck or
deck system with adequate resistance against wind forces.
Stacks shall have metal sleeve flashing a minimum 8" (20.3 cm) high. Pitch pockets for
brackets, supports, pad-eyes, etc., shall have a 4" (10.2 cm) minimum height metal
sleeve.
K. On reroofing projects, provisions shall be made for reinstailation of existing sheet metal
duct work, equipment, coping metal and countertlashings removed in conjunction with the
new work. Also provide for cleaning and repairing of existing defective sheet metal, and
replacement of missing and irreparable sheet metal to match existing types.
L. Conduits and piping such as electrical and gas lines must be set on wood blocking or
some other form of support. Wood blocking and supports must be set on doubler pads
(an additional layer of the roof inembrane).
3.10 WALKWAYS
A. Install walkways at all traffic concentration points (such as roof hatches, access doors,
rooftop ladders, etc.) and all locations as identified on the specifier's drawing.
B. Walkway sections should be no longer than 10' (3 m), with a 6" (15.2 mm) minimum gap
between each section to allow for drainage.
D. Surface the roof around and befinreen the pads if additional surtacing is added to the U.S.
Ply membrane.
E. DuraWeld� APP Walkways:
Construct walkways by torch adhering a DuraWeld� APP Walkboard.
3.11 DAILY SEAL
07 52 16-15
A. If daily seals or water cutoffs are needed at the end of the day's work, they must be made
of waterproof inembrane. and applied with torch welding, hot asphalt or flashing cement.
Before restarting the job, all stops and cutoffs shall be cut out and completely removed.
3.12 CLEAN UP
A. Perform daily clean up to collect all wrappings, empty containers, paper, and other debris
from the project site. Upon completion, all debris must be disposed of in a legally ac-
ceptable manner.
B. Prior to the manufacturer's inspection for warranty, the applicator must perform a pre-
inspection to review all work and to verify all flashing has been completed as well as the
application of all caulking.
END OF SPECIFICATION
07 52 16 - 16
o� �a o0
ROOF HATCHES
PART1 GENERAL
i.l SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Furnish all labor, materials, services and equipment as required in conjunction with or properly
incidental to the complete installation of roof hatches described herein and/or as shown on the
drawings.
2. Prefabricated roof hatch, complete with integral support curb, operabie hardware and
counterflashings. •
3. Coordinate with installation of inembrane rooimg system and related metal flashings.
B. Related Work
1. Section 07 54 00: TPO Sheet Roofmg.
2. Section 07 60 00: Flashing and Sheet Metal.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300.
B. Clearly indicate general construction, conflgurations, jointing methods and locations when applicable,
fastening methods and manufacturer's installation details.
1.3 WARRANTY
A. All roof hatches shall be included in roofing guarantee. Manufacturer's standard 5-year warranty shall
be included.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANLTFACTLJRERS, subject to the requirements stated herein,
A. Milcor.
B. Bilco Company.
C. Backcock Davis.
2.2 ROOF HATCH(ES)
A. Metals
1. 11 gauge aluminum cover and liner.
B. Liner Insulation: 1 inch thick glass fiber, expanded polystyrene or expanded polyurethane.
C. Rigid Insulation: 1 inch fiber board,
D. Hardware: Cadmium plated. Latches and lock hasps on interior and exterior, with spring openers and
shock absorber.
07 72 00-1
E. Accessories: Co�nplete asseinbly with heavy pintle, coinpression spring operators, positive snap latch
with turn handles and neoprene draft seal.
F. Fabrication
1. Construct cover with 3 in. beaded flange, welded.
2. Fully cover and protect insulation with inetal liner.
3. Fonn 12 in. high curb with 3-1/2 in. flange with holes provided for securing to deck.
4. Equip curb with integral metal cap flashing, same gauge as curb, welded at corners for
watertightness.
5. Provide rigid insulation on exterior.
G. Size and Type:
l. Bilco SS-50, size as shown, 4' x 4' if not noted.
2.3 SAFETY POST: At all roof hatches with ladders provide a Bilco `LadderUp LU1' safety post, centered on
ladder and securely anchored to shucture.
2.4 ROOF HATCH SAFETY RAILING
* A. Provide a"SafePro" railing system meeting the requirements of OSHA Standards 1910.23 and ANSI
A1264.1.
1. Nesea Safety Products Models RHSR-SS or RHSR-FB as appropriate to the instaliation.
PART 3 EXECUTION
31 INSTALLATION
A. Install roof hatch in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings.
Coordinate with installation of roofing system and related flashings. Provide weathertight and
watertight installation.
B. Apply bituminous paint on metal surfaces of roof hatch to be in contact with cementitious materials and
dissimilar metals.
END OF SECTION
07 72 00-2
SECTION 08 63 00
UNIT SKYLIGHTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
i . l SUMMARY
A. This Section includes aluminum-framed skylights with the following characteristics:
1. Glazing is acrylic with prismatic lens.
2. Glazing is retained by field-installed pressure caps on four sides.
B. Refer to Section 01030, Alternates for work associated with this section.
1.2 PERFORM�INCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide metal-framed skylights, including anchorage, capable of withstanding, without failure, the effects
of the following:
1. Structuralloads.
2. Thermal movements.
3. Movements of supporting shucture.
B. Failure includes the following:
1. Deflection exceeding specified limits.
2. Water leakage.
3. Thermal stresses transfened to building structure.
4. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements.
5. Framing members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and structural
movements, to glazing.
6. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components.
7. Sealant failure.
C. Structural Loads:
1. Wind Loads: Per the IBC Building Code, latest edition.
2. Live Loads/ Snow Loads: Per the IBC Building Code.
3. Concentrated Live Loads: Per the IBC Building Code.
4. Seismic Loads: Per the IBC Building Code.
5. Load Combinations: Calculate according to the IBC Building Code. Provide, as part of this scope,
a means to comply with OSHA fall protection regulations.
D. Deflection of Framing Members:
1. Deflection Normal to Glazing Plane:
a. Spans Up to 2Q Feet (6 n�): Limited to 1/175 of clear span or l i.n.ch (25.4 mm), whichever
is smaller.
b. Spans Exceeding 20 r'eet (6 m): Limited to 1/240 of clear span,
E. Lateral Bracing of Framing Members: Compression flanges of flexural members are laterally braced by
cross members with minimum depth equal to 50 percent of flexural member that is braced. Glazing does
not provide lateral support.
08 63 00 1
F. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements froin ambient and surface temperature changes.
Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and
nighttime-sky l�eat loss.
i. Temperature Change (Range): 120 de� I� (67 deg E:), ambient; 1f�0 <ieg I' (100 de� C;), material
surfaces.
1.3 PERFORMANCE TESTING
A. Provide metal-framed skylights that comply with test-performance requirements indicated, as evidenced
by reports of tests performed on manufacturer's standard assemblies by a qualified independent testing
agency.
B. Structural-Performance Test: ASTM E 330.
1. Performance at Design Load: When tested at positive and negative wind-load design pressures,
assemblies do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits.
2. Performance at Maximum Test Load: When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind-
load design pressures, assemblies, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures,
structural distress, and permanent deformation of main supporting members exceeding 0.2 percent
of span.
3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity but not less than 10 seconds.
C. Air-Infiltration Test: ASTM E 283.
1. Minimum Static-Air-Pressure Difference: 6.241bf.%sy. it. (�00 Ps).
2. Maximum Air Leakage: O.Ofi cfmisq. ft. {0:30 Lis }�er sc�. tn).
D. Test for Water Penetration under Static Pressure: ASTM E 331.
1. Minimum Static-Air-Pressure Difference: 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure, but
not less than 6.241bfisq. ft. (300 Pa}.
2. Water Leakage: None.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: For assemblies. Include pians, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other
work.
C. Maintenance data.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Entity capable of assuming engineering responsibility and performing work of
this Section and who is acceptable to manufacturer.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
08 63 00 2
1.7 WARI2ANTY
A. Assembly Warranty: Manufacturer's staudard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace
components of inetal-framed skylights that fail in materials ar workmanship within specified wan•a�ity
period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the followuig:
a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection.
b. Noise or vibration caused by thennal movements.
c. Water leakage.
Wan•anty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Finish Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace
components on which finishes fail within specified warranty period. Warranty does not include normal
weathering.
1. Failures include, but are not liinited to, checking, crazing, peeling, chalking, and fading of
finishes.
2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Coinpletion.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANIJFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to cotnpliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
B. Basis-of-Design Product: Oldcastle/ Naturalite Model Versalite 25 MM- VLG Multiwall [basis- of-
design]; curb mounted; pre- glazed and ready for installation; intergral weep gutter draining a.11 moisture
to the exterior; corners mitered and welded; separate the giazing form the skylight frame with a long life
silicon seal; minimum double glazed; with OSHA compliant safety security screen [if required]. Subject
to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the
following:
1. CPIInternational.
2. Fisher Skylights.
3. *Bristolite
4. O'Keeffe's Inc.
5. TRACO.
2.2 FRAMING SYSTEMS
A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended in writing by manufacturer for type of use and finish
indicated.
1. Sheet and Plate: I�S"IiU1 I3 209 {_�1S I'M F3 209M}.
2. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221(ASTh2 B 221M).
3. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429.
B. Pressure Caps: Manufacturer's standard aluminum components that mechanically retain glazing.
1. Include snap-on aluminum trim that conceals fasteners.
C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining,
nonferrous shims for aligning skylight components.
08 63 00 3
D. Anchors, Fasteners, and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard, corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, and
nonbleeding; compatible with adjacent materiais.
1. At pressure caps, use ASTM A 193/A 193M, 300 series stainless-steel screws.
2. Where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from thermal and structural movements,
wind loads, or vibration, use seif-locking devices.
3. Exposed Fasteners:
a. Use exposed fasteners with countersunk Philiips screw heads.
b. Finish exposed portions to match framing system.
4. At movement joints, use slip-joint linings, spacers, and sleeves of material and type recommended
in writing by manufacturer.
E. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hot-dip galvanized cast-iron, malleable-iron, or steel inserts complying
with ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M requirements.
F. Anchor Bolts: ASTIv1 A 307, Gr�tde A(AST'v[ F ifi8i�1, Pc•���e�•ty C.'lass 4.fi}, mechanically deposited zinc
coating, ASTM B 695, Class 50.
G. Concealed Flashing: Manufacturer's standard, corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing
compatible with adjacent materials.
H. Exposed Flashing and Closures: Manufacturer's standard aluminum components not less than 0.060 incti
{i.�?4 mm) thick.
I. Framing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard.
J. Framing Sealants: As recommended in writing by manufacturer.
2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Insulating Materials: Provide insulated curbs; weather- sweep at curb to skylight connection; insulated
thermal break between skylight and curb..
B. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt-mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12 requirements except
containing no asbestos, formulated for 30-mil (0.76?-�nm) thickness per coat.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate aluminum components before iuiishing.
B. Fabricate aluminum components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics:
1. Profles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations.
2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered.
3. Internal guttering systems or other means to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring
within framing members, and moisture migrating within skylight to exterior.
4. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members.
5. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain
required glazing edge clearances.
C. Fabrieate aluminum sill closures with weep holes and for installation as continuous component.
D. Reinforce aluminum components as required to receive fastener threads.
08 63 00 4
E. After faUrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations ui Project according to Shop
Drawings.
2.5 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. Aluminum Anodic Finish: Class I, clear anodic coating complying with AAMA 611.
PA1ZT 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General:
l. Do not install damaged components.
2. Fit joints between aluminum components to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion.
3. Rigidly secure non- movement joints.
4. Install anchors with sepai•ators and isolators to prevent metai corrosion and electrolytic
deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints.
5. Seal joints watertight, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Metal Protection: Where aluminum will contact dissimilar materials, protect against galvanic action by
painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint or by installing nonconductive spacers as recommended
in writing by manufacturer for this purpose.
C. Install continuous aluminum sill closure with weatherproof expansion joints and locked and sealed or
welded corners. Locate weep holes at rafters.
D. Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and
moisture migrating within skylight to exterior.
E. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and elevations.
F. Erection Tolerances: Install metal-framed skylights to comply with the following maximum tolerances:
1. Alignment: Limit offset from true alignment to 1l32 inch (0.4 mm) where surfaces abut in line,
edge to edge, at corners, or where a reveal or protruding element separates aligned surfaces by less
than 3 i��cl�es (76 x-��in); otherwise, limit offset to I/8 inc1� (�i.2 mm).
2. Location and Plane: Limit variation from true location and plane to 1/8 incli in 12 feet (3.2 nvn iil
3,7 m) but no greater than l./? inch (13 inm) over total length.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Water-Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, assemblies shall be tested according
to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water penetration. -
1. Repair or remove work where test results and inspections indicate that it does not comply with
specified requirements.
2. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to deternune
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
END OF SECTION
08 63 00 5
08 63 00 6
os �o 00
!'I�t71+.i/�si�
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Work Included
l. Finish hardware for all doors as indicated and requu•ed by actual conditions at the building.
Furnish all necessary screws, special screws, bolts, expansion shields and all other devices for the
proper application of the hardware.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 08110: Standard Steel Doors and Frames.
2. Section 08400: Entrances and Storefronts,
3. Section 08210: Wood Doors.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide proper hardware, bearing U.L. label for labeled doors as shown on the Drawings.
B. Hardware as scheduled is intended as a guideline for type, quality and function. Hardware schedule is
assumed to be complete, however, Contractor shall be responsible for checking accuracy and extent of
schedule. Orriission of any door and/or hardware item shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility
from fumishing all hardware required for proper door function and operation.
C. Additional hardware required, and/or hardware which requires a change from that specifed due to
actual job conditions, shall conform to general type, quality and function as set forth herein.
D. Manufacturer's Representative: Furnish services of Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) to
prepare hardware schedule, keying, coordination with other trades, consultation with Architect and
Owner, and on-site inspection.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ANSI - American National Standards Institute
1. ANSI A115.2 - Door and frame preparation for bored or cylindrical locks for 1-3/4 inch doors.
2. ANSI A115.9 - Door and frame preparation for closer, offset hung, single acting.
3. ANSI A156.1 - Butts and hinges.
4. ANSI A156.2 - Locks and lock trim.
5. ANSI A156.4 - Door controls (closers).
6. ANSI A156.6 - Architectural door trim.
7. ANSI A156.7 - Template hinges.
B. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit hardware schedule in accordance with Section 01300. Follow Architect's hardware schedule
numbering system or provide a cross-referencing index. Provide two complete sets of catalog cut
sheets, or product data sheets.
B. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware.
08 70 00-1
C. Supply templates to door and frame manufacturers to enable proper and accurate sizing and locations of
cut-outs for the hardware.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: Furnish materials at time requested, tagged or labeled for intended units.
B. Pack each item of hardware separately, coinplete with necessary screws, instructions and installation
templates. Mark each container with item number corresponding to number on hardware schedule.
1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide one set of extra materials for the Owner's use far each of the following:
1. Provide one weatherstripping.
2. Provide 4 floor stops and 2 wall stops.
3. Provide one closer.
4. Provide one lockset, with cylinder and core; office function; all to match standard system selected.
5. Provide 41ock cores.
1.7 ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
A. All hardware shall meet the requirements of Texas Accessibility Standards established by the Texas
Commission on Licensing and Regulation, Architectural Barriers Act, Article 9102, Texas Civil
Statutes with regard to accessibility to the handicapped; and with the ADAAG (Americans with
Disabilities Act Guidelines). If the product speci�ed does not meet these requirements, it shall be
modified to compiy. Modifications shall be noted on the hardware schedule.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Butt Hinges
1. Manufacturer: Staniey Hardware or McKinney Manufacturing.
2. Type: Full mortise templates hinges, 3 knuckle type, plain-bearing, except doors with closers or
doors over 40 inches wide shall receive concealed ball-bearing type; Stanley 1900 and CB 1900.
Utilize bronze hinges at areas of high moisture- locker rooms, multi- water closet toilet rooms,
exterior doors, etc.
3. Hinge Size: 4%z" x 4%z" at interior and exterior doors.
4. Furnish quantity of hinges per door as follows:
a.' Doors up to SS" high or up to 38" wide: three butts.
b. Doors over 85" high or over 38" wide: four butts.
a Utilize top, bottom and intermediate pivots at lead lined doors.
5. Security studs and extra heavy weight at exterior doors; security studs at outswinging corridor
doors.
B. Locksets and Latchsets
* 1. Manufacturer: Schlage.
2. Design and Type:
a. Heavy duty cylindrical, ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000 4, Grade 1; Schlage ND Series,
vandalguard, with Sparta lever. •
b. Removable core 6- pin cylinder. Keying established by owner- cores provided by contractor.
Keying by contractor. Keying to be part of city's grand master keying system.
c. Function as scheduled.
d. Backsets and strike plates as required by conditions.
3. Provide lockguards at outward swinging locked doors.
08 70 00-2
4. At the corridor side of the Kitchen door provide a inechanicai combination lockset with
removeable core to match the rest of the building: Simplex [Ilco Unican] 5000 series ro Schlage
KC 5000.
C. Rain Drip: Pemko 346D. Mount at head of door frame.
D. Surface-mounted Closeis
1. Acceptable Manufacturers
a. LCN Closers
b. Dorma
c. Rixon
d. Sargent
2. Type: LCN "Smoothee" 4040 Series at exterior, 4041 at uiterior; Sargent 1430 at exterior; 1431 at
interior; Rixon 2020 Series at exterior, handicap 2020 at interior; Dorma 8900 series. Adjustable
sizes; to meet handicap requirements, S lb at interior doors, 8 ib at exterior doors. Fully hydraulic,
full rack and pinion action, with back check; inin. ANSI Grade l.
3. Heavy-duty closer: LCN "Smoothee" 4100, at con•idor to main use type rooms, and exterior
doors.
4. Mount closers away froin public view; not on corridor side.
5. Door opening force shall be 8.5 Ib, max. at exterior doors; S lb, max. at interior doors.
E. Door Stops: Provide one stop for each door leaf.
1. Wall Stop: Trimco 1278CX.
2. Floor Stop: Trimco 1211 wrought dome type door bumper.
3. Exterior Floor Stop: Glynn Johsnson FB18S.
F. Overhead Stop
1. Acceptable Manufacturer: Glynn Johnson; Rixon.
2. Type: Glynn Johnson GJ 90MA-7
G. Push Plate [refer to paragaph S for aluminum door push bars]
1. Manufacturer: Rockwood Manufacturing Company.
2. Type: No. 84; .050" US32Dbio stainless steel; 10" x 20". (interior doors).
3. Mount with bottom of plate to match bottom of pull plate; wide side of plate at top.
4. No exposed through- bolts [mount the pulls prior to the push plate].
H. Pull [refer to paragraph T for aluminum door pulls]
1. Manufacturer: Rockwood Manufacturing Company.
2. Type: 110 x 70C; .050" US32D bio stainless steel.
3. Mount with centerline of pull at 48" above finished floor.
I. Kick Plates: Rockwood Manufacturing Company .050" thickness satin stainless steel, 10" high
kickplates, width 2" less than door, countersunk screw attachment. Armar plates 48" high with 310BS
edge guards at strike side of door.
J. Silencers: Trimco 1229B or Baldwin 4035. Provide three silencers minimum per single door; two per
door at pairs of doors.
K. Door Bottom
1. Manufacturer: Pemko.
2. Type: 315DN (surface) (C clear anodized
L. Door Contacts: Locknetics 679-05 WD or HM; concealed in jamb type contacts.
1. Wire to above ceiling minimum; provide label on wires including voitage.
2. Provide at all electric mortise locksets; wire to the device that operates the lock.
08 70 00-3
M. Weatherstripping
l, Jambs and Head: Pemko 319CS.
2. Threshold: Pemko 170A.
3. Door Bottom: Pemko 234 DV at HM, 313CN at wood; pick appropriate type.
4. Ash•agal: Pemko 3SSCS (hollo�v metal).
N. Threshold: Pemko 170A.
O. Astragal: Pemko 357D,
P. Flush Bolts: Ives 358 and 458; provide dustproof strikes at floors. Provide extensions as required so
the reach for the top flush bolts is 6'-0".
Q. Exit device
1. Provide Von Duprin 98 series concealed vertical rod type devices at pairs of doors, rim type at
single leaf locations, clear anodized; 98NL x 9847-NL- CD typical trim.
a. At doors with aluminum door pulls provide `night latch 9847NL[no lever trim] and cylinder
dogging.
2. Cylinder(s) to be keyed to building.
3. Utilize #03 lever design.
4. At locations with `Alarm to Sound' provide battery operated local alarm with decal.
R. Key cabinet: Aladin, Key Control or Lund. Provide surface mounted cold- rolled, welded steel
construction with piano hinge and pin tumbler lock; size to contain and index keys plus 100%
expansion.
S. Aluminum Door Push: Rockwood RM 3822.
l. At exterior entrances with interior vestibule doars utilize two pulls; full width of door- top bar
mounted at 48" AFF to centerline and lower bar at 40" AFF at both doors. Black portion to be on
the strike side of the door approximately 1/3 of the door width].
T. Aluminum Door Pull: Rockwood RM 3820 x 20
U. Finishes: BHMA 630, US 32D, satin stainless steel with bio option at levers and push/ pulls, uno.
2.2 KEYING
A. Key to be part of master key and grand master key system.
1. Contractor shall attend a meeting with the Owner to establish the Owner's keying requirements.
2. Keying for elevator equipment rooms to be keyed separate from rest of facility- not on master and
not keyed with anything other than other elevator equipment rooms. Provide storeroom function
locksets at these rooms.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install hardware at operating openings in accordance with approved schedule and manufacturer's
written instructions.
B. Mount hardware at heights recommended by the Door and Hardware Institute and with the
requirements of the American with Disabilities Act, unless directed otherwise by Architect.
C. Coordinate hardware installation with other work.
1. Coordinate and provide power to electrically operated hardware.
08 70 00-4
D. Mount door closers away froin public view; not on corridor side.
E. Do not use thru bolts to anchor hardware to doors, unless the locations are clearly identified on the
submittal.
3.2 PROTECTION
A. Remove or properly prepare hardware until pamting is completed and for duration of project.
33 Adjust and Clean
A. Before project close-out, properly adjust hardware, dioroughly clean and polish and leave in perfect
condition.
3.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate electrical, security and fire alarm tie-ins and required transformers..
3.5 HARDWARE SCHEDULE
A. The following is furnished as a guide for the installation and preparation for finish hardware:
1. The A and B in the sections are options on stops- exampie 2 is wall stop; 2A is OH stop [in lieu
of- no wall stop]; 2B is with floor stop [no wall stop].
1. Office Lockset
Wall Stop
A. Overhead Stop
B. Floor Stop
2. Office Lockset
Closer
Wall Stop
A. Overhead Stop
B. Floor Stop
3
4
Privacy Lockset
Soundseal
2 Robe Hooks
Wall Stop
Push/Pull
Closer
Kickplate
Wall Stop
5. 2 Exit devices, CVR, NL, DC
2 Closers, with HD arms
2 HD Floor stops
2 Aluminum door pulls
6. Exit Device, rim type with no exterior
trim; with `alarm will sound' label and
function
Cioser
Weatherstripping
Threshold
Door sweep
Exterior floor stop
Door contact
A. Overhead stop
�. Exit device, rim type with NL, CD
Closer
Wall stop
Kickplate @ wood doors
A. Overhead Stop
B. Floor Stop
8. Aluminum door push [2]
Aluminum door pulls [2]
Closer [2], with HD arms
Floor stops [2]
9. Dornutory Lockset
Closer, with HD arm
Wall Stop
A. Overhead Stop or HD arm and HO
on closer
B. Floor Stop
1,�: 1 I I�i7
�` 10. 2 Exit devices
2 Closers w/ HD arms [HO at Door 114A]
2 exterior floor stops
Weatherstripping
Door sweeps
Threshold
END OF SECTION
08 70 00-6
11 48 00
ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT
PART1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Furnish all labor, materials, seivices and equipment required in conjunction with or properly
incidental to the complete installation of athletic equipment described herein and/or as shown on
the Drawings.
B. Related Sections
1. Division 5: Structural and Miscellaneous Steel.
2. Section 09 64 00: Wood Athletic Flooring.
3. Section 09 90 00: Painting.
4. Division 26: Electrical.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's descriptive product data and installation instructions.
B. Shop Drawings
1. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300.
2. Submit plans, elevations, sections and details of equipment, Show required services by size and
location. Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions.
3. Submit operating and maintenance instructions for each item of equipment.
4. Complete plan and wiring diagrams as necessary to coordinate control systems with electrical
rough-in. Provide prior to initiation of gym wall construction.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer shall have been in the business of inaking athletic equipment for a min. of 4 years.
B. Installation of athletic equipment to be supervised by someone who has worked on similar type projects
for a minimum of 3 years.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products in manufacturer's undamaged protective containers,
B. Do not deliver athletic system until building is completely enclosed.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANLIFACTURERS, subject to matching the requirements stated herein;
11 48 00-1
A. Basketball backstops; volleyball equipment; wall mats, controls.
l. Draper
2. Porter
3. Aalco
B. BasketbalU Volleyball Scoreboards.
1. Naden
2. Daktronics.
3. Nevco
4. Sportable Scoreboards
B. Bicycle Racks
1. Porter
2. Draper
3. ADP
2.2 ELECTRICALLY OPERATED CEILING SUSPENDED FORWARD FOLDING BASKETBALL
BACKSTOP
A. Backstop Model: Draper EZ Fold 503136 Downsize Rectangular Glass Conversion Backboard
1. Backboard shall be 42" x 72". Backboard frame shall be of a heavy, brushed alu mi num exh•usion
for maximum durability. Extruded frame section shall be of high tensile aluminum (6063-TS).
Ends of frame extrusions to be mitered and fi tted with a fl ush, plated steel gusset type mounting
brack et on all four corners, incorporating keyhole slots for mounting the backboard to the support
structure. Entire frame including goal mounting struc ture fi tted with shock absorbing neoprene
material to cushion and protect the glass section.
2. Goal mounting structure of a heavy, formed steel assembly which is secured to the lower
horizontal frame member to minimize stress on the glass section. Special steel sleeves provided at
the goal mounting hole locations secure rear structure to front mounting plate, forming a unitized
as sem bly to minimize shock to the glass. En tire frame in clud ing goal mount ing structure fi tted
with a shock absorbing neo prene material to cushion and protect the glass section. Goal mount
structure provided with four holes (7/16") to secure backboard and goal to an optional direct
mount "goal brace" feature which relieves all stress and shock on the backboard conforming to the
latest NCAA Rules (BR-73, D-5).
3. Glass shall be'/2" thick, fully tempered (heat-treated) glass section with uniform load and impact
strength. Official white border and target area is "fired in" permanently on front side of glass
section so that it cannot wear away.
4. Goal mounting holes (4) to be on standard 5" (horizon tal) x 5" (vertical) mount ing centers.
Draper, Inc. No 503040 180° tube-tie breakaway goal.
5. Backboard shall have a lifetime limited warranty when installed on an EZ Fold basketball
backstop.
*6. Provide Optiona15032XX Backboard Safety Padding. Padding shall protect the bottom and 15"
up each side of the backboard to meet all NCAA, NFSHSA, and professional requirements.
Padding shall be of a durable neutral gray, open cell foam material providing a fuli 2" thickness
from the bottom and sides of the backboard frame. The front and back surfaces of the backboard
frame shall be further protected by a 1" thick lip extending 3/n" up from bottom and sides of
backboard. Padding shall be permanently bolted to the backboard frame.
7. Provide motorized rim height adjusters, as appropriate for specified backstop. Height from 8' to
10'; key switch with coverplate [coordinate mounting locations so you can see the height scale for
each goal].
8. Raising goal and backboards via Smart touch [manufacturer's wireless) system.
B. Goal: DRAPER Model 503040 180° tube-tie breakaway goal.
1. Goal is designed to withstand shock loads due to a player slam dunking and/or hanging on the rim.
The rim shall deflect down when a static load of 230 pounds is applied from front, sides or
anywhere between. The rim assembly floats on chromium ball bearings for smooth any direction
11 48 00-2
,
,
flexibility. The rim will return to the piaying position once the load is removed. The function of
the breakaway goal shall meet NCAA specifications, which state: "A movable basket ring shall
have rebound characteristics identical to those of a non-movable ring." Goal shail be set at factory
for proper flex and rebound requirements. This goal featu►•es Draper's easy-adjust system, which
allows the end-user to adjust the breakaway point to conform to latest NCAA recommendations.
2. Goal features tube-tie net attachment, which consists of a series of small tubes welded below the
rim and a 1/8" nylon cord which passes thi•ough the tubes, catching the net loops between the
tubes. The tube-tie provides superior strength and a smooth attachment system for cnaxitnum
player safety. Rim shall be fabricated from a 5/8" diameter steel rod formed into an 18" inside
diameter ring. Inside of ring shall be positioned 6" fi•om the face of backboard by a heavy-duty
mounting plate with mounting holes centered to match 5" x 5" or 5" x 4" backboard mounting
holes. Goal will mount on standard glass, fiberglass, and wood banks.
3. Rim shall be rigidly braced by means of die cut steel braces formed and welded to underside of
rim for maximum support. Goal shall be powder coated in an official durable orange powder coat.
Goal shall be furnished with zinc plated mounting hardware. Goal provided with white nylon
Anti-Whip Net. The top half of the anti-whip net is made of durable fibers encased in tough 100%
nylon, preventing the net from whipping up on the rim. The lower half is all nylon.
C. Drop Frame.
l. Vertical front drop frame assembly center strut shall consist of a main, center mast of 6-5/8" O.D.
heavy wall structural steel tube with diagonal side sway braces of 2-3/8" O.D, structural pipe. Top
horizontal mast, hinge spreader to be of a heavy 4" structural channel to form a rigid, back to back
triangular design. Goal shall mount directly through bank and into a heavy structural steel
weldment center shut which shall be clamped to the vertical 6-5/8" O.D. center support to
eliminate any strain on bank should a player hang on the front mounted goal (conform to the latest
NCAA rules.)
2. Center strut shall be suspended by special adjustable hangers to provide for precise plumbing of
frame during installation. Support hangers shall be offset 2" behind center line of center strut to
properly weight lock unit in playing position without the use of ropes, latches or springs.
3. Backstop to operate with a 1-7/8" O.D. front brace assembly with folding knee joint. Knee joint
to be adjustable for ease of installation and field adjustment. Knee joint locks backboard in
playing position by means of a torsion spring and is easily disengaged by upward force of hoist
cable.
4. Backstop shall be supported from 3-1/2" O.D, pipe anchored to roof framing members by means
of heavy-formed steel support fittings. Each attachment to building roof framing must be capable
of supporting a load exceeding 10,000 pounds with sufficient attachment points to acquire a 60:1
safety factor for support of entire backstop support system. Superstructure pipes to be reinforced
with special bridging or bracing when truss centers exceed spans of 14'-0".
5. *Backstop shall be provided Porter 706,'/2 HP electric winch, or approved alternate. Hoist cable
shall be min. '/4" diameter galvanized aircraft cable with 7,000 lb. Ultimate breaking strength.
Swivel pulley shall be furnished with a 4" diameter cast (ductile iron) pulley sheave with a
maintenance free, oil-impregnated bearing for proper hoist cable routing to winch. Pulley
assembly and aftachment to 3-U2" O.D. support structure shall be rated at a minimum 9,000
pound load rating.
1. All metal parts shall be painted one (1) coat of flat black enamel.
D. Electric Winch: '/z H.P.
1. Winch shall be worm gear type, designed to hold backstop at any position when raising or
lowering. Winch housing, base cable drum and bracket are machined from high strength
aluminum alloy. The worm is machined from high strain tempered steel bar. All surfaces of the
worm shaft are ground and the worm teeth and seal surfaces are polished after grinding for the
utmost in efficiency and sealing capabilities, Worm shaft shall turn in sealed, precision thrust
bearings. The shaft shall also be sealed by an additional seal on the outside of the sealed bearings.
2. Worm gear shall be machined from high strength' forged bronze alloy for exceptional wearability
and long life characteristics.
11 48 00-3
3. The worm and gear set to run in an oil bath within main shaft housing which is completely sealed
by the worm shaft weal, and by a double lip seal around the polished cable drum shaft where it
enters the housing. This unit is filled with oil at factory and sealed.
4. Winch to be operated mechanically by means of a%z H.P. (9AMP) capacitor type 60 cycle, 115
volt, single phase electric motor with automatic thermal overload protection manufactured to
NEMA. specifications. The motor shall drive the winch by means of a connecting V-belt and
sprockets. The motoc sha(1 be controiled by a special dual keyed, flush wall mounted momentary
key switch which cannot be instantly reversed, providing a safety provision so as not to damage
motor or winch. Switch assembly shall be furnished with a 4-1/2" square stainless steel cover
plate for mounting in a masonry wall box by the electrical contractor.
5. Drum shall be mechanically interconnected to a specia( rotary counfing Up-Down limit switch
assembly which shall be mounted and pre-wired to motor as an integral part of the winch. Limit
switch shall be furnished in a special, extruded aluminum housing with continuous slots for
adjusting 20 amp. Micro switches (2) to precisely limit the up and down operation of the winch.
Winch shall be pre-wired with a 6'-0" lg. Neoprene covered cable with twist-lock grounded type
piug attached. Matching flange type receptacle shall be mounted in 4" square box cover.
6. Under no-load conditions, RPM of drum is 11.5, RPM of motor is 1725.
7. Hoisting capacity ofNo. 00706-000'/� H.P. winch is 1200 pounds.
8. Wiring of all electrical components shall be in accordance with local area codes; and in
accordance with manufacturer" instructions.
9. All conduit, wiring, junction boxes and components not specified herein shall be furnished and
installed by the electrical contractor.
2.3 FOLD- UP GYMNASIUM DIVIDER CURTAIN
A. Curtain.
1. Lower section of curtain shall be solid vinyl coated poly es ter (avg. 18 oz. or 22 oz. per square
yard as required). Flamma bility rated as self- ex tin guish ing by the California State Fire Code
and Class A Rated in accordance with requirements of NFPA-101. All seams to be electronically
welded with a 1" full contact weld. Outer edge hems shall be triple turned with double welds. A
pocket shall be formed along the bottom edge of the curtain to ac com mo date a 15/8" diameter
round batten for curtain sup port.
2, Upper section of curtain shall be avg. 9 oz. per square yard vinyl coated polyester mesh.
Flammability rated as self extinguishing by the California State Fire Code and Class A Rated in
accordance with requirements of NFPA-101. Color shall be chosen from four standard (white,
yellow, red, blue & black weave) as selected by the architect. Use vinyl fabric, in triple thickness
and double welded to the top edge of the mesh, to form a 6" wide pocket to ac com mo date a
15/8" diameter round batten for curtain support.
3. Suspension from roof support member must be accom plished with clamp type malleable or heavy
gauge stamped lug fi tting furnished by the manufacturer. Hoist lines shall be 1/8" diameter steel
aircraft cable (2000 Ib. break strength), spaced maximum 10'0" on center. Each line shall be
attached to the bottom tube batten and run through grommets located approximately 18" on center.
Each hoist ing line shall terminate at the top of the curtain and attach to a drive pipe. The drive
pipe shall rotate in drive pipe support assembly located a maximum of 10'-0" on center. Hoisting
mechanism shall not rely on single cable support of the divider when in stored position.
4. Drive pipe power mechanism shall consist of a 1 H.P., 110-120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase
reversible capacitor motor with built-in thermal overload protection. The motor and load holding
worm gear reducer shall provide speed reduction in the winch. Remote control operation to
include integral limit switch to control the upper and lower limit of the curtain travel. Key lock,
three position, momentary contact wall switch with safety delay included. Switch unit shall in
clude a general purpose switch box with a polished wall plate, Operation via Smart Touch system.
5. Padded bottom batten.
6. Solid Vinyl Color/ Mesh Color: As selected.
7. Weight: 22 oz.
8. Height: Lower portion to be solid to 8" above finished floor; with mesh above that to the
bottom of the structure.
11 48 00-4
2.4 WALL PADDING
A. Wall pads to be standard sized 2' x 6' and custom sizes as indicated on project plans. Bidder is
responsible for verification of job conditions and dimensions.
Entire pad assembly has been tested and meets the requirements of NFPA-101Life Safety Code
for Class A rating (flame spread 0-25 and smoke development 0-450) when tested in accordance
with ASTM E-84 (Also published as NFPA-255, ANSI 2.5, UBC 8-1 (42-1) and UL 723). Entire
pad assembly has also been tested in accordance with NFPA-286 (Standard method of fire tests for
evaluating contribution of wall and ceiling interior finish to room growth) and found to meet the
requirements of 2003 IBC Section 803.21.
2. Wall pads shall be constructed using fire retardant 2" thick open cell neoprene foam bonded to a
7/16" thick oriented strand board Uacker and covered with a 14 oz, vinyl covering. Vinyl cover
shall be coated polyester fabric with leather grain embossed pattern. Vinyl to have average weight
of 14 oz. per square yard, breaking strength of 350 PSI, tear resistance of 65 pounds and be rated
as self extinguishing in accordance with California State Fire Code F-230 and Class A Rated in
accordance with requirements of NFPA-101. Vinyl to be resistant to� rot, mildew and ultraviolet
light, color(s) as selected by Owner from full manufacturer line. Panel front and edges shall be
vinyl wrapped and securely stapled to the wood backer so that the backer is not exposed on front
or four sides. Pads shall be supplied with concealed z-clip attachment at top and 1" fabric wrapped
mounting flanges at panel bottom.
2.5 VOLLEYBALL EQUIPMENT
A. Indoor Volleyball and Badminton Posts and Nets: DRAPER model CVS-01.
B. The CVS-01 Volleyball System shall consist of one standard with power winch and one standard with
an adjustable anchor collar. Post shall meet all FIVB, USVBA, NCAA and NFSHSA requirements for
competition. Post shall have infinite height adjustment between 8' and 3'6" with preset volleyball
settings for elementary school use to inteinational competition for both men and women, for use with
volleyball, tennis and badminton. The upright shall be 3-1/2" O.D. (8.890cm) schedule 80 aluminum
tube, with a wall thickness of .300" (.7620cm). The upright is provided with a special rubber foot to
protect finished floors ancl to provide precise net height adjushnent.
C. The tensioning winch shall incorporate a heavy-duty, self-locking worm gear mechanism. Winch shall
be furnished with a heavy 2" (4.080 cm) wide high tensile nylon strap with heavy-duty snap hook to
eliminate the possibility of hook breaking and guarantee safe connection to net top cable. The power
winch is furnished complete with a folding handle for player safety.
D. Systems shall come complete with DRAPER Model 500004 Power Volleyball Net. Net shall be 32'
(9.75 M) long x 39-3/8" (1 M) high. Netting shall be high quality 4" square #36 black nylon cord with
vinyl coated polyester hem double stitched around entire perimeter of net. Top hem of net shall be
furnished with a 42'6" long x 1/8" diameter 2000 lb. minimum breaking strength galvanized aircraft
cable with a nylon coating (3/16" OD) to protect against fraying. Ends of cable to have loops with heavy
swaged type fittings for easy installation. Hems in end of net shall be furnished with a pocket for use
with a 1/2" diameter fiberglass dowel rod. Ends of net shall have six 1" wide polypropylene tension
straps with buckles for providing additional tightening of net. Bottom of net shall be furnished with a
1/4" diameter braided white nylon rope equipped with a spring loaded, pressure type rope tensioner.
Rope Tensioner shall be DRAPER Mode1500005.
1. System also to include DRAPER Model 500007 Antenna and DRAPER Model 500006 Boundary
Markers.
E. Floor Sleeves and cover plates:
11 48 00-5
l. F(oor Sleeves shall be DRAPER Mode1501006 3-1/2" I.D., constructed of steel mechanical tubing
with an inside diameter of 3-1/2", welded to a 4" x 4" bottom plate. Sleeve shall be 8-1/2" long
and designed to be installed with the bottom at 9'/z" below the playing surface.Chrome-plated
w/swivel cover.
2. Cover Plate shall be DRAPER model 501001 Chrome Plated Cover Plate Assembly, acceptable
for use with specified flooring. Cover piate sl�all consist of cast aluminum recessed mowiting
flange, 5-3/16" in diameter, and a 5" diameter chrome-plated cover. Cover shall be equipped with
a swivel type retaining screw to prevent theft. A special key shall be provided for opening cover.
Three #10 x 1-1/2" flat head wood screws shall be provided to securely mount cover plate
assembly to floor.
F. Judge's Stand (1 required). Judges stand shall be DRAPER Model 5013� (�c=color) by Draper, Inc. of
Spiceland, IN.
1. Judges stand shall be designed to attach to a collar by means of a removable, self-locking pin.
Collar slides over 3%" O.D. volleyball standard and is rigidly positioned to post with allen-head
set screws.
2. Frame shall be constructed of 1-1/2"xl-1/2", 14-gauge square steel tubing and 1" OD steel tubing,
_ welded together. Legs, steps, platform, and handrails shall all be one solid unit. Judges platform. ..
shall consist of 1/2" thick, polyurethane finished Birch plywood, permanently bolted to stand. �
HandraiUladder section shall be spaced vertically 16" on center with three (3) ladder steps spaced
horizontally of 16" centers. Lower end of ladder tubes shall have 1/2" thick rubber bumper to
protect finished floors. Ladder legs shall have 2" O.D, rubber wheels for easy transporting of
stand. All metal components of stand shall be finished in black powder coat.
3. Judges stand shall be supplied complete with safety padding for player protection. Upper section
of stand shall have a snapped into place 1/12" polyethylene foam padding. Lower ladder hzbes
shall have removable, hook and loop attached pads of 1" neoprene foam. All pads shall be
wrapped with 14 oz., polyester reinforced vinyl, color(s) as selected by Owner from full
manufacturer line.
G. Protective Pads for Standards. Volleyball Post Padding shall be DRAPER Model SO11XX Official
Padding for 3-1/2" O.D. Volleyball Systems by Draper, Inc. of Spiceland, IN.
1. Pads shall be hinged at corners to fold neatly around posts and tensioning winch to provide
m�ucimum player protection. Pads shall be constructed of 11/2" thick polyethylene foam filler
covered with polyester reinforced vinyl with three (3) hook and loop fastening straps for quick set-
up and take-down, and shall be constructed to accommodate winch, or judges stand when used.
Provide in color(s) as selected by Owner from full manufacturer line. Provide at al 1 standards.
2.6 SCOREBOARDS
A. Scoreboards: Daktronics Model BB-2101, compact single-sided scoreboard complete with wireless
consoles. Controllers shall be able to be function independently without interference. Color(s) as
selected by Owner from full manufacturer line. Capable of scoring basketball and volleyball. Different
sounding horns per court. Provide protective screens.
1. Acceptable substitutions: Nevco Mode12700;
2.7 CLIMBING WALL
A. Climbing Wall: Everlast Climbing Industries' Traversewall: 20'x16' Sculpted Magna Relief-Feature
Wall (basis of design).
1. Acceptable substitutions: To be reviewed by architect;
2. 4 dynamic top ropes
3. Hand holds (Groperz basis of design) Multiple colors (hand holds to include mounting bolts and
allen wrenches
4. Panels to be constructed of fire-treated plywood
5. MFR to provide Product Liability Insurance and One-Year Warranty
6. MFR to be member of CWA (Climbing Wall Association)
11 48 00-6
7. Provide Climbing Equipment
i, 12 fully adjustable harnesses
ii. 4 auto-blocking belay devices
iii. 12 locking carabiners
iv. 8 helmets
v. 1 spool of 10.3mm dynamic rope (660 ft)
8. One-day top rope site management training to be provided
9. Safety Mat to be 3" and fold-up and lock into place. Mats must meet or exceed ASTI��1 Standard
F1292-04 and ASTM Standa►•d F2440-04. Four safety mats to be included 4'x6' for an overall
length of 16 feet. Safety Mats to be constructed so as to prevent climbing under them while in the
closed position.
10. Additional Climbing wall features to include:
i. 2 overhangs
ii. 1 roof
1 L Wall is to be secured to 12" CMU structm•al wall, MFR responsiUle for wall fastener integrity.
2.8 BICYCLE RACK
A. *Bicycle Rack: Jaypro HDWBR-7PC Perm PC (basis of design), Bike rack shall be formed from
heavy-duty 2.375" O.D. x 12ga (0.109") wall (6.03cm x 2.77mm) steel tube. Tube to have durable
powder-coat finish. Bike rack to be designed for in-ground installation into concrete footings. Provide
anchor pins to secure unit in footings.
B. Color to be selected by owner
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Securely anchor to structure in a manner
acceptable to the architect.
1. Walls pads shall be mounted so the bottom of the pad aligns with the top of the baseboard,
3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Ensure that operating parts work freely and fit neatly, Adjust hardware and moving parts as necessary.
Repair or replace damaged parts, dents, buckles, abrasions, or other defects affecting appearance or
servicea�ility. Clean surfaces.
3.3 TRAINING
A. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper operation and maintenance procedures for each item of equipment.
Test each item of equipment to demonstrate that it is operating properly, and that controls and safety
devices are functioning.
END OF SECTION
11 48 00-7
11 48 00-8
SECTION 28 31 00
FI12E ALARM SYSTEM
PART1-GENERAL
11 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division Ol Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2
A.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1. Fire-alarm control unit.
2. Manual fire-alarm boxes.
3. System smoke detectors.
4. Heat detectors.
5. Notification appliances.
6. Remote annunciator.
7. Addressable interface device.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. ADA: Americans with Disabilities Act.
B. FACP_Fire alarm control panel.
C. LED: Light-emitting diode.
D. NICET: National Institute for Certification of Engineering Technologies.
E. Definitions in NFPA 72 apply to fire alarm terms used in this Section.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Non-coded addressable system, with automatic sensitivity control of certain smoke
detectors and multiplexed signal transmission, dedicated to fire-alarm service only.
283100-1
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. General Submittal Requirements:
1. Submittals shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction prior to submitting
them to Architect. Include comments from authorities having jurisdiction in
submittal package to Architect.
2. Shop Drawings shall be prepared by persons with the following qualifications:
a. Trained and certified by manufacturer in fire-alarm system design.
b. NICET-certified fire-alarm technician, Level III minimum.
c. Licensed or certified by authorities having jurisdiction, if required.
B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
C. Shop Drawings: For fire-alarm system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and
attachments to other work
1. Comply with recommendations in the "Documentation" Section of the
"Fundamentals of Fire Alarm Systems" Chapter in NFPA 72.
2. Include detailed system operation description for this Project, including method of
operation and supervision of each type of circuit and Sequence of Operations
Matrix for manually and automatically initiated system inputs and outputs.
Manufacturer's standard descriptions for generic systems are not acceptable.
3. Include system riser diagram with device address, conduit sizes, and cable and
wire types and sizes.
4. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. Include diagrams
for equipment and for system with all terminals and interconnections identified.
Show wiring color code.
5. Include voltage drop calculations for notification appliance circuits.
6. Include battery-size calculations.
7. Include performance parameters and installation details for each detector,
verifying that each detector is listed for complete range of air velocity,
temperature, and humidity possible when air-handling system is operating.
8. Include plans, sections, and elevations of heating, ventilating, and air-
conditioning ducts, drawn to scale and coordinating installation of duct smoke
detectors and access to them. Show critical dimensions that relate to placement
and support of sampling tubes, detector housing, and remote status and alarm
indicators. Locate detectors according to manufacturer's written
recommendations.
9. Include voice/alarm signaling-service equipment rack or console layout grounding
schematic, amplifier power calculation, and single-line connection diagram.
10. Include floor plans to indicate final outlet locations showing address of each
addressable device. Show size and route of cable and conduits.
D. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
283100-2
E. Field qltality-control reporfs.
F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire-alarm systems and components to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in
Division O1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following:
1. Comply with the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance"
Chapter in NFPA 72.
2. Provide "Record of Completion Documents" according to NFPA 72 article
"Permanent Records" in the "Records" Section of the "Inspection, Testing and
Maintenance" Chapter.
3. Record copy of site-specific software.
4. Provide "Maintenance, Inspection and Testing Records" according to NFPA 72
article of the same name and include the following:
a. Frequency of testing of installed components.
b. Frequency of inspection of installed components.
c. Requirements and recommendations related to results of maintenance.
d. Manufacturer's user training manuals.
5. Manufacturer's required maintenance related to system warranty requirements.
6. Abbreviated operating instructions for mounting at fire-alarm control unit.
7. Copy of NFPA 25.
G. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation:
1. Software operating and upgrade manuals.
2. Program Soflware Bacicup: On magnetic media or connpact disk, complete with
data files.
3. Device address list.
4. Printout of software application and graphic screens.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Installation shall be by personnel certified by NICET as fire-
alarm Level IV technician. Personnel shall be trained and certified by manufacturer for
installation of units required for this Project.
B. Source Limitations for Fire-Alarm System and Components: Obtain fire-alarm system
from single source from single manufacturer.
C. Electrical Components, Devices and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined by
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for indeed location and
application.
283100-3
D. NFPA Certification: Obtain certification according to NFPA 72 by a UL-listed alar►n
company or as required by authorities having jurisdiction.
1.7 SOFTWARE SERVICE AGREEMENT
A. Comply with UL 864.
B. Technical Support: Beginning with Substantial Completion, provide software support
for two years.
C. Upgrade Service: Update software to latest version at Project completion. Install and
program software upgrades that become available within two years from date of
Substantial Completion. Upgrading software shall include operating system. Upgrade
shall include new or revised licenses for use of software.
1. Provide 30 days' notice to Owner to allow scheduling and access to system and to
allow Owner to upgrade computer equipmeni if necessary.
1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with
protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Lamps for Remote Indicating Lamp Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of
amount installed, but no less than one unit.
2. Lamps for Strobe Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount of each type
installed, but no less than one unit of each type.
3. Smoke Detectors, Heat Detectors: Quantify equal to 10 percent of amount of each
type installed, but no less than one unit of each type.
4. Detector Bases: Quantity equal to two percent of amount of each type installed,
but no less than one unit of each type.
5. Keys and Tools: One extra set for access to locked and tamper-proofed
components.
6. Audible and Visual Notification Appliances: Two of each type installed.
7. Fuses: Two of each type installed in the system.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
283100-4
1. FACP and Equipment:
a. GE — EST
b. Notifier
c. Simplex
2. Wire and Cable:
a. Comtran Corporation.
b. Helix/HiTemp Cables, Inc.; a Dralca USA Company.
c. Rocicbestos-Suprenant Cable Corporation; a Marmon Group Company.
d. West Penn Wire/CDT; a division of Cable Design Technologies.
3. Audible and Visual Devices:
a. Amseco; a division of Kobishi America, Inc.
b. Commercial Products Group.
c. Gentex Corporation.
d. System Sensor; a GE-Honeywell Company.
e. Wheelock, Inc.
2.2 SYSTEMS OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION
A. Fire-alarm signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and
systems:
1. Manual stations.
2. Heat detectors.
3. Smoke detectors.
4. Duct smoke detectors.
5. Verified automatic alarm operation of smoke detectors.
6. Automatic sprinkler system water flow.
B. Fire-alarm shall initiate the following actions:
1. Continuously operate alarm notifications appliances.
2. Identify alarm at fire-alarm control unit and remote annunciators.
3. Transmit an alarm signal to the remote alarm receiving station.
4. Unlock electric door locks in designated egress paths.
5. Release fire and smoke doors held open by magnetic door holders.
6. Activate alarm communication system.
7. Switch heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment controls to fire-alarm
mode.
8. Close smoke dampers in air ducts of designated air-conditioning duct systems.
9. Activate emergency lighting control.
283100-5
10. Record events in the system memoty.
11. Record events by the system printer.
C. Supervisory signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and
actions:
Valve supervisory switch.
D. System trouble signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices and
actions:
1. Open circuits, shorts, and grounds in designated circuits.
2. Opening, tampering with, or removing alarm-initiating and supervisory signal-
initiating devices.
3. Loss of primary power at fire-alarm control unit.
4. Ground or single break in fire-alarm control unit internal circuits.
5. Abnormal 1 ac voltage at fire-alarin control unit.
6. Break in standby battery circuitry.
7. Failure of batter charging.
8. Abnormal position of any switch at fire-alarm control unit or annunciator.
E. System Trouble and Supervisory Signal Actions: Initiate notification appliance and
annunciate at fire-alarm control unit and remote annunciators. Record the event on
system printer.
2.3 FIRE-ALARM CONTROL UNIT
A. General Requirements for Fire-Alarm Control Unit:
1. Field-programmable, microprocessor-based, modular, power-limited design with
electronic modules, complying with UL 864 and listed and labeled by an NRTL.
a. System software and programs shall be held in flash electrically erasable
programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), retaining the information
through failure of primary and secondary power supplies.
b. Include a real-time clock for time annotation of events on the even`t recorder
and printer.
2. Addressable initiation devices that communicate device identity and status.
a. Smoke sensors shall additionally communicate sensitivity setting and allow
for adjustment of sensitivity at fire-alarm control unit.
b. Temperature sensors shall additionally test for and communicate the
sensitivity range of the device.
3. Addressable control circuits for operation of inechanical equipment.
283100-6
B. Alphanumeric Display and System Controls: Arranged for interface bet��veen human
operator at fire-alarm control unit and addressable system components including
annunciation and supervision. Display alarm, supervisory and component status
messages and the programming and control menu.
Annunciator and Display: Liquid-crystal type, 2 lines of 40 characters, minimum.
Keypad: Arranged to permit entry and execution of programming, display and
control commands and to indicate control cominands to be entered into the system
for control of smolce-detector sensitivity and other parameters.
C. Circuits:
Initiating Device,Notification Appliance, and Signaling Line Circuits, NFPA 72,
Class B, unless indicated otherwise.
a. Initiating Device Circuits: Style B, unless indicated otherwise.
b. Notification Appliance Circuits: Style Y, unless indicated otherwise.
c. Signaling Line Circuits: Style 4, unless indicated otherwise.
d. Install no more than 50 addressable devices on each signaling line circuit.
D. Serial Interfaces: Two RS-232 ports for printers.
E. Door Controls: Door hold-open devices that are controlled by smoke detectors at doors
in smoke barrier walls shall be connected to fire-alarm systern.
Walk Test: A test mode to allow one person to test alarm and supervisory features of
initiating devices. Enabling of this mode shall require the entry of a password. The
FACP and annunciators shall display a test indication while the test is underway. If
testing ceases while in walk-test mode, after a preset delay, the system shall
automatically return to normal.
G. Remote Smoke-Detector Sensitivity Adjustment: Controls shall select specific
addressable smoke detectors for adjustment, display their current status and sensitivity
settings, and change those settings. Allow controls to be used to program repetitive
time-scheduled, and automated changes in sensitivity of specific detector groups:
Record sensitivity adjustments and sensitivity-adjustment schedule changes in system
memory, and printout the final adjusted values on system printer.
H. Transmission to Remote Alarm Receiving Station: Automatically transmit alarm,
supervisory, and trouble signals to remote alarm station.
Printout of Events: On receipt of signal, print alarm, supervisory, and trouble
events. Identify zone, device, and function. Include type of signal (alarm,
supervisory, or trouble) and date and time of occurrence. Differentiate alarm
signals from all other printed indications. Also print system reset event, including
same information for device, location, date, and time. Commands initiate the
283100-7
printing of a list of existing alarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions in the
system and a historical log of evenfs.
Primary Power: 24-V dc obtained from 120-V ac service and a power-supply module.
Initiating devices, notification appliances, signaling lines, trouble signals, supervisory
signals, supervisory and digital alarm communicator transmitters and digital alarm radio
transmitters shall be powered by 24-V dc source.
Alarm current draw of entire f ire- alarm system shall not exceed 80 percent of the
power-supply module rating.
J. Secondary Power: 24-V dc supply system with batteries, automatic battery charger, and
automatic transfer switch.
Batteries: Sealed lead calcium.
K. Surge Protection:
1. Install surge protection on normal ac power for the FACP and its accessories.
2. Install surge protectors recommended by FACP manufacturer. Install on all
system wiring external to the building housing the FACP.
L. Instructions: Computer printout or rypewritten instruction card mounted behind a plastic
or glass cover in a stainless —steel or aluminum frame. Include interpretation and
describe appropriate response for displays and signals. Briefly describe the functional
operation of the system under nonnal, alarm, and trouble conditions.
2.4 MANUAL FIRE-ALARM BOXES
A. General Requirements for Manual Fire-Alarm Boxes: Comply with IIL 38. Boxes shall
be finished in red with molded, raised-letter operating instructions in contrasting color;
shall show visible indication of operation; and shall be mounted on recessed outlet box.
If indicated as surface mounted, provide manufacturer's surface back box.
Single-action mechanism, pull-lever type; with integral addressable module
arranged to communicate manual-station status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to fire-
alarm control unit.
2. Station Reset: Key- or wrench-operated switch.
2.5 SYSTEM SMOKE DETECTORS
A. General Requirement for System Smoke Detectors:
Comply with UL 268; operating at 24-V dc; nominal
Detectors shall be two-wire type.
283100-8
3. Integral Addressable Module; Arranged to communicate detector status (normal,
alarm, or trouble) to fire-alarm control unit.
4. Base Mounting: Detector and associated electronic components shall be mounted
in a twist lock module that connects to a fixed base. Provide terminals in the fixed
base for connection to building wiring.
5. Self-Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting or readjustment after actuation
to restore them to normal operation.
6. Integral Visual-Indicating Light: LED type indicated detector has operated and
power-on status.
7. Remote Control: Unless otherw�ise indicated, deteciors shall be ,analog- ���
addressable type, individually monitored at fire-alat•m control unit for calibration,
sensitivity, and alarm condition and individually adjustable for sensitivity Uy fire-
alarm control unit.
a. Rate-of-rise temperature characteristics shall be selectable at fire-alarm
control unit of 15 to 20 deg F per minute.
b. Fixed-temperature sensing shall be independent of rate-of-rise sensing and
shall be settable at fire-alarm control unit to operate at 135 or 155 deg F.
c. Provide multiple levels of detection sensitivity for each sensor.
B. Photoelectric Smoke Detectors:
Detector address shall be accessible from fire-alarm conti•ol unit and shall be able
to identify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting.
An operator at fire-alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall be
able to manually access the following for each detector:
a. Primary status.
b. Device type.
c. Present average value.
d. Present sensitivity selected.
e. Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.).
C. Ionization Smoke Detector:
1. Detector address shall be accessible from fire-alarm control unit and shall be able
to identify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting.
2. An operator at fire-alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall be
able to manually access the following for each detector:
a. Primary status.
b. Device type.
c. Present average value.
d. Present sensitivity selected.
e. Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.).
283100-9
D. Duct Smoke Detector: Photoelectric type complying with tTL 268A.
1. Detector address shall be accessible from fire-alarm control unit and shall be able
to identify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting.
2. An operator at fire-alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall be
able to manually access the following for each detector:
a. Primary status.
b. Device type.
c. Present average value.
d. Present sensitivity selected.
e. Sensor range (normal, dirry, etc.).
3. Weatherproof Duct Housing Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 4X; NRTL listed for
use with the supplied detector.
4. Each sensor shall have multiple levels of detection sensitivity. '
5. Sampling Tubes: Design and dimensions as recommended by manufacturer for
specific duct size, air velocity, and installation conditions where applied.
6. Relay Fan Shutdown: Rated to interrupt fan motor-control circuit.
2.6 HEAT DETECTORS
A. General Requirements for Heat Detectors: Comply with UL 521.
B. Heat Detector, Combination Type: Actuated by either a fixed temperature of 135 deg F
or a rate of rise that exceeds 15 deg F per minute unless otherwise indicated.
1. Mounting: Twist-lock base interchangeable with smoke-detector bases.
2. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal,
alarm, or trouble) to fire-alarm control unit.
C. Heat Detector, Fixed-Temperature Type: Actuated by temperature that exceeds a fixed
temperature of 190 deg F.
1. Mounting: Twist-lock base interchangeable with smoke-detector bases.
2. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal,
alarm, or trouble) to fire-alarm control unit.
2.7 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
A. General Requirements for Notification Appliances: Individually addressed, connected
to a signaling line circuit, equipped for mounting as indicated and with screw terminals
for system connections.
1. Combination Devices: Factory-integrated audible and visible devices in a single-
mounting assembly, equipped for mounting as indicated and with screw terminals
28 31 00-10
for system connections.
B. Horns: Electric-vibrating-polarized type, 24-V dc; with provision for housing the
operating mechanism behind a grille. Coinply with UL 464. Horns shall produce a
sound-pressure level of 90 dBA, measured l0 feet from the horn, using the coded signal
prescribed in UL 464 test protocol
C. Visible Notification Appliances: Xenon strobe lights comply with UL 1971, with clear
or nominal white polycarbonate lens mounted on an aluminum faceplate. The word
"FIRE" is engraved in minimuul 1-inch-l�igh letters on the lens.
Rated Light Output: 15/30/75/110 cd, selectable in the field.
Mounting: Wall mounted unless otherwise indicated.
For units with guards to prevent physical damage, light output ratings shall be
determined with guards in place.
Flashing shall be in a temporal pattern, synchronized with other units.
Strobe Leads: Factoiy connected to screw terminals.
Mounting Faceplate: Factory-finished, red.
D. Voice/Tune Notification Appliances:
1. Appliances shall comply with LTL 1480 and shall be listed and labeled by an
NRTL.
2. High-Range Units: Rated 1/4 to 15 W.
3. Low-Range Units: Rated 1/4 to 2 W.
2.8 MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDERS
A. Description: Units are equipped for wall or floor mounting as indicated and are
complete with matching doorplate.
Electromagnet: Requires no more than 3 W to develop 25-lbf holding force.
Wall-Mounted Units: Flush mounted unless otherwise indicated.
Rating: 120-V ac.
B. Material and Finish: Match Door Hardware.
2.9 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR
A. Description: Annunciator functions shall match those of fire-alarm control unit for
alarm, supervisory, and trouble indications. Manual switching functions shall match
those of fire-alarm control unit, including acknowledging, silencing, resetting, and
testing.
Mounting: Surface cabinet; except flush if in public space, NEMA 250, Type 1.
28 31 00- 11
B. Display Type and Functional Perfonnance: Alphanumeric display and LED indicating
lights shall match those of fire-alarm control unit. Provide controls to acknowledge,
silence, reset, and test functions for alarm, supervisor, and trouble signals.
2.10 ADDRESSABLE 1NTERFACE DEVICE
A. Description: Microelectronic monitor module, NRTL listed for use in providing a
system address for alarm-initiating devices for wired applications with nonnally open
contacts.
B. Integral Relay: Capable of providing a direct signal, including:
1. To circuit-breaker shunt trip of power shutdown.
2.11 SYSTEM PRINTER
A. Printer shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL as an integral part of fire-alarm system.
212 DEVICE GUl1RDS
A. Description: Welded wire mesh of size and shape for the manual station, smoke
detector, gong, or other device requiring protection.
1. Factory fabricated and furnished by manufacturer device.
2. Finish: Paint of color to match the protected device.
2.13 WIRE AND CABLE
A. Wire and cable for the fire-alarm systems shall be UL listed and labeled as complying
with NFPA 70, Article 760.
B. Signaling Line Circuits: Twisted, shielded pair, size as recommended by system
manufacturer.
1. Circuit Integrity Cable: Twisted shielded pair, NFPA 70, Article 760,
Classification CI, for power-limited fire-alarm signal service. UL listed as TYPE
FPL, and complying with requirements in UL 1424 and UL 2196 for a 2-hour
rating.
C. Non-Power-Limited Circuits: Solid-copper conductors with 600-V rated, 75 deg C,
color-coded insulation.
1. Low-Voltage Circuits: No. 14 AWG, minimum.
2. Line-Voltage Circuits: No 12 AWG, minimum.
28 31 00 - 12
3. Multi-Conductor Armored Cable: NFPA 70 Type MC, copper conductors,
TFN/THHN conductor insulation, copper drain wire, copper armor (with outer
jacicet where required) with red identifier stripe, UL listed for fire alarm and cable
hy installation, plenum rated, and complying with requireii�ents in UL 2196 for a
2-hour rating.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NFPA 72 for installation of fire-alarm equipment.
B. Equipment Mounting for Wall-Mounted Units: Install fire-alarm control unit on walls
with tops of cabinets not more than 72 inches above the finished floor.
C. Smoke- or Heat-Detector Spacing:
1. Comply with NFPA 72, Smolce-Sensing Fire Detectors" Section in the "Initiating
Devices" Chapter, for smoke-detector spacing.
2. Comply with NFPA 72, "Heat-Sensing Fire Detectors" Section in the "Initiating
Devices" Chapter, for heat-detector spacing.
3. Smooth ceiling spacing shall not exceed 30 feet.
4. Spacing of detectors for irregular areas, for irregular ceiling construction, and for
high ceiling areas shall be determined according to Appendix A or Appendix B in
NFPA 72.
5. HVAC: Locate detectors not closer than three feet from air-supply diffuser on
return-air opening.
6. Lighting Fixtures: Locate detectors not closer than 12 inches from any part of a
lighting fixture.
D. Duct Smoke Detectors: Comply with NFPA 72 and NFPA 90A. Install sampling tubes
so they extend the full width of duct.
E. Signaling Line Circuits: Install no more than 50 addressable devices on each signaling
line circuit.
F. Remote Status and Alarm Indicators: Install near each smoke detector and each
sprinkler water-flow switch and valve-tamper switch that is not readily visible from
normal viewing position.
G. Audible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install at least 6 inches below the ceiling. Install on
flush-rnounted back boxes with the device-operating mechanism concealed behind a
grille.
H. Visible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install at least 6 inches below the ceiling.
28 31 00- 13
Device Location-Indicating Lights: Locate in public space near the device they monitor.
J. Fire-Alarm Control Unit: Surface mounted, with tops of cabinets not more than 72
inches above the finished floor.
K. Annunciator: Install with top of panel not more than 72 inches above the finished floor.
3.2 CONNECTIONS
A. For fire-protection systems related to doors in fire-rated walls and partitions and to
doors in smoke partitions, comply with requirements in Division 08 Section "Door
Hardware." Connect hardware and devices to fire-alarm system.
1. Verify that hard and devices are NRTL listed for use with fire-alarm system in
this Section before making connections.
B. Make addressable connections with a supervised interface device to the following
devices and systems. Install the interface device less than three feet from the device
controlled. Make an addressable confirmation connection when such feedback is
available at the device or system being controlled.
1. Alarm-initiating connection to stairwell pressurization systems.
2. Smoke dampers in air ducts of designated air-conditioning duct systems.
3. Alarm-initiating connection to activate emergency lighting control.
4. Supervisory connections at valve supervisory switches.
5. Supervisory connections at low-air-pressure switch of each dry-pipe sprinkler
system.
6. Supervisory connections at fire-pump power failure including a dead-phase or
phase-reversal condition.
3 3 WIRING 1NSTALLATION
A. Install wiring according to the following:
1. NECA 1.
2. TIA/EIA 568-A.
B. Wiring Method: Install wiring in metal raceway according to Division 16 Section
"Raceways and Boxes."
1. Fire alarm circuits and equipment control wiring associated with the fire alarm
system shall be installed in a dedicated raceway system. This system shall not be
used for any other wire or cable.
C. Wiring within Enclosures: Separate power-limited and non-power-limited conductors as
recommended by manufacturer. Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to
28 31 00 - 14
sides and bacic of the enclosure. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to tertninal points
with no excess. Connect conductors that are terminated, spliced, or interrupted in any
enclosure associated with the fire alarm system to terminal blocics. Mark each terminal
according to the system's wiring diagrams. Make all connections with approved crimp-
on terminal spade lugs, pressure-type terminal blocks, or plug connectors.
D. Cable Taps: Use numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes, cabinets,
or equipment enclosures where circuit connections are made.
E. Color-Coding: Color-code fire alarm conductors differently from the normal building
power wiring. Use one color-code for alarm circuit wiring and a different color-code for
supervisory circuits. Color-code audible alarm-indicating circuits differently from
alarm-initiating circuits. Use different colors for visible alarm-indicating devices. Paint
fire alarm system junction boxes and covers red.
F. Risers: Install at least two vertical cable risers to serve the fire alarm system. Separate .
risers in close proximity to each other with a minimum 1-l�our-rated wall, so the loss of
one riser does not prevent the receipt or transmission of signals from other floors or
zones.
G. Wiring to Remote Alarm Transmitting Device: 1-inch conduit between the FACP and
the transmitter. Install number of conductors and electrical supervision for connecting
wiring as needed to suit monitoring function.
3.4 IDENTIFICATION.
A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements
for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical
Systems."
B. Install framed instructions in a location visible from fire-alarm control unit.
3.5 GROUNDING
A. Ground fire-alarm control unit and associated circuits; comply with IEEE 1100. Install
a ground wire from main service ground to fire-alarm control unit.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field tests shall be witnessed by authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Manufaciurer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including
connections.
28 31 00 - 15
C. Reacceptance Testing: Perforrn reacceptance testing to verify the proper operation of
added or replaced devices and appliances.
D. Fire-alann system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
E. Prepare test and inspection reports.
F. Maintenance Test and Inspection: Perform tests and inspections listed for weekly,
monthly, quarterly, and semiannual periods. Use forms developed for initial tests and
inspeciions.
G. Annual Test and Inspection: One year after date of Substantial Completion, test fire-
alarm system complying with visual and testing inspection requirements in NFPA 72.
Use forms developed for initial tests and inspections.
3.7 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain fire-alarm system.
END OF SECTION
28 31 00- 16
N. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements to determine compliance with specified tolerances.
O. Field quality-conh•ol test and inspection reports.
P. Minutes of preinstallation conference.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI-
certified Flatwork Tecluiician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI-certified Concrete Flatwark
Technician.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and
� that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment.
Manufacturer certiiied according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete
Production Facilities."
C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E_ 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to
ASTM E 548.
1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician,
Grade 1, according to ACI CP-01 or an equivalent certification program.
2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testulg Technician
and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor
shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade TI.
D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious rnaterial of the same brand from the same
manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from one source, and obtain admixtures through one source from a
single manufacturer.
E. Welding; Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code--
Reinforcing Steel."
F. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract
Documents:
1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," Sections 1 through 5.
2. ACI 11'7, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."
G. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perfortn material evaluation
tests and to design concrete mixtures.
H. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."
Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for
ensuring quality of concrete materials. Reqnire representatives of each entity directly concerned
with cast-in-place concrete to attend, including the following:
a. Contractar's superintendent.
b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures.
c. Ready-mix concrete rnanufacturer.
033000-3
d. Concrete subconh�actor.
2. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality contc•ol,
concrete finishes and finishing, cold- and hot-weatlier concreting procedures, curing procedures,
construction contraction and isolation joints, and joint-filler strips, fonns and form removal
limitations, vapor-retarder installation, anchor rod and anchorage device installation tolerances,
steel reinforcement installation, floar and slab flafiess and levelness measurement, concrete repair
procedures and concr•ete protection.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product
selection:
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified.
3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers
specified.
4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specified.
2.02 FORM-FACING MATERIALS
A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth
concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints.
1. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as
follows:
a. High-density overlay, Class 1 or better.
b. Medium-density overlay, Class 1 or better; mill-release agent treated and edge sealed.
c. Structural 1, B-B or better; mill oiled and edge sealed.
d. B-B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed.
B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide
lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.
C. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass-fiber-reinforced plastic, paper, or
fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified
formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads
without detrimental deformation.
D. Void Forms: Shall be the product of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged in the commercial
production of void forms.
033000-4
1. Void form composition shall be of con-ugated paper material with a moisture resistant exterior and
an interior fabrication of a uniform cellular con�guration, composed of components consn�ucted of
double-faced wax-impregnated (partially or fully), con-ugated fiberboard that is laminated with
moisture resistant adhesive,
2. Design and maintain void fonns to support all vertical and lateral loads that might be applied
during consh•uction until such loads can be supported by the concrete shucture.
3. Form material_shall be designed to lose its sh�ength under prolonged contact with the moisture
which normally accumulates beneath slabs and beams on grade.
4. Void fonns shall be provided to provide voids around the circular edges of all drilled piers at the
intersection of the grade beams and/or sh•uctural slabs by using pi•emanufactured, non-iield cut,
sealed void forms with curved edges adjacent to drilled piers.
5. Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incarparated into the Work
include, but are not limited to, SureVoid Products, Inc., 888-803-8643.
E. Protection Board: For use over void foims under structural slabs. Hard-pressed cellulose fiber board,
1/8 inch minimum thickness.
F. Charnfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber sh�ips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum.
G. Rustication Sh�ips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, lcerfed for ease of form removal.
H. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or
adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impau- subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials.
L Form Ties: Factoiy-fabricated, removable or snap-off inetal ar glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form ties
designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on
removal.
1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer tlian 1 inch to the plane of exposed
concrete surface.
2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete
surface.
3. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofmg or
waterprooimg.
J. Form Ties for Exposed Finishes: Water seal coil type internally disconnecting ties with tapered plastic
cone spreader designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of
concrete on removal. Plugs to fill tie cone to be in plastic or mortar to match surrounding concrete. Plugs
to be recessed'/a inch from surface of finished concrete.
1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed
concrete surface.
2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete
surface.
K. Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Geofoam:
1. Lightweight expanded polystyrene with a minimum compressive strength of 2.2 pounds per square
inch (psi) at a 1% deformation.
2. Geofoam shall be in compliance with ASTM D 6817.
3. Geofoam shall be shaped to provide continuous support for raised slabs or to act as a lightweight
fill material at locations indicated on the drawings.
4. Available Products:
033000-5
a. Foam-Control EPS Geofoam, AFM Coiporation.
b. InsulFoam GF, Insulfoam, LLC.
L. Soil Retainers: Shall be provided where specified and shown on the drawings to prevent migration of
backfill under suspended foundation elements:
1. Retainers shall be composed of high density polypropylene materials that are not adversely
affected by moisture. They must be flexible, impact resistant and have sufficient sh•ength to resist
lateral loads applied by soil.
a. Thickness:3/8"
b. Soil retainers shall extend six inches above the void forms and a minimum of 3 inches
below the void forms.
2.03 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with an avera�e recycled content of steel
products so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not less
than 25 percent. _
�:B_Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed.
�C_Low-Alloy-Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 706/A 706M, deformed.
9:D_Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn.
gE. Deformed-Steel Wire: ASTM A 496.
Q:F.Plain-Steel Welded Wire, Reinfarcement: ASTM A 185, plain, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into
flat sheets.
�G_Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcernent: ASTM A 497, flat sheet.
2.04 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES
A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, plain-steel bars, cut bars true to length with ends
square and free of burrs.
B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening
reinforcing bars and welded wire reinfarcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire,
plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's °Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive
strength than concrete and as follows:
1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI
Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports.
2. For epoxy-coated reinforcement, use epoxy-coated or other dielectric-polymer-coated wire bar
supports.
3. For zinc-coated reinforcement, use galvanized wire or dielectric-polymer-coated wire bar
supports.
4. For slabs on grade, provide sand plates, horizontal runners, or precast concrete blocks on bottom
where base material will not support chair legs or where vapor barrier has been specified.
033000-6
2.05 MECHANICAL SPLICES
A. Provide mechanical splices designed to develop, ui tension and compression, 125 percent of the
minimum ASTM specified yield strength of the smaller bar being spliced. The following splicing
systems are acceptable:
1. Erico "Cadweld T-Series"
2. Erico "Lenton"
3. Dayton Ba►•splice "Bar-Grip"
4. Dayton Barsplice "Grip-Twist"
2.06 DOWEL BAR ANCHORS
A. Provide dowel bar anchors and threaded dowels designed to develop, in tension and compression, 125
percent of the minimum ASTM specified yield strength of the dowel bars. Unless otherwise indicated,
anchors shall be fi.unished with ACI standard 90 degree hooks. Dowels shall be furnished by the anchor
supplier. The follo.wing dowel splicing systems are acceptable:
1. Rictunond Screw Anchor "Dowel Bar Splicer"
2. Erico "Lenton Form Saver"
3. Dayton Barsplice "Grip-Twist"
2.07 EMBEDDED METAL ASSEMBLIES
A. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36
B. Headed Studs: Heads welded by full-fusion process, as fi.unished by TRW Nelson Stud Welding
Division.
C. Welded Deformed Bar Anchors: Welded by full fusion process, as furnished by TRW Nelson Stud
Welding Division.
D. Reinforcing Bars to be Welded: ASTM A706.
E. Coatings
l. Epoxy coating for metal assemblies shall be "Hi-Build Epoxoline," as manufactured by the
Tnemec Company, Kansas City, Missouri, applied in accordance with �nanufachzrer's
recommendations.
2. Hot dip galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A123, "Specification far Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized)
Coatings on Iron and Steel Products."
3. Cold Galvanizing Compound for field repair of galvanizing: "ZRC Cold Galvanizing Compound"
by ZRC Chemical Products Company, Quincy, Massachusetts.
2.08 INSERTS
A. Provide metal inserts required for anchorage of materials or equipment to concrete construction where
not supplied by other trades:
1. In vertical concrete surfaces for transfer of direct shear loads only, provide adjustable wedge
inserts of malleable cast iron, complete with bolts, nuts, and washers. Provide 3/4" bolt size unless
otherwise indicated.
033000-7
�' i
2. In horizontal concrete stu�faces and whenever inserts are subject to tension forces, provide
threaded 'ulserts of malleable cast iron, furnished with full depth bolts, 3/4" bolt size unless
otherwise indicated.
2.09 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source,
throughout Project:
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I/II gray. Supplement with the following:
a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F.
B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 3S or 3M coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide
aggregates from a single source.
1. Maxunum Coarse-Aggregate Size: As indicated.
2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.
C. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable.
2.10 ADMIXTURES
A. Air-Entraining Admixhzre: ASTM C 260.
B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other
admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in
hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride.
1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M,'Type A.
2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B.
3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D.
4. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F.
5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G.
6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II.
C. Set-Accelerating Corrosion-Inhibiting Admixture: Commercially formulated, anodic inhibitor or mixed
cathodic and anodic inhibitor; capable of forming a protective barriex and minimizing chloride reactions
with steel reinforcement in concrete and complying with ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C.
1. Products:
a. Boral Material Technologies, Inc.; Boral BCN.
b. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Eucon CIA.
c. Grace Constnzction Products, W. R. Grace & Co.; DCI.
d. Master Builders, Inc.; Rheocrete CNI.
e. Sika Corporation; Sika CNI.
D. Non-Set-Accelerating Corrosion-Inhibiting Admixture: Commercially formulated, non-set-accelerating,
anodic inhibitor or mixed cathodic and anodic inhibitar; capable of forming a protective barrier and
minimizing chloride reactions with steel reinforcement in concrete,
1. Products:
033000-8
a. A�cun Concrete Technologies; Catexol 1000CI.
b. Boral Material Technologies, Inc.; Boral BCN2.
c. Cortec Corporation; MCI [2000] [2005NS].
d. Grace Consh-uction Products, W. R. Grace & Co.; DCI-S.
e. Master Builders, Inc.; Rheocrete 222+.
f. Sil<a Corporation; FerroGard-901.
2.11 VAPOR RETA.ItDERS
A. Plastic Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class A. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or
pressure-sensitive tape.
Membrane shall have the following properties:
a. Minimum 15 mils thickness.
b. Permeance Rating: ASTM E 96, 0.01 Perms [grains/(fi2 * hr *- in Hg)] ar lower as tested
after mandatory conditioning (ASTM E 154 sections 8, 11, 12, 13)
a Puncture Resistance: ASTM D 1709, Minimum 2400 grams
d. Tensile Strength: ASTM E 154 section 9, Minimum 45.0 lbf/in
e. Installation shall be in accordance with ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's instructions.
2. Products:
a. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing, Inc. Blackline 400.
b. Epro; Ecoshield-E 15 mil.
c. Insulation Solutions, Inc. Viper VaporCheck II 15.
d. Raven Industries Inc. Vapor Block 15.
e. Stego Wrap 15 mil, by Stego.
f. W.R. Meadows, Inc. Perminator 15 mil.
2.12 CLIRING MATERIALS
A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh
coricrete.
Products:
a. Axim Concrete Technologies; Cimfilm.
b. Burke by Edoco; BurkeFilm. ,
c. ChemMasters; Spray-Film.
d. Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior Company; Aquafilm.
e. Dayton Superior Corporation; Sure Film.
f. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Eucobar.
g. Kaufinan Products, Inc.; Vapor Aid.
h. Lambert Corporation; Lambco Skin.
i. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; E-Con.
j. MBT Protection and Repair, Div. of ChemRex; Confilm.
k. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Sealtight Evapre.
1. Metalcrete Industries; Waterhold.
m. Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Monofilm.
n. Sika Corporation, Inc.; SikaFilm.
o. Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Finishing Aid.
p. Unitex; Pro-Film.
q. US Mix Products Company; US Spec Monofilm ER.
033000-9
r. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex EnvioAssist.
B. Absoiptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing
approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry.
C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.
D. Water: Potable.
E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating.
i. Products:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g•
h.
i.
J•
k.
1.
m.
n.
o.
P�
Anti-Hydro International, Inc.; AH Curing Compound #2 DR WB.
Burke by Edoco; Aqua Resin Cure.
ChemMasters; Safe-Cure Clear.
Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior Company; W.B. Resin
Cure.
Dayton Superior Corporation; Day Chem Rez Cure (J-11-W).
Euclid Chemical Company (The); Kurez DR VOX.
Kaufinan Products, Inc.; Thinfilm 420.
Lambert Corporation; Aqua Kure-Clear.
L&M Construction Chemicals, Ina; L&M Cure R.
Meadows, W. R.; Inc.; 1100 Clear.
Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Resin Cure E.
Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Resi-Chem Clear Cure.
Tamms Industries, Inc.; Horncure WB 30.
Unitex; Hydro Cure 309.
US Mix Products Company; US Spec Maxcure Resin Clear.
Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex Enviocure 100.
F. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B,
nondissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of floor
covering.
Products:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g•
h.
i.
J•
k.
1.
m.
n.
o.
P�
9•
Anti-Hydro International, Inc.; AH Clear Cure WB.
Burke by Edoco; Spartan Cote WB II.
ChemMasters; Safe-Cure & Seal 20.
Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior Company; Cure and
Seal WB.
Dayton Superior Corporation; Safe Cure and Seal (J-18).
Euclid Chemical Company (The); Aqua Cure VOX.
Kaufinan Products, Inc.; Cure & Sea1309 Emulsion.
Lambert Corporation; Glazecote Sealer-20.
L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Dress & Seal WB.
Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Vocomp-20.
Metalcrete Industries; Metcure.
Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Cure & Seal 150E.
Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Cure & Seal 18 Percent E.
Tamms Industries, Inc.; Clearseal WB 150.
Unitex; Hydro Seal.
US Mix Products Company; US Spec Hydrasheen 15 percent
Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Starseal 309.
03 30 00 - 10
G. Clear, Waterboine, Membrane-Fonning Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type l, Class B, 18 to 25
percent solids, nondissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding
of floor covering.
Products:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g•
h.
i.
J•
k.
1.
m.
n.
o.
p•
q•
r.
Burke by Edoco; Spartan Cote WB II 20 Percent.
ChemMasters; Safe-Cure Clear.
Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., I�ic., a Dayton Superior Company; High Seal.
Dayton Superior Corporation; Safe Cure and Seal (J-19).
Euclid Chemical Company (The); Diamond Clear VOX.
Kaufinan Products, Inc.; SureCure Emulsion.
Lambert Coiporation; Glazecote Sealer-20.
L&M Constiuction Chemicals, Inc.; Dress & Seal WB.
MBT Protection and Repair, Div. of ChemRex; MasterKure-N-Seal VOC.
Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Vocomp-20.
Metalcrete Industries; Metc�u•e 0800.
Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Cure & Sea1200E.
Sonneborn, Div. of ChemRex; Kure-N-Seal.
Symons Coiporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Cure & Seal 18 Percent E.
Tamms Indush�ies, Inc.; Clearseal WB STD.
Unitex; Hydro Seal 18.
US Mix Products Company; US Spec Radiance LJV-25
Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Starsea10800.
H. Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Foiming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1,
Class A.
1. Products:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g•
h.
i.
J•
k.
1.
m.
n.
o.
Burke by Edoco; Cureseal 1315.
ChemMasters; Spray-Cure & Seal Plus.
Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton
Sealcure 1315.
Dayton Superior Corporation; Day-Chem Cure and Seal (J-22LTV).
Euclid Chemical Company (The); Super Diamond Clear.
Kaufinan Products, Ina; Sure Cure 25.
Lambert Corporation; LTV Super Seal.
L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Lumiseal Plus.
Meadows, W. R., Inc.; CS-309/30.
Metalcrete Industries; Seal N Kure 0.
Sonneborn, Div. of ChemRex; Kure-N-Sea15.
Tamms Industries, Inc.; LusterSea1300.
Unitex; Solvent Seal 1315.
US Mix Products Company; US Spec CS-25
Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex AC 1315
Superior Company;
I. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1,
Class A.
Products:
a. Burke by Edoco; Cureseal 1315 WB.
b. ChemMasters; Polyseal WB.
a Conspec Marketirig & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superiar Company;
Sealcure 1315 WB.
03 30 00 - 11
d.
e.
f.
g•
h.
i.
J•
k.
1.
m.
n.
Euclid Chemical Company (The); Super Diamond Clear VOX.
Kaufinan Products, Inc.; Sure Cui•e 25 Emulsion.
Lambert Corporation; UV Safe Seal.
L&M Construction Chemicals, I�ic.; Lumiseal WB Plus.
Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Vocomp-30.
Metalcrete Industries; Metcure 30.
Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Cure & Seal 31 Percent E.
Tamms Industries, Inc.; LusterSeal WB 300.
Unitex; Hydro Sea125.
US Mix Products Company; US Spec Radiance UV-25.
Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Vexcon Starseal 1315.
2.13 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber or
ASTM D 1752, cor�C or self-expanding cork.
B. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non-redispersi6le, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene.
C. Bonding Agent: Two component, moisture insensitive, extended pot life epoxy bonding agent equal to
"Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod LPL", by the Sika Corporation.
D. Epo�cy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and
bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to suit requirements,
and as follows:
1. Types I and II, non-load bearing and IV and V, load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly
mixed concrete to hardened concrete.
E. Reglets: Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.0217-inch-thick, galvanized steel sheet. Temporarily iill or
cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris.
F. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized steel sheet, not less than 0.0336 inch thick, with bent tab
anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris.
G. Dovetail anchor slots: For receiving inserts for anchoring masonry veneer, cast stone, and natural stone to
concrete structure. Slots shall be 22 gauge, galvanized sheet steel and dovetail slotted, with foam filler
equal to No. 305 made by Hohmann and Barnard, Inc., or approved equal. Slots shall be 1" wide and 1"
' deep unless noted otherwise.
H. Adjustable wedge inserts: For attachment of masonry shelf angles to spandrel beams. Provide Hohmann
& Barnard wedge inserts by Hohmann & Barnard, Inc., or approved equal. Type, size and capacity shall
be as shown on the Drawings. .
I. Sleeves and Blockouts: Formed with galvanized metal, galvanized pipe, polyvinyl chloride pipe, fiber
tubes, or wood.
J. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required; of strength and character to
maintain formwork in place while placing concrete.
03 30 00 - 12
2.14 REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Repair Underlayment: Pre-packaged, cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be
applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations.
1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as
defined in ASTM C 219.
2. Primei•: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for subsh•ate, conditions, and
application.
3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recorrunended by
underlayment manufacturer.
4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to
ASTM C 109/C 109M.
B. Repair Overlayment: Pre-packaged, cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be
applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations.
Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic ar blended hydraulic cement as
defined in ASTM C 219.
Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application.
Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3.2 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as
recommended by topping rnanufachzrer.
Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to
ASTM C 109/C 109M.
C. Repair Mortar — Hand-Applied: Pre-packaged, cement-based, two-component, polymer-modified,
trowel-grade mortar, enhanced with peneh�ating con•osion inhibitor.
1. Compressive Strength: 1200 psi minimum at 1 day; 6000 psi minimum at 28 days when tested
according to ASTM C 109.
2. Bond Strength: 1800 psi minimum at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 882 (Modified).
3. Product / Manufacturer: SikaTop 122 Plus or SikaTop 123 Plus, SikaCorporation.
D. Repair Mortar — Form and Pour or Pump: Pre-packaged, cement-based, single-component, polymer-
modified, silica-fume-enhanced, cementitious mortar.
1. Compressive Strength: 3000 psi minimum at 1 day; 6500 psi at 28 days when tested according to
ASTM C 109.
2. Bond Strength: 2200 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 882 (modified).
3. Product / Manufacturer: Sika MonoTop 611, Sika Corporation.
2.15 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL
A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory
trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301.
Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs
based on laboratory trial mixtures.
Required average strength above specified strength:
a. Based on a record of past performance: Determination of required average strength above
specified strength shall be based on the standard deviation record of the results of at least
30 consecutive strength tests in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 53 by the larger amount
defined by formulas 5-1 and 5-2.
03 30 00 - 13
b. Based on laborato�y trial mixtures: Proportions shall be selected on the basis of laboratory
h�ial batches prepared in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5.3.3.2 to produce an average
strength greater than the specified strength fc by the amo�.uit defined in table 53.2.2.
1) Proportions of ingredients for concrete mixes shall be determined by an independent
testing laboratory or qualified concrete supplier.
2) For each proposed mixture, at least three compressive test cylinders shall be made
and tested far strength at the specified age. Additional cylulders may be made for
testing for ulformation at earlier ages.
B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland
cement in concrete as follows:
1. Fly Ash: 40 percent for piers and grade beams and 20% for slabs.
C. Au• dry density and splitting tensile strength for lightweight concrete determined in accordance with
ASTM C330.
D. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement.
E. Admixhzres: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Do not use admixtures which have not been incorporated and tested in accepted mixes.
2. Use water-reducing, high-range water-reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required,
for placement and workability.
3. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or
other adverse placement conditions.
4. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs and
parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water-cementitious
materials ratio below 0.50.
5. Use corrosion-inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated.
2.16 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS
A. Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as indicated on drawings.
2.17 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT
A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."
2.18 FABRICATION OF EMBEDDED METAL ASSEMBLIES
A. Fabricate metal assemblies in the shop. Holes shall be made by drilling or punching. Holes shall not be
made by or enlarged by burning. Welding shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1.
B. Welding of deformed bar anchors and headed stud anchors shall be done by full fusion process equal to
that of TRW Nelson Stud Welding Division. A minimum of two headed studs shall be tested at the start
of each production period for proper quality control. The studs shall be capable of being bent 45 degrees
without failure.
03 30 00- 14
C. Welding of reuiforcement shall be done in accordance with AWS D1.4, using the recommended preheat
temperature and elech�ode for the type of reinforcement being welded. Bars larger than no. 9 shall not be
welded. Welding shall be suUject to the observance and testing of the Testing Laboratory.
D. Metal assemblies exposed to earth, weather or moisture shall be hot dip galvanized. All other metal
assemblies shall be either hot dip galvanized or painted with an epoxy paint. Repau• galvanizing after
welding with a Cold Galvanizing compound installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
Repair painted assemblies after welding with same type of paint.
2.19 CONCIZ�TE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M,
and fuinish batch ticket infoimation.
When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delively tune from 1-1/2
hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to
60 minutes.
B. Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to
ASTM C 94/C 94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer.
1. For mixer capacity of 1 cu. yd.or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes, but not more
than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released.
2. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cu. yd., increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1
cu. yd.
3, Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project
identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixture time, quantity, and amount of water
added. Record approximate location of fmal deposit in structure.
PART3-EXECUTION
3.01 FORMWORK
A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral,
static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such
loads.
B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and
position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117.
Vertical alignment:
a. Lines, surfaces and arises less than 100 feet in height - 1 inch.
b. Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete exposed to view
less than 100 feet in height - 1/2 inch.
c. Lines, surfaces and arises greater than 100 feet in height - 1/1000 times the height but not
more than 6 inches.
d. Outside corner of exposed corner colutnns and control joints in concrete exposed to view
greater than 100 feet in height - 1/2000 times the height but not more than 3 inches.
2. Lateral alignment:
03 30 00 - 15
a. Members - 1 inch.
b. Centerline of openings 12 inches or smaller and edge location of larger openings in slabs -
1/2 inch.
c. Sawcuts, joints, and weakened plane embedments in slabs - 3/4 inch.
3. Level aligrunent:
a. Elevation of slabs-on-grade - 3/4 inch.
b. Elevation of top surfaces of foi7ned slabs before removal of shores - 3/4 inch.
c. Elevation of formed surfaces before removal of shores - 3/4 inch.
d. Lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other lines exposed to view - 1/2 inch.
4. Cross-sectional dunensions: Overall dimensions of beams, joists, and colu►ntis and thickness of
walls and slabs.
a. 12 inch dimension or less - plus 3/8 inch to minus 1/4 inch.
b. Greater than 12 inch to 3 foot dimension - plus 1/2 inch to minus 3/8 inch.
c. Greater than 3 foot dimension - plus 1 inch to minus 3/4 inch.
5. Relative alignment:
a. Grooves:
1) Specified width 2 inches or less - 1/8 inch.
2) Specified width between 2 inches and 12 inches - 1/4 inch.
b. Vertical alignment of outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joint grooves
in concrete exposed to view - 1/4 inch in 10 feet.
c. All other conditions - 3/8 inch in 10 feet.
C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows:
1. Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth-fortned finished surfaces.
2. Class B, 1/4 inch for rough-formed fmished surfaces.
D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.
E. Fabricate forms far easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush
or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined
surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical.
1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal.
2. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material.
F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and
slopes in fmished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off
templates or compacting-type screeds.
G. Construct formwork to cambers shown or specified on the Drawings to allow for structural deflection of
the hardened concrete. Provide additional elevation or camber in formwork as required for anticipated
formwork deflections due to weight and pressures of concrete and construction loads.
H. Forms for Exposed Concrete:
1. Drill forms from the contact face to the outside to suit form ties used. Do not splinter forms by.
driving ties through improperly prepared holes.
03 30 00 - 16
2. Provide shaip, clean co�ners at intersecting planes without visible edges or offsets. Back joints
with extra studs or girts if requn�ed to maintain corneis.
3. Provide ext��a studs, girts, walers, and bracing to prevent bowing of forms.
4. Foim shapes, recesses and projections with smooth fmish materials, and 'uistall in foims with
sealed joints.
5. Locate fonn ties in level horizontal rows, plumbed vertically, and in symmeh•ical arrangements,
unless noted otherwise.
L Foundation Elements: The sides of all below grade portions of beams, pier caps, walls, and columns
shall be formed sh�aight and to the lines and grades specified. Fotmdation elements shall not be earth
formed unless specifically indicated on the Drawings.
J. Provide temporaiy openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of fonnwork is
inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of
concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations.
K. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete.
L. Fonn openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocicing, screeds, and bulkheads required in
the Work. Detennine sizes and locations from t�•ades providing such items.
M. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other
debris just before placing concrete.
N. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain
proper alignment.
O. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions,
before placing reinforcement, anchoring devices, and embedded items.
1. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces are scheduled to receive subsequent
finishes which may be affected by agent. Soak contact surfaces of untreated forms with clean
water. Keep surfaces wet prior to placing concrete.
3.02 EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for acljoining work that is
attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,
instructions, and directions fiunished with items to be embedded.
1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in
Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."
a. Spacing within a bolt group: 1/8"
b. Location of bolt group (center): 1/2"
c. Rotation of bolt group: 5 degrees
d. Angle off vertical: 5 degrees
e. Bolt projection: t 3/8"
2. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in outer face of
concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other
conditions.
3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated.
03 30 00 - 17
3.03 VOID FORMS
A. Install void foinis in all locations shown on tl�e Drawuigs. In general, void forms shall be placed below
all structural elements supported by piers to separate these elements fi�om the earth.
B. Seal discontinuous ends of void fonns and tape all joints with wateiproof tape so that concrete will not
enter the void space during placement of concrete. Do not leave gaps between void form sections.
C. Premanufactured void forms with circular edges shall be used around all drilled piers.
D. Do not allow any portion of void forms to fall within the circumference of piers causing a reduction in
the bearing area.
E. Protect void forms from water. Do not install void forms during wet weather or on wet ground. Void
forms which become saturated prior to placement of concrete shall be removed and replaced.
F. Exercise care in placement of concrete to avoid collapse of void form. If void forms collapse, soil
beneath the concrete shall be dug out and a proper void space shall be created by installing precast
concrete soil retainers.
G. Void forms under slabs shall be protected by a layer of one-eighth inch thick protection board followed
by a vapor barrier or retarder per the specifications. Do not install void forms under soil supported slabs
on grade.
3.04 SOIL RETAINERS
A. Install soil retainers in straight, clean trenches at sides of void forms prior to concrete placement. The
gaps between the trench and retainers must be properly positioned or backfilled prior to the placement of
concrete. Do not cast the sides of concrete beams directly against the soil.
B. Affix the soil retainers to the concrete beam with adhesive, pin/washer/load, or concrete hard nails
spaced on 24 inch centers.
3.05 REMOViNG AND REUSiNG FORMS
A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not
support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24
hours after placing concrete, if concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations
and curing and protection operations are maintained.
1. Formwark supporting conventionally reinfarced concrete shall not be removed until concrete has
attained 85 percent of its specified 28 day compressive strength as established by tests of field
cured cylinders. In the absence of cylinder tests, supporting formwork 'shall remain in place until
the concrete has cured at a temperature of at least 50 degrees Fahrenheit (10 degrees Celsius) for
the minimum cumulative time periods given in ACI 347, Section 3.7.2.3. When the surrounding
air temperature is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit (10 degrees Celsius), that time period shall be
added to the minimum listed time period. Formwork for two-way conventionally reinforced'slabs
shall remain in place for at least the minimum cumulative time periods specified for one-way slabs
of the same maximum span.
2. Minimum cumulative curing times may be reduced by the use of high-early strength cement or
forming systems which allow form removal without disturbing shores, but only after the
Contractor has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Architect that the early removal of forms
will not cause excessive sag, distortion or damage to the concrete elements.
3. Wood forms shall be completely removed. Provide temporary openings if required.
03 30 00-18
4. Provide adequate methods of curing and thermal protection of exposed concrete if foims are
removed prior to completion of specified ctu�ing tnne.
5. Obtaining concrete compressive sh�ength tests for the puiposes of farm removal shall be the
responsibility of the Conn•actor.
6. Remove foims only if shores have been an�anged to pennit removal of forms without loosening or
dishu�bing shores.
B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise
damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release
agent.
C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove ims and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and
secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved
by Architect.
3,06 SHORES AND RESHORES
A. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for proper shoring and reshoring.
B. Comply with ACI 318 (ACI 318M) and ACI 301 for design, installation, and removal of shoring and
reshoring.
Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is complete.
C. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide
adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection.
3.07 VAPOR RETARDERS
A. Plastic Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to ASTM E 1643 and
manufacturer's written inshuctions.
Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape.
3.08 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. . General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement.
1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder: Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing
concrete.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would reduce
bond to concrete.
C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement, Locate and support
reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing
reinforcing bars.
D. Installation tolerances:
1. Top and bottom bars in slabs, girders, beams and joists:
03 30 00-19
d
a. Members 8" deep or less: f3/8"
b. Members more than 8" deep: �1/2"
2. Concrete Cover to Formed or Finished Surfaces: �3/8" for members 8" deep or less; �1/2" for
members over 8" deep, except that tolerance for cover shall not exceed 1/3 of the specified cover.
E. Concrete Cover
1. Reinforcing in structural elements deposited against the ground: 3"
2. Reinforcing in fornied beams, columns and girders: 1 1/2"
3. Grade beams and exterior face of formed walls and columns exposed to weather or in contact with
the ground: 2"
4. Interior faces of walls: 1"
5. Beam and slab bottoms formed with fiberboard void boxes: 2"
6. Slabs:3/4"
F. Concrete Cover: refer to the Structural Notes.
G. Splices: Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends. Comply with ACI 318 for
minimum lap of spliced bars where not specified on the documents. No. 14 and 18 bars shall not be lap
spliced.
H. Mechanical Splices: Use for splicing of bars larger than no. 11 or where no. 11 bars are spliced to larger
size bars and where indicated on the drawings. Comply with manufachzrer's insh-uctions for preparation
of bars and installation procedures.
I. Field Welding of Embedded Metal Assemblies: All paint and galvanizing shall be removed in areas to
receive field welds. All areas where paint or galvanizing has been removed shall be field repaired with
the specified paint or cold galvanizing compound, respectively.
J. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
K. Install welded wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize
sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining
sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire.
3.09 JOINTS
A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.
B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations
indicated or as approved by Architect.
1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction
joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip
placements of floors and slabs. �
2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete.
3. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in
girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam-girder intersection.
4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and
at the top of footings or floor slabs.
5. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near
corners, and in concealed locations where possible.
03 30 00 - 20
6. Use a bonding agent at locations where fi•esh concrete is placed against hardened or partially
hardened concrete surfaces.
7. Use epoxy-bond'ulg adhesive at locations where fi•esh concrete is placed against hardened or
partially hardened concrete sw•faces.
C. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or
asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint.
3.10 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of foinlwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is
complete and that required inspections have been performed.
B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or diu•ing placement unless approved by
Architect.
C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of
ACI 30L
Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mixture.
2. Water content shall not exceed the maximum specified water/cement ratio for the mix.
D. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete
will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section
cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid
segregation.
1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formworlc design pressures and in a
manner to avoid inclined construction joints.
2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301.
3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at
uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding
layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At
each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete
embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to
segregate.
4. Do not permit concrete to drop freely any distance greater than 10'-0" for concrete containing a
high range water reducing admixture (superplasticizer) or 5'-0" for other concrete. Provide chute
or tremie to place concrete where longer drops are necessary. Do not place concrete into
excavations with standing water. If place of deposit cannot be pumped dry, pour concrete through
a tremie with its outlet near the bottom of the place of deposit.
5. Pump priming grout shall be discarded and not used in the structure.
E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of
construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete.
Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around
reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.
Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement.
Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations.
Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required.
03 30 00 - 21
Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to foim a unifonn and open-texhued surface
plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before
starting finishing operations.
F. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical
damage or reduced strength that could be caused by fi•ost, fi�eezuig actions, or low temperatures.
When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for three successive
days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by
ACI 301.
Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice ar snow. Do not place concrete on frozen
subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical
accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs.
G. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 305.1 and as follows:
1. Maintain concrete temperature below 95 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or
chopped ice may be used: to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to
total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
2. Fog-spray foims, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade
uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
3.11 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and
defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-
surface irregularities.
Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view.
B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an
orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects.
Remove fms and other projections that exceed specified lunits on formed-surface uregularities.
1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view.
C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent
to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and fmish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces.
Continue fmal surface treatment of fortned surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless
otherwise indicated.
3.12 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after work of
other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-place construction.
Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work.
B. Curbs: Provide monolithic fmish to interiar curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by
steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly
rounded.
03 30 00 - 22
3.13 INSTALLATION OF NON-SI IRINIC GROUT UNDER BASEPLATES
A. Grout under all bearing and baseplates. Comply with manufacturer's uish-uctions. Do not dry pack.
B. Mixing: Use a mechanical mixer. Add only enough water to make grout placeable. Do not mix more
grout than can be used in 20 minutes. Under no cu�cumstances shall grout be retempered.
3.14 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING
A. General: Protect fi•eshly placed concrete fi�om premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures.
Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 305.1 for hot-weather protection dw�ing
curing.
B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, diy, or windy
conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 Ib/sq. ft, x h before and during finishing operations.
Apply accarding to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or
darbying concrete, but before float fmishing.
C. Formed Surfaces: Ciu•e formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and
other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening foims. If
removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the remainder of the curing period,
D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after fmishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces,
including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces.
E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods:
Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the
following materials:
a. Water.
b. Continuous water-fog spray.
c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and
edges with 12-inch (300-mm). lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for
curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches,
and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair
any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape.
a. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor
coverings.
b. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive
penetrating liquid floor treatments.
a Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture-retaining cover or
a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will not interfere with bonding of floor
covering used on Project.
Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according
to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours
after initial application. Maintain confinuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.
03 30 00 - 23
a. After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete
sw�faces by method recoimnended by curing compound manufacturer unless manufacturer
certifies curing compound will not uiterfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project.
4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous
operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas
subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours
later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing
period.
3.15 CONCRETE SLI.RFACE REPAIRS
A. Surface Defects in Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Engineer. Remove and
replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Owner's approval.
B. Contractor shall submit a detailed, descriptive procedure listing proposed pre-packaged repair materials
and methods for the repair of surface defects priar to the start of repair work.
C. Patching Mortar: Mix, place and fmish pre-packaged repair mortar in accardance with manufacturer's
instructions.
D. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air
bubbles, minor honeycombs and rock pockets with no exposed reinforcement, fins and other projections
on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.
Immediately after form removal, cut out minor honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than
1/2 inch in any dimension in solid concrete, but not less than 1 inch in depth. Make edges of cuts
perpendicular to concrete surface, '/4" deep minimum. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat
holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent
has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar ar cone plugs secured in place with bonding
agent.
Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view using pre-packaged repair mortar so that, when dry,
patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to
verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and
strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface.
E. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify
surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain
for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template.
1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include minar spalls, pop outs,
honeycombs and rock pockets with no exposed reinforcement, crazing and cracks in excess of
0.01 inch wide that do not penetrate to reinforcement, and other objectionable conditions.
2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding.
3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by
cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into
adjacent concrete.
4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare,
mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to
produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor
elevations.
5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to
ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare,
03 30 00 - 24
mix, and apply repair topping and prllner according to manufachzrer's written instructions to
produce a smooth, unifonn, plane, and level surface.
6. Repair defective areas, except random cracl<s and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by
cutting out and replacing with patching mortai•. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts,
'/4" deep minimum. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply
bonding agent. Place, compact, and finish patching mortar to blend with adjacent fmished
conci•ete. Cure u� same manner as adjacent concrete.
7. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove
top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, d'u-t, and loose particles.
Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before
bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and fmish to match adjacent concrete. ICeep
patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours.
8. Unapproved and defective repairs shall be removed and replaced in accordance with requirements
provided by the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.16 STRUCTURAL REPAIRS
A. Sttucturally Defective Concrete' Structural defects include spalis, honeycombs or rock pockets with
exposed reinforcement, hollow-sounding concrete, cracks that penetrate to the reinforcement or
completely through concrete elements, inadequate cover over reinforcement, and other conditions that
affect the sh-uctural performance or durability of the concrete as determined by the Engineer.
B. Repair structural defects in concrete in accordance with plans, specifications, details, etc. provided by the
Engineer.
1. The cost of the additional services provided by the Engineer to prepare the repair docwnents, and
to oversee the repair work shall be borne by the Contractor.
C. Unapproved and defective repairs shall be removed and replaced in accordance with requirements
provided by the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.17 CLEANLJI'
A. Imperfect or damaged work or any material damaged or determined to be defective before fmal
completion and acceptance of the entire job shall be satisfactorily replaced at the Contractor's expense,
and in conformity with all of the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. Removal and
replacement of concrete work shall be done in such manner as not to impair the appearance or strength of
the structure in any way.
B. Cleaning: Upon completion of the work all forms, equipment, protective coverings and any rubbish
resulting therefrom shall be removed from the site. After sweeping floors, wash floors with clean water.
Finished concrete surfaces shall be left in a clean condition, satisfactory to the Owner.
3.18 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and inspecting
agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
B. Inspections:
1. Steel reinforcement placement.
2. Steel reinforcement welding.
3. Headed bolts and studs.
03 30 00 - 25
4. Verification of use of required design mixture.
5. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing.
6. Curing procedures and maintenance of caring temperature.
7. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and slabs.
C. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172
shall be performed according to the following requu•ements:
l. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample far each 100 cu. yd. (76 cu. m) or
fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day.
When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive-strength tests for each
concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or
from each batch if fewer than five are used.
2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not
less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when
concrete consistency appears to change.
3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete;one test for each
composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.
4. Concrete Temperahtre; ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40
deg F and below and when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample.
5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M.
a. Cast and laboratory cure four cylinders for each composite sample.
1) Do not transport field-cast cylinders until they have cured for a minimum of 24
hours.
2) For High Volume Fly Ash Concrete do not transport field-cast cylinders until they
have cured for a minimum of 48 hours.
6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M;
a. Test one cylinder at 7 days
b. Test two cylinders at 28 days.
c. Test one cylinder at 56 days
7. Compressive-Strength Tests for High Volume Fly Ash: ASTM C 39/C 39M;
a. Test one cylinder at '1 days
b. Test one cylinder at 28 days.
a Test two cylinders at 56 days
8. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive
compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-
strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi.
9. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within
48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identifcation
name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency,
location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture
proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-
day tests.
10. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be
permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete.
11. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test
results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not
been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine
03 30 00 - 26
adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods
as directed by Architect.
a. When the sn�ength level of the concrete for any portion of the structure, as indicated by
cylinder tests, falls below the specified requu�ements, the Contractor shall provide
improved curing conditions and/or adjustments to the mix design as required to obtanl the
required strength. If the average sh�ength of the laboratoiy control cylinders falls so low as
to be deemed unacceptable, the Contractor shall follow the core test procedure set forth in
ACI 301, Chapter 17. Locations of core tests shall be approved by the Architect. Core
sampling and testing shall be at Contractors expense.
b. If the results of the core tests indicate that the strength of the structure is inadequate, any
replacement, load testing, or strengthening as may be ordered by the Architect shall be
provided by the Conh�actor without cost to the Owner.
12. Additional testing and inspecting, at Conh•actor's expense, will be perfonned to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requu•ements.
13. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with
the Conh�act Documents.
D. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 within 48 hours of finishing.
END OF SECTION
03 30 00 - 27
SECTION OS 12 00
STRUCTURALSTEEL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Structural steel framing members and connections.
2. Deck support angles.
3. Shop welded shear studs.
4. Shop prime painting and touch up painting in the field.
5. Temporary construction bracing.
6. Fabrication and erection inspection and testing.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for independent testing agency procedures and
administrative requirements.
2. Division 1 Section "Submittais" for administrative requirements for the submission of shop
drawings and other submittais.
3. Division 5 Section "Steel Deck" for fieid installation of shear connectars.
4. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel lintels or shelf angles not attached to structural-
steel frame, miscellaneous steel fabrications and other metal items not defined as structural steel.
5. Division 7 Section "Sprayed-On Fireproofmg".
6. Division 9 painting Sections for surface preparation and priming requirements.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Retain terms that remain after this Section has been edited.
B. Structural Steel: Elements of structural-steei frame, as classified by AISC's "Code of Standard Practice
for Steel Buildings and Bridges," that support design loads.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Retain paragraph and subparagraphs below if fabricator is responsible for selecting or completing details
of structural-steel connections required to withstand specific design loads.
B. Connections: Provide details of simple shear connections required by the Contract Documents to be
selected or completed by structural-steel fabricator to withstand ASD-service loads indicated and comply
with other information and restrictions indicated.
OS1200-1
Select and complete connections using schematic details indicated and AISC's °Manual of Steel
Construction, Allowable Stress Design," Part 4.
Engineering Responsibility: Fabricator's responsibilities include using a qualified professional
engineer to prepare structural analysis data for structural-steel connections.
C. AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design"
recognizes three basic types of construction, identified in options below.
D. Consh-uction: Type 2, simple framing.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit is accordance witii Division 1 Section "Submittals".
B. Submittals for Review
Provide complete details and schedules for fabrication and shop assembly of inembers, erection
plans, details, procedures, and diagrams showing sequence of erection of structural steel
components.
a. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data.
b. Include einbedment drawings.
c. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishuig between shop and field welds,
and show size, length, and type of each weld.
d. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts.
Identify pretensioned and slip-critical high-strength bolted connections.
Shop drawings and erection drawings shall not be made by using reproductions of Contract
Drawings.
Structural steel members for which shop drawings have not been reviewed shall not be fabricated.
Engineer's review shall cover general locations, spacings, and details of design. Omission from
shop drawings of any materials required by the Contract Documents shall not relieve the
Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing and installing such materials, even though such shop
drawings may have been reviewed and returned.
C. Submittals for Information:
1. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
2. For structural-steel connections indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis
data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
3. Connection Calculations: ContracYor shall design all connections not specifically detailed on the
Drawings under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of
this work and licensed in the State of Texas. Submit design calculations for the connections
designed by the contractor, prior to or with the steel shop drawings. Shop drawings containing
connections for which calculations have not been received shall be returned unchecked as an
incomplete submittal. Calculations shall be retained for the Engineer's file and will not be
approved or returned.
a. Connections shall be designed in accordance with the requirements specified in the
Structural Drawings and Specifications.
b. Beam connections: Submit a complete calculation for each different beam connection used
and detailed on the shop drawings. Conditions which are similar may be grouped together
so as to utilize a single connection design.
OS 1200-2
a Submit complete co�mection calculations for wind brace connections, truss connections,
moment corulections and other connections where specified on the Contract Drawings.
� Each calculation shall identify the location or locations for which the connection applies,
the member mark(s) from the Contract Documents, the piece mark(s) from the shop
drawuigs, the member size, fhe design loading(s), member size, and the end of the member
to which the connection applies.
4. Welding certificates.
5. Qualification Data: For [Installer] [fabricator] [professional engineer] [testing agency].
6. Mill Test Reports: Signed by manufacturers certifying that the following products comply with
requirements:
a. Structural steel including chemical and physical properties.
b. Bolts, nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis.
c. Direct-tension indicators.
d. Tension-control, high-strength bolt-nut-washer assemblies.
e. Shear stud connectors.
£ Shop primers.
g. Nonshrink grout.
Source quality-control test reports.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Erector Qualifications: A qualified installer who participates in the AISC Certification Program and is
designated an AISC-Certified Erector, Category CSE.
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum S
years documented experience.
C. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator who participates in the AISC Quality Certification
Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant, Category STD at the time of bid.
D. Fabricator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 10
years documented experience.
E.Shop-Painting Applicators: Qualified according to AISC's Sophisticated Paint Endorsement P1, P2, P3 or
SSPC-QP 3, "Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of Shop Application Firms."
F. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Sh-uctural Welding Code--Steel."
G. The latest adopted edition of all standards referenced in this Section shall apply unless noted otherwise.
In case of conflict between these Contract Documents and the referenced standard, the Contract
Documents shall govern. In case of conflict between these Contract Documents and the Building Code,
the more stringent shall govern.
H. The Contractor shall furnish fabrication and erection inspection and testing of all welds in accordance
with AWS D1.1, Chapter 6. Submit records of inspections and tests to the Owner's testing laboratory for
their review. The fabrication and erection inspectors shall be AWS certified welding inspectors.
I. All materials, fabrication procedures and field erection are subject to verification inspection and testing
by the Owner's testing laboratory in both the shop and field. Such inspections and tests will not relieve
the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and fabrication procedures in compliance with
specified requirements.
051200-3
J. Qualifications for Welding Work: Conh•actor shall be responsible for qualifying welding operators in
accordance with the AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure." Provide certification to Owner's testing
laboratory that welders to be employed 'ul the wark have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests.
Recertification of welders shall be Contractor's responsibility.
K. Qualification of Welding Procedures: Contractor shall provide the testing laboratory with welding
procedures which are to be used. Welding procedures shall be qualified priar to use in accordance with
AWS D1.1, Part B.
L. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents:
1. AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" except that the following
sentence in paragraph 4.2.1 shall not apply: "This approval constitutes the Owner's acceptance of
all responsibility for the design adequacy of any detail configuration of connections developed by
the fabricator as part of his preparation of these shop drawuigs.
2. AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Aliowable Stress Design and Plastic Design
or Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Stiuctural Steei Buildings."
3. ASTM A6 "Specifications for General Requirements for Delivery of Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes,
Sheet Piling, and Bars for Structural Use."
4. AISC's "Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural Sections."
S, AISC's "Specification for Allowable Stress Design of Single-Angle Members or Specification for
Load and Resistance Factor Design of Single-Angle Meinbers."
6. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
7. AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code"
8. SSPC (Steel Structures Painting Council), Painting Manuals, Volumes 1 and 2.
9. UL "Fire Resistance Directory."
M. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground
and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged
materials from erosion and deterioration.
1. Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty
before use.
2. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to
members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed.
1.08 COORDINATION
A. Furnish anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work.
Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation.
OS 1200-4
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS
A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with an avera e recycled content of steel products
so postconsumer recvcled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not less than 25
ercent.
�B_W-Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M.
�:C_Channels, Angles, M, S-Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
E:D_Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50.
�E_All structural shapes within group 4 and 5 of the AISC grouping for tensile property classification shall
be supplied using kilied steel.
£.F. For ASTM A6 groups 4 and 5 rolled shapes, spliced or otherwise, connected by full penetration welds,
provide material with Charpy V-Notch testing in accordance with ASTM A6, Supplementary
Requirement S5. The impact test shall meet the minimum average value of 20 foot pounds absorbed
energy at 70 degrees Fahrenheit and shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM A673 and the AISC
Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings.
�G.For plates exceeding 2" thickness used in built up members which are spliced or connected by full
penetration welds, provide material with Charpy V-Notch testing in accordance with ASTM A6,
Supplementary Requirement S5. The impact test shall be conducted by the producer in accordance with
ASTM A673, Frequency P and shall meet a minimum average value of 20 ft pounds absorbed energy at
70 degrees Fahrenheit.
C�H_Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B, shuctural tubing.
#:I_Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade B.
�J_Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements.
3:K. Welding electrodes: AWS D1.1, E70. Weld'mg electrodes used in full penetration welds shall have a
minimum Charpy V-Notch toughness of 20 ft.-lbs at -20 degrees Fahrenheit when tested in accordance
with ASTM A6.
2.02 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS
A. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel . structural bolts;
ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 hardened carbon-steel washers.
1. Finish: Plain.
2. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325 compressible-washer type. Direct —Tension
indicators shall be "Load Indicator Washers" as manufactured by the Bethlehem Steel
Corporation.
a. Finish: Piain.
051200-5
B. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 490 , Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts or
tension-control, bolt-nut-washer assemblies with splined ends; ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon-steel
nuts; and ASTM F 436 hardened carbon-steel washers, plaui.
1. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 490, compressible-washer type, plain. Direct —
Tension indicators shall be "Load Indicator Washers" as inanufactured by the Bethlehem Steel
Coiporation.
C. Tension-Control, High-Strength Bolt-Nut-Washer Assemblies: ASTM F 1852, Type 1, heavy hex ar
round head steel structural bolts with splined ends; ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and
ASTM F 436 hardened carbon-steel washers. Tension conh•ol bolts shall be as manufactured by the
LeJeune Bolt Company, Lakeville, Minnesota or Lolu• Structural Fasteners, Inc., Huinble, Texas. Tension
control bolts may be used at the contractor's option in lieu of conventional high-strength bolts.
Finish: Plain.
D. Shear Connectors; ASTM A 108, Grades 1015 through 1020, headed-stud type, cold-imished carbon
steel; AWS Dl.l, Type B.
E. Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36
1. Configuration: As indicated
2. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon steel.
3. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel.
4. Washers: ASTM F 436 hardened carbon steel.
5. Finish: Plain.
F. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, straight.
1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon steel.
2. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel.
3. Washers: ASTM F 436 hardened carbon steel.
4. Finish: Piain.
G. Threaded Rods: ASTM A 193/A 193M
1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon steel.
2. Washers: ASTM F 436 hardened carbon steel.
3. Finish: Plain.
H. Clevises and Turnbuckles: ASTM A 108, Grade 1035, cold-finished carbon steel.
I. Eye Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A 108, Grade 1030, cold-fmished carbon steel.
J. Sleeve Nuts: ASTM A 108, Grade 1018, cold-fmished carbon steel.
K. Drilled expansion bolts shall be one of the following:
1. Wej-it Bolt, Wej-it Corporation, Tulsa, Oklahoma
2. Kwik Bolt II, Hilti Fastening Systems, Tulsa, Oklahoma
3. Trubolt, Ramset Fastening Systems, Paris, Kentucky
L, Adhesive Anchors: Hilti "HIT" anchor system. Use "HY-20" adhesive for hollow base applications, and
"HY-150" adhesive for solid base applications.
051200-6
2.03 PRIMER
A. Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate-free, nonasphaltic, rust-inhibiting primer.
B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: MPI#18, MPI#19, or SSPC-Paint.
C. Cold Galvanizing Compound shall be "ZRC" cold galvanizing compound as manufactured by ZRC
Worldwide, Marshfield, Massachusetts.
2.04 FABRICATION
A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Comply with fabrication
requirements, including tolerance limits, of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and
Bridges", AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic
Design or Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Steel Buildings", and as
indicated on accepted shop drawings.
1. Camber structural-steei members where indicated.
2. Mill tolerances shall conform to ASTM A6. Identify high-strength structural steel according to
ASTM A 6/ A 6M and maintain markings until structural steel has been erected.
3. Mark and match-mark materiais for field assembly.
4. Plates shall be free of gross discontinuities such as ruptures and delaminations. Plates shall comply
with ASTM A578, Level 1.
B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible.
1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1.
C. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal
surfaces.
D. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads. Members
in compression joints which depend on contact bearing shall have the bearing surfaces milled to a
common plane. Members to be milled shall be completely assembled before milling.
E. Base Plates: Oversize anchor bolt holes in base plates to facilitate erection as specified in Table 14-2 in
AISC 360-05.
F. Cleaning: Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unpainted according to SSPC-SP 1,
"Solvent Cleaning, SSPC-SP 2, °Hand Tool Cleaning or SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
G. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use
automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1 and manufacturer's
written instructions.
H. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for passage of other work
through steel framing members.
1. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not thermally cut bolt holes or
enlarge holes by burning.
2. Base-Plate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel
surfaces.
3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other speciaity items indicated to receive other work.
OS 1200-7
2.05 SHOP CONNECTIONS
A. High-Sh�ength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural
Joints Usuig ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified.
Joint Type: Snug tightened.
Provide washers over all slotted holes in an outer ply.
B. Weld Connections: Comply with AW5 D1.1 for welding procedure specifications, tolerances,
appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work. Welds not specifed
shall be continuous fillet welds designed to develop the fuil strength of the member. A combination of
welds aud bolts shall not be used to trausmit stress at the same face of any connections. Clean completed
welds prior to inspection. Slag shall be removed fi•om all completed welds.
l. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will inaintain true alignment of axes without
exceeding tolerances of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for
mill material.
2.06 SHOP PRIMING
A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following:
1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a
depth of 2 inches.
2. Surfaces to be field welded.
3. Surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip-critical connections.
4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials.
5. Galvanized surfaces.
6. Surfaces of exposed high strength, low alloy steel members (weathering steel).
7. Top surfaces of beams which support composite metal floor deck.
8. Headed shear studs, although overspray is acceptable.
B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or
flwc deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and standards:
1. SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning."
2. SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written
instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils.
Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces.
Stripe paint comers, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.
Apply two coats of shop paint to inaccessible surfaces after assembly or erection. Change color of
second coat to distinguish it fi•om first.
2.07 GALVANIZING
A. Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel according to
ASTM A 123/ A 123M.
Fill vent holes and grind smooth after galvanizing.
051200-8
B. Galvanizing: The following steel shall be hot-dip galvanized (including any associated fasteners):
1. Lintels and shelf angles attached to structural-steel frame and located in exterior walls.
2. All other steel exposed to weather.
2.08 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop tests and inspections
and prepare test reports.
l. Provide testing agency with access to places where structural-steel work is being fabricated or
produced to perform tests and inspections.
B. Correct deficiencies in Wark that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract
Documents.
C. Bolted Connections: Shop-bolted connections will be inspected accord'mg to RCSC's "Specification for
Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
D. Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded connections will be tested and
inspected according to AWS D1.1 and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option:
1. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.
2, Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E,709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks
or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted.
3. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.
4. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94.
E. In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded shear connectors will be tested and inspected according to
requirements in AWS D1.1 for stud welding and as follows:
1. Bend tests will be performed if visual inspections reveai either a less-than- continuous 360-degree
flash or welding repairs to any shear connector.
2. Tests will be conducted on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear connectors
already tested, according to requirements in AWS D1.1.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates,
and other embedments, with steel erector present, for compliance with requirements.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supporfs during erection to keep structural steel secure,
plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design
loads. Design of temporary bracing and supports shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Remove
051200-9
tenlporary supports when pennanent structural steel, corutections, and bracing are in place, unless
otherwise indicated.
L Do not remove temporary shoring supporting coinposite deck construction until cast-in-place
concrete has attained its design compressive strength.
3.03 ERECTION
A. Set structural steel accurately in locations a��d to elevations indicated and according to AISC's "Code of
Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and "[Specification for Sh-uctural Steel Buildings--
Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design] [Load and Resistance Factar Design Specification for
Sh•uctural Steel Buildings]," unless closer tolerances are required for proper fitting of adjoining or
enclosing materials, in which case the more sh•ingent shall apply.
B. Base Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen
siu•faces prior to setting base plates. Clean bottom surface of base plates.
1. Set base plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required.
2. Weld plate washers to top of base plate.
3. Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not
remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base plate before packing
with grout.
4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and base plates so no voids remain. Neatly
finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written
installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts.
5. Grout under baseplates in accordance with Section 03300.
C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel
Buildings and Bridges," Unless adjoining materials dictate a tighter tolerance.
D. Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before permanently
fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact
with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and
alignment.
1. Level and plumb individual inembers of structure.
2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature
when structure is completed and in service.
E. Splice members only where indicated. Any member having a splice not shown and detailed on the
accepted shop drawings shall be rejected.
F. Do not field cut or alter structural members without approval of ArchitecdEngineer. Do not use thermal
cutting during erection.
G. Gas Cutting: Do not use gas cutting torches in the field to correct fabrication errors in structural framing.
H. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged
to admit bolts.
I. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use
automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1 and manufacturer's
written instructions.
OS1200-10
3.04 FIELD CONNECTIONS
A. High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strenb h bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints
Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of j oint speciiied.
1. Joint Type: Snug tightened.
2. A307 bolts and high-strength (A325 and A490) bolts noted to be "snug-tight" shall be tightened
using a few impacts of an impact wrench or the full effort of a man using an ordinary spud
wrench, bringing the plies uito contact.
3. High-strength bolts which are not specifically designated to be "snug-tight" shall be tightened to
provide at least the minimum tension shown in Table 4 of the "Specification for Structural 7oints
using ASTM A325 and A490 Bolts." Tightening shall be done by the turn-of-the-nut method, with
direct tension indicators, or by properly calibrated wrenches.
4. Faying surfaces of "slip-critical" connections, as defined in the "Specification for Structural
Joints" and indicated on the Drawings shall have all paint removed by biast cleaning.
5. Bolts tightened with a calibrated wrench or by torque control shall have a hardened washer under
the element (nut or boit head) turned in tightening.
6. Hardened washers shall be placed over slotted holes in an outer ply. Hardened beveled washers
shall be used where the outer face of the bolted parts has a slope greater than 1:20 with respect to
the bolt axis.
B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for weiding procedure specifications, tolerances,
appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in conecting welding work. Welds not specified
shall be continuous fillet welds designed to develop the full strength of the member. A combination of
welds and bolts shall not be used to transmit stress at the same face of any connections. Clean completed
welds prior to inspection. Slag shall be removed from all completed welds.
Comply with AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and
"Specification for Structurai Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design or Load
and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Steel Buildings" for bearing, adequacy
of temporary connections, alignment, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner wili engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect
field welds and high-strength bolted connections.
B. Bolted Connections: Shop-bolted connections will be inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for
Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
C. Welded Connections: Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D1.1.
l. In addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested according to AWS D1.1 and the
following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option:
a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.
b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld.
Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted.
c. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.
05 12 00-11
d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94.
D. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect field-welded shear connectors according to requirements
in AWS D1.1 for stud welding and as follows:
l. Perform bend tests if visual inspections reveal either a less-than- continuous 360-degree flash or
welding repairs to any shear comiector.
2. Conduct tests on additional shear connectors if weld fi•acture occurs on shear connectors already
tested, accord'uig to requirements in AWS D1.1.
E. Correct defciencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract
Documents.
3.06 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Repair damaged gaivanized coatings on gaivanized items with galvanized repair paint according to
ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Touch-up Cold Galvanizing: Touch up areas of hot dip galvanized members where galvanizing has been
abraded during shipping and erection and areas where galvanizing has been removed or damaged due to
welding. Apply cold galvanizing compound in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to a
minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
C. Touch-up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas
of shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas with same materials as used for shop painting. Apply by
brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.5 mils.
END OF SECTION
OS1200-12
SECTION OS 21 00
STEEL JOISTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to tliis Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Furnish all labor and materials required to fabricate, deliver, and erect steel joists and joist girders,
including all bridging, ceiling extensions, bearing plates, side wall anchors, and extended ends.
B. This Section includes the following:
1. K-series steel joists.
2. KCS-type K-series steel joists.
3. K-series steel joist substitutes.
4. Long-span steel joists.
C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for installing bearing plates in concrete.
2. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry Assemblies" for installing bearing plates in unit masonry.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. SJI "Specifications": Steel Joist Institute's "Standard Specifications, Load Tables and Weight Tables for
Steel Joists and Joist Girders."
B. Special Joists: Steel joists or joist girders requiring modification by manufacturer to support noriuniform,
unequal, or special loading conditions that invalidate load tables in SJI's "Specifications."
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Performance: Provide special joists and connections capable of withstanding design loads
indicated.
B. Design special joists to withstand design loads with live load deflections no greater than the following:
1. Roof Joists: Vertical deflection of 1/240 of the span.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Division 1 Section "Submittals."
OS2100-1
B. Submittals for Review:
Shop Drawings; Show layout, designation, number, type, location, and spacings of joists. Indude
joining and anchorage details, bracing, bridgii�g, camber, coatings, material properties,
configuration, joist accessories; splice and connection locations and details; and attachments to
other construction.
C. Submittals for Info►•mation:
1. Design calculations for all joist girdets, and for all joists for wliich the standard load tables are not
applicable. Submit prior to, or with the shop drawings. Calculations sha(I bear the seal of a
Registered Professional Engineer, licensed in the State of Texas. Shop drawings submitted without
corresponding calculations will be returned unchecked as an incomplete submittal, Calculations
will be retained for the Architect's file and will not be approved or returned.
2. Welders Certificates: Submit certificates to Owner's Testing Laboratory, certifying that welders to
be employed on the project have passed AWS qualification tests within the previous 12 months. If
recertification of welders is required, recertification shall be contractor's responsibility. .
3. Product Data: For each type of joist, accessory, and product indicated. .
a. Indicate locations and details of bearing plates to be embedded in other construction.
4. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that joists comply with
requirements.
5. Mill Certificates: Signed by bolt manufacturers certifying that bolts comply with requirements.
6. Field quality-control test and inspection reports.
D. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer certified by SJI to manufacture joists, including headers
and other supplemental framing, complying with applicable standard specifications and load tables of SJI
"Specifications." Manufacturer shall have a minimum of five years documented experience in the design
and fabrication of open-web joists and joist girders
Manufacturer's responsibilities include providing professional engineering services for designing
special joists to comply with performance requirements.
B. SJI Specifications: Comply with standard specifications in SJI's "Specifications" that are applicable to
types of joists indicated.
C. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code -
Steel."
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLiNG
A. Deliver, store, and handle joists as recommended in SJI's "Specifications."
B. Protect joists from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling.
OS 21 00 - 2
1.08 SEQUENCING
A. Deliver steel bearing plates to be built into [cast-in-place concrete] [and] [masonry] constc•uction.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A_Steel: Comply with SJI's "Specifications" for web and steel-angle chord members.
1. Recycled Content: Provide products with an average recvcled content of steel products
so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not
less than 25 percent. -
B. Structural Steel For Supplementary Framing and Joist Leg Extensions: ASTM A36, minimum
C. Steel Bearing Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
D. Carbon-Steel Bolts and Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 307, Grade A, carbon-steel, hex-head bolts and
threaded fasteners; carbon-steel nuts; and flat, unhardened steel washers.7
l. Finish: Plain, uncoated.
E.High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts;
ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 hardened carbon-steel washers.
l. Finish: Plain.
F. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards.
2.02 PRIMERS
A. Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, Type 1 red oxide , or manufacturer's standard shop primer complying with
performance requirements in SSPC-Paint 15.
2.03 K-SERIES STEEL JOISTS
A. Manufacture steel joists of type indicated according to "Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel
Joists, K-Series" in SJI's "Specifications," with steel-angle top- and bottom-chord members, underslung
ends, and parallel top chord.
i. Joist Type: K-series steel joists and KCS-type K-series steel joists.
B. Steel Joist Substitutes: Manufacture according to "Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, K-
Series" in SJI's "Specifications," with steel-angle or -channel members.
C. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for shop welding, appearance, quality of welds, and
methods used in correcting welding work. Refer to Section 2.7 C. for additional welding requirements.
052100-3
D. Provide holes in chord members for coru�ecting and securing other construction to joists. Do not make oc•
enlarge holes by burning.
E. Top-Chord Extensions: Extend top chords of joists with SJI's Type S top-chord extensions where
indicated, complying with SJI's "Specifications."
F. Extended Ends; Extend bearing ends of joists with SJPs Type R extended ends where indicated,
complying with SJI's "Specifications."
G. Do not camber joists.
H. Equip bearing ends of joists with manufacturer's standard beveled ends or sloped shoes if joist slope
exceeds 1/4 inch per 12 inches.
2.04 LONG-SPAN STEEL JOISTS
A. Manufacture steel joists according to "Standard Specifieations for Longspan Steel Joists, LH-Series and
Deep Longspan Steel Joists, DLH-Series" in SJI's "Specifications," with steel-angle top- and bottom-
chord members; of joist type and end and top-chord arrangements as follows:
1. Joist Type: LH-series steel joists and DLH-series steel joists.
2. End Arrangement: Underslung or square.
3. Top-Chord Arrangement: Parallel.
B. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for shop welding, appearance, quality of welds, and
methods used in correcting welding wark. Refer to Section 2.7 C. for additional welding requirements.
C. Provide holes in chord members far connecting and securing other construction to joists.
D. Camber long-span steel joists according to SJI's "Specifications.".
E. Equip bearing ends of joists with manufacturer's standard beveled ends or sloped shoes if joist slope
exceeds 1/4 inch per 12 inches.
2.05 JOIST ACCESSORIES
A. Bridging: Provide bridging anchors and number of rows of horizontal or diagonal bridging of material,
size, and type required by SJI's "Specifications" for Type of joist, chord size, spacing, and span. Furnish
additional erection bridging �if required for stability.
B. Bridging: Schematically indicated. Detail and fabricate according to SJI's "Specifications." Furnish
additional erection bridging if required for stability.
C. Bridging: Fabricate as indicated and according to SJI's "Specifications." Furnish additional erection
bridging if required for stability.
D. Fabricate steel bearing plates with integral anchorages of sizes and thicknesses indicated. Shop prime
paint or Hot-dip zinc coat according to ASTM A 123/A 123M.
E. Steel bearing plates with integral anchorages are specified in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications."
OS 21 00 - 4
F. Where required, supply ceiling extensions, either extended bottom-chord elements or a separate
extension unit of enough strength to support ceiling consh•uction. Extend ends to within 1/2 inch of
finished wall surface, unless otherwise indicated.
G. Supply miscellaneous accessories, including splice plates and bolts required by joist manufacturer to
complete joist installation.
►�IZ'��1:1: : [�I:�l11[�7�1
A. Splices: Shop splices may occur in chord or web members. Members containing a butt weld splice shall
develop an ultimate tensile force of at least 57,000 psi times the full design area of the chord or web.
B. Holes shall not be made or enlarged by burning with a torch.
C. Welds shall meet the following criteria for acceptance:
1. Remove slag from welds prior to inspection.
2. Cracked welds are not acceptable and must be repaired.
3. Thorough fusion shall exist between the weld and base metal, as determined by visual inspection.
4. Unfilled weld craters shall not be included in the design length of the weld.
5. Undercut shall not exceed 1/16" provided that it is oriented parallel to the principal stress.
6. The sum of surface (piping) porosity diameters shall not exceed 1/16" in any 1" of design weld
length.
7. Weld spatter that does not interfere with paint coverage is acceptable.
2.07 CLEANING AND SHOP PAINTING
A. Clean and remove loose scale, heavy rust, and other foreign materials from fabricated joists and
accessories by hand-tool cleaning, SSPC-SP 2 or power-tool cleaning, SSPC-SP 3.
B. Do not prime paint joists and accessories to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials.
C. Apply 1 coat of shop primer to joists and joist accessories to be primed to provide a continuous, dry paint
film not less than 1 mil thick.
D. Shop priming of joists and joist accessories is specified in Division 9 painting Sections.
PART3-EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMTNATION
A. Examine supporting substrates, embedded bearing plates, and abutting structural framing for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions ha�e been corrected.
3 A2 INSTALLATION
A. Do not install joists until supporting construction is in place and secured.
OS 21 00 - 5
B, Install joists and accessories plumb, square, and true to line; securely fasten to supporting construction
according to SJI's "Specifications," joist manufacturer's written recommendations, and requirements in
this Section.
1. Before installation, splice joists delivered to Project site in more than one piece.
2. Space, adjust, and align joists accurately in location before permanently fastening.
3. Minimum bearings and anchorage shall conform to referenced SJI standards and the Drawings.
4. Allow for erection loads. Install tempoi•ary bracing and erection bridging, connections, and
anchors to ensure that joists are stabilized during const►•uction. Construction loads shall not be
applied until joists are permanently fastened to supports and all bridging has been installed.
5. Delay rigidly connecting bottom-choi•d extensions to columns or supports until dead loads have
been applied.
C. Field weld joists to suppoiting steel bearing plates and framework. Coordinate welding sequence and
procedure with placement of joists. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for welding,
appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.
D. Bolt joists to supporting steel framework using ASTM A 307 carbon-steel bolts.
E. Bridging shall conform to SJI standards and the shop drawings. Provide and install extra bridging, where
indicated or where required due to loading, in addition to the minimum SJI requirements. Install and
connect bridging concurrently with joist erection, before construction loads are applied. Anchor ends of
bridging lines at top and bottom chords if terminating at walls or beams.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect
field welds and bolted connections and to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test and
inspection reports.
B. Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
C. In addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and the
following procedures, as applicable:
1. Radiographic Testing: ASTM E 94.
2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709.
3. Ultrasonic Testing: ASTM E 164.
4. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.
D. Bolted connections will be visually inspected.
E. High-strength, field-bolted connections will be tested and verified according to procedures in RCSC's
"Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or ASTM A 490 Bolts."
F. Correct deficiencies in Work that test and inspection reports have indicated are not in compliance with
specified requirements.
G. Additional testing will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified
requirements.
OS 21 00 - 6
3.04 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on galvanized items with galvanized repair paint according to
ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Touchup Painting: After installation, promptly clean, prepare, and prime or reprime field connections,
rust spots, and abraded surfaces of prime-painted joists, bearing plates, abutting structural steel, and
accessories.
1. Clean and prepare surfaces by hand-tool cleaning, SSPGSP 2, or power-tool cleaning, SSPC-
SP 3.
2. Apply a compatible primer of same type as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces.
C. Provide fnal protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer,
that ensure that joists and accessories are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial
Completion.
END OF SECTION
OS 21 00 - 7
SECTION OS 31 00
STEEL DECK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
Roof deck.
B, Work Included
1. Furnish all labor and materials required to fabricate, deliver and install steel roof deck and
accessories including formed steel cant strips, eave strips, valley strips, sump pans, edge closures,
pour stops, reinforcing plates and related accessories.
2. Furnish all labor and materials required to fabricate, deliver and install steel floor deck and
accessories including formed steel end closures, edge forms, flashings, and reinforcing plates,
headed shear studs, and related accessories.
C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for framing deck openings with miscellaneous steel
shapes.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for Review:
1. Shop Drawings: Show layout and types of deck panels, anchorage details, reinforcing channels,
pans, cut deck openings, special jointing, accessories, and attachments to other construction.
2. Product Data: For each type of deck, accessory, and product indicated. Provide deck dimensions,
sectional properties, uplift resistance and diaphragm capacity for specified fastener layout and
support spacing, and finishes.
B. Subinittals for Information:
1. Product Certificates: For each type of steel deck, signed by product manufacturer. Certify that
products comply with SDI, UL and ICBO standards as specified.
2. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
3. Welding certificates: For each welder employed on the Work.
4. . Field quality-control test and inspection reports.
5. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified
testing agency, indicating that each of the following complies with requirements:
053100-1
a. Power-actuated mechanical fasteners.
b. Acoustical roof deck.
6. ICBO Research/Evaluation Reports: Deck units shall be approved by the International Conference
of Building Officials and shall have a corresponding report from ICBO
7. Deck units shall be classified by Underwriter's Laboratory, Inc. and shall be labeled and marked as
required by LJL, indicating manufacturer testing and inspection.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installe►•: Company specia(izing in performing the work of this Section with minimum 5 years
documented experience.
B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing
indicated.
C. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet
Steel."
D. Comply with applicable provisions of the fo(lowing specifications and documents.
1. AISI Specifications: Comply with calculated structural characteristics of steel deck according to
AISI's "North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members."
2. SDI (Steel Deck Institute) - Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks, Roof Decks,
Cellular Metal Floor Deck with Electrical Distribution.
3. SSPC (Steel Structures Painting Council) - Painting Manual.
4. UL - Fire Resistance Directory.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling.
B. Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a waterproof
covering and ventilate to avoid condensation.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. R ecycled Content of Steel Products• Provide products with an avera�e recvcled content of steel products
so postconsumer recvcled content plus one-half of preconsumer recvcled content is not less than 25
ercent.
B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
C. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
l. Steel Deck:
a. ASC Profiles, Inc.
b. Canam Steel Corp.;The Canam Manac Group.
053100-2
a Consolidated Systems, Inc.
d. DACS, Ina
e. D-Mac Industries Inc.
f. Epic Metals Coiporation.
g. Marlyn Steel Decks, Inc.
h. New Millennium Building Systems, LLC.
i. Nucor Corp,; Vulcraft Division.
j. Roof Deck, Inc.
k. United Steel Deck, Inc.
L Valley Joist; Division of EBSCO Indush•ies, Inc.
m. Verco Manufacturing Co.
n. Wheeling Corrugating Company; Div. of Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation.
2.02 ROOF DECK
A. Steel Roof Deck: Fabricate panels, without top-flange stiffening grooves, to compiy with "SDI
Specifications and Commentary for Steel Roof Deck," in SDI Publication No. 30, and with the following:
1. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Structw•al Steel (SS), Grade 33, G60 zinc
coating.
2. Deck Profile: As indicated.
3. Profile Depth: As indicated.
4. Design Uncoated-Steel Thickness: As indicated.
5. Span Condition: Triple span or more.
6. Side Laps: Overlapped or interlocking seam at Contractor's option.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard accessory materials for deck that comply with requirements
indicated.
B. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant, low-velocity, power-actuated or pneumatically driven carbon-
steel fasteners; or self-drilling, self-threading screws.
1. Mechanical Fasteners: Galvanized hardened steel, self tapping "Teks" screws, manufactured by
Illinois Tool Works, Inc., Buildex Division, or equal. Size shall be #10 minimum, unless noted
otherwise.
2. Powder Actuated Fasteners: Zinc coated fastener with .145 inch shank diameter and 1 1/4 inch
shank length. X-DNI pin as manufacturer by Hilti, or equal.
C. Side-Lap Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant, hexagonal washer head; self-drilling, carbon-steel screws,
No. 10 minimum diameter,
D. Flexible Closure Strips: Vulcanized, closed-celi, synthetic rubber,
E. Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Deck Accessories: Steel sheet, minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi, not less
than 0.0359-inch design uncoated thickness, of same material and finish as deck; of profile indicated or
required for application.
F. Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Steel sheet, minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi, of same material and
finish as deck, and of thickness and profile recommended by SDI Publication No. 30 for overhang and
slab depth.
053100-3
G. Column Closures, End Closures, Z-Closures, and Cover Plates: Steel sheet, of same material, finish, and
thicicness as deck, unless otherwise indicated.
H. Weld Washers: Uncoated steel sheet, shaped to fit deck rib, 0.0598 inch thick, with factory-punched hole
of 3/8-inch minimum diameter.
I. Recessed Sump Pans: Single-piece steel sheet, 0.0747 inch thick, of same material and finish as deck,
with 3-inch-wide flanges and [level] [sloped] recessed patls of 1-1/2-inch minimum depth, sealed
watertight. For drains, cut holes in the feld.
J. Flat Sump Plate: Single-piece steel sheet, 0.0747 inch thick, of same material and finish as deck, sealed
watertight. For drains, cut holes in the field.
K. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780 or SSPC-Paint 20 or DOD-P-21035, with dry film containing a
minimum of 94 percent zinc dust by weight.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine supporting frame and field conditions for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary in SDI
Publication No. 30, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section.
B. Install temporary shoring before placing deck panels, if required to meet deflection limitations.
C. Locate'deck bundles to prevent overloading of supporting members.
D. Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and
bearing on supporting frame before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side-lap
interlocks.
E. Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame without warp or deflection.
F. Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting through or
adjacent to deck.
G. Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for strength, continuity of
deck, and support of other work.
H. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and
quality of welds, and methods used for correcting welding work.
I. Mechanical fasteners may be used in lieu of welding to fasten deck. Locate mechanical fasteners and
install according to deck manufacturer's written instructions.
053100-4
3.03 ROOF-DECK INSTALLATION
A. Fasten roof-deck panels to steel supporting members Uy are spot (puddle) welds of the surface diameter
indicated or are seam welds with an equal perimeter that is not less than 1-1/2 inches long, and as
follows:
1. Weld Diameter: 5/8 inch, nominal.
2. Weid Spacing: Weld edge and interior ribs of deck units with a mininmm of two welds per deck
unit at each support. Space welds as indicated.
3. Weld Washers: Install weld washers at each weld location.
B. Side-Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening: Fasten side laps and perimeter edges of panels between
supparts, at inteivals not exceeding the lesser of 1/2 of the span, 18 inches or as indicated on drawings,
and as follows:
1. Mechanically fasten with self-drilling, No. 10 diameter or larger, carbon-steel screws.
2. Mechanically clinch ar button punch.
3. Fasten with a minimum of 1-1/2-inch-long welds.
C. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2 inches, with
end joints as follows:
End Joints: Lapped 2 inches minimum or butted at Contractor's option.
D. Roof Sump Pans and Sump Plates: Install over openings provided in roof deck and weld or mechanically
fasten flanges to top of deck. Space welds or mechanical fasteners not more than 12 inches apart with at
least one weld or fastener at each corner.
Install reinforcing channels or zees in ribs to span between supports and weld or mechanically
fasten.
E. Miscellaneous Roof-Decic Accessories: Install ridge and valley plates, finish strips, end closures, and
reinforcing channels according to deck manufacturer's written instructions. Weld ar mechanically fasten
to substrate to provide a complete deck installation.
1. Weld cover plates at changes in direction of roof-deck panels, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Flexible Closure Strips: Install flexible closure strips over partitions, walls, and where indicated. Install
with adhesive according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure complete closure.
G. Architectural finishes and mechanical, electrical, and plumbing equipment shall not be hung directly from
the metal deck.
3,04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform
field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
B. Field welds will be subject to inspection.
C. Testing agency will report inspection results promptly and in writing to Conh�actor and Architect.
D. Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements.
053100-5
E. Additional inspecting, at Contractor's e�pense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected
work with specified requirements.
3.05 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both surfaces of deck with
gaivanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions to ensure that steel deck is without damage or
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
053100-6
C1TY OF FQRT WORTH �
� TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
ADDENDUM NO. 2
Chisholm Traii Community Center
Request for Proposals Submittal Date: January 19, 2012 (NO CNANGE)
. The Request for Proposals for the above project is hereby revised and amended as follows:
1. The Request for Proposals Submiftal Date on Addendum 4ne was incorrect.
The correct daie is January 19, 2011, per fhe (nstructions to Offerars.
2. The Pre-bid conference will be he{d on Wednesday, December Zi, 201'f at 401
West 13t" Street, per the attached Notice fo Offerors. .,
3. The following Contractors have expressed interest in ihis project:
A. Mar� Ina .
Jasan.shaw cnr.martaacom
B. AUI Contractors, LLC
• sqaffron(c�au iqc.com .
C. Azteca Enferprises, Inc.
• dusvts(a�azieca-omec�a.com �
D. Masen Construction Services, Inc.
� TrentCa)_haseninc.com
E. J. C, Cvmmercial
estimatinp(?�ccom.com �
Acknowledge ihe receipt of this Addendum No. 2 on yaur Proposal.
DOUGLAS W. WIERSIG, PE
DIRECTOR, TRANSPORiATION & PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
ay:
Ronaid Clernents. AIA
Project Manager
�acilifies Management Division
817-392-8014, FAX 817-392-8488
RELEASE DATE: December 20, 2011
Chisholm irail Community Center
Addendum No. 2, December 20, 2011
. 1
NOTICE 70 OF�ERORS {REVISED December 20, 2011)
Proposais for the construction of the new Chisholm Trail Community Center located at 4680 McPherson Blvd,
Fort Worth, will be received at the Purchasing Office, City of Fort Worth, 1000 Throckmorfon, Fort Worth, 76102,
until 1:30 P.M., ihursday, January 19, 2012, and wiil be opened and publicly read aloud approximately ihirfy
minutes laier in the Council Chambers,
After evaluating the Proposals submitfed, the Ciiy shail select the Offeror that offers the Best Value to the City and
enfer into negotiatians with that Offeror. The Gify may discuss with the selecfed Offeror options for a scope or time
modification and any price change associated with such modification,
- A Pre-Bid Conference wili be held at 10:p0 A.M., Wednesda , Decemher 21, 2011 at the Archifectural Services
conference room located at 401 West 13t" Street, �ort Worth. ,. -
The offers wili be vafid for ninety (90) ca[endar days. Estimated construction cost is in fhe $3,500,0�0
range. There are thirteen (13) Alternates: � •
A. Alternate No. 1-- Skylights in the Gymnasium �
B. Alternate'No. 2� Epic roof decking in-lieu-of commotlity roof decking
C. Alternate No. 3— LED parking lot lights in-lieu-of inetal halide
D. Alternate No, 4— Additional concrete sidewalk
E. Aiternate No. 5— Potted Love Grass in�lieu-of hydroseed �
F. Alternate No. 6— Paving color and finish (Deduct)
G. Alternate No. 7— Brick patterning
H. Alfernafe t�o. 8— Remove stone veneer (Deduct)
l. Alternate No. 9-� Unit pricing for floor boxes
J, A(ternafe No. �10 — Metai edging in-lieu-of concrete mow strip
K. Alternate No. 11 �- Curfainwall in-fieu-of reinforced storefront
L. Alternate No. 12 — Decomposed granite in-lieu-of concrete
M. Alternate No. 13 — Change of glazing material
MWBE participation will be evaluated in awarding this Contract. The MWBE participation requirEment is 25%.
Offerors must submit an M/WBE Plan on your own forms within 5 business days of submitting their Best Value
Proposal. Refer to Paragraph 2, Minority and Women Business Enferprise (M/WBE) (Best Value Proposal) in the
Instruction to Offerors. Failure to document proposed attainment will remove the Proposal from further
consideration. Contact the M/WBE Office at (8'17) 212-2678 to obtain list of certified subeontractors�and suppliers.
�UbfTiit thc {'�i/'v"JBE Rla�� ifi Pa�agiaNli ��fiU' PG�i olu-PiBAliJaiit uuCUfiiCiiiS 11 i aiB�jiQNi1 o Wliilii� � DUSIileS�
days of submitting fhe Best Value Proposai. Submit these documents by 5:00 PM to Architecturai Setvices at 401
1Nest 13th Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. •
Offerors must submit a bid bond with their proposai. Offeror(s) to whom an award of contracf(s) is made wifl be
required to provide Payment and Ferformance Bonds and provide Contractors Generat Liability and Statutory
Workers Compensation Coverage.
If you intend to submit. a proposal, inform fhe Project Manager or Architect who can then inform
interested subcontractors.
General Contractors and Suppliers may make copies of the Instructions fo Offerors, General Conditions,
Drawings, and 5pecifications through their printer. The bid documenfs may be viewed and printed on-line. Bid
documents are not available at the City. The bid documents may be viewed and printed on-line by logging on io
htt s:// ro'ect oint.buzzsaw.com/fortworth ov with tne user name "Cowtown", password "Cowtown2004", and ciick
on "T/PW Facility Projects". Contact the Project Manager, Ronafd Clements, at (817) 392-8014 or Email
Ronald.Clements(o�fortworthqov,orca for assistance.
Chishofm Traii Community Center
December 20�.�
CITY OF FORT WORTH
TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLfC WORKS DEPARTMENT
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Chisholm Trail Community Center
�
Request for Proposals Submittaf Date: January 12, 2012 (NO CHANGE)
The Request for Proposals for the abave project is hereby revised and amended as follows:
1. Section 2. of fhe Instructions to Offerors, MWORITYAND WOMEN BUSINESS
ENTERPRlSE (M/WB�) (BEST VALUE PROPOSAL) has been changed to 25%.
2. The proposal form (4 pages) has been changed fo reflect the current City
Manager. Submit this revised form wifh your proposal, _
3. The following Contractors have expressed interest in this project:
A. Cross(and Gonstruction Company, Inc
tmann a(7.crosslandconstruction.com
B. Modern Contracfors
aiacob .modernctrs.com
C. Prime Consfruction Company
jmoodvCa�primeconsiructionco.com
D. CF Jordan Construction
rlack(a�cfjordan.com
E. Malex. Enterprises, LLC
mikela�malexenterprises.com
F. Corbet Group, inc.
b.qarvey�corbetqroup. com
Acknowledge the receipt of this Addendum No. 1 on yaur Proposa�.
DOUGLAS W. WIERSIG, PE
DIRECTC?R, TRANSPORTATION & PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
By:
Ronald Clements. AIA
Project Manager
Facilities Management Division
.817-392-8014, FAX 8'i 7-392-8488
RE�EASE DATE: December 12, 201'i
Chishofm Trail Community Center
Addendum No. 1, December 12, 2011
Page 1 of 1
PROPOSAL (REVlSED}
T0: MR. TOM HIGGfNS
CITY MANAGER
ATl'N: PURCHASING OFFICE
1000 THROCKM�RTON
CITY OF FORT WORTH, 7EXAS
FOR: Chisholm irail Community Center
4680 McPherson 8oulevard
�ort Worth, Texas
Project No. 00129
Project No. TPW20'i 9-20
Pursuant to the foregoing "Instrucfions to Offerors," the undersigned has ihoroughly examined the
plans, specifications and the site, understands the amount of work to be done, and hereby
proposes to do alf fhe work and furnish all labor, equipment and materiais necessary to fuily
complete alI the work as provided in the plans and specifications, and subject fo the inspection
and approval of the Director of Transpo�tation and Public Works of the Cify of Fort Worth.
Upon acceptance of this Proposal by the Cify Councif,�the bidder is bound ta execute a contract
and, if the contract amount exceeds $25,000.00, furnish acceptable Pertormance andlor Payment
Bonds approved by ihe Cify of Fort Worih for perForming and completing the Work within the time
stated and for ihe following sum, to wif:
DESCRIPTI�N OF ITEMS
Base Bid
Generai Allocation Allowance (5%) (Only the awner will approve the use
of this allowance during construction. Any ailowance remafning at the end of construction
will be retained by the City of Fort Worth.)
Completion within calendar days after da#e of Notice to Proeeed.
A. Alternaie No. 1— Skylights in the Gymnasium:
Additionai Calendar Days, if needed:
B. Alternate No. 2— Epic roof decking in-lue-of
commodity roof decking:
Additional Calendar Days, if needed:
C. Alternate No. 3— LED parking lot lights in-lue-of
metal halide:
Chisholm Trafl Community Center
Addendum Number One, December 12,.2011
Additional Calendar Days, if needed: �
D. Alternate No. 4—Addifional concrete sidewalk:
Additional Calendar Days, if needed; _
E. Alternate No. 5— Potted Love Grass in-lue-of
Hydroseed: �
Additional Calendar Days, if needed:
F, Alternate No. 6— Paving color and finish
{Deduct):
Additional Ca(endar Days, if needed:
G. Alternate No. 7— Brick patterning;
Additional Calendar Days, if needed: ,
H. Alternate No. S— Remove stone veneer
(Deduci):
Additional Calendar Days, if needed:
�
f. Alternate No. 9— Unit pricing for floor boxes:
Additional Calendar Days, if needed:
J. Alfernate No. 10 — Mefal edging in-lue-of
concrete mow strip:
Additional Calendar Days, if needed:
K. Aiternate No. 11 — Curtainwall in-lue-of
reinforced storefront:
Additional Caiendar Days, if needed:
L. Alternate No. '[2 — Decomposed granite
in-lue-of concrete: �
Additional Calendar Days, if needed:
M.. Alternafe No. 9 3— Change of glazing materiai: .
Additional Calendar Days, if needed:
UN1T PRICES
A, liem: 18" Pier; depth/foot - additionai; $ llinear foot.
B. Item: 'I8" Pier; depth/foot - reduc4ion; $ /linear foot.
Chishoim Trail Community Center
Addendum Number One, December 1.2, 20�.1
C. Item: Casing for 98" Pier; depthlfoot - additional; $ /linear foot,
D. Item: Well Loops and Piping i foot - additional; $ /linear fnot,
The undersigned agrees to complete the Work within the calendar days specified abave affer the
date of Notice to �Proceed. A Project Schedule will be submitfed as required in the Instructions fo
Offeror.
The City reserves the right to accept or reject any and all bids or any combination thereof
proposed for the above work_ �
The undersigned assures that its employees and applicanis for empioymeni and those of any
labor organization, subcontractors or employment agency in either furnishing or �eferring
employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms
of City Ordinance 7278 as amended by City Ordinance 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Section
13A-21 through 13A-29),
Residency of Offerors; The 1985 Session of the Texas Legislature passed house Bill 620 refative
to the award of cont�acts to non-resident bidders. The law provides that, in order to be awarded a
contract as low bidder, non-resident bidders (out of sfate contractors whose corporate offices or
principal piace of business are outside of the State of Texas) that bid projects for construction,
improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident
bidder by the same amount that Texas resident bidder woufd be required to underbid a
non�resident bidder in order ta obfain a comparable contract in #he state in which the
non-resident's principa( plaee of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be
fil(ed out by alt non-resident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The failure of out
of state or non-resident bidders Failure to complete the forms may disqualify that bidder.
Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. '
A. �_) Non-resident vendors in (give state), our principaf
place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident
bidders by state (aw.
�_j Non-resident vendors in (give state), are not required
to underbid resident bfdders.
B. �J Our principal place of business or corporate offices are in the
Stafe of Texas.
Wifhin ien (10} days of receipt of notice of acceptance of this bid, the successfuf bidder wiil
execute the formal con#raet and will deliver approved Perfiormance and Payment Bonds for the
faithful performance of this ' confact. The attached deposit check in the sum of
Dollars ($_. } is to become the properry of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or the attached
Bidder's Bond is to be forfeited in the event the contract and bonds are not execufed within the
time set forth, as liquidated damages for delay and addifional work caused thereby.
MINORITYM/OMENS BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (M/WBE): (For bids in excess of $25,000)
•� 1 am aware that I rr�ust submit informaiion the Direcfor, Transportation and Public Works,
concerning the M/WBE participation wifhin FIVE BUSINESS DAYS of submittal of this
Proposal in order to be considered RESPONSIVE.
CF►isholm Trafl Community Center
Addendum Number One, December 92, 2011
------......_.. ., ..... _. ..-------�----......__.._ ..... .......... ....... . .--.._......--- •--•------�-- --
d
(The rest of this page infentionally left bfank)
Respectfully submitted,
Company tJame
�
Signature
Printed Name af Principal
Address:
Stree# . �
City
Phone:
Fax:
Email:
Receipt is acknowledged of the fo(Iowing addenda:
Addendum No. 1: Addendum No. 6:
Addendum No. 2: Addendum No. 7:
Addendum No. 3: Addendum No. 8:
Addendum No. 4: � Addendum No. 9:
Addendum No. 5: Addendum I�o. 10:
Addendum No. 19: Addendum No. 92:
Addendum No. 13: Addendum No. 14:
Chisholm Trail Communfty Center
Addendum IVumber One, December �2, 20�1
Title
Zip
NOTICE TO OFFERORS
Proposals for the construction of the new Chisholm Trail Community Center located at 4680 McPherson Blvd,
Fort Worth, will be received at the Purchasing Office, City of Fort Worth, 1000 Throckmorton, Fort Worth, 76102,
until 1:30 P.M., Thursday, January 19, 2012, and will be opened and publicly read aloud approximately thirty
minutes later in the Council Chambers.
After evaluating the Proposals submitted, the City shall select the Offeror that offers the Best Value to the City and
enter into negotiations with that Offeror. The City may discuss with the selected Offeror options for a scope or time
modification and any price change associated with such modification.
A Pre-Bid Conference will be held at 10:00 A.M., Wednesday, December 21, 2011 at the Architectural Services
conference room located at 401 West 13�h Street, Fort Worth.
The offers will be valid for ninety (90) calendar days. Estimated construction cost is in the $3,500,000
range. There are thirteen (13) Alternates:
A. Alternate No. 1— Skylights in the Gymnasium
B. Alternate No. 2— Epic roof decking in-lieu-of commodity roof decking
C. Alternate No. 3— LED parking lot lights in-lieu-of inetal halide
D. Alternate No. 4— Additional concrete sidewalk
- E. Alternate No. 5— Potted Love Grass in-lieu-of hydroseed
F. Alternate No. 6— Paving color and finish (Deduct)
G. Alternate No. 7— Brick patterning
H. Alternate No. 8— Remove stone veneer (Deduct)
I. Alternate No. 9— Unit pricing for floor boxes
J. Alternate No. 10 — Metal edging in-lieu-of concrete mow strip
K. Alternate No. 11 — Curtainwall in-lieu-of reinforced storefront
L. Alternate No. 12 — Decomposed granite in-lieu-of concrete
M. Alternate No. 13 — Change of glazing material
MWBE participation will be evaluated in awarding this Contract. The MWBE participation requirement is 25%.
Offerors must submit an M/WBE Plan on your own forms within 5 business days of submitting their Best Value
Proposal. Refer to Paragraph 2, Minority and Women Business Enterprise (M/WBE) (Best Value Proposal) in the
Instruction to Offerors. Failure to document proposed attainment will remove the Proposal from further
consideration. Contact the M/WBE Office at (817) 212-2678 to obtain list of certified subcontractors and suppliers.
Submit the M/WBE Plan in Paragraph 2 and Post Bid-PreAward documents in Paragraph 8 within 5 business
days of submitting the Best Value Proposal. Submit these documents by 5:00 PM to Architectural Services at 401
West 13th Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.
Offerors must submit a bid bond with their proposal. Offeror(s) to whom an award of contract(s) is made will be
required to provide Payment and Performance Bonds and provide Contractors General Liability and Statutory
Workers Compensation Coverage.
If you intend to submit a proposal, inform the Project Manager or Architect who can then inform
interested subcontractors.
General Contractors and Suppliers may make copies of the Instructions to Offerors, General Conditions,
Drawings, and Specifications through their printer. The bid documents may be viewed and printed on-line. Bid
documents are not availabie at the City. The bid documents may be viewed and printed on-line by logging on to
https://qrolectpoint.buzzsaw.com/fortworthqov with the user name "Cowtown", password "Cowtown2004", and click
on "T/PW Facility Projects". Contact the Froject Manager, Ronald Clements, at (817) 392-8014 or Email
Ronald.ClementsCc�fortworth ocLv.orq for assistance.
Chisholm Trail Community Center
March 2012
For additional information contact Dwayne Brinkley, Brinkley Sargent Architects, (972) 960.9970 x 1112, or Email
dmbrinklevCa�.brinkleysarqent.com.
Advertisement: December 1, 2011
December 8, 2011
i Chisholm Trail Community Center
March 2012
TABLE OF CONTENTS
NOTICE TO OFFERORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS
PROPOSAL
TEXAS SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
WAGES RATES
WEATHER TABLE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
PAYMENTBOND
PERFORMANCEBOND
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE-
EONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW
PROJECT SIGN
Chishotm Trail Community Center
March 2012
INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS
1. PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS: The following requirements shall be used in the preparation of the
response to this Request for Sealed Proposals:
• Use the Proposal Form provided below.
• Entries on the Proposal Form may be handwritten or typed.
• Write in contract duration if not specified.
• Acknowledge all addenda on the Proposal Form.
• Have a Principal sign the Proposal. If the Offeror is a corporation, the president or a vice-
president must sign the Proposal. If the Offeror is a partnership, then the person/entity who is the
managing/general partner must sign the proposal.
• Include cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond written by a corporate surety payable to
the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of not less than five (5%) per cent of the total of the bid
submitted.
In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority
from the Untied States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or
required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000
from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the State of Texas and is the
holder of a certificate of authority from the Untied States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a
surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such
reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will
determine the adequacy of the proof required herein.
1A. SELECTION OF CONTRACTOR:
The City shall select the Offeror that offers the best value based upon the following criteria and on
its ranking evaluation.
In determining the Best Value Offeror, the City will consider:
1. Proposed price (60%)
2. Proposed level of MWBE participation (10%)
3. Proposed project schedule (10%)
4. Reputation/experience of the Offeror as demonstrated by past project work and the report of
references (10%)
5. Offeror's past relationship with the City. (10%)
**NOTE**: If the Offeror does not have previous work experience with the City, then the reputation
evaluation criterion will represent 20% of the overall score
After ranking the responses to the RFP, the City shall first attempt to negotiate a contract with the
selected Offeror. The City and its architect may discuss with the selected Offeror options for a
scope or time modification and any price change associated with the modification.
If the City is unable to negotiate a contract with the selected Offeror, the City shall, formally and in
writing, end negotiations with that Offeror and proceed to the next Offeror in the order of the
selection ranking until a contract is reached or all proposals are rejected.
Chishoim Trail Community Center
March 2012
2. MINORITYAND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (M/WBE) (BEST VALUE PROPOSALI
All Offerors shall note that it is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable
participation of Minority and Women Business Enterprises (M/WBE) in the procurement of
services with a fee of $25,000 or more by establishing an M/WBE goal.
Within five (5) City business days from proposal submittal date, exclusive of the proposal
submittal date, all Offerors will be required to submit information concerning the M/WBE(s) that
will participate in the contract. The M/WBE goal is 25%. The information shall include: (1) the
name, address and telephone number of each M/WBE and non-M/WBE; (2) the description of the
work to be performed by each M/WBE and non-M/WBE; and (3) the approximate dollar
amount/percentage of the participation for each M/WBE and non-M/WBE.
Use your own forms. Submit the forms by 5:00 PM on the fifth City business day from the
proposal submittal date to Architectural Services. 401 West 13th Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.
The M/WBE firm(s) must be located or doing business in the City's geographic market area that
include the foilowing nine (9) counties: Tarrant, Parker, Johnson, Collin, Dallas, Denton, Ellis,
Kaufman and Rockwall. The M/WBE firm(s) must be currently certified or in the process of being
certified by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA), or Texas
Department of Transportation (TXDOT), Highway Division prior to recommendation for award
being made by the City Council.
If you cannot meet the City's M/WBE goal for this project, then a detailed explanation must be
submitted to explain the Good and Honest Efforts your firm made to secure M/WBE participation.
Contact the M/WBE Office at (817) 392-6104 to obtain list of certified subcontractors and
suppliers.
Failure to submit the M/WBE participation information or the detailed explanation of the Offeror's
Good and Honest Efforts to meet or exceed the stated M/WBE goal, may render the proposal
non-responsive. The plan will be part of the final weighted selection criteria.
3. BID SECURITY: Cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond payable to the City of Fort
Worth, in an amoun# of five (5) per cent of the bid submitted [See paragraph 1 above]. The Bid
Security must accompany the bid and is subject to forfeit in the event the successful bidder fails to
execute the contract documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded. The
Bid Security shall be included in the envelope containing the bid proposal. Failure to submit the
Bid Security will result in the proposal not being considered for this project. Bidder's bond will be
returned if the City fails to award the contract within 90 calendar days of receipt of bids, unless the
Bidder agrees to an extension. The surety must be licensed to do business in the state of Texas.
4. PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: For projects in excess of $25,000, the
successful bidder entering into a contract for the work will be required to give the City surety in a
sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. The form of the bond shall be as herein
provided and the surety shall be acceptable to the City. All bonds furnished hereunder shall meet
the requirements of Texas Government Code Section 2253, as amended.
In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority
from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or
required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000
from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the State of Texas and is the
holder of a certificate of authority from the Untied States Secretary of the,Treasury to qualify as a
surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such
Chisholm Trail Community Center
March 2012
reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will
determine the adequacy of the proof required herein.
No sureties will be accepted by the City that are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds
or which are interested in any litigation against the City. Should any surety on the contract be
determined unsatisfactory at any time by the City, notice will be given to the contractor to that
effect and the contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the City
If the total contract price is $25,000 or less, payment to the contractor shall be made in one lump
sum. Payment shall not be made for a period of 45 calendar days from the date the work has
been competed and accepted by the City.
If the contract is in excess of $25,000, a Payment Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the
contract, solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and materiais in the prosecution
of the work. �
If the contract amount is in excess of $100,000, a Performance Bond sha�l also be provided, in the
amount of the contract, conditioned on the faithful performance of the work in accordance with the
plans, specification, and contract documents. Said bond shall be solely for the protection of the
City of Fort Worth.
5. PRE-BID SITE INVESTIGATION: Prior to filing a response, the bidder shall examine the site(s) of
the work and the details of the requ_irements set out in these specifications to satisfy itself as to
the conditions which will be encountered relating to the character, quality, and quantity of the work
to be performed and materials and equipment required. The filing of a response by the bidder
shall be considered evidence that it has complied with these requirements.
6. AMBIGUITY: In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the proposal, the City
reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the
proposal.
7. WAGE RATES: Not less than the prevailing wage rates set forth in Contract Documents must be
paid on this project.
8. POST BID - PREAWARD SUBMITTALS: Offerors are required to submit the following
information to the Architectural Services Division, Facilities Management Group, 401 West 13th
Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 (phone number 817-392-8088), within five business days
subsequent to bid opening (normally by 5:00 PM the next Thursday following a Thursday bid
opening) in order to assist City staff in determining the Contractor's capability of performing the
work and in meeting City contract requirements:
Minority/Women's Business Documentation (for bids in excess of $25,000)
Contractors Qualification Statement (AIA Form A305), including client references.
Proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers
Project Schedule
Schedule of Values or Divisions 1 through 16 Breakouts
Proof of insurability for Statutory Workers Compensation Insurance
Submit the documents by 5:00 PM on the fifth City business day from the proposed submittal
date io Architectural Services, 401 West 13`h Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.
9. PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS: Acceptance of the bid in no way requires the City to accept
the qualifications of the subcontractors. The Subcontractor lists are for use by the City in
preparing recommendations for award of the contract. The Contractor must provide and use
subcontractors listed unless the City agrees to allow a substitute.
Chisholm Trail Community Center
March 2012
10. DISCREPANCIES AND ADDENDA:
Should a Offeror find any discrepancies in the drawings and specifications, or should it be in doubt
as to their meaning, it shall notify the City at once. If required, the City will then prepare a written
addendum that will be available to all Offerors at the place designated for distribution of Bid
Documents by the Notice to Offerors. The Contractor is responsible for determining if addenda
are available and for securing copies prior to submitting a response to this request for sealed bids.
Oral instructions or decisions unless confirmed by written addenda will not be considered valid,
legal or binding. No extras will be authorized because of failure of the contractor to include work
called for in the addenda.
Offeror must acknowledge addenda in the Proposal. Failure to acknowledge addenda may cause
the Proposal to be ruled non-responsive. It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain Addenda
and include its information in the Proposal.
11. WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE: Offerors will be required to demonstrate that
coverage is in effect at time of Award of Contract. Sample Certificate of Insurance, or other proof
that Workers Compensation Insurance will be obtained, must be submitted within five working
days of bid opening
12. TAXES: Equipment and materials not consumed by or incorporated into the work are subject to
State sales taxes under House Bill 11, enacted August 15, 1991.
13. PERMITS: Contractor shall apply for all City of Fort Worth Permits and for any other permits
required by this project. City of Fort Worth Building and Trade Permit fees are waived. Separate
, permits may be required for each work location.
14. UTILITIES AND IMPACT FEES: The City will pay water and sewer utilities tap fees and impact
fees. Unless shown otherwise, the City will coordinate and pay for water and sewer taps and
meters to the property line. The Contractor will include all remaining fees from the electrical and
gas companies in the base bid. The Contractor will be responsible for coordinating with City and
utility companies for installation of utilities. Unless indicated otherwise on the plans, the contractor
will be responsible for costs and installations from the building side of the water meter and sewer
tap.
15. BID DOCUMENTS: Hard copies of bidding documents can be downloaded and printed by the
Offeror.
16. MANUFACTURER'S REFERENCE: Catalog, brand names, and manufacturer's references are
descriptive, not restrictive.. Use of brands of like nature and quality will be considered. Upon
request of the architect or contractor, the contractor will submit a full sized sample and/or detailed
information as required to allow the architect to determine the acceptability of proposed
substitutions. Where equipment has been listed as "no substitute accepted", the City will accept
no alternates to the specified equipment. Also refer to specification section 01630 Product
Options and Substitutions.
17. TESTING SERVICES: The City shall provide for, independently of the contractor, the inspection
services, the testing of construction materials engineering, and the verification testing services
necessary for the acceptance of the construction work.
18. PROJECT SCHEDULE: The Project Schedule to be submitted with the Qualification Statement
wili, at the minimum, include the following: quality control submittals and approvals, mobilization,
site preparation, under slab utilities, foundation work, structural erection, interior finish,
commissioning, and closeout. The Schedule may be submi#ted as a table or PERT diagram.
Chisholm Trail Community Center
March 2012
PROPOSAL (REVISED}
T0: MR. TOM HIGGINS
C1TY MANAGER
ATTN: PURCHASING OFFICE
1000 THROCKMURTON
CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS
FOR: Chisholm Traii Communify Center
4680 McPherson 8oulevard
Fort Warth, Texas
Project No. 00129
P�oject No. TPW20'11-20
Pursuant to the foregoing "Instructions to Offerors," the undersigned has thoroughly examined the
plans, specifications and the site, understands the amount of work to be dane, and hereby
proposes to do all fhe work and furnish all labor, equipment anci materials necessary to fufly
complete alI the work as provided in the pfans and specificatians, and subject to the inspection
and approval of the Director af Transpo�tation and Public Warks of the City of Fort Worth.
Upon accepfance of this Proposal by the Cify Council, the bidder is bound #o execute a contract
and, if the confract amount exceeds $25,000.00, furnish acceptable Performance and/or Payment
Bonds approved by the City of Fort Worth for performing and completing the WorEc within ihe iime
stated and for the foilowing sum, to wit:
DESCRIPTION OF (7EMS
Base Bid � , �lD.�
General Allocation Allowance (5%} l 8�, p�{Only the owner will approve the use
of this allowance during construction. An a lowance remaining at the end of construction
will be retained by the City of Fori Worth.)
Completion within ,��0 calendar days after date of NaticE to Proceed.
A. Alternate No. 1— 5kyfights in the Gymnasium: l �, ODD
Additional Calendar Days, if needed: ,S DA��'S
B. Alternate No. 2— Epic roof decking in-lue-of
cammodify roof decking: _ 7' Z Oop
Addifional Calendar Days, if needed: /o D/4YS
C. Alternate No. 3— LED parking lot lights in-liae-of
metal halide: Op0 �
Ghisholm Trail Community Center
Addendum Number One, December 12,.20i1
Additional Calendar Days, if needed: 2 T%1% �/5
D. Alfernate No. 4— Additional concrete sidewalk: 9�, �p0
Additional Calendar Days, if needed: /'� Di}`/S
E. Alternate No. 5— Potted Love Grass in-lue-of
Hydroseed: ,_,�7_000 �
Additionai Calendar Days, if needed: ,.S- D�4'L
F. Alternate No. 6-- Paving color and finish
(Deduct): ��, p/D
Additional Calendar Days, if needed: . O,b��/�
G. Alternate No. 7— Brick patterning: Z/, 040
,�--
Additianal Calendar Days, if needed: .s Di4Yy ,
N. Alternate No. 8— Remove stone veneer
(Deduct): �• 0 0
Additional Calendar Days, if needed: O b/�-f'f
l. Alternate No. 9— Unit pricing for floor boxes: S%SD
Additional Calendar Days, if needed: ��
J. Alternate No. 10 — Metal edging in-lue-of
concrete mow strip: �+Z oe
Additionaf Calendar Days, if needed: D D�V�
K. Alternate No. 11 — Curtainwall in-lue-of
' reinforced starefront: Z oD 0
Additional Calendar Days, if needed: ✓`�D�}�S
L. Alternate No. '[ 2— Decomposed granite
in-lue-of concrete: "' 9S'ro
� •
' Additionaf Calendar Days, if needed: 0�''�4y'y
M.. Alternate No. 13 — Change of glazing material: � d0 .
Additional Calendar Qays, if needed: � Dayy
UMT PRICES
A. Item: 18" Pier; depth/foot - additional; $ Z Z,� /linear foot.
B. Item: 18" Pier; depth/foot - reduction; $�Ad /linear foat.
Chishoim Trail Community Center
Addendum Number One, December 1.2, 20�1
C. Item: Casing for 18" Pier; depth/foot - additional; $ . ab /linear foot.
D. Item: Well Loops and Piping I foot - additional; $/Dl7�dd /linear foot.
7he undersigned agrees fo complete the Work within the calendar days specified abave after the
date of Notice to Proceed. A Project Schedule will be submitied as required in the Instructions to
Offeror.
The Cify reserves the right to accept or rejeci any and all bids or any combination thereof
proposed for the above work.
The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any
labor organizafion, subcontractors or employment agency in either furnishing or referring
employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms
of City Ordinance 7278 as amended by City Ordinance 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Section
13A-21 through 13A-29),
Residency of Offerors: The 1985 Session of the Texas Legislature passed house Bill 620 relative
to the award of contracts to non-resideni bidders. The faw provides that, in order to be awarded a
contract as low bidder, non-resident bidders (out of state contractors whose corporate offices or
principal place of business are outside of the State of Texas) that bid projects for construction,
improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount fower than fhe lowest Texas resident
bidder by the same amount that Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a
non-resident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the
non-resident's principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be
filled out by all non-resident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The failure of out
of state or non-resident bidders Failure to complete the forms may disqualify that bidder,
Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. '
A. j_� Non-resident vendors in (give state), our principal
place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident
bidders by state law.
I_I Non-resident vendors in (give state), are not required
to underbid resident bidders.
B. �� Our principal place of business or corporate offices are in the
State of Texas.
Within ten (10} days of receipt of notice of acceptance o# this bid, the successfuf bidder will
execute the formal contract and will delivEr approved Performance and Payment Bonds for the
faithful performance of this contact. The attached c4eposit check in the sum of
Dollars ($ 5�� 1 is to become the properfy of the Ciry of Fort Worth, Texas, or the attached
Bidder's Bond is to be forfeited in the event the contract and bonds are not executed within the
time set forth, as liquidated damages for delay and additional work caused thereby.
MINORITY/WOMENS BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (M/WBE): (For bids in excess of $25,000)
• I am aware that I must submit informaiion the Director, Transportation and Public Works,
concerning the M/WBE participation wifhin FIVE BUSINESS DAYS of submittal of this
Proposal in order to be considered RESPONS(VE,
Chisholm Trail Community Center
Addendum IVumber One, December 12, 2011
I'
�
(ThE rest of this page infentionally left blank)
= Respectfulfy submitted,
PRIME CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
Company Name
�y:
d
�
rt
Address:
JERRY F. MOODY
Printed Name of Principal
8101 VALCASI DRIVE, SUITE 101
Street .
ARLINGTON, TEXAS
City
Phane: 817-572-5550
Fax: 817-572-6354
Email: jmoody@primeconstructionco.com
PRESIDENT
Title
76001
Zip
Receipt is acknowledged of the following addenda:
" Addendum No. 1:12-12-11 Addendum No. 6:01-13-12
� Addendum No. 2: 12-20-11 Adc�endum No. 7:
Addendum No. 3:12-22-11 Addendum No. 8;
Addendum No. 4; 01-OS-12 Addendum No. 9:
Addendum No. 5:01-12-12 Addendum IVo, 'IQ:
Addendum No. 11: Addendum No. 12:
Addendum No. 13: Addendum No. 14:
Chisholm Trail Community Center
Addendum Number One, December �.2, 2011
TEXAS SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
Name of Purchaser, Firm or Agency: City of Fort Worth, Texas
Address (Street & Number, P.O. Box or Route Number): 1000 Throckmorton
City, State, Zip Code: Fort Worth Texas 76102
Telephone: (817) 392-8360
I, the purchaser named above, ciaim an exemption from payment of sales and use
taxes for the purchase of taxable items described below or on the attached order or
invoice from:
All vendors
Description of the items to be purchased, or on the attached order or invoice:
All items except mofor vehicles as listed below
Purchaser claims this exemption for the following reason:
Governmental Entity
i understand that I will be liable for payment of sales or use taxes which may become
due for failure to comply with the provisions of the state, city, and/or metropolitan transit
authority sales and use tax laws and comptroller rules regarding exempt purchases.
Liability for the tax will be determined by the price paid for the taxable items purchased
or the fair market rental value for the period of time used.
i understand that it is a misdemeanor to give an exemption certificate to the seller for
taxable items which I know, at the time of purchase, will be used in a manner other than
expressed in this certificate and that upon conviction I may be fined not more than $500
per offense. n (�
Purchaser:
7itle:
Date: February 1, 2007
Note: This certificate cannot be issued for fhe purchase, lease or rental of a motor
vehicle.
THIS CER7'IFICATEDOES NOT REQUIREA NUMBER TO BE VALID
Sales and Use Tax "Exemption Numbers" or "Tax Exempt" Numbers do not exist.
This certificate should be furnished to the supplier. Qo not send the completed '
certificate to the Comptroller of Pubfic Accounts.
Chisholm Trail Community Center
March 2012
cwo rr�cvr�iurvv rvr�vc r�r�� co
CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
AC Mechanic � $21.69 Plumber
AC Mechanic Helper $12.00 Plumber Helper
Acoustical Ceiling
Mechanic $15.24 Reinforcing Steel Setter �
Bricklayer/Stone Mason $19.12 Roofer
Bricklayer/Stone Mason
Hetper $10.10 Roofer Helper
Carpenter $16.23 Sheet Metal Worker
Carpenter Helper $11.91 Sheet Metal Worker Helper
Concrete Finisher $13.49 5prinkter System Instatler
Concrete Form Builder $13.12 Sprinkler System Installer Helper
Drywall Mechanic $14.62 Steel Worker Structural
Drywalt Hetper $10.91 Concrete Pump
Crane, Clamsheel, Backhoe, Derrick, D'�ine
Drywall Taper $13.00 Shovel
Drywall Taper Helper $9.00 Forklift
Electrician (Journeyman) $20.20 Front End Loader
Electrician Hetper $14.43 Truck Driver
Electronic Technician $19.86 Welder
Etectronic Technician
Helper $12.00 Welder Helper
Floor Layer (Resilient) $20.00
Floor Layer Helper $13.00
Glazier $18.00
Glazier Helper $13.00
Insulator $14.78
Insulator Netper $11.25
Laborer Common $10.27
Laborer Skilled $13.18
Lather $16.10
Painter $14.83
Painter Helper $8.00
Pipefitter $18.85
Pipefitter Helper $12.83
Plasterer $17.25
Plasterer Helper $12.25
Chisholm Trail Community Center
March 2012
$20.43
$14.90
10.00
14.00
$10.00
$16.96
$12.31
$18.00
$9.00
$17.43
$20.50
$17.76
$12.63
$10.50
$14.91
$16.06
59.75
WEATHER TABLE
Month Average Inches of Snow/Ice
Days of Rainfall Pellets
Rain
January 7 1.80 1
February 7 2.36 *
March 7 2.54 *
Apri) 8 4.30 0
May 8 4.47 0
June 6 3.05 0
July 5 1.84 0
August 5 2.26 0
September 7 3.15 0
October 5 2.68 0
November 6 2.03 *
December 6 1:82 *
ANNUALLY 77 32.30 1
(1) Mean number of days rainfall, 0.01" or more
(2) Average normal precipitation, in inches
(3) Mean number of days 1.0 inch or more
* Less than 0.5 inches
This table is based on information reported from Dallas-Fort Worth Regional Airport, Texas.
Latitude 32 deg 54 min north, longitude 97 deg 02 min West, elevation (ground) 551 ft.
Average number of days of rain, snow, and ice are based on records covering 27 years.
Precipitation is based on record of 1941-1970 period
This table is to be used as a basis for calculation of excess rain or weather days for projects with
duration in calendar days. If the site records indicate that the Contractor was unable to carry out
operations due to weather, it is counted as a weather day. If the number of weather days exceeds
the number of average rain days plus the snow/ice-pellet days for a given month, the contract
period will be adjusted by Change Order.
Chishoim Trail Community Center
March 2012
City of Fort Worth, Texas
Transportation Pubiic Works Department
Facilities Management Group/Architectural Services Division
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
LUMP SUM CONTRACT
SECTION A
DEFINITIONS, PROCEDURES AND INTERPRETATIONS
A-1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: By the term Contract Documents is meant all of the written and draw� documents setting
forth or affecting the rights of the parties, including but not necessarily limited to, the Contract, Notice to Bidders, Proposal, General
Conditions, Special Conditions, Specifications, Plans, Bonds and all Addenda, Amendments signed by all parties, Change Orders,.
written Interpretations and any written Field Order for a minor change in the Work.
A-2 ENTIRE AGREEMENT: The Contract Documents represent the entire agreement between the Parties, and no prior or
contemporaneous, oral or written agreements, instruments or negotiations shall be construed as altering the terms and effects of the
Contract Documents. After being executed, the Contract Documents can be changed only by a written Amendment signed by the
Contractor and the Owner, or Change Order, or by a written Field Order for a minor change.
A-3 WORK: By the term Work is meant all labor, supervision, materials and equipment necessary to be used or incorpor�ted
in order to produce the construction required by Contract Documents.
A-4 EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents shall be executed in six,originals, with all
required attachments, including required bonds and insurance certificates, by the Contractor and the Owner in such form as may be
prescribed by law and returned to the Owner within ten business days of notification to Contractor. Failure to execute contracts and
provide required enclosures will be grounds for revocation of award and taking of Bid Bond.
A-5 FAMILIARITY WITH PROPOSED WORK: Before filing a Proposal, the bidder shall examine carefully the, plans,
specifications, special provisions, and the form of contract to be entered into for the work contemplated. He shall examine the site
of work and satisfy himself as to the conditions that will be enco�ntered relating to the character, quality and quantity of work to be
performed and materials to be furnished. The filing of a bid by the bidder shall be considered evidence that he has complied with
these requirements and has accepted the site as suitable for the work.
Claims for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually encountered in construction and as indicated by
the plans will not be allowed.
A-6 ONE UNIFIED CONTRACT: Insofar as possible, the Contract Documents will be bound together and executed as a
single unified Contract. The intention of the Contract Documents being to provide for all labor, supervision, materials, equipment and
other items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. Words that have well-recognized technical or trade
meanings are used herein in accordance with such recognized meanings.
A-7 DIVISION OF WORK: The arrangement of Drawings and/or Specifications into Divisions, Sections, Articies, or other
Subdivisions shall not be binding upon the Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Trades.
A-8 INTERPRETATIONS: The Architect will furnish such Interpretations of the Plans and Specifications as may be necessary
for the proper execution or progress of the work. Such Interpretations shall be furnished at the instance of the Architect or at the
request of the Contractor, or Owner, and will be issued with reasonable promptness and at such times and in accordance with such
schedule as may be agreed upon. Such Interpretations shall be consistent with the purposes and intent of the Plans and
Specifications and may be effected by Fieid Order. In the event of any dispute between any of the parties to the Contract and the
Architect or each other involving the interpretation of the Contract Documents, the evaluation of work or materials performed or
furnished by the Architect Contractor, or any subcontractor or materialsman, or involving any question of fault or liability of any party,
the decision of the Owner shall be final and binding.
In the event of inconsistency in the contract documents, the foilowing sequence for interpretation shall be used in order of
precedence: Change Orders and/or Field Orders (by date of issuance); Addenda (by date of issuance); Drawings; Notes and
dimensions on Drawings; Technical Specifications; Special Provisions; Supplementary General Conditions; General Conditions;
and, Construction Contract.
A-9 COPIES OF WORKING DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The Architect will furnish to Contractor free of charge 15
sets of working Drawings and 15 sets of Specifications. Contractor shall pay the cost of reproduction for all other copies of
Drawings and Specifications furnished to him.
All Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof furnished by the Owner or the Architect are and shall remain the property of the
Owner. They are not to be used on any other project and, with the exception of one Contract set for each Party to the Contract, are
to be returned to the Owner on request at the completion of the work.
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chishoim Trail Community Center (December 2011)
Page 1 of 26
A-10 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (M/WBE) POLICY: The City of Fort Wo�th has goals for the
participation of Minority and Women Business Enterprises (M/WBE) in City contracts. Compliance with the policies designed to
meet these goals is mandatory in order to be considered a, responsive bidder. The City policy and procedures to be followed in
submitting bids is included.
The City of Fort Worth MWBE Program will take precedence over other subcontractor utilization programs on Block Grant and other
federally funded Projects.
A-11 CORRELATION AND INTENT: in general, the drawings indicate dimension, locations, positions, quantities, and kinds of
construction; the specifications indicate the quality and construction procedures required. Work indicated on the drawings and not
specified of vice-versa, shall be furnished as though set forth in both. Work not detailed, marked or specified shall be the same as
similar parts that are detailed, marked or specified. If the drawings are in conflict or conflict with the specifications the better quality
or greater quantity or work or materials shali be estimated and shall be furnished or included. Dimensions on drawings shail take
precedence over small-scale drawings. Drawings showing locations of equipment, piping, ductwork, electrical apparatus, etc., are
diagrammatic and job conditions may not allow installation in the exact location shown. Relocation shall not occur without the
Architects approval. -
A-12 AGE: in accordance with the policy ("Policy") of the Executive Branch of the federal government, Contractor covenants
that neither it nor any of its officers, members, agents, employees, program participants or subcontractors, while engaged in
performing this contract, shall, in connection with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with
the terms, conditions or privileges of their employment, discriminate against persons because of their age except on the basis of a
bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement.
Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers, members, agents, employees, subcontractors, program participants, or
persons acting on their behalf, shall specify, in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this contract, a maximum
age limit for such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational qualification,
retirement plan or statutory equipment.
Contractor warrants it will fuliy comply with the Policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or
ailegations asserted by third parties or subcontractor against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alieged failure
to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this agreement.
A-13 DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 ("ADA"), Contractor
warrants that it and any and all of its subcontractors will not unlav�ully discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of
services to the general pubiic, nor in the availability, terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or
employees of Contractor or any of its subcontractors. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with ADA provisions and any other
applicable federal, state and local laws concerning disability and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any ciaims or
allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractors against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alieged
failure to comply with the above-referenced laws concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this agreement.
SECTION B
IDENTITY OF ARCHITECT
B-1 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION: Where the term "ArchitecY' is used in the "General Conditions of the Contract for
Construction", it shall refer to the Director, Transportation and Public Works or his designated Building Construction Manager. The
Director, Transportation will designate a Project Manager and Building Construction Manager (BCM) to administer this contract and
perform the functions of the "ArchitecY' as indicated in the General Conditions. The design architect or engineer may also be
designated to perForm the duties of "ArchitecY'. The term "City" and "Owner" are used interchangeably and refer to the City of Fort
Worth as represented by the Director of Transpottation and Public Works or his designated representative.
B-2 TERMINATION AND SUSPENSION OF WORK: The Owner has the right to terminate the Project for any reason. If the
project is terminated, the Contractor shall: .
a) Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified on the notice of termination.
b) Place no further orders or subcontracts except as may be necessary for the completion of the work not terminated.
c) Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the work terminated by the
notice of termination.
After termination as above, the City will pay the Contractor a proportionate part of the contract price based on the work completed;
provided, however, that the amount of payment on termination shall not exceed the total contract price as reduced by the portion
thereof allocatable to the work not completed and further reduced by the amount of payments, if, any otherwise made. Contractor
shall submit its claim for amounts due after termination as provided in this paragraph within 30 days after receipt of such claim. In
the event of any dispute or controversy as to the propriety or ailowability of all or any portion of such claim under this paragraph,
such dispute or controversy shall be resoived and be decided by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, and the decision by the
City Council of the City of Fort Worth shall be final and binding upon all parties to this contract.
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
B-3 DUTIES OF THE ARCHITECT: As used herein, the term Architect means the Architect or his authorized representative.
Nothing contained in these Contract Documents shail create any privity of Contract between the Architect and the Contractor.
B-4 ARCHITECT AS REPRESENTATIVE OF THE OWNER: The Building Construction Manager will provide general
administration of the Contract on behalf of the Owner and will have authority to act as the representative of the Owner to the extent
provided in the Contract Documents unless changed in writing by the Owner. The Architect will be available for conferences and
consultations with the Owner or the Contractor at ail reasonable times.
B-5 ACCESS TO JOB SITES: The Architect shall at all times have access to the Work whenever it is in preparation and
progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so the Architect may perForm its assigned functions under the
Contract Documents.
The Architect will make periodic visits to the Site to familiarize himself with the.progress and quality of the work and to determine if
the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract documents. On the basis of on-site observations, the Architect will keep the
Owner informed of the progress of the Work and wiil endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of
the Contractor. Based upon such observations and the Contractor's applications for payments, the Building Construction Manager
will make determinations and recommendations concerning the amounts owing to the Contractor and will issue certificates for
payment amounts.
B-6 INTERPRETATIONS: The Architect will be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the requirements of the Plans and
Specifications and the judge of the performance thereunder by the Contractor, subject to the final decision of the Owner.
The ArchitecYs decisions in matters relating to artistic effect will be final, if consistent with tHe intent of the Contract Documents.
B-7 AUTHORITY TO STOP WORK: The BCM will have authority to reject work that does not conform to the Plans and
Specifications. In addition, whenever, in its reasonable opinion, the BCM considers it necessary or advisabie in order to insure the
proper realization of the intent of the Plans and Specifications, the BCM will have authority to require the Contractor to stop the
Work or any portion thereof, or to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not such Work be then fabricated,
installed or compieted.
B-8 MISCE�LANEOUS DUTIES OF ARCHITECT
Shop Drawinqs. The Architect will review Shop Drawings and Samples. Two copies of each approved Shop Drawing and submittal
will be provided to the Owner by the Architect. Three copies will be returned to the Co�tractor.
Chanae Orders. Change Orders and Fieid Orders for Minor Changes in the Work wiil be issued by the Owner
Guarantees. The Owner will receive all written guarantees and related documents required of the Contractor. Upon completion of
the project the Contractor shall provide the Owner five copfes of each guarantee.
Inspections The Owner will conduct inspections for the purpose of determining and making his recommendations concerning the
dates of substantial completion and final completion. The Architect will conduct the final acceptance inspection and issue the
Certificate of Compietion. •
Operation and Maintenance Manuals The Owner will receive six copies of all applicable equipment installation, operation, and
maintenance brochures and manuals required of the Contractor.
B-9 TERMINATION OF THE ARCHITECT: In case of the termination of the employment of the Architect by the Owner, the
Owner shall either assume the duties of the Architect through the Director of the Department of Transportation and Public Works, or
shall appoint a successor Architect against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection.
SECTION C
OWNER
C-1 IDENTIFICATION: By the term Owner is meant the City of Fort Worth acting herein by its duly authorized representatives
in the manner provided by law. Authorized representatives include the City Manager, Assistant City Manager, the Director and of
Transportation and Public Works Department and members of the Facilities Management Division. Generally speaking a
designated representative will be a Building Construction Manager identified from within the Facilities Management Group to act as
a point of contact for day-to-day contract administration.
C-2 DUTIES OF THE OWNER: The Owner shall furnish surveys describing the physical characteristics, legal limits and utility
locations for the site of the Work; provided, however, that the Contractor hereby covenants that he has inspected the premises and
familiarized himself therewith and that the locations of utilities and other obstacles to the prosecution of the Work as shown on the
Owner's survey are for information only, are not binding upon the Owner, and the Owner shall not incur any liability for loss or
damage by virtue of any fnaccuracies or deficiencies in such surveys. The Owner shall secure and pay for title to the site and all
necessary permanent or construction easements. The Owner will cooperate with the Contractor in the prosecution of the Work in
such manner and to such extent as may be reasonabie and shall fumish information under its control with reasonable promptness at
the request of the Contractor.
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
C-3 INSTRUCTIONS: The Owner shali issue all instructions to the Contractor through the BCM.
C-4 ACCESS TO JOB SITE: The Owner shali at all times have access to the Work whenever it is in preparation and
progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so the Owner may perform its assigned functions under the
Contract Documents.
C-5 PROGRESS INSPECTIONS: The Owner wiil make visits to the Site to familiarize themselves with the progress and
quality of the Work and to determine if the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract documents. On the basis of on-site
observations and reports concerning the progress and quality of the work, the Owner will approve and authorize the Contractor's
applications for payments.
C-6 AUTHORITY TO STOP WORK: The Owner will have authority to reflect work that does not conform to the Plans and
Specifications. Whenever, in its reasonable opinion, the Owner considers it necessary or advisable in order to insure the proper
realization of the intent of the Pians and Specifications, the Owner will have authority to require the Contractor to stop the work or
any portion thereof, or to require the Contractor to stop the Work or any portion thereof, or to require special inspection or testing of
the Work whether or not such Work be then fabricated, installed or completed.
C-7 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION: Upon agreement of the Contractor and Architect that the Work is
substantially complete, the Owner wiil schedule a Substantial Completion inspection to be conducted by the Architect and attended
by representatives of the Architect, Owner and Contractor. Items identified during this inspection as being incomplete, defective or
deficient shall be incorporated into a punch list and attached to the AIA document G704, which is to be prepared and signed by the
Contractor, and accepted, approved and signed by the Owner.
C-8 RIGHT TO AUDIT: Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three years after final payment under this
contract, have access to and the right to examine any directiy pertinent books, documents, papers and records of the Contractor
involving transactions relating to this contract.
Contractor further agrees to include in all his subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the
City shall, untii the expiration of three years after final payment under the subcontract, have access to and the right to examine any
directiy pertinent books, documents, papers and records of such subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract. The term
"subcontracY' as used herein includes purchase orders.
Contractor agrees to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the city. The city agrees to reimburse Contractor for the
costs of copies at the rate published in the Texas Administrative Code.
SECTION D
CONTRACTOR
D-1 IDENTIFICATION: The Contractor is the person or organization identified as such in the Contract. The term Contractor
means the Contractor or his authorized representative.
D-2 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: Contractor shall perform all work and services hereunder as an independent
contractor, not as agent, or employee of the City. Contractor shall have exclusive control of and the exciusive right to control the
details of the Work and services performed hereunder, and all persons performing same, and Contractor shall be solely responsible
for the acts of its officers, agents, and employees. Nothing herein shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint enterprise
between City and the Contractor, its officers, agents and employees, and the doctrine of respondeat superior shall not apply.
D•3 SUBLETTING: It is further agreed that the performance of this Contract, either in whole or in part, shall not be sublet or
assigned to anyone else by said Contractor without the written consent of the Director of Transportation and Public Works of the
City of Fort Worth.
D-4 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contractor shall carefuliy study and compare the Agreement, Conditions
of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications, Addenda and modifications and shall at once report to the Owner and to the Architect any
error, inconsistency or omission he may discover. The Contractor shall do no work without Drawings, Specificafions and
Interpretations.
D-5 SUPERVISION: The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using his best skill and attention. He shall be solely
responsible for all construction means, methods, safety, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of
the Work under the Contract Documents.
D-6 LABOR AND MATERIALS: Unless otherwise specificaily noted, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor,
materials, equipment, toois, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation and other facilities and
services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work.
The successful low bidder will use its reasonable best efforts to hire local laborers, workmen and materialmen. The generai
condition is not to be constructed as limiting the right of any bidder to employee laborers, workmen or materiaimen from outside
local area.
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among his employees, and shall �ot empioy on the Work
any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the task assigned to him.
D-7 COMPLIANCE WITH AND ENFORCEMENT OF PREVAILING WAGE RATE
Dutv to pav Prevailinq Waqe Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code
(ChaPter 2258), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the
prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents.
Penaltv for Violation. A contractor or any subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shali, upon demand made by the
City, pay to the City $60 for each worker empioyed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the
prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative
costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023.
Compiaints of Violations and Citv Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker,
concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a contractor or subcontractor, the City shall make an
initial determination, before the 31s� day after the date the City receives the informatiorr, as to whether good cause exists to believe
that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the co�tractor or subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial
determination. Upon the City's determination that there is good cause to believe the contractor or subcontractor has violated
Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and
wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final
determination of the violation.
Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government
Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shali be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the
Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker do
not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to paragraph
(c) above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that
arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the
arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of
competent jurisdiction.
Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of
acceptance of the Work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the
construction of the Work provided for in this contract; and .(ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shail be
open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of the Audit section of these contract documents shall pertain
to this inspection.
Pav Estimates. With each partial payment estimate or payroll period, whichever is less, the Contractor shall submit an affidavit
stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code.
Posting of Waqe Rates. The Contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all
times.
Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its subcontractors to
comply with paragraphs (a) through (g) above.
On projects where special wage rates apply (e.g. Davis-Bacon) the Contractor agrees to meet all requirements of such programs.
D-8 WARRANTY: The Contractor warrants to the Owner and the Architect that all materials and equipment furnished under
this Contract will be new unless otherwise specified, and that all work will be of good quality, free from faults and defects, and in
conformance with the Contract Documents. All work not so confotming to these standards may be considered defective. If required
by the Architect or the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and
equipment.
The warranty provided in this Section shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any other warranty or remedy provided by law or
the Contract Documents.
D-9 TAXES: The Contractor is exempt from State Sales Tax on material incorporated into the finished construction, Excise
and Use Tax.
D-10 LICENSES NOTICES AND FEES: The Contractor shall obtain all Permits, Licenses, Certificates, and Inspections,
whether permanent or temporary, required by law or these Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall give all Notices and comply with all Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations and Orders of any public authority
bearing on the performance of the Work. If the Contractor observes or becomes aware that any of the Contract Documents are at
variance therewith in any respect, he shall promptly notify the Architect Owner in writing and any necessary changes will be made. If
the Contractor performs any Work knowing that it is in violation of, or contrary to, any of such Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances,
Orders or Directives, or Regulations without furnishing Notice to the Owner, the Contractor will assume full responsibility therefore
and bear all costs attritiutable thereto.
General Conditions for Facility Construction LumP Sum Contract
Chishoim Trail Community Center (December 2011)
D-11 CASH ALLOWANCES: The Contractor shail include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract
Documents. These aliowances shail cover the net cost of the materials and equipment delivered and unloaded at the site, and all
applicable taxes. The Contractor's handling costs on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses
contemplated for the original allowance shall be included in the Contractor Sum and not in the allowance. The Contractor shall
cause the Work covered by these allowances to be performed for such amounts and by such persons as the Owner may direct, but
he will not be required to employ persons against whom he makes a reasonable objection. If the cost, when determined, is more
than or less than the allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order which wili include additional
handling costs on the site, labor, installation costs, field overhead,.profit and other direct expenses resulting to the Contractor from
any increase over the original allowance.
D-12 SUPERINTENDENT: The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shali be in
attendance at the Project site during the progress of the Work. The superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Contractor and the
Owner. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all communications given to the superintendent shall be binding as if
given to the Contractor. important communications will be confirmed in writing. Other communications will be so confirmed on
written request in each case.
D-13 RESPONSIBILITIES FOR EMPLOYEES AND SUB-CONTRACTORS: The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner
for the acts and omissions of all his employees and all Sub-contractors, their agents and employees, and all other persons
performing any of the Work under a contract with the Contractor.
D-14 FAILURE TO COMMENCE WORK: Should the Contractor fail to begin the Work herein provided for within the time
herein fixed or to carry on and complete the same according to the true meaning of the intent and terms of said Pians, Specifications
and Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to either demand the surety to take over the Work and complete same
in accordance with the Contract Documents or to take charge of and complete the Work in such a manne� as it may deem proper,
and if, in the completion thereof, the cost to the said City shali exceed the contract price or prices set forth in the said plans and
specifications made a part hereof, the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay said City on demand in writing, setting forth and
specifying an itemized statement of the total cost thereof, said excess cost.
0-15 PROGRESS SCHEDULE: The Contractor, immediately after being awarded the contract, shall prepare and submit for
the ArchitecYs approval, an estimated progress schedule for the Work. The progress schedule shall be related to the entire Project.
This schedule shall indicate the dates for the starting and completion of the various states of construction and shall be revised as
required by the conditions of the Work, subject to the ArchitecYs approval. it shall also indicate the dates for submission and
approval of shop drawings and submittals as well as the delivery schedule for major pieces of equipment and/or materials.
The Contractor shall submit an updated progress schedule the BCM at least monthly for approval along with the Contractor's
monthly progress payment requests.
D-16 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AT THE SITE: The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one copy of
all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, approved Shop Drawings, Change Orders, and other Changes and Amendments in good
order and marked to record all changes made during construction. These shall also be available to the Architect. The Drawings,
marked to record all changes made during construction, shall be delivered to the Owner upon completion of the Work. The Architect
will prepare, and provide to the Owner, one complete set of reproducible record drawings of the Work.
D-17 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES: Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance
charts, brochures and other data which are prepared by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor,
and which illustrate some portion of the Work.
Samples are physical examples furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to estabiish
standards by which the Work will be judged.
The Contractor shall review, stamp with his approval and submit, with reasonable promptness and in orderiy sequence so as to
cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other contractor, normally within the first 90 days of the work, six copies of all shop
Drawings and Samples required by the Contract Documents or subsequently by the Architect as covered by changes or
amendments. Shop Drawings and Samples shall be properiy identified as specified, or as the Architect may require. At the time of
submission the Contractor shall inform the Architect in writing of any deviation in the Shop Drawings or Samples from the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
By approving and submitting Shop Drawings and Samples, the Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified
all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers and similar data, and that he has checked and
coordinated each shop drawing given in the Contract Documents. The ArchitecYs approval of a separate item shall not indicate
approval of an assembiy in which the item functions,
The Architect will review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay, but only
for conformance with the design concept of the Project and with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Architect's
approval of a separate item shall not indicate approval of an assembly in which the item functions.
The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Architect and shall resubmit the required number of corrected copies of
Shop Drawings or new Samples until approved. The Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing or on resubmitted Shop
Drawings to revisions other than the corrections requested by the Architect on previous submissions.
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
The ArchitecYs approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shail not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any deviation from the
requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Contractor has informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of
submission and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation. Architect's approval shall not relieve the
Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings or Samples.
No portion of the Work requiring a Shop Drawing or Sample submission shali be commenced until the Architect has approved the
submittal. All such portions of the Work shail be in accordance with approved Shop Drawings and Samples.
D-18 SITE USE: The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the
Contract Documents and shaii not unreasonably encumber the site with any materials or equipment. Until acceptance of the Work
by the.City Council of the City of Fort Worth, the entire site of the Work shall be under the exclusive control, care and responsibility
of the Contractor. Contractor shall take every precaution against injury or damage to persons or property by the action of the
elements or from any other cause whatsoever. The Contractor shall rebuiid, repair, restore and make good at his own expenses all
injuries or damages to any portions of the Work occasioned by any of the above, caused before acceptance.
D-19 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK: The Contractor shali do all cutting, fitting or patching of his Work that may
required to make its several parts fit together properly, and shali not endanger any Work by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering
the Work or any part of it.
D-20 CLEAN UP: The Contractor at ali times shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish. At
the completion of the Work he shall remove all his waste materials and rubbish from and about the Project as well as all his tools,
construction equipment, machinery and surplus materiais, and shail clean all glass surfaces and leave the Work "Broom-clean" or its
equivalent, except at otherwise specified. In addition to removal of rubbish and leaving the buildings "broom-clean", Contractor shall
clean all glass, replace any broken glass, remove stains, spots, marks and dirt from decorated work, clean hardware, remove paint
spots and smears from all surfaces, clean fixtures and wash all concrete, tile and terrazzo floors.
If the Contractor fails to clean up, the Owner may do so, and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor.
D-21 COMMUNICATIONS: As a general rule, the Contractor shall forward all communications to the Owner through the BCM.
D-22 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS ON FEDERALLY FUNDED PROJECTS: Contractor shall observe and comply with
the requirements of the City of Fort Worth Fiscal Department, Intergovernmental Affairs and Grants Management as outlined in the
Supplemental Conditions contained in the Project Manual
SECTION E
SUBCONTRACTORS
E-1 DEFINITION: A Subcontractor is a person or organization that has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of
the Work at the site. The term Subcontractor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and
masculine in gender and means a Subcontractor or his authorized representative.
Nothing contained in the Contract, Documents shall create any contractual relation between the Owner and the Architect and any
subcontractor or any of his sub-subcontractors or materialmen.
E-2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS: The bidder shall furnish a list of the names of the subcontractors or other persons or
organizations (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for such portions
of the Work as may be designated in the bidding requirements, or if none is so designated in the bidding requirements, the names of
the Subcontractors proposed for the principal portions of the Work. Prior to the award of the Contract, the Architect shall notify the
successful bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to 'any person or
organization on such list, Failure of the Owner and Architect to make an objection to any person or organization on the list prior to
the award of this Contract shall not constitute acceptance of such person or organization.
If, prior to the award of the Contract, the Owner or Architect has an objective to any person or organization on such list, and refuses
to accept such person or organization, the apparent low bidder may, prior to the award, withdraw his bid without forfeiture of bid
security. If such bidder submits an acceptable substitute, the Owner may, at its discretion, accept the bid or he may disqualify the
bid. If, after the award, the Owner or Architect objects in writing to any person or organization on such list, the Contractor shall
provide an acceptable substitute.
The Contractor shall not make any substitution for any Subcontractor or person or organization that has been accepted by the
Owner and the Architect, unless the substitution is also acceptabie to the Owner and the Architect.
E-3 TERMS OF SUBCONTRACTS: All work performed for the Contractor by a Subcontractor shall be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor (and where appropriate between Subcontractors and Sub-
subcontractors) which shall contain provisions that:
1. Preserve and protect the �ights of the Owner and the Architect under the Contract with respect to the Work to be performed
under the subcontract so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights;
2. Require that such Work be performed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents;
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
3. Require submission to the Contractor of applications for payment under each subcontract to which the Contractor is a party, in
reasonable time to enable the Contractor to apply for payment;
4. Require that all claims for additional costs, extensions of time, damages for delays or otherwise with respect to subcontracted
portions of the Work shall be submitted to the Contractor (via any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor where appropriate) in
the manner provided in the Contract Documents for like claims by the Contractor upon the Owner;
5. Waive all rights the contracting parties may have against one another for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by the
property insurance, except such rights, if any, as they may have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner, and,
6. Obligate each Subcontractor specifically to consent to the provisions of this Section
All of the provisions set out in this section shall be deemed to have been included in every subcontract, and every subcont�act shall
be so construed and applied as to the Owner and the Architect, whether or not such provisions are physically included in the sub-
contract.
E-4 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (M/WBE): Shouid the base bid be less than $25,000, the
requirements of this section do not apply.
General: In accordance with City of Fort Worth Ordinance No 15530 (the "Ordinance"), the City of Fort Worth sets goals for the
participation of minority and women business enterprises (M/WBE) in City contracts. Ordinance No 15530 is incorporated in these
General Conditions by reference. A copy of the Ordinance may be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. Failure to compiy
with the Ordinance shall be a material breach of contract.
Prior to Award: The MNVBE-documentation required by the procurement solicitation must be submitted within five city business
days after bid opening. Failure to comply with the City's M/WBE Ordinance, or to demonstrate a"good faith effort", shall result in a
bid being considered non-responsive.
During Construction: Contractor shall provide copies of subcontracts or cosigned letters of intent with approved M/WBE
subcontractors and or suppliers prior to issuance of the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall also provide monthly reports on
utilization of the subcontractors to the MNVBE Office and the Construction Manager. Contractor must provide the City with complete
and accurate information regarding actual work performed by an M/WBE on the contract and proof of payment thereof. Contractor
further agrees to permit an audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in iYs possession that will substantiate the actual
work performed by an M/WBE. The misrepresentation of facts and/or the commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for
termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate federal, state, or local laws or ordinances relating to false
statement. An offeror who intentionaily and/or knowingly misrepresents material facts shall be determined to be an irresponsible
offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than three (3) years. The failure of an offeror to
comply with this ordinance where such non-compliance constitutes a material breach of contract as stated herein, may result in the
offeror being determined to be an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than
one (1) year.
The Contractor may count toward the goal any tier of MWBE subcontractors and/or suppliers. The Contractor may count toward its
goal a portion of the total dollar amount of the contract with a joint venture equal to the percentage of the M/WBE participation in the
joint venture for a cleariy defined portion of the work to be performed. All subcontractors used in meeting the goals must be certified
prior to the award of the Contract.
Change Orders: Whenever a change order affects the work of an M/WBE subcontractor or supplier, the M/WBE shall be given an
opportunity to perform the work. Whenever a change order is $50,000 or more, the M/WBE Coordinator shall determine the goals
applicable to the work to be performed under the change order.
During the term of the contract the Contractor shail;
1. Make no unjustified changes or deletions in its M/WBE participation commitments submitted with fhe bid/proposal or during
negotiation, without prior submission of the proper documentation for review and approval by the MWBE Office.
2. If substantial subcontracting and/or supplier opportunities arise during the term of any contract when the Contractor
represented in its bid/proposal to the City that it alone would perform the subcontracting/supplier opportunity work, the
Contractor shall notify the City before subcontracts for work andlor supplies are awarded and shall be required to comply with
subsections 12.3 and 12.4 of the OOrdinance, exciusive of the time requirements stated in such subsections.
3. The Contractor shall submit to the M/WBE Office for approval an M/WBE REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF CHANGE FORM, if,
during the term of any contract, the Contractor wishes to change or delete one or more M/WBE subcontractors or suppliers.
Justification for change of subcontractors may be granted for the foliowing:
1. An MNVBE's failure to provide Workers' Compensation Insurance evidence as required by state law; or
2. An MNVBE's-failure to provide evidence of general liability or other insurance: -
under the same or similar terms as contained in the Contract Documents with limits of coverage no greater thari the lower of 1)
the limits required of the Contractor by the City; or 2) the limits contained in the Contractor's standard subcontract or supply
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
agreements used on other projects of similar size and scope and within the Contractor's normal business practice with non-
MNVBE subcontractor's/subconsultanYs or suppliers; or
3. An MWBE's failure to execute the Contractor's standard subcontract form, if entering a subcontract is required by the
Contractor in its normal course of business, unless such failure is due to:
a) A change in the amount of the previously agreed to bid or scope of work; or
b) The contract presented provides for payment once a month or longer and the Contractor is receiving
payment from the City twice a month; or
c) Any limitation being placed on the ability of the M/WBE to report violations of the Ordinance or any
other ordinance or violations of any state or federal law or other improprieties to the City or to provide
notice of any claim to the Contractor's surety company or insurance company.
d) Mediation shall be a consideration before the request for change is approved.
4. An MM/BE defaults in the performance of the executed subcontract. In this event, the Contractor shall:
a) Request bids from all M/WBE subcontractors previously submitting bids for the work,
b) If reasonably practicable, request bids from previously non-bidding M/WBEs, and
c) Provide to the MIWBE office documentation of compliance with (a) and (b) above. �
5. Any reason found to be acceptable by the M/WBE Office in its sole discretion.
Within ten days after final payment from the City the Contractor shall provide the M/WBE Office with documentation to reflect final
participation of each subcontractor and supplier, including non-MIWBEs, used on the proJect.
E-5 PAYMENTS TO SUBCONTRACTORS: The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the
Owner, an amount equal to the percentage of completion allowed to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's Work. The
Contractor shail aiso require each Subcontractor to make similar payments to his subcontractors.
If the Owner refuses to issue a Certificate for Payment for any cause which is the fault of the Contractor and not the fault of a
particular subcontractor, the Contractor shall pay that Subcontractor on demand, made at any time after the Certificate for Payment
would otherwise have been issued, for his Work to the extent completed, less the retained percentage.
The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance monies received by the Contractor, and he shall require
each Subcontractor to make similar payments to his Subcontractors.
The Owner may, on request and at its discretion, furnish to any Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of
completion certified to the Contractor on account of Work done by such Subcontractors.
Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall have any obligation to pay or to see to the payment of any monies to any Subcontractor.
E-6 SUBCONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR EDA FUNDED PROJECTS: The Contractor will cause appropriate
provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts to bind subcontractors to FDA contract requirements as contained herein and to 15 CFR
24 or OMB Circular A-110, as appropriate,
Each subcontractor must agree to comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local requirements in addition to those set forth in
this section.
No subcontractor will be employed on this Project, excepf as specifically.approved by the City, who is contained in the listing of
contractors debarred, ineligible, suspended or indebted to the United States from contractual dealings with Federal government
departments. The work performed by any such contractor or subcontractor will be ineligible for reimbursement wholly or partially
from EDA grant fluids. '
All subcontracts in excess of $10,000 shall include, or incorporate by reference, the equal opportunity clause of Executive Order
11246.
All subcontracts must contain a nondiscrimination clause.
Each subcontract must contain a requirement for compliance with the Davis-Bacon and related acts.
Each subcontractor must submit weekly each weekly payroll record and a weekly statement of compliance. These documents will
be submitted to the prime contractor who will compile them and submit to the City. The subcontractor can satisfy this requirement by
submitting a properly executed Department of Labor Form WH-347.
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
Each subcontract with every subcontractor must contain a clause committing the subcontractor to employment of local labor to the
maximum extent possible.
All subcontractors who employ more than 50 employees, and is a prime or first tier subcontractor, and has a subcontract or
purchase order of $50,000 or more must submit a completed Standard Form 100 (Compliance Report) by March 30 of each year.
Subcontractors performing work in areas covered by published goais for minorities wili be required to report monthly on Form CC-
257.
SECTION F
SEPARATE CONTRACTS
F-1 OWNER'S RIGHT: The Owner reserves the right to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the
Work. When separate contracts are awarded for other portions of the Work, "the Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each
case shall be the contractor who signs each separate contract.
F-2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS: The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity
for the introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and the execution of their work, and shall properly connect and
coordinate his work with theirs.
if any part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any other separate contractor, the
Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Owner any apparent discrepancies or defects in such work that render it
�� unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the
other contractor's work as fit and proper to receive his Work, except as to defects which may develop in the other separate
contractor's work after the execution of the Contractor's Work.
Should the Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any separate contractor on the site, the Contractor shall, upon due
notice, settle with such other contractor by agreement, if he will so settle. If such separate contractor sues the Owner on account of
any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor who shall defend against such suit at the
Contractor's expense, and if any judgment against the Owner arises therefrom, the Contractor shall pay or satisfy such judgment
and shall reimburse the Owner for all attorney's fees, court costs and expenses which the Owner has incurred in connection with
such suit.
F-3 CUTTING AND PATCHING UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS: The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of
his Work that may be required to fit it to receive or be received by the work of other contractors shown in the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall not endanger any work or any other contractors by cutting, excavating or othervvise altering any work and shall
not cut or alter the work of any other contractor except with the written consent of the Architect.
Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party responsible therefor.
F-4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP: If a dispute arises between the separate contractors as to their responsibility for
cleaning up, the Owner may clean up and charge the cost thereof to the several contractors as the Director of the Department of
Transportation and Public Works shall determine to be just.
SECTION G
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
G-1 CONFLICT OF LAWS: The law of the place where the site is located shall govern the Contract. The Contractor must
familiarize himself and strictly comply with all Federal, State, and County and City Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations,
or Oirectives controlling the action or operation of those engaged upon the work affecting the materials used. He shall indemnify and
save harmless the City and all of its officers and agents against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any
such Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations, or Directives, whether by himseif, his employees, agents or subcontractors.
G-2 GOVERNING LAWS: It is mutually agreed and understood that this agreement is made and entered into by the parties
hereto with reference to the existing Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth and the laws of the State of Texas with
reference to and governing all matters affecting this Contract, and the Contractor agrees to fully comply with all the provisions of the
same.
G-3 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS: In performing their duties under the Statutes of the State of Texas and
the Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth in connection with tHis Contract, or in exercising any of the powers granted the
Owner herein, the officers, agents and employees of the City of Fort Worth are engaged in the perFormance of a governmental
function and shall not incur any personal liability by virtue of such performance hereunder, except for gross negligence or willful
wrong.
G-4 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Contractor agrees to compiy with all laws, Federal, state and local, inciuding all ordinances,
rules and regulations of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. Materials incorporated into the finished Project are not subject to State Sales
Tax.
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
The Owner is responsible for obtaining the Building Permit. The Contractor and the appropriate subcontractor are responsible for
obtaining all other construction permits from the governing agencies. Contractor shall schedule all code inspections with the Code
Inspection Division in accordance with the permit requirements and submit a copy of updated schedule to the Construction Manager
weekly. Building, plumbing, electrical and mechanical buiiding permits are issued without charge. Water and sewer tap, impact &
access fees will be paid by the City. Any other permit fees are the responsibility of the Contractor.
G-5 INDEMNIFICATION: Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify City's engineer and architect, and their personnel at
the project site for Contractor's sole negligence. In addition, Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and
defend, at its own expense, the Owner, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits for
property loss, prope�ty damage, personal injury, including death, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be
performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not anv such
in%ully damaqe or death is caused in whole or in part bV the neqliqence or alleqed nepliqence of Owner, its officels,
servants, or emp/ovees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against
any and all injuries to Owner's officers, servants and empioyees and any damage, loss or destruction to property of the Owner
arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not anv such iniury or damaqe is
caused in whole or in part bV the neqliqence or alleqed neqliqence of Owner its officers servants or emploVees.
In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, finai
payment shail not be made until Contractor either (a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or
a release from the claimant involved, or (b) provides Owner with a letter from Contractor's liability insurance carrier that the claim
has been referred to the insurance carrier. .
The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a resuit of work performed
under a City Contract.
G-6 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS: Except as provided in Paragraph E-2, this contract shall be binding upon and insure to
the benefit of the parties hereto, their Successors or Assigns. Contractor shall not assign or sublet all or any part of this Contract or
his rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Owner. Any such purported assignment or subletting without
the prior written consent of Owner shail be void.
G-7 WRITTEN NOTICE: Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or
member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified
mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice.
G-8 SURETY BONDS: Surety Bonds are required on all City contracts in excess of $25,000. The Contractor agrees, on the
submittal of his Proposal to make, execute and deliver to said City of Fort Worth good and sufficient surety bonds for the faithful
performance of the terms and stipulations of the Contract and for the payment to all claimants for labor and/or materials furnished in
the prosecution of the Work, such bonds being as provided and required in Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, as
amended, in the form included in the Contract Documents, and such bonds shall be 100 percent of the total contract price, and the
said surety shali be a surety company duly and legally authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and acceptable to the City
Council of the City of Fort Worth.
Bonds shall be made on the forms furnished by or otherwise acceptable to the City. Each bond shall be properly executed by both
the Contractor and the Surety Company. Bonds required by the City shall be in compiiance with all relevant local, state and federal
statutes.
To be an acceptable surety on the bond the name of the surety should be included on the current U. S. Treasury List of Acceptable
Securities [Circular 570], and must be authorized to do business in Texas. Sureties not listed in Circular 570 may write performance
and payment bonds on a project without reinsurance to the limit of 10 percent of its capital and surplus. Such a surety must reinsure
any obligation over 10 percent. The amount in excess of 10 percent must be reinsured by reinsurers who are duly authorized,
accredited, or trusteed to do business in the State of Texas.
Should any surety for the contracted project be determined unsatisfactory at any time during same, the Contractor shall immediately
provide a new surety bond satisfactory to the City.
If the contract amount is less than $25,000, payment shall be made in one lump sum 30 calendar days after completion and
acceptance of the Work.
G-9 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK: If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents or fails to perform any provision of the Contract, the Owner may, without prejudice to any
other remedy he may have, enter the site and make good such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be
issued deducting from the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including the cost
of the ArchitecYs additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. If the payments then or thereafter due the
Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contract shall pay the difference to the Owner.
G-10 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS: The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. He shall defend all suits or claims
for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless from loss on account thereof and shall be responsible for all
such loss when a particular design, process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified; however, if the
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
Contractor has reason to believe that the design, process or product specified is an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible
for such loss unless he promptiy gives such information to Owner.
G-11 TESTS: if the Contract Documents, Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations or Orders of any public authority having
jurisdiction require any Work to be inspected, tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness
and the date arranged so the Architect may observe such inspection, testing or approval. The Owner shall bear all costs of such
inspection, tests and approvals unless otherwise provided.
If after the commencement of the Work, the Owner determines that any work requires special inspection, testing or approval not
included above, the Owner, upon written authorization from the Owner, will instruct the Contractor to order such special inspection,
testing or approval, and the Contractor shall give notice as required in the preceding paragraph. If such special inspection or testing
reveais a failure of the Work to comply (1) with the requirements of the Contract Documents or (2) with respect to the performance
of the Work, with Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations or Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, the
Contractor shaii bear ali costs thereof, including the ArchitecPs additional services made necessary by such costs; otherwise the
Owner shail bear such costs, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued.
The Contractor shail secure certificate of inspection, testing or approval, and three copies will be promptly delivered by him to the
Owner. The Architect will review the certificates and forward one copy of each with his recomrnendation(s) to the Owner.
If the Owner wishes to observe the inspections, tests or approvals required by this Section, they will do so promptly and, where
practicabie, at the source of supply.
Neither the observations of the Architect or the Owner in their administration of the Construction Contract, nor inspections, tests or
approvals by persons other than the Contractor shall relieve the Contractor from his obligations to perform the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
G-12 INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES SERVICES: The Contractor shall perform the Work under this Contract with a
minimum of outage time for all utilities. Interruption shall be by approved sections of the utility. In some cases, the Contractor may
be required to perform the Work while the existing utility is in service. The existing utility service may be interrupted only when
approved by the Owner. When it is necessary to interrupt the existing utilities, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing at least
ten days in advance of the time that he desires the existing service to be interrupted. The interruption time shall be kept to a
minimum. Depending upon the activities at an existing facility that requires continuous service from the existing utility, an interruption
may not be subject to schedule at the time desired by the Contractor. In such cases, the interruption may have to be scheduled at a
time of minimum requirements of demand for the utility. The amount of time requested by the Contractor of existing utility services
shall be as approved by the Owner.
G-13 LAYING OUT WORK: The Contractor shall verify dimensions and elevations indicated in layout of existing work.
Discrepancies between Drawings, Specifications, and existing conditions shall be referred to Architect for adjustment before work
affected is performed. Failure to make such notification shall place responsibility upon Contractor to carry out work in satisfactory
workmanlike manner at the Contractor's sole expense.
The Contractor shall be held responsible for the location and elevation of all the construction contemplated by the Construction
Documents.
Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall carefully compare and check all Architectural, Structural, Mechanica� an Electrical
drawings; each with the other that in any affects the locations or elevation of the work to be executed by him, and should any
discrepancy be found, he shall immediately report the same to the Architect for verification and adjustment. Any duplication of work
made necessary by failure or neglect on his part to comply with this function shall be done at the Contractor's sole expense.
G-14 MEASUREMENTS: Before ordering any material or doing any work, the Contractor shall verify all measurements at the
site or at the building and shall be wholly responsible for the correctness of same. No extra charge or compensation will be allowed
on account of any difference between actual dimensions and dimensions indicated on the drawings. Any difference that may be
found shall be submitted to the Architect for consideration and adjustment before proceeding with the project.
G-15 EXISTING OVERHEAD OR UNDERGROUND WORK: The Contractor shall carefully check the site where the project is
to be erected and observe any existing overhead wires and equipment. Any such work shall be moved, replaced or protected, as
required, whether or not shown or specified at the Contractor's sole expense.
Attention is directed to the possibie existence of pipe and other underground improvements that may or may not be shown on the
Drawings. Ali reasonable precautions shall be taken to preserve and protect any such improvements whether or not shown on the
Drawings.
Location of existing underground lines, shown the Drawings are based on the best available sources, but are to be regarded as
approximate only. Exercise extreme care in locating and identifying these lines before excavation in adjacent areas.
G-16 ALIGNMENT OF JOINTS IN FINISH MATERIALS: It shali be the responsibility of the Contractor to make certain in the
installation ofjointed floor, wall and ceiling materials that:
1. Preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and the Architect under the Contract with respect to the Work to be performed
under the subcontract so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights;
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
2. Place joints to relate to all opening and breaks in the structure and be symmetricaliy placed wherever possible. This includes
heating registers, light fixtures, equipment, etc.
If because of the non-[elated sizes of the various materials and locations of openings, etc., it is not possible to accomplish the
above, the Contractor shall request the Architect to determine the most satisfactory arrangement. The Contractor shall establish
centerlines for all trades.
G-17 INTEGRATING EXISTING WORK: The Contractor shall protect all existing street and other improvements from
damages.
Contractor's operations shall be confined to the immediate vicinity of the new work and shall not in any interfere with or obstruct the
ingress or egress to and from existing adjacent facilities.
Where new site work is to be connected to existing work, special care shall be exercised by the Contractor not to disturb or damage
the existing work more than necessary. All damaged work shall be replaced, repaired and restored to its original condition at no cost
to the Owner.
G-18 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CERTIFICATION: It is the intent of the contract documents, whether expressiy stated or not,
that nothing containing hazardous materials, such as asbestos, shall be incorporated in to the project. The Contractor shall exercise
every reasonable precaution to ensure that asbestos-containing materials are not incorporated into any portion of the project,
including advising ail materials suppliers and subcontractors of this requirement. The Contractor shall verify that components
containing lead do not contact the potable water supply.
, G-19 LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND- PIPING: Drawing showing location of equipment, piping; ductwork, etc. are
diagrammatic and job conditions may not always permit their installation in the location shown. When this situation occurs, it shall be
brought to the Architect's attention immediately and the relocation determined in a joint conference. The Contractor will be held
responsible for the relocating of any items without first obtaining the Architect's approval. He shall remove and relocate such items
at his own expense if so directed by the Architect. Where possible, uniform margins are to be maintained between parallel lines
and/or adjacent wail, floor or ceiling surfaces.
G-20 OVERLOADING: The Contractor shall be responsible for loading of any part or parts of structures beyond their safe
carrying capacities by placing of materials, equipment, tools, machinery or any other item thereon. No loads shall be placed on
floors or roofs before they have attained their permanent and safe strength.
G-21 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: Where it is required in the Specifications that materials, products, processes,
equipment, or the like be installed or applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, direction or specifications, or words to
this effect, it shall be construed to mean that said application or installation shall be in strict accordance with printed instructions
furnished by the manufacturer of the material concerned for use under conditions similar or those at the job site. Six copies of such
instructions shall be furnished to the Architect and his approval thereof obtained before work is begun.
G-22 CLEANING UP: The Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish caused by
employees or as a result of the Work.
At completion of work, the General Contractor shall, immediately prior to final inspection of complete building, execute the following
final cleaning work with trained janitorial personnel and with material methods recommended by the manufactures of installed
materials.
1. Sweep and buff resilient floors and base, and vacuum carpeting.
2. Dust all metal and wood trim and similar finished materials.
3. Clean all cabinets and casework.
4. Dust ail ceilings and walls.
5. Dust, and if necessary wash, all plumbing and electrical fixtures.
6. Wash all glass and similar non-resilient materials.
7. All hardware and other unpainted metals shall be cleaned and polished and all equipment and paint or decorated work shall be
cleaned and touched-up if necessary, and all temporary labels, tags, and paper coverings removed throughout the buildings.
Surfaces that are waxed shall be polished.
8. The exterior of the building, the grounds, approaches, equipment, sidewalks, streets, etc. shali be cleaned similar to interior of
buildings and left in good order at the time of final acceptance. All paint surfaces shall be clean and unbroken, hardware shall
be clean and polished, all required repair work shall be completed and dirt areas shall be scraped and cleared of weed growth.
9. Clean all glass surfaces and mirrors of putty, paint materials, etc., without scratching or injuring the glass and leave the work
bright, clean and polished. Cost of this cleaning work shall be borne by Contractor.
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
10. Cieaning, polishing, scaling, waxing and all other finish operations indicated on the Drawings or required in the Specifications
shall be taken to indicate the required condition at the time of acceptance of ail work under the Contract.
11. Burning: Burning of rubbish on the premises wiil not be permitted.
G-23 DUST CONTROL: Precaution shali be exercised at all times to control dust created as a result of any operations during
the construction period. If serious problems or complaints arise due to air-borne dust, or when directed by the Architect, operations
causing such probiems shall be temporarily discontinued and necessary steps taken to control the dust.
G-24 FIRE PROTECTION: The Contractor shall at all times maintain good housekeeping practices to reduce the risk of fire
damage or injury to workmen. Ali scrap materials, rubbish and trash shali be removed daily from in and about the building and shall
not be permitted to be scattered on adjacent property.
Suitable storage space shall be provided outside the immediate building area for storing flammable materials and paints; no storage
will be permitted in the building. Excess flammable liquids being used inside the building shail be kept in closed metal container and
removed from the building during unused periods.
A fire extinguisher shall be available at each location where cutting or welding is being performed. Where electric or gas welding or
cutting work is done, interposed shields of incombustible material shali be used to protect against fire damage due to sparks and hot
metal. When temporary heating devices are used, a watchman shall be present to cover periods when other workmen are not on the
premises.
The Contractor shall provide fire extinguishers in accordance with the recommendations and NFPA Builetins Nos. 10 and 241.
However, in all cases a minimum of two fire extinguishers shall be available for each floor of construction.
G-25 CUTTING AND PATCHING: Wherever cutting and removal of portions of the existing work is indicated, such work shall
be neatly sawed or cut by Contractor in a manner that will produce a neat straight line, parallel to adjacent surFaces or plumb for
vertical surfaces. Care should be exercised not to damage any work that is to remain.
At no time shall any structural members be cut without written consent from the Architect.
G-26 PROJECT CLOSEOUT
Final inspection, Record Drawinqs: Attention is called to General Conditions Section entitled, "Substantial Completion and Final
Payment".
Maintenance Manual: Sheets shall be 8'/2' x 11 ", except pull out sheets may be neatly folded to 8%z " x 11 ". Manuals shall be bound
in plastic covered, 3 ring, loose leaf binder with titie of project lettered on front and shall contain:
1) Name, address and trade of all sub-contractors.
2) Complete maintenance instructions; name, address, and telephone number of installing Contractor, manufacturer's local
representative, for each piece of operative equipment.
3) Catalog data on plumbing fixtures, valves, water heaters, heating and cooling equipment, temperature controi, fan, electrical
panels, service entrance equipment and light fixtures.
4) Manufacturer's name, type, color designation for resilient floors, windows, doors, concrete block, paint, roofing, other materials.
Submit six copies of Maintenance Manual, prior to request for final payment.
Operational Inspection and Maintenance Instruction: The Contractor shall provide at his expense, competent manufacturer's
representatives to completely check out all mechanical and electrical systems and items covered by the Drawings and
Specifications. This requirement shall be scheduled just prior to and during the initial start up. After all systems are functioning
properly the representatives shall instruct maintenance personnel of the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of each
item.
G-27 GUARANTEE AND EXTENDED GUARANTEE: Upon completion of the Project, prior to final payment, guarantees
required by technical divisions of Specifications shall be properiy executed in quadruplicate by subcontractors and submitted
through the Contractor to Architect. Delivery of guarantees shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation assumed under Contract.
The Contractor shall guarantee the entire Project for one year. In addition, where separate guarantees, for certain portions of work,
are for longer periods, General Contractor's guarantee shall be extended to cover such longer periods. Manufacturer's extended
warrantees shall be included in this contract.
Guarantees shall become valid and operative and commence upon issuance of Certificate of Inspection and Acceptance by Owner.
Guarantees shall not apply to work where damage is result of abuse, neglect by Owner or his successor(s) in interest.
The Contractor agrees to warrant his work and materials provided in accordance with this contract and the terms of the Technical
Specifications contained herein. Uniess supplemented by the Technical Specifications or the manufacturer's nortnal extended
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
warrantees, the Contractor shall warrant all work materials, and equipment against defects for a period of one year from the date of
final acceptance. The Contractor further agrees to bear all costs of making good aii work that is found to be defective or not
provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. Additionally if the facility or contents are damaged due to defective materials
or workmanship of the Contractor, the Contractor further agrees to bear all cost of repairing and/or replacing damaged items and
components to bring such items back to at least their original condition.
G-28 RECORD DRAWINGS: Upon completion of the Work and prior to application for final payment, one print of each of the
drawings accompanying this specification shall be neatly and clearly marked in red by the Contractor to show variations between the
construction actualiy provided and that indicated or specified in the Contract Documents. The annotated documents shall be
delivered to Architect. Where a choice of materials and/or methods is permitted herein and where variations in the scope or
character of the work from the entire work indicated or specified are permitted either by award of bidding items specified for that
purpose, or by subsequent change to the drawings, the record drawings shall define the construction actually provided. The
representation of such variations shall conform to standard drafting practice and shall include supplementary notes, legends and
details which may be necessary for legibility and clear portrayal of the actual construction. The record drawings shall indicate, in
addition, the actual location of all sub-surface utility lines, average depth below the surface and other appurtenances,
G-29 CONSTRUCTION FENCE: At the Contractor's option, he may provide a substantial chain-link construction fence around
all or a part of the site. The fences and gates must be maintained throughout the construction period. Remove the fences and gates
upon completion of the Project and restore the site to the required original or contract condition.
G-30 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE HANDLING: The Contractor shall handle, store and protect materials and products,
inciuding fabricated components, by methods and means which will prevent damage, deterioration and loss, including theft (and
resulting delays), thereby ensuring highest quality results as the work progresses. Control delivery schedules so as to minimize
unnecessary long-term storage at project site prior to installation. ..
G-31 REMOVAL OF SA�VAGED MATERIAL: The Contractor shall remove salvaged material and equipment from the Project
site and dispose of it in accordance with the law. Equipment or material identified in the Specifications or Plans for Owner salvage
shall be carefully removed and delivered to the Owner at any location in within the City limits as directed by the City.
G-32 MANUFACTURER'S REFERENCE: Catalog, brand names, and manufacturer's references are descriptive, not
restrictive. Bids on brands of like nature and quality will be considered. Contractor shall inform the City of any substitutions intended
for the project within 5 business days of bid opening. Failure to inform the City of substitute projects will obligate the Contractor to
provide the specified material if awarded the contract. Within 14 days after bid opening and upon request of the Contracfor, the
Contractor will submit a full sized sampie and/or detailed information as required to allow the architect to determine the acceptability
of proposed substitutions. Where equipment has been listed as "no substitute accepted", the City will accept no alternates to the
specified equipment.
SECTION H
CONTRACT TIME
H-1 DEFINITIONS
The Contract Time is the period of time allotted in the Contract Documents for completion of the Work and is the number of calendar
days elapsing between the date of commencement and the date of substantial Completion plus additional days assessed for failure
to complete punch list items from the Final inspection in a timely manner
The Date of Commencement of the Work is the date established in the Notice to Proceed. If there is no notice to proceed, it shall be
the date of the Agreement or such other date as may be established therein.
The Date of Substantial Comaletion of the Work or designated portion thereof is the Date certified by the Architect with the approval
of the Owner that construction is sufficientiy complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so the Owner may occupy the
Work or designated portion thereof for the use for which it is intended. Final acceptance of the completed work or any portion
thereof can be made only by the Assistant City Manager, and no other form of acceptance will be binding upon the Owner.
A Calendar Dav constitutes 24 hours of time and is any one of the seven days of a week, including Sunday, regardless of whether a
"Working Day" or not, and regardless of weather conditions or any situation which might delay construction. An extension of contract
time shall be in accordance with this Section. Extensions of time will be as recommended by the BCM with final approval by City of
Fort Worth.
A Workina Dav is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, in which weather or other
conditions not under the control of the Contractor permit the performance of work for a continuous period of not less than seven
hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. However, nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed as prohibiting the
Contractor from working on Saturdays if he so desires. Legal holidays are defined as being New Year's Day, Independence Day,
Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, Memorial Day, and Veteran's Day.
H-2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION: Ali the time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of essence to the Contract.
The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of commencement as defined in this Section. He shall carry the Work forward
expeditiously with adequate forces and shall complete it within the Contract Time.
General Conditions for Facility Construction �ump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
H-3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME: If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the progress of the Work by any act or
neglect of the Owner or the Architect, or by any employee of the Owner, or by any separate contractor employed by the Owner, or
by any separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in
transportation, unavoidable casualties or any causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by any cause which the Architect
determines may justify the delay, then the contract time may be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as
recommended by the Architect and approved by the Owner. When the Contractor is delayed due to abnormal weather conditions,
the weather table p�ovided as WT-1 in these Contract Documents shall be used as the basis for providing a fair and equitable
adjustment of the contract time.
All claims for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Architect no more than fifteen days after the occurrence of the delay;
otherwise they shall be waived.
If no schedule or agreement is made stating the dates upon which written interpretations shall be furnished, then no claim for delay
shall be allowed on account of failure to furnish such interpretation until fifteen days after demand is made for them, and not then
unless such a claim is reasonabie.
H-4 NO DAMAGE FOR DELAY: No payment, compensation or adjustment or any kind (other than the extensions of time
provided for) shall be made to the Contractor for damages because of hindrances or delays from an cause in the progress of the
work, whether such hindrances or delays be avoidable or unavoidable, and the Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for
compensation, damages or mitigation of liquidated damages for any such delays, and will accept in full satisfaction for such delays
said extension of time.
SECTION I
PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
1-1 CONTRACT SUM: The Contract Sum is stated in the contract and is the total amount payable by the Owner to the
Contractor for the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents.
I-2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES: Before the first Applicable for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a
Schedule of Values of the various portions of the Work, including quantities if required by the Architect, aggregating the total
Contract Sum, divided so as to facilitate payments to_Sub-contractors, prepared in such form as specified or as the Architect and the
Contractor may agree upon, and supported by s�ch data to substantiate its correctness as the Architect may require. Each item in
the Schedule of Values shall include its proper share of overhead and profit. This Schedule, when approved by the Architect and the
Owner, shall be used as a basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment.
1-3 ADJUSTMENT OF QUANTITIES �
I-4 PROGRESS PAYMENTS: On the first day of each month after the first month's work has been completed, the Contractor
will make current estimates in writing for review by the Architect of materials in place complete and the amount of work performed
during the preceding month or period and the value thereof at the prices contracted for as shown on the approved Schedule of
Values and Progress Schedule.
If payments are to be made on account of materiais or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at
the site or in an independent, bonded warehouse such payments shall be conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of
sale or such other procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials or equipment or otherwise
protect the Owner's interest including applicable insurance and transportation to the site.
The Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by an Application for Payment,
whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner upon the receipt of such payment by the Contractor, free and clear
of all liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances hereinafter referred to as "liens"; and that no Work, materials or equipment
covered by an Application for Payment will have been acquired by the Contractor, or by any other persons performing the Work at
the site or furnishing materials and equipment for the Work, subject to an agreement under which an interest therein or an
encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or otherwise imposed by the Contractor or such other person.
The Contractor shall prepare each appiication for payment on AIA Document G702, "Application and Certificate for PaymenY', and
attached thereto AIA Document G703, "Continuation Sheet", to indicate the progress made to date and the period or month for
which payment is requested for each Item listed in the Schedule of Values. A copy of the revised monthly work progress schedule
must be attached before the pay request can be accepted.
I-5 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT: If the Contractor has made Application for Payment as above, the above, the Architect
will, with reasonable promptness but not more than seven days after the receipt of the Application, prepare a Certificate of Payment,
with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount determined to be proper►y due, or state in writing reasons for withholding a
Certificate.
The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Owner, based on the BCM's observations at the site
and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that the quality of the
Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole upon Substantial
Completion, to the results bf any subsequent tests required by the Contract Documents, to minor deviations from the Contract
Documents correctable prior to completion, and to any specific qualifications stated in the Certificate); and recommendations to the
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
Owner that the Contractor be paid in the amount certified. In addition, the Architect's approval of final payment assures the Owner
that the conditions precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to finai payment as set forth in this Section have been fulfiiled.
After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall. approve or disapprove same witnin ten days after it has
been delivered to the Director of the Department of Transportation and Pubiic Works. For contracts less than $400,000, Owner shall
pay 90% of the approved estimate to the Contractor within seven days after its approval, and the remaining 10% of each such
estimate will be retained by the Owner untii the finai estimate is approved and the Work is accepted by the City Council of the City of
Fort Worth. For contracts in excess of $400,000, the Owner will retain oniy 5% ot each estimate until the final estimate is approved
and work accepted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth.
No Certificate for a progress payment, nor any progress payment, nor any partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the
Owner, shali constitute an acceptance of any Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents, or relieve the Contractor of
liability in respect to any warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall promptly remedy any
defects in the Work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom that shall appear within a period of one year from the
date of final acceptance of the Work unless a lo�ger period is specified.
I-6 PAYMENTS WITHHELD: The BCM may decline to approve an Application for Payment and may withhold his Certificate
in whole or in part if in his opinion he is unable to make the representations to the Owner as provided in this Section. The Architect
may aiso decline to approve any Appiications for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent
inspections, may nullify the whole or any part of any Certificate for Payment previously issued to such extent as may be necessary
in his opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of:
1) Defective work not remedied;
2) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probabie filing of ciaims;
3) Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors, or for labor, materiais or equipment;
4) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum;
5) Damage to another contractor;
6) Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; or
7) Unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by the Contractor.
When such grounds for the refusal of payment are removed, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. The
Owner reserves the right to withhold the payment of any monthly estimate, without payment of interest, if the Contractor fails to
perform the Work in accordance with the specifications.
I-7 NOT USED
I-8 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: The deduction for liquidated damages shall be as follows:
Amount of Contract Liquidated Damages Per Day
$15,000 orless $45
$15,001 to $25,000 $ 63
$25,001 to $50,000 $105
$50,001 to $100,000 $154
$100,000 to $500,000 $210
$500,001 to $1,000,000 $315
$1,000,001 to $2,000,000 $420
$2,000,001 to $5,000,000 $630
$5,000,001 to $10,000,000 $840
over$10,000,000 $980
I-9 FAILURE OF PAYMENT: If, without fault on the part of the Contractor, the BCM should fail to issue any Certificate for
Payment within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, if the Contractor's Application for Payment, or
if, without fault on the part of the Contractor, the Owner should fail to approve such estimate or to pay to the Contractor 90% or 95%
(as applicable) of the.amount thereof within the period of time specified, then the Contractor may, �pon seven (7) days additional
written notice to the Owner and to the Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received.
I-10 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT: Prior to the request for final payment, the Contractor must meet
all provisions for Project Closeout.
When the Contractor determines that the Work is substantially complete, the Construction Manager shall inspect the project with the
Contractor and prepare a"Preliminary Punch LisY'.
When the Architect, on the basis of a subsequent inspection, determines that the Work is substantially compiete, he then will
prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion (G704) which, when approved by the Owner, shall allow the Contractor to request a
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
Certificate of Occupancy which will estabiish the Date of Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Final Completion shall state the
responsibilities of the Owner and fhe Contractor for maintenance, heat, utilities, and insurance, shall set forth the remaining work as
a"final punch IisY'. The Contractor shail complete the remaining work listed therein within 60 calendar days. When the Certificate of,
Occupancy has been issued, the retainage wiil be reduced to 4%.
Upon completion of the work listed on the final punch list to the satisfaction of the City of Fort Worth, the retainage may be reduced
to 2.5%.
Should the Contractor fail to complete ail contractual requirements of the contract, including submittals and final pay request within
the fixed time, the cbntract time will again commence. Should the Contractor fail to complete the work within the contract duration,
liquidated damages will be assessed
Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection, the City will conduct a joint inspection and certify compietion
of the finai punch list by cosigning it with the Contractor.
The Contractor shall submit the following items to the City prior to requesting final payment:
1) Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims (G706) stating that all payrolis, biils for materials and equipment, and
other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or his property might in any way be responsible, have been
paid or otherwise satisfied,
2) Consent of Surety to Final Payment (G707), if any, to final payment,
3) Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (G706A), and,
4) Other data establishing payment or satisfaction of all such obligations, such as receipts, releases, and waivers of liens arising
out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner.
5) Contractor's Warranty
6) Statement that ail outstanding work has been completed
7) Issuance of the Final Certificate of Substantial Completion
8) Final acceptance by the City of Fort Worth.
If any Subcontractor, materiaiman or laborer refuses to furnish a Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens, the Contractor may, at
the election of the Owner, furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify him against any right, claim or lien which might be
asserted by such Subcontractor, materiaiman or laborer. If any such right, claim or lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are
made. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner all monies that the latter may be compelled to pay to discharging such right, claim
or lien, including all costs and reasonable attorney's fees.
The Contractor may then request final payment. The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a waiver of ali claims by the
Contractor except those previously made in writing and still unsettled.
The Contractors Qne-year warranty will commence upon final acceptance of the Project by the City of Fort Worth.
The designated representative of the City Council of the City of Fort Worth will make final acceptance and no other form of
acceptance will be binding upon the Owner. Finai payment and release of the retainage amount will become due within fifteen days
following acceptance.
1-11 FINAL PAYMENT FOR UN-BONDED PROJECTS: Final payment wili not be made for a period of 30 calendar days and
until all requirements have been met, with the exception of Consent of Surety for Final Payment.
SECTION J
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
J-1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS: The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and
supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall designate a responsible member
of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent
unless otherwise designated in writing by the Contractor to the Architect.
J-2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY: The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of, and
shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
(1) All employees on the Work and all other persons who may be affected thereby;
(2) All the Work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or-off the site, under the care,
custody or control of the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or Sub-contractors; and
(3) Other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and
utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction.
Until acceptance of the Work, it shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every precaution against
injury or damage to the Work by the action of the elements or from any other cause whatsoever, whether arising from the execution
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
or from the �on-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good, at his own expense, all injuries
or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by a�y of the above, caused before its completion and acceptance.
The Contractor shall compiy with all applicable Laws, Ordinances, Rules, Regulations and Orders of any public authority having
jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss. He shall erect and maintain, as
required by existing conditions and progress of the Work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting
danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent
utilities.
When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the execution of the Work, the
Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel.
Ail damage or loss to any property referred to in the preceding paragraphs caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, any
Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
shall be remedied by the Contractor, including damage or loss attributable to fauity Drawings or Specifications and acts or omissions
of the Architect or anyone employed by him or for whose acts he may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the
Contractor or anyone claiming through the Contractor for such damage or loss.
The Contractor shail not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety.
J-3 HARD HATS: Hard Hats will be required at all construction sites included in this Contract from start to completion of
work. Each Contractor, empioyee and visitor at any construction site included in the Contract will be required to wear a hard hat.
The Contractor shall enforce the wearing of hard hats by Contractor, employees and visitors. Contractor shall provide ten hard hats
for use by the consulting Architects and Engineers and visitors.
J-4 EMERGENCIES: In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act at his discretion
to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additionai compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on
account of emergency work shall be determined as provided in Changes in the Work,
J-5 SAFE WORK PRACTICES: The Contractor shall employ safe practices in handling materiais and equipment used in
performing required work so as to insure the safety of his workmen, City employees and the public. The Contractor shall keep the
premise free at all times from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish. At the completion of the work, the Contractor shall
remove all his wastes and rubbish from and about the work area, as weil as his tools, equipment and surplus materials and shall
leave the area as ciean and free of spot, stains, etc., as before the work was undertaken.
J-6 TRENCH SAFETY: The Contractor shall be responsible for all design and implementation of trench shoring and
stabilization to meet regulatory requirements. If the Proposal requires, the Contractor shall include a per-unit cost for trench safety
measures in his bid. If not included in the Proposal, the Contractor shall include a cost for trench safety measures for all trenches
over 5 feet in depth in his Schedule of Values.
SECTION K - INSURANCE
K-1 INSURANCE REQUIRED: The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until he has obtained all
insurance required under this Section and such insurance has been approved by the City of Fort Worth, nor shall the Contractor
allow any Subcontractor to commence work to be performed under this Contract until all similar insurance of the Subcontractor has
been so obtained and approved. The City of Fort Worth wiil be listed as an "additionai insured" on all policies except Worker's
Compensation.
K-2 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE
1) General
a) Contractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance. Contractor agrees to provide to the Owner (City) a certificate showing
that it has obtained a policy of workers compensation insurance covering each of its employees employed on the project
in compliance with state law. No Notice to Proceed will be issued until the Contractor has complied with this section.
b) Subcontractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance. Contractor agrees to require each and every subcontractor who wiil
perform work on the project to provide to it a certificate from such subcontractor stating that the subcontractor has a policy
of workers compensation insurance covering each employee employed on the project. Contractor will not permit any
subcontractor to perform work on the project until such certificate has been acquired. Contractor shall provide a copy of
all such certificates to the Owner (City).
c) By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to
the City that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's
compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification
codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the
case of a self-insured, with the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation.
Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil
penalties or other civil actions.
Generai Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
d) The Contractor's failure to compiy with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the
City to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of
breach from the City.
2) Definitions:
a) Certificate of Coverage ("certificate"). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by
the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-
84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing
services on a project, for the duration of the project.
b) Duration of the Project. Includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's
work on the project has been completed and accepted by the City.
c) Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in section 406.096)-includes all persons or entities performing
ali or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person
contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without
limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of
any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include,
without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materiais, or providing labor, transportation, or other
services related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage
vendors, office suppiy deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets.
3) Requirements
a) The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of
any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all
employees of the Contractor providing services of the project, for the duration of the project.
b) The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract.
c) If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project,
the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the City showing that
coverage has been extended.
d) The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the City:
i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on
file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and
ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of
coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project.
e) The Contractor shali retain ail required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter.
f) The Contractor shall notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the Contractor
knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing
services on the project.
g) The Contractor shail post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's
Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered,
and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage.
h) The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to:
i) provide coverage, based on proper reporting on the ciassification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any
coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for ail of its
employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project;
ii) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that
coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the
project;
iii) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of
coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
iv) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor:
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and
(2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the
coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
v) retain ail required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter.
vi) notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the person knew or should
have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the
project; and
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
vii) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs h-i) - vii), with the
certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services.
4) Posting of Required Worker's Compensation Coverage
a) The Contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are
required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This
notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other Texas
Worker's Compensation Commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 poi�t bold type and text
in at least 19-point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker
population. The text for the notices shall be the following text, without any additional words or changes:
"REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE
The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project
must be covered by worker's compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering
equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of
the identity of their employer or status as an employee".
Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at 512-440-3789 to receive information on the legal
requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an
employer's failure to provide coverage."
K-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE: The Contractor shall procure and maintain during the term of this Contract such Liability
insurance as shall protect him, the City of Fort Worth and any Subcontractor performing work covered by this Contract, from claims.
of damage which may arise from operations under this Contract, including blasting, when blasting is done on, or in connection with
the Work of the Project, whether such operations be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectiy employed
by either of them and the limits of such insurance shall be not less than the following:
1) Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 each accident or reasonably equivalent split limits for bodily injury and property damage.
Coverage shall be on "any auto" including leased, hired, owned, non-owned and borrowed vehicles used in connection with
this Contract
2) Commercial General Liability: $1,000,000 each occurrence. Coverage under the policy shall be as comprehensive as that
provided in a current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy form approved for use in Texas and the policy shall have no
exclusions by endorsement unless such are approved by the City.
3) Asbestos Abatement Liability Insurance: When the Project specifically requires the removal of Asbestos Containing Materials,
the Contractor, or subcontractor performing the removal, shall be required to maintain Asbestos Abatement Liability Insurance
as follows: $1,000,000 per occ�rrence; $2,000,000 aggregate limit. The coverage shall include any pollution exposure,
including environmental impairment liability, associated with the services and operations performed under this contract in
addition to sudden and accidental contamination or pollution liability for gradual emissions and clean-up costs.
K-4 BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE: Unless stated otherwise in the Proposal or Invitation, the Contractor shall procure, pay
for and maintain at all times during the term of this Contract, Builder's Risk Insurance against the perils of fire, lightning, windstorm,
hurricane, hail, riot, explosion, civic commotion, smoke, aircraft, land vehicles, vandalism, and malicious mischief, at a limit equal to
100% of the Contract Sum.
The policy shall include coverage for materials and supplies while in transit and while being stored on or off site. If specifically
required in the Instructions to Bidders, the policy shall include coverage for flood and earthquake. Different sub-limits for these
coverages must be approved by the City.
Consequential damage due to faulty workmanship and/or design performed by the Contractor or his agents shall be covered.
Upon completion of the Work, the Contractor shall notify the City of Fort Worth in writing before terminating this insurance.
K-5 PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractor shall provide a certificate of insurance documenting the
Transportation and Public Works Department, City of Fort Worth as a"Certificate Holder", and noting the specific project(s) covered
by the Contractor's insurance as documented on the certificate of insurance. More than one certificate may be required of the
Contractor depending upon the agents and/or insurers for the Contractor's insurance coverages specified for the project(s).
K-6 OTHER INSURANCE RELATED REQUIREMENTS
1) The City of Fort Worth shall be an additional insured, by endorsement, on all applicable insurance policies.
2) Applicable insurance policies shall each be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation in favor of the City of Fort Worth.
3) Insurers of policies maintained by Contractor and its subcontractor(s), if applicable, shall be authorized to do business in the
State of Texas, or otherwise approved by the City of Fort Worth, and such shall be acceptable to the City of Fort Worth insofar
as their financial strength and solvency are concerned. Any company through which the insurance is placed must have a
rating of at least A:VII, as stated in current edition of A. M. BesYs Key Rating Guide. At the City's sole discretion, a less
favorable rate may be accepted by the City.
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
4) Deductible limits on insurance policies and/or self-insured retentions exceeding $10,000 require approval of the City of Fort
Worth as respects this Contract.
5) The City of Fort Worth shall be notified in writing a minimum of thirty days prior to an insurer's action in the event of
cancellation, non-renewal or material change in coverage regarding any policy providing insurance coverage required in this
Contract.
6) Full limits of insurance shall be available for claims arising out of this Contract with the City of Fort Worth.
7) The Contractor shall provide certificates of insurance to the City prior to commencement of operations pursuant to this
Contract. Any failure on part of the City of Fort Worth to request such documentation shall not be construed as a waiver of
insurance �equirements specified herein. "
8) The City of Fort Worth shall be entitled, upon request and without incurring expense, to review the insurance policies including
endorsements thereto and, at its discretion, to require proof of payment for policy premiums.
9) The City of Fort Worth shali not be responsible for paying the cost of insurance coverages required herein.
10) Notice of any actual or potential claim and/or litigation that would affect insurance coverages required herein shall be provided
to the City in a timely manner.
11) "Other insurance" as referenced in any policy of insurance providing coverages required herein shall not apply to any insurance
policy or program maintained by the City of Fort Worth.
12) Contractor shall agree to either require its subcontractors to maintain the same insurance coverages and limits thereof as
specified herein or the Contractor shall provide such coverage on the Contractor's subcontractors.
SECTION L
CHANGES IN THE WORK
L-1 CHANGE ORDER: The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order Changes in the Work within the general
scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted
accordingly. All Such Changes in the Work shall be authorized by Change Order, and shail be executed under the applicable
conditions of the Contract Documents.
A Change Order is a written order to the Contractor signed by the Contractor, Owner and the Architect, issued after the execution of
the Contract, authorizing a Change in the Work or adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the
Contract Time may be changed only by Change Order.
Any changes in work required due to changed or unforeseen conditions, or by request of either the Contractor or the City, shall be
coordinated with the Director, Department of Transportation and Public Works. A change order must be written and duly negotiated
and executed prior to performing changed work.
The cost or credit to the Owner resuiting from a Change in the work shall be determined in one or more of the following ways:
1) by mutual acceptance of a lump sum property itemized, including the allowance to Contractor for overhead and profit stipulated
in the original contract proposal;
2) by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; or
3) by cost and a mutually acceptabie fixed or percentage fee.
If none of the methods set forth herein above is agreed upon, the Contractor, provided he receives a Change Order, shall promptly
proceed with the Work invoived. The cost of such work.shall then be determined on the basis of the Contractor's reasonabie
expenditures and savings, including a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit as indicted in the original contract proposal. In
such cases, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect shall prescribe, an itemized accounting together
with appropriate supporting data. Pending final determination of cost to the Owner, payments on account shall be made on the
ArchitecYs Certificate of Payment as approved by the Owner.
If after the Contract has been executed, the Architect, requests a price proposal from the Contractor for a proposed change in scope
of the work, Contractor shall process such proposal within seven days of receipt and return the price quote to the Architect in writing.
The Architect shall review the price quotation and if approval is recommended, forward the proposed change order request and
price proposal to the Owner for approval. If approval is not recommended, the Architect will attempt to negotiate with Contractor to
revise the proposal to a figure which is fair and reasonable and forward it on to the Owner for approval. If the negotiations do not
result in an equitabie solution, the Architect shall prepare a cost-plus type Change Order with a price-not-to-exceed figure for
approval by the City and require specific documentation to be provided by Contractor in accordance with the paragraph above.
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
Contractor is advised that according to City of Fort Worth Charter, that, the City Council must approve ali Change Orders and Work
Orders which results in an increase in cost of the contract amount by over $25,000. Normal processing time for the City Staff to
obtain City Council approval, once the recommended change order has been received at lhe City, is approximately thirty days.
Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to identify Change Order items as early in the Construction process as possible to minimize
their impact on the construction schedule.
If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if the quantities originally contemplated are so
changed in a proposed Change Order that application of the agreed unit prices to the quantities of Work proposed will create a
hardship on the Owner or the Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted to prevent such hardship.
If the Contractor claims that additional cost or time is involved because of (1) any written interpretation issued pursuant to Section A,
(2) any order by the Architect or Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Section B, where the Contract was not at fault, or (3) any
written order for a minor change in the Work, the Contractor shall make such claim.
L-2 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST OR TIME: If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an increase in the Contract
Sum or an extension in the Contract Time, he shall give the Architect written notice thereof within a reasonable time after the
occurrence of the event that gave rise to such claim. This notice shall be given by the Contractor before proceeding to execute the
Work, except in an emergency endangering life or property in which case the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with Section J.
No such ciaim shall be valid unless so made. Any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time resuiting from such claim, if
approved by the Owner, shail be authorized by Change Order.
L-3 OVERHEAD ALLOWANCES FOR CHANGES: Should any change in the work or extra work be ordered, the following
applicable percentage shall be added to Material and Labor costs to cover overhead and profit:
1. Allowance to the Contractor for overhead and profit for extra work perFormed by the Contractor's own forces shall not exceed
fifteen percent 15% .
2. Allowance to the Contractor for overhead and profit for extra work performed by a Subcontractor and supervised by the
Contractor shall not exceed ten percent 10% .
L-4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK: The Architect shall have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involvi�g
an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an exterision of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract
Documents. Such changes may be effected by Field Order or by other written order. Such changes shall be confirmed in writing by
the Architect and shall be binding on the Owner and the Contractor.
L-5 FIELD ORDERS: The Architect may issue written Field Orders which interpret the Contract Documents, or which order
minor changes in the Work without change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. The Contractor shall carry out such Field Orders
promptly.
SECTION M
UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
M-1 UNCOVERING OF WORK: If any Work should be covered contrary to the request of the Owner, it must be uncovered for
observation and repiaced, at the Contractor's expense.
If any other work has been covered which the Owner has not specifically requested to observe prior to being covered, the Architect
or the Owner may request to see such work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. if such Work be found in accordance with
the Pians and Specifications, the cost of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to the Owner.
If such work be found not in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, the Contractor shall pay such costs unless it is found that
this condition was caused by a separate contractor employed by the Owner.
M-2 CORRECTION OF WORK: The Contractor shall promptly correct all work rejected by the Owner as defective or as failing
to conform to the Plans and Specifications whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated,
instailed or completed. The Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting such rejected Work, including the cost of the ArchitecYs
additional service thereby made necessary.
If, within one year after the Date of Substantial Completion or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by
the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, any of the work is found to be defective or not in
accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice from the Owner to
do so, unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition, describing same specifically
and not generally. The Owner shali give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition.
Ail such defective or non-conforming work under the preceding paragraphs shall be removed from the site where necessary and the
work shali be corrected to comply with the Contract Documents without cost to the Owner.
The Contractor shall bear the cost of making good all work of separate contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or
correction.
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
If the Contractor does not remove such defective or non-conforming work within a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the
Owner, the Owner may remove it and may store the materials or equipment at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does
not pay the cost of such removal and storage within ten days thereafter, the Owner may upon ten additional days' written notice sell
such work at auction or at private sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs that should have
been borne by the Contractor including compensation for additionai architectural services. If such proceeds of sale do not cover all
costs that the Contractor should have borne, the difference shall be charged to the Contractor and an appropriate Change Order
shall be issued, if the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall
pay the difference to the Owner.
If the Contractor faiis to correct such defective or non-conforming work, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section G.
The obligation of the Contractor under this Section shail be in addition to and not in limitation of any obligations imposed upon him
by special guarantees required by the Contract Documents or otherwise prescribed by law.
M-3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR NON-CONFORMING WORK: If the Owner prefers to accept defective or non-
conforming work, he may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case a Change Order will be issued to
reflect an appropriate reduction in the Contract Sum, or, if the amount is determined after final payment, it shall be paid by the
Contractor.
SECTION N
TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT
N-1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR: if the work is stopped for a period of 30 days under an order or any court or
other public authority having jurisdiction, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or
any other persons performing any of the work under a contract with the Contractor, or if the work should be stopped for a period of
30 days by the Contractor for the Owner's failure to make payment thereon as provided in Section I, then the Contractor may after
the end of such period of 30 days and upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner , terminate the Contract.
N-2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER: If the Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt, or if he makes a general assignment for the
benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, of if the Contractor refuses, except in cases for
which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if he fails to make prompt
payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or fails to compiy with al Laws, Statutes, Charter, Ordinances, Regulations or
Orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise is guiity of a substantial violation of a provision of the Contract
Documents, then the Owner, on its own initiative that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may, without prejudice to any
rights or remedy and after giving the Contractor and his surety, if any, seven (7) days' written notice, terminate the empioyment of
the Contractor and take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon
owned by the Contractor and may finish the work by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such case the Contractor shall
not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished.
If the costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the ArchitecYs additional services. exceed the unpaid balance of the
Contract, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
The City of Fort Worth may terminate this contract in whole, or from time to time, in part, whenever such termination is in the best
interest of the City. Termination will be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying to what extent
performance of the work of the contract is being terminated and the effective date of termination. After receipt of termination the
Contractor shall:
a) Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified on the notice of termination.
b) Place no further orders or subcontracts except as may be necessary for the completion of the work not terminated.
c) Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the work terminated by the notice of
termination.
After termination as above, the City will pay the Contractor a proportionate part of the contract price based on the work completed;
provided, however, that the amount of payment on termination shall not exceed the total contract price as. reduced by the portion
thereof allocatable to the work not compieted and further reduced by the amount of payments, if, any otherwise made. Contractor
shall submit its claim for amounts due after termination as provided in this paragraph within 30 days after receipt of such claim. In
the event of any dispute or controversy as to the propriety or allowability of all or any portion of such claim under this paragraph,
such dispute or controversy shall be resolved and be decided by the Ciry Council of the City of Fort Worth, and the decision by the
City Council of the City of Fort Worth shall be final and binding upon all parties to this contract
SECTION O
SIGNS
The Contractor shall construct and install the project designation sign as required in the Contract Documents and in strict
accordance with the Specifications for "Project Designation Signs." This sign shall be a part of this Contract and shall be inciuded in
the Contractor's Base Bid for the Project.
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
SECTION P
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
P-1 SCOPE: The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain facilities and perform temporary work required in the
performance of this Contract, including those shown and specified.
P-2 USE OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES: All temporary facilities shall be made available for use by all workmen and
subcontractors employed on the project, subject to reasonable directions by the Contractor as to their proper and most efficient
utilization.
P-3 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL: The Contractor shall maintain temporary facilities in a proper, safe operating and
sanitary condition for the duration of the Contract. Upon completion of the Contract, all such temporary work and facilities shail be
removed from the premises and disposed of unless otherwise directed or specified hereunder.
P-4 FIELD OFFICES AND SHED: The Contractor is not required to provide a temporary field office or telephone for projects
under $1,000,000. Contractor shall equip the Project Superintendent with a pager and provide 24-hour contacts to the City.
The Contractor shail provide a temporary field office building for himself, his subcontractors and use by the Architect. For
construction contracts with a bid price in excess of $1,000,000.00, the Contractor shall provide a separate field office for the City's
field representative (but the separate office may be in the same structure). The buildings shall afford protection against the weather,
and each office shall have a lockable door, at least one window, adequate electrical outlets and lighting, and a shelf large enough to
accommodate perusal of the project drawings. Openings shall have suitable locks. Field offices shail be maintained for the full time
during the operation of the work of the Contract. During cold weather months, the field offices shali be suitably insulated and
equipped with a heating device to maintain 70 degree Fahrenheit temperature during the workday. During warm weather the offices
shall be equipped with an air conditioning device to maintain temperature below 75 degrees F. Upon completion of the work of the
Contract, the Contractor shail remove the buiiding from the premises. In addition to the drawing sheif, provide for the City field
representatives office: one deck, four chairs, plan rack and a four drawer filing cabinet (with lock). Each office shall contain not less
than 120 square feet of floor space.
The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage sheds other temporary buildings or trailers on the project site as required for his
use. Location of sheds and trailers shail be as approved by the Owner. Remove sheds when work is completed, or as directed.
P-5 TELEPHONE: The Contractor shall provide and pay for telephone installation and service to the field offices described
above. Service shall be maintained for the duration of operations under this contract. The Contractor shali provide for and pay for an
automatic telephone-answering device at the site office for the duration of the project. Contractor will instail separate fax lines and
instruments for the City and the Contractor.
P-6 TOILET FACII.ITIES: The Contractor shall provide proper, sanitary and adequate toilet facilities for the use of all
workmen and subcontractors employed on the project.
P-7 UTILITIES: Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements and provide for temporary water and electricity required
during the construction. Contractor shall provide and install temporary utility meters during the contract construction period. These
meters will be read and the Contractor will be billed on this actual use. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials required
to tap into the utilities. The Contractor shall make the connections and extend the service lines to the construction area for use of all
trades. Upon completion of the work all utility lines shall be removed and repairs made to the existing lines. Only utilities at existing
voitages, pressures, frequencies, etc. will be available to the Contractor.
Water. Provide an ample supply of potable water for ail purposes of construction at a point convenient to the project or as shown on
the Drawings. Pipe water from the source of supply to all points where water will be required. Provide sufficient hose to carry water
to every required part of the construction and allow the use of water facilities to subcontractors engaged on the work. Provide
pumps, tanks and compressors as may be required to produce required pressures.
Electric Service. Provide adequate electric setvice for power and lighting to all points where required. Temporary, electric service
shall be of sufficient capacity and characteristics to supply proper current for various types of construction toois, motors, welding
machines, lights, heating plant, air conditioning system, pumps, and other work required. Provide sufficient number of electric outlets
so that 50 foot long extension cords will reach all work requiring light or power.
Liqhting. Supply and maintain temporary lighting so that work of all trades may be properly and safely performed, in such areas and
at such time that day-lighting is inadequate. Provide at least 0.75 watts of incandescent lighting per squqr4e foot and maintain a
socket voltage of at least 110 volts. Use at least 100-watt lamps. In any event, the lighting intensity shall not be less than 5 foot
candles in the vicinity of work and tra�c areas.
P-8 HEATING: Heating devices required under this paragraph shall not be electric. The Contractor shall provide heat,
ventilation, fuel and services as required to protect all work and materials and to keep the humidity down to the extent required to
prevent corrosion of any metal and to prevent dampness or mildew which is potentially damaging to materials arid finishes. All such
heating, ventilation and services shall be provided and maintained until final acceptance of all work. (n addition, the Contractor shall
provide heat ventilation prior and during the following work operations as follows:
a) At all times during the placing, setting and curing of concrete provide sufficient heat to insure the heating of the spaces
involved to not less than 40 F.
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
,�
b) From the beginning of the application of drywall and during the setting and curing period, provide sufficient heat to produce a
temperature in the spaces involved of not less than 55 F.
c) For a period of seven (7) days previous to the placing of interior finish materials and throughout the placing of finish painting,
decorating and laying of resilient flooring materials, provide sufficient heat to produce a temperature of not less than 60 F.
P-9 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND PROTECTION: The Contractor shail provide, maintain, and
remove upon completion of the work all temporary rigging, scaffolding, hoisting equipment, rubbish chutes, ladders to roof,
barricades around openings, and all other temporary work as required to compiete all work of the Contract. Contractor shall
coordinate the use and furnishing of scaffolds with his sub-contractors.
The Contractor shall provide, maintain, and remove upon completion of the work, or sooner, if authorized by the Owner, all fences,
barricades, lights, shoring, pedestrian walkways, temporary fire escapes, and oYher protective structures or devices necessary for
the safety of workmen, City employees, equipment, the public and property.
All temporary construction and equipment shall conform to all regulations, ordinances, laws and other requirements of the
authorities having jurisdiction, including insurance companies, with regards to safety precautions, operation and fire hazard.
The Contractor shall provide and maintain pumping facilities, including power, for keeping the site, all times, whether from
underground seepage, rainfall, drainage of broken lines.
The Contractor shall maintain provision for ciosing and locking the building at such time as possible to do so. If this is not feasible,
maintain a night - � -
The Contractor shall provide and maintain all barricades or enclosures, required to protect the work in progress from outside
elements, dusts, and other disturbances as a result of work under this Contract. Such protection shall be positive, shall meet the
approval of the Owner and shall be maintained for the duration of the construction period or as required to provide for the protection
as specified.
P-10 PROJECT BULLETIN BOARD: The Contractor shall furnish, instali and maintain during tne life of the project a weather-
tight bulletin board approximately 3 feet high by 5 feet wide having not less than two hinged or sliding glass doors with provisions for
locking. The bulletin board shall be mounted where and as approved by the Owner, in a prominent place accessibie to employees
of the Contractor and sub-contraotors, and to applicants for employment. The bulletin board shall remain the property of the
Contractor and shall be removed by him upon completion of the Contract work. The following information which will be furnished by
the City to the Contractor shall be posted on the bulletin board and shall be maintained by the Contractor in easily readable
condition at all times for the duration of the Contract.
a. The Equal Opportunity Poster and Notice Nondiscrimination of Employment (Standard Form 38).
b. Wage Rate Information Poster (Form SOL 155), with the Contract Schedule of minimum wage rates as required by the
Davis-Bacon Act.
c. Safety Posters.
SECTION Q
VENUE
Should any action arise out of the terms and conditions of this contract, venue for said action shall lie in Tarrant County, Texas.
General Conditions for Facility Construction Lump Sum Contract
Chisholm Trail Community Center (December 2011)
CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
THE STATE OF TEXAS
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
COUNTY OF TARRANT
This agreement made and entered into this the 27th day of March A.D., 2012, by and between
the CITY OF FORT WORTH, a municipal corporation of Tarrant County, Texas, organized and
existing under and by virtue of a special charter adopted by the qualified voters within said City on
the 11th day of December, A.D. 1924, under the authority (vested in said voters by the "Home
Rule" provision) of the Constitution of Texas, and in accordance with a resolution duly passed at a
regular meeting of the City Council of said city, hereinafter called OWNER, and Prime
Construction Company of the City of Arlington, County of Tarrant, State of
hereinafter called CONTRACTOR.
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter
mentioned to be made and performed by the Owner, and under the conditions expressed in the
bond bearing even date herewith, the said Contractor hereby agrees with the said Owner to
commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows:
Chisholm Trail Community Center
4680 McPherson Boulevard
Fort Worth, Texas
City Project No. 00129
Project No. TPW2011-20
OFFI�Ia�. 6�ECORD
CITY SECRETARY
FT. WORTH, TX
That the work herein contemplated shall consist of furnishing as an independent contractor all
labor, tools, appliances and materials necessary for the construction and completion of said
project in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents adopted by the
City Council of the City of Fort Worth, which Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents
are hereto attached and made a part of this contract the same as if written herein.
The Contractor hereby agrees and binds himself to commence the construction of said work
within ten (10) days after being notified in writing to do so by the Owner.
City agrees and binds itself to pay, and the said Contractor agrees to receive, for all of the
aforesaid work, and for stated additions thereto or deductions therefrom, the price shown on the
Proposal submitted by the successful bidder hereto attached and made a part hereof. Payment
will be made in monthly installments upon actual work completed by contractor and accepted by
the Owner and receipt of invoice from the Contractor.
The agreed upon total contract amount shall be 3,900,225.00 and includes the base proposal
($3,710,000.00); Deductive Alternate No. 6(- $5,000.00); Add Alternate No. 7(+ $21,000.00);
Deductive Alternate No. 8(- $8,500.00); Add Alternate No. 9(+ $450.00); Deductive Alternate No.
10 (- $2,500.00); Deductive Alternate No. 12 (- $950.00); and an allocation allowance for use by
the City only ($185,725.00). At the completion of the project, the City will retain the remaining
allocation allowance.
Contractor agrees to complete the project, suitable for occupancy and beneficial use, based on
the phased completion in the Notice to Offerors, Request for Proposal package, and Addendums,
which are included in and are part of this contract.
Chisholm Trail Community Center
March 2012
Contractor agrees to complete this project, suitable for occupancy and beneficial use, within 335
calendar days (including the additional 5 calendar days for the six alternates).
Insurance Requirements:
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until it has obtained all
insurance required under the Contract Documents, and such insurance has been
approved by the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for delivering to the Owner
the sub-contractors' certificates of insurance for approval. The Contractor shall indicate
on its certificate of insurance included in the documents for execution whether or not its
insurance covers subcontractors. It is the intention of the Owner that the insurance
coverage required herein shall include the coverage of all subcontractors
a. WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE:
• Statutory limits
• Employer's liability
• $100,000 disease each employee
. $500,000 disease policy limit
• $100,000 each accident
b. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: The Contractor shall
procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract public liability insurance
coverage in the form of a Commercial General Liability insurance policy to cover bodily
injury, including death, and property damage at the following limits: $1,000,000 each
occurrence and $2,000,000 aggregate limit.
The insurance shall be provided on a project specific basis and shall be
endorsed accordingly.
• The insurance shall include, but not be limited to, contingent liability for
independent contractors, XCU coverage, and contractual liability.
BUSINESS AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY:
• $1,000,000 each accident
• The policy shall cover any auto used in the course of the project
d: BUILDER'S RISK OR INSTALLATION FLOATER:
This insurance shall be applicable according to the property risks associated with
the project and commensurate with the contractual obligations specified in the
contract documents.
EXCESS LIABILITY UMBRELLA
$1,000,000 each occurrence; $2,000,000 aggregate limit.
This insurance shall provide excess coverage over each line of liability
insurance required herein. The policy shall follow the form(s) of the
underlying policies.
f. SCOPE OF INSURANCE AND SPECIAL HAZARD: The insurance required
under the above paragraphs shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and its
subcontractors, respectively, against damage claims which may arise from operations
under this contract, whether such operations be by the ins�pred-or-�y-a�+ye�ae-�ires�ly or
Chisholm Trail Community Center
March 2012
O�FI�IAfl� �8����8�
CITY SECRETARY
FT. WORTH, 'FX
indirectly employed by it, against any insurable hazards which may be encountered in the
perFormance of the Contract.
f. PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractor shall furnish the owner
with satisfactory proof of coverage by insurance required in these Contract Documents in
the amounts and by insurance carriers satisfactory to the Owner. The form to be used
shall be the current Accord certificate of insurance form or such other form as the Owner
may in its sole discretion deem acceptable. All insurance requirements made upon the
Contractor shall apply to the sub-contractors, should the Contractor's insurance not cover
the subcontractor's work operations perFormed in the course of this contracted project.
ADDITIONAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS:
a. The Owner, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an
additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability
insurance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy.
b. Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the City of Fort Worth, contract
administrator in the respective department as specified in the bid documents, 1000
Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, TX 76102, prior to commencement of work on the
contracted project.
c. Any failure on part of the Owner to request required insurance documentation
shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements specified herein.
d. Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide the Owner a minimum thirty
days notice of cancellation, non-renewal, and/or material change in policy terms or
coverage. A ten days notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium.
e. Insurers must be authorized to do business in the State of Texas and have a
current A.M. Best rating of A:VII or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency.
f. Deductible limits, or self-funded retention limits, on each policy must not exceed
$10,000. per occurrence unless otherwise approved by the Owner.
g, In lieu of traditional insurance, Owner may consider alternative coverage or risk
treatment measures through insurance pools or risk retention groups. The Owner must
approve in writing any alternative coverage.
h. Workers' compensation insurance policy(s) covering employees employed on the
project shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in favor
of the Owner.
i. Owner shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium
costs for contractor's insurance.
j. Contractor's insurance policies shall each be endorsed to provide that such
insurance is primary protection and any self-funded or commercial coverage maintained
by Owner shall not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery.
k. In the course of the project, Contractor shall report, in a timely manner, to
Owner's officially designated contract administrator any known loss occurrence which
, could give rise to a liability claim or lawsuit or which could result in a property loss.
OFFICIAL RECORD
Chisholm Trail Community Center CITY SECRETARY
march 2012 _ �T. WORTIi� �'X
I. Contractor's liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance
required herein.
m. Upon the request of Owner, Contractor shall provide complete copies of all
insurance policies required by these contract documents.
If this Contract is in excess of $25,000, the Contractor shall provide a Payment Bond in the full
amount of the contract. If the contract is in excess of $100,000 Contractor shall provide both
Payment and Performance Bonds for the full amount of the contract. Contractor shall apply for
all City of Fort Worth Permits and for any other permits required by this project. City of Fort Worth
Permit fees are waived. Separate permits will be required for each facility.
If the Contractor should fail to complete the work as set forth in the Plans and Specifications and
Contract Documents within the time so stipulated, plus any additional time allowed as provided in
the General Conditions, there shall be deducted from any monies due or which may thereafter
become due him, the liquidated damages outlined in the General Conditions, not as a penalty but
as liquidated damages, the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner for such
deficiency.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City of Fort Worth has caused this instrument to be signed in four
counterparts in its name and on its behalf by the City Manager and attested by its Secretary, with
the corporate seal of the City of Fort Worth attached. The Contractor has executed this instrument
through its duly authorized officers in five counterparts with its corporate seal attached.
Done in Fort Worth, Texas, this the �r ( day of '( � A.D., 2012 .
Prime Construction Company
By:
Jerr F. Moody
President
APPROVAL RECOMMENDED:
�• � (
By:
� Douglas , Wiersig, PE
Director, Transportation and Public orks
Department
APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGALITY:
�,
,`
By:
Douglas W. Black
Assistant City Attorney
Chisholm Trail Community Center
March 2012
APPROVED:
By: �if----
Fernando Costa ,d
Assistant City Manager p
� ��
RECORDED: `
i % ��
� r
�/ .� '<
4' � /
By. �./�� �
ary J. K s'
City Secretary
M&C G25537 March 27, 2012) �
Contract Authorization �
OFFICIAL REC6RD
�ITY SECRETARY
�T. WORTH� �"X
PAYMENT BOND
THE STATE OF TEXAS
�
That we, (1) Prime Construction Com an as
Principa herein, and (2) , a
corporation rganized and existing under the laws of the State of ) , as surety, are held
and firmly bou d unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal orporation located in Tarrant and
Denton Counties, exas, Obligee herein, in the amount o Three Million and Nine Hundred
and Two Hundred ent -Five Dollars and No C ts Dollars ($ 3,900,225.00) for the
payment whereof, the s'd Principal and Surety bi themselves and their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors a assigns, jointly and verally, firmly by these presents:
WHEREAS, the Princip I has entered i o a certain written contract with the Obligee
dated the 27th day of March , 2 12, which ontract is hereby referred to and made a part
hereof as if fully and to the same exte as if opied at length, for the following project: Chisholm
Trail Communitv Center at 4680 McPh on Boulevard. Fort Worth. Texas. Proiect Number
00129. P
NOW, THEREFORE,
Prihcipal shall faithfully make
Texas Government Code, a�
work under the contract, th r
effect.
PROVIDED,
Texas Government
accordance with the
herein.
§ KNOW ALL BY THESF�PRESENTS: COUNTY
fH CONDITION OF T IS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said
� yment to each and eve claimant (as defined in Chapter 2253,
amended) supplying labor o materials in the prosecution of the
this obligation shall be void; ot �rwise, to remain in full force and
�VEVER, that this bond is executed purs ant to Chapter 2253 of the
:, as amended, and all liabilities on this bo d shall be determined in
isions of said statute, to the same extent as i't were copied at length
XXXXX�OCXX Tjfie Remainder of this Page is Intentionally Left Blank
Chisholm Trait Community Center
March 2012
Bond #ASB534406
THE STATE OF TEXAS
OFTARRANT §
PAYMENT BOND
§ -
§ KNOW ALL BY THESE PR[SENTS: COUNTY
That we, (1) Prime Construction Companv as
Principaf herein, and (2) American Safety Insurance
- ,a
cor�oration organized and existing under fhe laws of fhe State of (3) _��as surety, are held
and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and
Denton Counties, Texas, Obligee herein, in the amount of Three Million and Nine Hundred
and Two Mundred Twentv-Five Doilars and No Cents Dollars ($ 3,900,225.00) for the
payment wHereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents:
WHEREAS, th�e Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee
dated the 27th day of March , 2012, which contract is hereby referred to and made a part
hereof as if fully and to the same extent as if copied at length, for the foilowing project: Chishol►n
7rail Communitv Center at 4680 McPherson Boulevard ForE Worth, Texas, Proiect Number
00129,_Project f�umber TPW2011-20
N�Vv, �HE��FORE, THE CONDfT(ON OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said
F�rincipal shall faithfully make payment to each and every ciaimant (as defined in Chapter 2253,
Texas Government Code, as amended) supplying labor or materials in the prosecution of the
work under the contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, to remain in full force and
effect. .
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of fhe
Texas Government Code, as amended, and a(I liabilities on this bond shail be defermined in
accordance with the provisions of said statute, to the same extent as if it were copied at length
herein. �
XXXXXXXXXX The Remainder of this Page is intentionally Left Blank
0
Chisholm Trail Community Center
March 2012
I
IN WITNESS WHEf�EOF, the duly autl�orized represenfatives of the Principal and the
Surety have executed this instrument,
SIGNED and SEALED this 10th day of April 2p12,
,
ATTEST:
(Principal) Secretary
(SEAL)
♦
Wifness as to rincipal
A EST:
_-� �
ecreta
( €.A-�
s as to urety
Prime Construction Company
PRINCIPAL
By:
Name: --��'22 %, /fido�
Title: �R6.�t0�'�
Address: 8101 Valcasi Drive
Fort Worth, TX 76001
American Safety Insuranc�
SURETY
.
- � . �.
Name: Staci Gross
Attorney in Fact
Address: P.O. Box 97513
Wichita Falls, TX 76307
Telephone Number: _ (940)723-7111
NOTE: (1) Correct name of Principal (Contractor).
(4) Correct name of Surety.
(5) State of incorporation of Surety
Telephone number of surety must be stated. In addition, an original copy of
Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney-in-Fact.
The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract.
Chisholm Trail Community Center
March 2012
Bond #ASB534406
PERFORMANCE BOND
THE STATE OF TEXAS
OFTARRANT §
§
§ KNOW AL.L BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY
That we, (1) �__ _ prime Construction Company
� ; as Principai herein, and (2) American Safety Insurance , a
corporation organized under the laws of the State of (3) �,_��� , and wl�o is authorized
to issue surety bonds in the State of Texas, Surety herein, are held and firmly bound unto the City
of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties, Texas, Obligee
herein, in the sum of Three Miliion and Nine Hundred and Two Hundred Twentv-Five and
No Cents Dollars ($3,900,225.00) for the payment of which sum we bind ourselves, our helrs,
executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
�� WHEREAS, Principal has entered info a certain written contract with the Obligee dated
the 27th day of March , 2012, a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part hereof for all
purposes, for the renovation of the_ Chisho(m Trail Communitv Center at 4680 McPherson
Boulevard Fort Worfh Texas Cit Pra'ect Number 00129 Pro'ect Number TPW20'11-20
NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such, if the said Principal shall
faiihfully perform the work in accordance with the pians, specifications, .and contract documents
and shall fully indemnify and hold harmless the Obligee from ali costs and damages which
Obligee may suffer by reason of Principal's defauit, and reimburse and repay (�bligee for all outlay
and expense that Obligee may inaur in making good such default, then this obligation shall be
void; otherwise, to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the
Texas Government Code, as amended, and ail liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of such statut�, to the same extent as if it were copied at lengfh
herein.
�OQUWCXXXXX The Remainder of this Page is Intentionally Left Blank XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Chisholm Trail Community Center
March 2012 '
IN WITNESS WMEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the
Surety have executed this instrument.
SIGNED and SEALED this 14_ th day of _ April 20�2
, _
ATTEST:
(Principal) Secretary
(S E A L)
�
Witness as fo inc' al
Prime Construction C�mpany
PRINCIPAL
By: ___�7,�� .��%�., f-
Name: _ .�E2YLy r %�%oc�y
Tiile: T �"zB/1�� .
Address: 8101 Valcasi Drive
Fort Worth, TX 76001
American Safety Insurance
SURETY
,_ ,
�y' ���� : i . .' \ -� l� .�. � - _
. ,
Name; Staci Gross
Attorney in Fact
Address: P.Oo Box 97513
Wichita Falls, TX 76�307
Telephone Number: (940)723-7111
NOTE: (1) Correct name pf Principal (Contractor).
(4) Correcf name of Surety.
(5) State of incorporation of Surety
� Telephone number of surety must be stated. In addition, an original copy of
Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney-in-Fact.
. The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. .
Chisholm Trail Community Center
March 2012
AT ST•
S creta
(S E A L)
�� l
: .�.
.wrn,wrSvi rrinsuR.wcr
,.,., � ...�. ,.i°,��y i... ,�..��„
,..:.�:�.�����.�.:�, �� :,
.:r;. : , ,. .,,� : �: ,
Toll Free: soo.ls6.�6yT
iel� ))o.qtR.s9ad
ist: )lo•9SS•e)39
State of Texas Surety Bond Claim Notice
In Accordance with Section 2253.021(f) of the Texas Government
Code and Section 53.202(6) of the Texas Property Code, any notice
of claim to the named surety under this bond(s) should be sent to:
Arnerican Safety Casualty Insurance Company
Surety Administrative Office
100 Galleria Parkway SE, Suite 700
Atlanta, GA 30339
Toll free (800) 388-3647
Fax (770) 955-8339
www.AmericanSafetyl nsurance.com
The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should
be sent may also be obtained from the Texas Department of
Insurance. You can contact the Texas Department of Insurance in
person, by writing, by telephone or through their web site.
Physical location:
Mail letters to:
Agency switchboard:
TTY: 1-512-322-4238
333 Guadalupe, Austin, Texas 78701
P.O. Box 149104, Austin, Texas 78714-9104
1-800-578-4677 In Austin, 463-6169
E-mail: pio@tdi.state.tx.us web site: www,tdi.state.tx,us
NUMB�R
ASB-534410
AMER/CANSAFETYINSURANCE POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that American Safety Casualty Insurance Company has made, constituted and appointed, and by these
presents does make, constitute and appoints STEVE DEAL, STACI GROSS, JULIE SMITH
�`
J
its irue and lawful attorney-in-fact, for it and its name, place, and stead to execute on behalf of the said Company, as surety, bonds, undertaking and
contracts of suretyship to be given to
ALL OBLIGEES
provided that no bond or undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed in amount the sum of
***THREE MILLION'`**($3,000,000.00) DOLLARS***
This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the foliowing Resolution adopted by the Board of
Directors of the Company of the 6`h day of August, 2009.
RESOLVEp, that the President in conjunction with the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint attorneys-in-fact or agents with authority as
defined or limited in the instrument evidencing the appointme�t in each case, for and on behalf of the Company, to execute and deliver and affix the
seal of the Company to bands, underfakings, recognizances, and suretyship obligations of all kinds; and said officers may remove any such attorney-in-
fact or agent and revoke any power of attorney previously granted to such persons.
RESOLVED FURTHER, that any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or suretyship obligation shall be valid and binding upon the company when:
(i) when signed by the Presid�nt or any Vice-President and attested and sealed (if a seal is required) by any Secretary or Assistant Secretary or (ii)
when signed by the President or any Vice-President or Secretary or Assistant Secretary, and counter-signed and sealed (if a seal is required) by a duly
authorized attorney-in-fact or agent; or (iii) when duly executed and sealed (if a seal is required) by one or more attorney-in-fact or agents pursuant to
and within the limits of the authority evidenced by the power of attorney issued by the Company to such person or persons.
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney
or certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company;
and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effects as though manually affixed.
IN WI7NESS WHEREOF, American Safety Casualty Insurance Company has caused its official seal to be hereunto a�xed, and these presents to be
signed by its President and attested by its Secretary this 6'h day of August, 2009 ��
At t:
� i .
� �.�w� ��� �.
Ambuj Jain �—
STATE OF GEORGIA
5
.` l
__ � �'�� , i' �t�•, �• �.
_ �, -
_ y ��
`F , l � , . ,y ..
J. � � � ♦
Joseph D
On this 6`h day of August, 2009, before me personally came Joseph D. Scollo, Jr., to me known, who, being by me dul y sworn, did depose and say that
he is the President of American Safety Casualty Insurance Company, the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that he
knows the seal of the said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that is was so affixed by order of the Board of
Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto by like order.
COUNTY OF COBB
�!
JM1! �7�Id L ''f
���a�a�r ��►.�i�; i►.�n i.,.� . c3a
f� Cic)iscTUA&I[�1 �..piia�.. A,�ig. 1�i, 2��12
]�`�
i r.
�_ ��� _��.� ' -
_- �r
Jami iley, Notary Public ��
� I, the undersigned, Secretary of American Safeiy Casualty Insurance Company, an Okiahoma corporation, DO HEREBY CERTIFY, that the foregoing
and attached Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore that the Resolution of the Board of Directors, set forth
in the said Power of Attorney, is now in force.
I Signed and sealed in the City of Atlanta, in the State of Georgia Dated this�-�t�ay of April , 2012
il -
,r � : � i
�� -.. �-� � � � �,�,�t�► � ,
-. ,, Ambuj Jain �—
�� ORIGINALS OP'I'IIIS POWER OC A'I I�nRN1:Y AIZE PRIN"fl_.D W�"I'11 RED NUMLR[CnL NUMDGRS � �
DUPLICATES SHALL HAVE THE SAME PORCE AND GF�EC'I' AS AN ORIG WAL ONLY WFIGN ISSUGU IN CONJUNC�I'ION WITH TiIG ORIG[NAL
��. , „ ,��.�.._,.
In� 3ii li��l �
'/i: �:ou n . _�.,. >isvlion
� i I�I t�i � i�,
i� �, l n,����" ,
.. -, I� ,� io�
� 'i.'� �
,�,� i �
`rin �. , _ � Ira ��l
iln��. � ioii � I il i�Ghl�,
� � � ��ii� �
.�. � i. . ,in .� .
;x�, i i�:., .., I .<
�:•�i �� ,�..� �i,�,
��i:scas4 „��i ,s ��. , . E , ,_: ob�',�r C -�t�.x€,: , '.
, �:',�ini, VOID"ou Ironl ��dh��n diiplic,it �i! ;
. Rlua� b,x!a��oun<1 I;ighliyhls '
era;iii� �tllcintion; '
,= V�latcrmarl: on I�.i� k can br scen �n�lirn
she��� is held oii �n .inql�� �
��_oinir.i<ti��clid.��n„aieii �arkch,�n����s'�
� coloi.�l�<�itui,i<hecl��dilli„coin
° Mi<iou��i I�o«1� � roniaiiis ii�c
Do��uC:ar�l narnc and is �li(licult to copy �
,acurii}� l eai�u< s >o„ list; �
�� [.�ny, i icsi;i,inl aliributes
. G7�:-rQs4,�,�i,�t>�[6 �, .�=�ra /k��.,�r6eEc=�; ,
. Prinu v�)ID"nn Ironi wh<�n<In�>licaird '�
- 31ue b.0 Itqr�uud highliyhls �
c�ravur.ihci;iiioix ��
� �a(crnirziicau>ad.can b�� ticeir �vlurn �
�h<�t i, hrl�I on ��i in��l�° ���.
°t:oini<<i�li"r=In on...iioiin i4�h,u�iy.�s'�
�� coloi �vhcn xi �i� h���l v,iith a coin
�� ° Nlicro �x� bo�c� �� � �;nl.iins ihe �
Docu( ud n;nri�� �nrl iti �li(fiaili lu <opy .,
, i��cu�ii;� ��aliii< , ,o;.11tl; ��
t,ii,y�>,, i:�sisiduti{itihutcs ,.
d'
�
�
I
CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH
WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW
Pursuant to Article 8308-3.23 of Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes, Contractor
certifies that it provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of
its employees employed on City of Fort Worth project
Chisholm Trail Community Center
4680 McPherson Boulevard
Fort Worth, Texas
City Project No. 00129
Project No. TPW2011-20
�
By:
PR�c o�i" i
Title
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF TARRANT
y �3—�Z
D ate
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared
S2Ry F. Iy%o�y ,
known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing
instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same as the act and
deed of
/-K/n'I� (ron►Sn2ucTior•J Lo•N+i
for the purposes and considerations therein
therein stated.
sed and in the capacity
GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this ��
day of L2012 ...
r \ ^ � :;V.P�PU''� CAROL JEAN FYDA
I �l �� ;i°r" �`��
1\ /� ,*� +*; NOTARYPUBLICSTATEOFTERAS
� � V t A i�ni.�+m 1 COMM19010N EXPIqEe:
Notary Public in
,
�
(a) Contractor agrees to provid.e to the City a certificate showing that it has
obtained a policy of workers compensation insurance covering each of its
employees on the project in compliance with state law. No Notice to
Proceed will be issued until the Contractor has complied with this section.
(b) Contractor agrees to require each and every subcontractor who will
perform work on the project to provide to it a certificate from such
Chisholm Trail Community Center
March 2012
subcontractor stating that the subcontractor has a policy of workers
compensation insurance covering each employee empioyed on the
project. Contractor will not permit any subcontractor to perform work on
the project until such certificate has been acquired. Contractor shall
provide a copy of all such certificates to the City.
Chisholm Trail Community Center
March 2012
�--"'^�
' �"'�'
To Whom It May Concem:
RE: SB 425 — Certificate of Insurance
There is a new law effective Jan. 1, 2012 that affects certificates of insurance.
SB 425 requires that a[I certifica#e of insurance forms, incfuding elecfronic evidence of
insurance, be approved by the Texas Department of Insurance before the form can be used to
cerfify insurance after Jan. 1, 2012. Already approved is the ACORD 25 form (2010/05), which
is widely used in business as a standard certificate. Company-specific forms wifl have to be
approved by TDI, or a company can agree to accept the ACORD 25 form as evidence of
casualty insurance. Special certificate forms can be filed for approval a#:
P&C Intake Unit
Texas Department of lnsurance
333 Guadalupe
Austin, TX 78709
After Jan. 1, 2012 it will be illega! for an agent or insurance company to issue evidence af
insurance on a certificate form that has not been approved by TDI. (# is also illegal for anyone to
require an agent or insurance company to use a �ertificate forrn that has not been approved.
The law provides some guidance on the constructian and limitations of certificates, as follows:
• A certificate is not a policy of insurance and does not amend, extend, or alter the
coverage afforded by the referenced insurance policy.
� A certificate shall not confer to a certificate halder new or additional rights b�yond
what the referenced policy or any executed endorsement provides.
• A certificate may not contain a reference to a legal or insurance requirement
contained in a confract other than the underlying contract of insurance or
endorsement to the insurance policy.
• A person may have a legal right ta notice of canceltation, nonrenewal or material
change or any similar notice only if (1) the person is named within the policy or
an endorsement to the policy, and (2} the policy or endorsement, or a state law
or rule, requires notice to be provided.
Furthermore, the faw provides this warning to certificate holders: "A certificate of insurance that
is executeci, issued, or required and that is in violation of this chapter is void and has no effect."
1f you have any questions about the new law, please contact the Texas Department of
tnsurance at 800.252.3439. You can view more information about the fiiing rules on the TDI
website at htta://www.tdi.texas.qovlrules/inf�rma11216.html. You can read the text of SB 425 at
http://www. capitol.state.tx.0 s/tlodocs182i2J'billtex#/pdf/SB00425F. pdf.
�
� `-^\
l�
(
�"
�
�
N � '� ?�
�
�
�
a�� �
��
�-
��
��
. �
CE�TERLiNE QF'
SIGN, LOGO &
TEXT INF�RMATION
! �!:
�`.
2� Y� Q
I� .
� � ' �
1�iC�lC�PC�:
����������� ����
Gontractor:
����r�.ct�r'� ��rr��
FtJNDEf� BY
(List Borid Fund, �tc.)
SCN�a�U��Ct CCJi�PL�TIC�N C;AT'E
YEAR
��GN C�}L�}R & �'C�Ni:
�.
BAGKGi��UNQ - V11H1`TE
B�3RDER - �/1�"INIDE, 3"RADIUS �{�RN�F�S} F'Ni� 288 �BLUE}
TEXT - HELVETl�A ar AR(AL, �M� ��� {BL.UE)
�C)�`� '!It!'��Th� �.C��C� CC�L�F�� & �'�}�!�":
F{�RT 1NORTH - PMS 288 {BLUE}, CI�ELTENNAM BOLC�
Lt�NCHt.�R.i� L(aC� - �'(1�� 725 (�R�V11N}
:.� _ � � : �
Project Designation Sign
Project Name
Page 1 of 1
September YYYY